Full text of "Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences"

See other formats

Aad
calc

eriiteric rnin
met Ute}

tH
n +
M
ea aie at
bike aaa

4
an ethebthAS
ote § yee ne Sabet
ae ti eteebe myer) ee
Veit seh se bh betas opens \s " a
Satescotaloe Hts 86 ape thal aw: tisrinicien riba tht alters ohani ie
Setateeatatetetas SOV eb e) hyb br: Noid Lbs on of Vette),
pi beny a meres Hae hbea tay Hb bn Hittin

1 baa vb
t a fobege ty fittest erent

Peete tit ay rs
tai tate Prt tverbetrehs bone
nH inns iaubeebiee tt ety ght

honda dda

i BRP ed bab pd
riashvels vidvehtagterobe ts, es
ng vo hris tienen Fhe te
‘i PERM Ys ryt eer aire
ane i hob ieabaestetey restart
tei iss KE Sah Lis shekibiasniee

an PYPePe) &
ee

ek: bait oy
ae “f
se = |

bia

seats tym puted

| ct

Ff ah be
hdahieandisbaiiatateseedene ann

+ es bot Ned ot eyes smbrnat sides
Soe te ened aans
APH
ada
bbb Le pe yh rab LAM
ia Peitt y aa inrabatey shbhatebid
t (sed eeadatebiaaall 34

Vyereye 4 aay Arey Hehe
Beet Fadi te ae, * é
[shadidiedesiopah eicats
sabi ie a

Net Mea ribwasit
ees
ee ‘ ae we

i a

yieecbabae
Hiedeyntt
i ae itata
ee
i a ae
oe

Neen hist

ia a i
inte Coe
ae pte
‘} bits fy sits

as ery oh
— at
itt Beene! H

dads

fh: ens ie

sees Se psbie itt

pate wah ede Metedaiee ihe
Me aA shod pahaat
Wh ate

f ae:
7 ast
ngrhecges

ce Pecan te
Bist
if ay tin Broa thee
a So ie

, a ; ieeneet

det ot
ae

Ares
fateecdae
HOE et ebiy

ieee nie
iiedabahy

Hie er

rs ease

Lin! itit i

ie ha 4: 4:

esas shi cdae

oa.
Lat

8 Rehbs oa
4M f

shanekinia erst re
aasthione sata set 183

yew ahhh ee usaitoen eat
arr et

site

#5
Meisel
brides

Hh
Da tein

arugeath

berlaarit Heateaned

tarnets
a! ai f i baat
airy 4 ih bi
nt

iain!

i , ba eres
uth AY Ht is yeah
Ph ag

oi cate
ae aie
aba Haass

Nahe

A at ot

phi eres tad
iF

ie Mey bith
patente sts

rd 4 jis sabia
its

tik

ranted yi yt

a
»

2asibe) Mba
Hatleeten pete)

Abe Sta
Pye ghd

haa

Hae hiatarbte a4;
IM Sy pe yet b
iPese SS
Oh bse.
pbayiieg
1 Ae Meal MRE
Dist he ree

tiasibsinaibads

Nh,

bred
HH vast nak
s t)

Ne bit
MA abana
bid

ee eee
bedrh triage Exe
10) ued p Ab
revit rH 40
Meise ia

ahuiane
MiP ede
Vey ve 4}

phate vt ati +4 fetch

i
est

vee
”

fd ye
: pb Fiy
aii White i

L
+! a> otf
Et
viva blebs veep

Hida 3
eo eae

ate ig yg ehhh
hy e

POCAR I NE thers
La by "

ye iri 1 wh
Peet Ai AEG
fe) His Wi iy
he
be ratetds

palais
Lian.
aheig
btadivas

it b+) Hite ¥ Me Fa 7 at

Hea
eine
bebacerte tT

a
nae a
Pitti eed

» Sho i

bs
er Sieh

ae Hey

ie
ire

iit ji Fey
Aira! Deed

ei eae pate e

de py

ay ih
ih

yioine
itael
4

pent

fue

sit

Hoe

UC) pis ene

At $F iat ies

He > head

EST HRY py Use hy
MME hit tl
Soc

*tttaaie pape
vib

: wndiva!

PHLOEM AV ed Perle

nt
hs AE
6

+Vanreiws he
Shwe ey

ierits tive
PELE Oe abe

Hp RAED
ec geh
it mit)

vvietgs

19 98 op

i
FP
at AN :
*
Ha aaah

t it ilaaats

Pb etts
Oe ata
tito

i cae
i oe
ws

4 i ey
La
sitll
oui
Ls
sat riesan
Si t ‘

i
fetta mf
b

feeds rye rous
en b

Mbytes

elaeette
Hal.
Mi

Spas

fet

HSdeAG beatae Aitee sea
nati
Hien

rely wah]

ted) gatas
ere de

isi
eee te

ey
Hae a
eae i

ihe ‘ Hi

petty
suet it it
et i",

belt

beh ke

bate ih

i
\
Th

PVH here,

He bovred ili Vs be
Stal

ais

‘|

ebisbeshpeucdeseteteattes

aipirietnes

et Ab bo{ b-bd be

rly

|: é ax =
4t/ Z NN Sos eae
rf eo BS oS Srna iS

—

meee te TIN YOF dhe

Southern California

Academy
of

Sciences

E@s, ANGELES (CALIFORNIA

Vor. XXII Part 1
March, 1923

CONTENTS Page
MeweleANnTS From S. CALIPORNIA2--..%:.-----...22220. 5
A. Davidson, M.D.
SOEDEERN CALIFORNIA PLANT NOTES=#-:---=--2-2:2-2---.- vy
Prof. Philip A. Munz
CEEOMELLA OBsTuSIFOLIA, Torr. & FREM...-.---:.----)---- 1,
S. B: Parish
PEPER BLIES OF CALIFORNIAj 2) 2c. 2 eee tee es 15
Dr. John A. Comstock
INGEG-ON CALIFORNIA MODES: /2-. 202 2 eeP oe. 16
Karl R. Coolidge
New Species AND NEw Variety oF Noctruip Morus
Bema oo GAPTFORNDLAg oo ces ee a | ee LZ

Chas. A. Hill

BUTTERFLI: oe CALIFORNIA PLATE V

cLopius. & CLODIUS @
(Parmassius (Parnasstus
clodrus,) clodius)

LORQUIN'S PARNASSIAN
P dodius—lorgttre .

BALDUR ?

ue 5
(Pdodius- Laldur)

Ses os

DYAR'S PARNASSIAN.
(2 clodius-aiteurus. 5) 8

P smintheus | rs
ed 2 A P clodius
fnmated S THE PARNASSIANS — 2tea'@

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

= 8

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
ID RM LDCAGN ERC GAR Kies owns in Neh als ee NR oe President
Ree VGA Sie EA UNMGARD il stcctee hs ee a ee Vice-President
DRM Vane AUNT LAY, BRAWN) Jee es ee 2nd Vice-President
DRAM OEGNIO AN COMSTOCK 29) oi 2 3rd Vice-President
DY RPM HONIENGD Ne COMSTOCK. Haw mc ia Se ee Secretary
IIMS HE ae OERSE 0 A eu 1s a eee Treasurer
Dr. WittiAM A. BryAn THEODORE PAYNE
Dr. A. Davipson Wo. SPALDING
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Geo. W. Parsons

HERBERT J. GOUDGE
= 8
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. ArtHurR B. BENTON IDR, ID). IL, WaAgieaair
Mr. B. R. BAauMGARDT Dr. De, Low
Mr. R. F. Gross Mr. JAmeEs A. LIGHTHIPE
=

ASTRONOMICAL SECTION

Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Wm. A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
BIOLO GICNes S GiIMi@in
R. H. Swirt Dr. WENDELL GREGG
Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Dr. A. Davidson THEODORE PAYNE
Chairman Secretary

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. F. C. Crarx, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. S. J. KEESE

GCROLOCIENES i GilM@N

Hae. ELADLEY, Mr. GeorceE PARSONS
Chairman Secretary

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. A. DAvinson, GEoRGE PARSONS
= 8
COMMIT REE SON EOE EiGAsii@iN)
WILLIAM A. SPALDING, Chairman
Dr. Joun A. Comstock ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., M.D.
Sepa aEsE
= 8
OFFICE, OF LEE ACADEMY
530 Auprrorium BLpe. Los ANGELES, CAL.

NEWereAN TS FROM S> CALIFORNIA
A. DAVIDSON, M.D.

we ASTER STANDLEYI n. sp.

Suffruticose, 3-6 dm. high; bark white; herbage glabrous through-
out; leaves ovate-lanceolate, 2-3 cm. long with 2 or 3 triangular teeth
on each side, apex acute, upper leaves sessile by a narrow base; flower
heads solitary, terminal, 3 cm. broad; bracts in 2 rows, outer bracts
green, linear-lanceolate, 1 mm. broad, 15 mm. long, inner bracts paler
twice as broad, margins hyaline and slightly lacerate with a few
microscopic stalked glands along the edges; rays 2% cm. long, light
lavender; achenes (immature) very broad and very villous; pappus of
numerous dull white bristles.

Type No. 3487, Painted Canyon, Mecca, Colorado Desert. Collected
by Mr. F. Fultz, March, 1922.

This plant stands between A. tortifolius Gray and A. Orcuttii Vas.
& Rose. Apart from the bracts it differs from the former in the shape
of the leaf and in being glabrous throughout. In the latter the leaves
are glabrous but larger, sessile by a broad base and closely spinulose.
It is named in honor of Mr. Paul C. Standley to whom I am personally
indebted for invaluable aid in the identification of California plants.

V DUDLEY A PARVA. Rose & Davidson. n. sp.

Acaulescent, with 8-10 basal leaves; leaves fleshy, 5-7 cm.. long,
ovate-lanceolate to oblong-linear, 2.5-6 cm. long, convex beneath, con-
cave above, acute; inflorescence of 2-4 ascending racemes, somewhat
paniculate, in cultivation weak, soon prostrate; leaves on flowering
branches several, linear, spreading at right angles to the rachis, 1-2
em. long; flower bud somewhat angled, pointed; sepals 3-5, nearly
equal, green, acutish; corolla about 10 mm. long, greenish yellow,
with a very short tube; petals acute.

Collected by Mrs. J. H. Builard on a clay bank on the Conejo
Grade, Southern California, May, 1922. (No. 3535 Type.)

In general appearance this plant looks like a Hasseanthus. The
basal leaves are arranged in two loose whorls very unlike the close
rosettes in our common Dudleyas. The plant has been successfully
cultivated by Dr. J. N. Rose in Washington and by Mr. Robert Kessler
in Los Angeles.

a 5

Aster’ Standleyi

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PLANT NOTES—I.

Puitie A. Munz

There is presented herein information on various species of South-
ern California plants, giving largely distributional notes and ecologi-
cal data. It supplements material given in Dr. Jepson’s Flora of Cali-
fornia (Parts 1-7, 1909-1922) and lists plants omitted from the papers
on the San Jacinto Mts. (Hall, Univ. Cal. Pub. Bot. 1:1-140, 1902), San
Bernardino Mts. (Parish, Pl. World 20:163-178, 208-223, 245-259, 1917),
and San Antonio Mts. (Johnston, Pl. World 22:71-90 & 105-122, 1919).

Carex Hoodii Boott. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2:211. 1840.

The first collection to be reported from Southern California is
from Tahquitz Valley, San Jacinto Mts. (Munz 6005), where it is com-
mon at the edge of a meadow at 7,200 feet alt. Det. by Mackenzie.

Carex illota Bailey. Mem. Torr. Club 1:15. 1889.

Collected in Bear Valley of the San Bernardino Mts., where it is
frequent at 7,500 ft. alt. in wet meadows two miles east of Bluff Lake
(Munz 5636). According to Mackenzie this is the first Southern Cali-
fornia record for this species “unless some of the Parish material
really belonged here. What I have seen did not.”

Carex Hassei Bailey. Bot. Gaz. 21:5. 1896.

Previously known only as far south as the San Bernardino Mts.,
but occurs in the Santa Rosa Mts. at the abandoned Indian village of
Santa Rosa, where it is occasional on moist banks of the creek at 6,600
ft. alt. (Munz 5862). Det. by Mackenzie.

Veratrum californicum Durand. Jour. Acad. Phila. (2) 3:103. 1855.

Abundant in wet places on the north slope of the San Antonio
Mts., as in Swartout Valley (Munz 4639) and Mescal Creek (Munz
5578).

Microstylis monophyllos (L.) Lindl. Bot. Reg. pl. 1290. 1829.

The first report of this plant from California was by Munz and
Johnston (Bull. Torrey Club 49:349. 1922) and was based on a col-
lection by F. W. Peirson in the San Bernardino Mts., where it is well
distributed on the south fork of the Santa Ana River from 7,500 to 8,700
ft. alt.. growing on small hummocks in wet meadows (Munz 6165 &
6188). It can be reported from similar situations in ‘“Skunk-cabbage
Meadow” in Tahquitz Valley, San Jacinto Mts. (Munz 6366).

a
7

Spiranthes Romanzoffiana C. & S. Linnaea 3:32. 1828.

This orchid occurs sparingly in the San Jacinto Mts., growing in
wet places in “Skunk-cabbage Meadow,” Tahquitz Valley, at 7,200 it.
alt. (Munz 6365) and at 9,000 ft. in Round Valley (Munz 6392).

Celtis Douglasii Plan. Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) 10:293. 1848.

The previously recorded stations are: Independence in Inyo
County, Hackberry Canyon in Kern County, and Campo in San Diego
County (Parish, Bull. So. Cal. Acad. 20:31. 1921). An additional sta-
tion for it is near Banning (Jaeger, April, 1920 & Mary F. Spencer, 1804)
where a few trees grow in a small, well watered canyon known as
Gilman’s Water Canyon, and attain a height of: about 30 feet.

Eriogonum fasciculatum var. flavoviride Munz & Johnston. Bull. Torrey
Club 49:350. 1922.

The variety is common on rocky slopes and along washes in the
mountain ranges extending eastward from the San Bernardino Mts.
It is associated commonly with the var. polifolilum T. & G., but is very
distinct from the latter when growing, because of the yellowish-green,
glabrate leaves and twigs. The following collections additional to
those named in the original description may be cited: Anshutz Can-
yon, Hagle Mts. (Munz & Keck 4949), Coyote Holes, Little San Bernar-
dino Mts. (Munz & Johnston 5206), and Quail Springs in the same
range (Munz & Johnston 5231).

Monolepis spathulata Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:389. 1868.

I have found no reference to this species in literature on South-
ern California, but numerous collections have been made in the San
Bernardino Mts., where it grows on wet sandy banks and shores:
Santa Ana River at 7,100 ft. alt. (Peirson 3148), Cienega Seca Creek
(Munz 6289), Bear Valley (S. B. & W. F. Parish 1518 and Abrams)
2088, and J. B. Feudge, July, 1922).

Sagina Linnaei Presl. Rel. Haenk. 2:14. 1835.

To be added to the list of species occurring in the San Antonio
Mts., having been found by F. W. and Mabel Peirson and the writer
at Kelly’s Cabin northeast of Ontario Peak (Munz 6081).

Euphorbia misera Benth. Bot. Sulph. 51. 1844.

This small shrub apparently has a wider range than that assigned
to it by Abrams (Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6:400. 1910), i. e., along the
coast from San Diego southward and on the islands. It grows on dry
bluffs at Arch Beach, just south of Laguna Beach (Peirson 2041 &

Munz 6359) and has been found in the desert region at Palm Springs
(Jaeger 52) growing at Whitewater Bench.

Cassia Covesii Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:399. 1868.

Cited in Bot. Calif. (1:161. 1880) from the “Big Canyon of the
Tantillas Mts., below San Diego,’ and by Pollard (Bull. Torrey Club
21:212. 1894) from “Southern California,” but has been seldom col-
lected in our area. It grows in sandy washes and can be reported
from several localities on the Colorado Desert: Vallecito (S. B. &
W. F. Parish 1409), San Gregorio (Brandegee, Dudley Herb), Martinez
Canyon, Santa Rosa Mts. (Jaeger, Baker Herb), and Chuckwalla Mts.
(Munz & Keck 4862). The iast named station was found by M. French
Gilman.

V Weck Negundo var. californicum (T. & G.) Sarg. Gard. & For. 4:148.

1891.

The San Bernardino Mts. are generally given as the southern
jimit for our native box-elder, but it is occasional along the banks of
the upper part of Pipe Creek in the southern part of the San Jacinto
Mts. (Munz 5804).
oes

Elatine californica Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 13:364. 1878.

Rather widespread in Southern California in the mud flats left by
the drying of winter pools: Laguna Canyon, Orange County (John-
ston, Bull. So. Cal. Acad. 17:65. 1918), north of Laguna Beach (Munz
4478), Menifee Valley, Riverside County (Munz & Johnston 5569),
Hemet Valley, San Jacinto Mts. (Munz & Johnston 5460 & 5520), Mys-
tic Lake near Moreno (Munz & Johnston 5546), and Red Hill near Up-
land (‘Munz 5557).

Viola Macloskeyi Lloyd. HErythea 3:74. 1895.

Growing with Sagina Linnaeit Presl. in the San Antonio Mts.
(Munz 6082).

Petalonyx linearis Greene. Bull. Cal. Acad. (1) 4:188. 1885.

Several collections of this species have been made in the canyons
of the Colorado Desert: Rockhouse Canyon (Jaeger 1197), Deep Can-
yon (Peirson 2376), and Thousand Palms Canyon (Jaeger 1198). Not
previously recorded from the state. Mr. Jaeger writes that it is
nowhere abundant.

Cornus glabrata Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. 18. 1844.

Known from several Southern California collections: Santa Bar-
bara County between Santa Ynez Mission and Gaviota Pass (Abrams
6527), Mt. Pinos Region (Dudley & Lamb 4652), Pipe Creek in San

Jacinto Mts. (Munz 5806), and Warners Hot Springs (Mrs. Buttle, Cal.
Acad. Herb.). Along the banks of Pipe Creek it is an abundant shrub
for perhaps a mile, growing to a height of fifteen feet. There its
erect habit and gray twigs and branches give it a distinctive
appearance.

Chimaphila umbellata (L.) Nutt. Gen. 1:274. 1818.

To the report of this species in Southern California (Munz &
Johnston, Bull. Torrey Club 49:355. 1922) based on a collection by
Peirson in the San Bernardino Mts., there can be added its occurrence
in the San Jacinto Mts. near Willow Creek, a fork of Tahquitz Creek
(Munz 6055 & 6387), where a colony was found on shaded slopes grow-
ing in masses of Castinopsis at 7,000 ft. alt. On the north slopes of
the ridge east of Mt. San Bernardino it acts almost as a ground cover
over great areas, growing especially under Castinopsis, and ranges
from 8,700 to 10,000 ft. alt. (Munz 6240).

Androsace acuta Greene. Man. Bot. San Francisco Bay, 238. 1894.

St. John retains this species in his recent revision of certain
species of Androsace (Canada Dept. of Mines, Mem. 126:54. 1922) and
cites two stations for Southern California: Crafton (Lemmon & Parry
1184) and San Bernardino (Lemmon in 1876). It has been collected
also at Warners Hot Springs (Eastwood 2594) and in Puddingstone
Canyon, San Dimas (Munz, Street, & Williams 2424). At the last
named station it was found in small grassy spots at the top of low
cliffs.

Centunculus minimus L. Sp. Pl. 116. 1753.

Previously known from several stations in San Diego County: San
Diego and Ramona (Mrs. Brandegee, U. C. Herb.), and between Mira-
mar and La Jolla (Brandegee, U. C. Herb.). It grows at Red Hill near
Upland in dried winter pools on a clay mesa (Munz 5556).

Dodecatheon Hendersoni Gray. Bot. Gaz. 11:233. 1886.

This northern species can now be added to the flora of the San
Bernardino Mts. It grows on gentle, grassy slopes under pines in
Bear Valley at about 7,000 ft. alt. It had almost finished blooming on
June 11, 1922 (Munz 5676).

Asclepias albicans Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 24:59. 1889.

A striking plant with its erect, woody, waxy, almost leafless stems,
eight feet high, and growing on rocky canyon walls of the Colorado
Desert. Collected in the Piute Mts. (Hall 6025), at Agua Caliente
(Brandegee, U. C. Herb.), and frequent in the Chuckwalla Mts., Hagle
Mts. (Munz & Keck 4939), and in the pass west of the “Hayfields.”

Harpagonella Palmeri Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 11:88. 1876.

Known from several collections about San Diego and from Cata-
lina Island (Davidson, Bull. So. Cal. Acad. 2:70. 1903); and to be
reported from five miles northeast of Murietta in Riverside County,
where locally abundant on dry slopes in the chaparral (Munz & John-
ston 5335a).

Galium bifolium Wats. Bot. Kings Exped., 134. 1871.

An addition to the list of the San Antonio Mts.; occasional in
Mescal Valley, forming dense patches on moist aluvial soil at 6,700
ft. alt. (Munz 5579).

Brandegea parviflora Wats. Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5:120. 1897.

A species not common in collections but of wide distribution on
the Colorado Desert: Palm Springs region (Parish, Bull. So. Cal.
Acad. 2:81. 1903), Shavers Well near Mecca (Munz & Keck 4760),
Chuckwalla Wash (Schellenger 87), Chuckwalla Springs (Hall 5896),
McCoy Wash (Hall 5948), northwest of Blythe (Munz & Harwood
3564). It frequents sandy washes and in the region from Mecca east-
ward, it climbs over shrubs and rocks in almost every canyon.

“Bahia dissecta (Gray) Britton. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 8:68. 1888.

On a trip to the San Bernardino Mts. in August, 1922, with F. W.
and Mabel Peirson, their station for this species (Munz & Johnston,
Bull. Torrey Club 49:359. 1922) was visited and numerous others were
found, so that this plant can be said to be well distributed throughout
the upper parts of the Santa Ana River system, but nowhere is it
common. It inhabits sandy or gravelly soil from 6,500 to 8,700 ft. alt.
(Munz 6130, 6194, 6299).

Franseria ilicifolia Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 11:77. 1876.

Hall (Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 3:123. 1907) names several stations
near the Mexican border. Occasional large, low clumps occur much
further north, along the sandy Aztec Wash of the Chuckwalla Mts.
(Jaeger 1024, Munz & Keck 4782).

Pomona College,

Claremont, California.

y CUB OMPEELRA ObTUSIFOUIAY TORR Hin vie
S. B. ParisH

The genus Cleomella is represented in California by five species,
all of the arid region east of the Sierra Nevada. With the exception
of the little-Known C. alata Eastw. all the species occur in the Mojave
Desert. C. obtusifolia Torr. & Frem. is the most widely distributed,
and the only one which reaches the Colorado Desert. It is found in
alkaline or subalkaline soils from Lone Pine (Hall 7314) to Carrizo
Creek (Brandegee), and extends into the adjacent borders of Nevada
(Ash Meadows, Purpus 6044), and probably of Arizona.t

The type specimen of this species, collected by Fremont,’ is now
in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, and was originally
in the Torrey herbarium. It bears the label: “On the American Fork
of the Sacramento, 1844.” This region is now well known to Cali-
fornia botanists, and as the plant had not been rediscovered in subse-
quent years they regarded the reported type station as one of the
errors which are not unknown in Fremont’s labels. But in the Death
Valley Report Coville’ stated that specimens had been recently col-
lected in the Sacramento region. I have been unable to learn the
basis for this statment, and there are no specimens from other than
desert stations, in any of the principal American herbaria,* so that the
accuracy of the reported type station remains very questionable.

Considering the condition of Fremont’s party when on the Ameri-
can river it is exceedingly doubtful if any plants were then collected.
Fremont descended that river, from its headwaters to its mouth, be-
tween the first and the eighth of May, 1843, his party disorganized and
seattered, and only saved from starvation by scanty supplies of acorns
and horse flesh. In their distress the daily astronomical observations,
so faithfully made under discouragements, were entirely omitted. It is
intrinsically improbable that under such conditions any specimens
were made, least of all of inconspicuous plants not yet fully grown.
The only other plant reported from this time and place is Eriogonum
reniforme Torr., also strictly a desert species. Unless the specimens
on which Coville’s statement is based can be found it is best to con-
tinue to regard the reputed type station as an error. Beyond reason-
able doubt both the Cleomella and the Eriogonum were really col-
lected somewhere on the Mojave Desert, where both are abundant,
and through which Fremont passed a month later.

1The only Arizona specimens I have been able to locate are very in-
definitely labeled. There is one in the Gray herbarium labeled ‘‘Arizona,
Lieut. Wheeler, 1871,’’ and another in the University of California herbarium
labeled on an Arizona ticket, ‘‘Mojave Desert, Lemmon & wife, May, 1884.’’
There are no specimens from that state in the herbarium of the University
of Arizona.

2Rept. Frem.: 2G Exped. 311. (1845).

3Cont. U. S, Nat. Herb. 4:67. (1893).

4Namely: Gray U. S. National, N. Y. Bot. Gard. (except type), Mo.
Bot. Gard., Stanford Univ. Cal., Cal. Acad, Sciences.

Cleomella obtusifolia is a species whose characters must, for the
most part, be defined with a modifying “more or less,” so variable are
they. It shares the desert habit of promptly flowering when only an
inch or two high, and under favorable conditions continuing to grow
until it exceeds a foot, the stems repeatedly branching from the ground
up, forming a more or less compactly bushy growth. The stems are
usually green, but sometimes purplish (Hall & Chandler 7314), obvi-
ously or obscurely striate, glabrous, or more or less strigosely hispid.
The leaflets are oblong to obovate, the apex obtuse, retuse, apiculate
or even bristle-tipped (Brandegee, Carrizo Creek); more or less hispid
below with white hairs, and sometimes sparsely so above; varying
greatly in size on the same plant, a few much exceeding the others,
the largest on thirty plants being 13 by 9 mm. The stipules are
whitish, a narrow hyaline blade when best developed setosely lacerate,
but usually reduced to a tuft of several or a few strigose hairs, or
wanting. In fruit the pedicels become spreading or declined and the
stipes reflexed, both organs varying in length, the pedicels from 5 to
12 mm. (average 7.6 mm.) and the stipes from 5 to 8 mm. (average 6
mm.), the full range of variation exceptionally found in dwferent
fruits of the same plant. The pedicel usually exceeds the stipe, but
the two organs may be equal, or the stipe the longer. The length of
the style is more definite, varying but little from 3 mm., and the nar-
row petals are from 3 to 5 mm. long. The character of the capsule
will be considered later.

These variations are not positive, but merely varying degrees of
development of the organ studied, nor are they coordinately grouped.
But, such as they are, a variety and a species have been founded on
certain of them, and both have been accepted, although with expressed
hesitation, by Payson in his recent helpful Synoptical Revision’ of the
genus. A study of the abundant material in the herbarium of the Uni-
versity of California indicates that neither variety nor species can be
maintained.

The only essential character of C. obtusifolia var. pubesens A.
Nelson’ is the pubescence of the stems. They are characterized by
Nelson as “more or less roughened with short fragile bristles,’ and
more specifically by Payson as “densely pubescent.” Most plants have
glabrous stems, but a close examination sometimes detects a rugosity
on the younger growths of even apparently smooth plants. Such a
roughening may be detected on Palmer 30 of 1876; there are some
scattering hairs on Parish 3750; still more on a specimen collected by
Greene at Lancaster; Purpus 5562 advances another degree, and his
6044 is decidedly strigose. It is not difficult to arrange such series
of gradation, and nowhere can a Satisfactory line be drawn.

5Univ. Wyo. Publ. Bot, 1:29-46. (1922).
6Proec. Biol. Soc. Wash. 18. 171. (1905).

C. taurocranos A. Nels. (1. c.) is founded on the development of
the valves of the capsules, which he defined as “enormously produced
laterally, the broad dome-shaped bases narrowed into the slightly
defiexed horns,” an accurate description of an extreme form, and prefer-
able to that of Payson, as ‘processes 4-5 mm. long,” while the valves
of the species he describes as “conical, 2-3 mm. long.”

The type specimen of C. obtusifolia was in flower only, so that the
fruit was not described. The first definition of this character is in
Gray’s fuller description of the species,* based on specimens collected
by Cooper, at Soda Lake, June 1, 1861. Gray calls it a ‘“capsula bicor-
nuta,” and he further notes that “the capsule is more strongly lobed
than in any other species, the back of each valve in well developed
specimens being abruptly produced into a divergent horn, three lines
long, nearly as long as the style; when the valve is detached it may
be likened to a corpucopia with a very flaring mouth, holding two
seeds.” Hlsewhere® he describes the capsular valves as “produced
mostly into a long and narrow beak,” and Watson9 describes them as
“acutely and often narrowly horned.’ Both writers had in mind the
exact form of capsule on which C. taurocranos was proposed, so that
if the species is to be segregated on the extent to which the capsular
valves are prolonged, the long-horned plants must be retained in the
old species, and a new name found for the less apiculate forms.

The whole are better retained in a single species, since there is
no point where a line of real difference can be drawn. In examining
a large series of specimens there will be found an indefinite variation
in the capsule, just as in the other organs of the plant. Nelson well
describes the body of the capsular valve as “dome-shaped,” but it is
always more or less apiculate, from a simple projecting point, by
insensible degrees to the “horn” 4-5 mm. long, which may be either
straight or somewhat curved upward or downward. Usually the cap-
sules of a single plant are fairly uniform, but there may be differences
even in the two valves of the same capsule. The ovary is more or
less hirsute, and so may be the mature capsule, or it may be glabrate
and sinuously striate. It is impossible to maintain a segregation
founded on an indeterminate variation which cannot be definltely
determined, and which Payson, in his key, has reduced to the differ-
ence of a single millimeter.

7Proc. Am. Acad. 7:329. (1868).
8Synop.° Fl. 1, pt. 1. 186. (1895).
Hsia, (By ley, 9 ISG).

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA

(Continued )

Dr. Joon A. Comstock

The Parnassians

Two species of these interesting mountain butterflies occur within
the boundaries of our state, each of which is represented by a number
of well defined varieties. There is a close similarity in all their habits.
They are found at their best on the high upland meadows or sporting
over precipitous mountain sides in the warmer hours of the day. One
may take them easily while engaged in feeding on the numerous alpine
flowers, though they are difficult to capture on the wing owing to the
rough contour of the country which they usually frequent.

A peculiarity of this group of butterflies is the pouch carried on
the abdomen of the female after she has mated. This brittle appendage
is formed during copulation. Figure 8 of plate V illustrates this
remarkable attachment. By its presence one may distinguish fertile
from virgin females.

The eggs of the Parnassians are turban shaped, somewhat flat-
tened and are covered with minute elevations. They are laid on vari-
ous species of Sedum and Saxifraga. The caterpillars are flattened,
and have very small heads. In color they are a dark brown or black,
with numerous light spots. Pupation occurs on the ground, and the
chrysalis is relatively short, and rounded at the head. When preparing
to pupate the larva spins a few loose threads among the ground litter.

MENETRIE’S PARNASSIAN or CLODIUS (Parnassius clodius

clodius, Men.)
Plate V. Figure 1, male, Figure 2, female

The Menetrie’s Parnassian or Clodius Parnassian occurs spar-
ingly in the Coast ranges of California from Santa Cruz north. It is
exceedingly local, only two colonies so far having been definitely
recorded. One of these is in the Santa Cruz Mountains, the other in
Marin County. Undoubtedly diligent collecting will demonstrate a
wider range. Clodius is on the wing in late spring and early summer.
One may distinguish it from smintheus by the greater transparency
of the outer margin of primaries, particularly in the male, and the
lack of red spots in the fore wings.

Note: The typical form of this species was first taken by Capt. Wos-
nesenski, a member of the Russian expedition that established headquarters
at Fort Ross near Cazadero. Not unlikely therefore, the type locality is
Sonoma County. Our figures are somewhat darker than this typical form,
coming nearer to claudianus, Stich. They are from Mt. Hood, Oregon.

DYAR’S PARNASSIAN (Parnassius clodius alturus, Dyar.)
Plate V, Figure 6
Dyar’s Parnassian is an aberrant form of male in which the dark
markings are somewhat reduced and the usual red spots are of an
orange or yellow color. The type material was taken at Alturus Lake,
Idaho.

THE BALDUR PARNASSIAN (Parnassius clodius baldur, Edw.)
Plate V, Figure 4, male. Figure 5, female
The Baldur Parnassian is a Sierran race of clodius, distinguished
by its smaller size and somewhat reduced red spots. It is on the wing
in July and August, and ranges from Tulare County north to the
border.

LORQUIN’S PARNASSIAN (Parnassius clodius lorquini, Oberth.)
Plate V. Figure 3, male
Lorquin’s Parnassian is a unique aberration of clodius of which, -
so far, only the type specimen is known. The figure is taken from
Oberthur’s work, and shows both sides of the butterfly, the left half
of the figure representing the under side.

NOTES ON CALIFORNIA MOTHS
By Kart R. CooLipGE
Noctuide

Acronycta strigulata Smith—Thus far recorded only from Colo-
rado. I have a single specimen taken at light in Chino Canyon, near
Palm Springs, Calif., April 22, 1922, at an elevation of 2,000 ft.

Pseudanarta ate Dyar—One specimen taken at light, Palm Springs,
Calif., April 21, 1922. Dr. H. G. Dyar, of the U. S. National Museum,
who kindly identified this and many other species, writes me that he
possesses only the single type.

Geometride

Racheospila diaphana Warren—The members of the genus
Racheospila are characteristic of the hot lands of America, only a
few species occurring within the United States and these mostly from
Florida. For the past several years, about Palm Springs, Calif., I have
been taking quite commonly one of the most exquisite species of the
genus, R. diaphana Warren, until now unrecorded from the United
States. It has at least five broods at Palm Springs, the first emerging
in late January or early February, another about the middle of March,
a third in late May and June, a fourth in early September, and a final
brood issuing towards the last of October.

Cochisea sinuaria B. & McD.—I have a single specimen of this
rarity, taken at San Diego, Nov. 17, 1920, by Signor Enrico Piazza.

Notodontide

Ursia noctuiformis B. & McD.—A lone specimen of this rare species
was taken in Chino Canyon, near Palm Springs, April 21, 1922, at an
elevation of 2,000 ft.

A NEW SPECIES AND A NEW VARIETY OF NOCTUID
MOTHS FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
By Cuas. A. Hitt, HoLttywoop, CALIFORNIA

Antaplaga caliente, n.sp.
Antennae of ¢ and 9 finely ciliated.
Head and thorax concolorous with primaries.
Abdomen clay yellow.

Ground color of primaries yellow white, with a dense scaling of
grayish olive green or yellow green, about equally divided numerically,
giving them together with head and thorax a finely “peppered”
appearance.

Ordinary spots obsolete, with a narrow white T. A. and T. P. line,
the latter being slightly out curved before middle and somewhat wider
than T. A. line.

The S. T. line is faintly discernable, with a prominent white spot
at apex, becoming sub obsolete before the hind angle. This spot and
line is obsolete in some examples.

Secondaries translucent smoky white with a marginal band from
external line outward, slightly darker. Fringe white.

Beneath, primaries and secondaries of a shining smoky white.
Expanse 23 to 29 mm.

Both sexes similar in general habitus.

Described from 18 ¢ and 5 9.

Locality of types: Indio, Riverside County, and Indian Wells,
Southern California. October 16th to 26th, 1921.

Number and sexes of types:

Holotype ¢, allotype 9, 17 paratype ¢ 4, and 7 paratype 9? 9 all
in collection of the author with the exception of 3 ¢ ¢@ and 2 9 9
loaned from the collection of Karl Coolidge which I have made
paratypes.

Condition of types generally good to perfect.

Named for the Agua Caliente Indians on whose reservation the
types were taken.

I am indebted to Dr. Dyar for the privilege of describing this
species and the following new sub species, to whom I submitted these
specimens on his visit here last fall, and to Mr. Karl Coolidge for the
loan of specimens, assistance through correspondence with Dr. Dyar, of
both these species described in this paper.

Perigrapha puncticostata strigatteria, var. nov.

Antennae of male bipectinate, female, ciliate.

Head, thorax, legs and ground color of fore-wings concolorously
ferruginous, paler than puncticostata, of which I have four specimens
before me all topotypes, one probably paratype ¢ from Dr. Dyar
through Karl Coolidge.

Habitus similar to P. puncticostata Dyar, described in “Insecutor
Insecti Menstruus,”’ but with all the ordinary lines and reniform
sharply defined by a deeper shade of ferruginous, as are the nervures,
bringing same out in sharp contrast.

Secondaries and abdomen concolorous, pale ferruginous with discal
mark, exterior line and terminal line a brown black.

The white spots on costal margin present as in typical puncti-
costata.

Expanse of wings: 34 to 36 mm. Both sexes similar.

Type locality: San Diego, Calif., during February.

Number and sexes of type:

Holotype ¢, allotype ¢ in collection of the author and one para-
type ¢, one paratype 9 in collection of Mr. Karl Coolidge to whom I
am indebted for the loan of paratypes and gift of 9 allotype.

Dr. Dyar thought it worth a name, when I pointed out this form
and it is with his kind suggestion that I venture to describe this
striking form.

This species is closely allied to Orthosea ferrigera Smith of which
I have three examples before me, taken on Vancouver Island, Br. Col.

The types are all in beautiful condition. The 9 allotype is the
most prominently marked specimen.

Artaplaga calente.& Antaploga calterte. 3

The recent receipt of a copy of “Contributions to the Natural
History of the Lepidoptera of North America” by Barnes and Benja-
min dated March 17, 1923, Decatur, Ill., Vol. V, No. 2 describes the
above insect on page 83 as Stiria hilli, new species, so our species
becomes synonomous with same. The specimen figured is therefore
only topotypical, but matches a paratype in the authors collection as
noted in the above publication. The exact position generically would
seem to be in doubt.

Publications of the

Southern California Academy of Sciences

The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-

cultural Experiment Staticn—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the

Southern California Academy of Sciences

Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo-
ber) in 1920.

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues to date are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March.

All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the
following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy
at the appended prices:

Vol. 1, No. 1. January, PG QE 22 cia 0k uel Aah irae iia eae $1.00
i 1 eee bruainys SO eas see eee 1.00
re By Ho duly INES 2 pee os Se a ere SPA)
Si we GB. IMIANe@ln, OO eer eat onde eer en eae .75
‘ He IM Ky TO. yee ee es ee 25
zs SG © w diwlby, TO OR era eens 25
: 7, “ 1. January, AUS XU Koraicat is ea Mian eee. 15
ie 9, “ 1. January, DOT OU) 2 5s es eas cee 55
; Yo Be Allie SUSI UC Dy oe eee ur urea et a! ars)
S WO, © Boo Dwiky, OUTS eee eS Ecko ae 515)
7 WA 8 IL AOE AY, LOPS ee Cee ae seca 50
eg, SL RiONwAIAY, OIA As eae cS ae US
> TI, . afeuby LU) LS eae nite ee permtipi a a5)
eh le amas DEQ S i ee Mane Deets reer eS ee a 515)
SS Bs Bulhy, LAD BS) ieee seers enetea me Veen yoe - 50

UG, 7 il, UemMueray, HE SINS Ga Rene Deke Re SUD
eee Oe at Ore ULL QS tere Tar ee oe ee 1.00
ie ATS a2. relays OST eves ere S70 a5) Sea Re EO
7 Ue OIL, ROMANIA, SAKE]: eer, Seer ae ee bank 1.00
eT Salas tose. Anbu POS OE ae eases hei ee 15

19), il. Jaimnwmaray, HINO), (ghee 2 Se des Rh a BPA)
lOO cton er OD OY etek OS. pe Uke oe 25
5 Pe, Sal Aorel, fC eg nbc cua ee con me aaa 225
DG Oo ANIESISE DACA eis Saeed eae ta ip 25

20, “ 3. December, 1S VAl Ove ee eee SY UMC owe PT a iei ee 2 225
Smeal, 88 aL, leila. DIS PA Atak Se We ei Ele, Mee Reem Bo 25
2 en OCtODer GID ees eee weet HEIN ete gee ha 25
OO Bay PO TLS IL HRelo, DOD Bie eet te sa eae ACA etre ee Jee aOR 25

The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues
and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have
no further use for back issues. Address all communications concern-
ing the above to:

Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary
Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum
Los Angeles, California.

eee eT TN OF Il HE

Southern California

Academy
of

Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

Vol. XXII Part

July, 1923
CONTENTS Page
Fossit SHARKS AND RAYS OF THE PactFric SLOPE
AEE COR SEO AGILE RPG Aare ee Se Ae aa 27

DAVID STARR JORDAN and HAROLD HANNIBAL

RESULTS OF PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION OF SEVEN
SAMPLES OF SEDIMENTS FROM NEAR LOMITA._...-.- 64
G. DALLAS HANNA

SaupDreS my LAcCIFIC’ Coasr epmmpOPTERA.....2... <5. 69
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK

ee MOAT TRORNIA) PLANTS02.- 25 eae OR as ee gie “1
A. DAVIDSON, M. D.

BURR ELIES OF (CAMIBORNTAS. 3 6 Ue eee 75
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

=o 8 8

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
DR ARRAN Ike" C CM ARIe SA ice Nita ease ot ela ae eee President
DRE Wie bAi Acs IB RviAuNcat aca rota ot limit ee eel tomea se Vice-President
JD IMU SI LAGGY oe 2nd Vice-President
DR OHNO ALS COMSTO CKO = ie eee ee eee ee 3rd Vice-President
DRA OH NOAL COMSTOCKE De et te uae aarti 2p) eae Secretary
VER GSS ENS URGE E SDE 1 ores oa area einai eke se oie ae a (ireasuner
Dr. WiLLiAM A. BrRyANn THEODORE PAYNE
Dr. A. Davipson W™. SPALDING
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Geo. W. Parsons

HERBERT J. GOUDGE
= 8
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. ArtHUR B. BENTON IDR. 1D), IL, IDAS aR
Mr. B. R. BauMGARDT Dr i ©. Low
Mr. R. F. Gross Mr. JAMEs A. LIGHTHIPE
= 8

ASTRONOMICAL SECTION

Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Wma. A. SPALDING
Chairman Sechetaigyaan
BIOLOGICAL SECTION
R. H. Swirt Dr. WENDELL GREGG
Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Dr. A. Davipson THEODORE PAYNE
Chairman Secretary

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. F. C. Crark, Dr. A. Davinson, Mr. S. J. KEEsE

Dr. Joun A. Comstock Mr. GEorGE PARSONS
CEOLOGICAI SE Cin@N
Pe. EVADE. Mr. GEORGE PARSONS
Chairman Secretary

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. A. Davrpson, GEORGE PARSONS
= ss
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Wititram A. SpaALpING, Chairman
Dr. Joun A. Comstock ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., MD.
S. J. KEESE
= 8
OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
530 AupirorIuM BLpa. I.os ANGELES, CAL.

BOTANICAL
GARDEN

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA COLOR PLATE VI.

“BEHRS PARNASSIAN
Under side 3

ees ‘PARNASSIAN.&

(P- sirnthels- betee)

BEHR'S PARNASSIAN ¢
(FP sraurtheus-berre.)

WRIGHTS ABERRANT. PARNASSIAN
F Stroalieeus M>jC SF

THE MELANIC PARNASSIAN
(P sintheus Parti)

adit : ao tale.
P| THE oe PARNASSIAN. Pn LARGE Fimagns't
Psrtn. ous TMG fohahat agen Smntheus- magnus

me THE PARNASSIANS

All Figures Slightly Reduced

eve tis

BULLETIN OF THE
Southern California Academy of Sciences

FOSSIL SISUMRIRS AINID RUANTS Oves Wels, leaGiMme
SILOMPME, Ol INOIRIMEE AMOI IUCN

— BY

DAVID STARR JORDAN and HAROLD HANNIBAL

This memoir is supplemental to two papers: “The Fossil Fishes
of California,’ Jordan, Univ. Cal. Publ. Geolcgy V. No. 7, pp. 95-144,
1907; “Supplementary Notes on Fossil Sharks,’ Jordan and Carl
Hugh Beal, op. cit. VII, No. 11, p. 2438-256, 1913, based on the same ma-
terial, to which have been added various other collections from de-
posits, chiefly of Miocene Age, in Southern California. These ad-
ditional serigés may be enumerated as follows:

Il. Geological Collections of Stanford University, containing, besides
the material previously examined, numerous other specimens
from different sources, as indicated below.

(a) Kern County Miocene: The Kast-central part of Kern County
is occupied by barren rounded hills composed of thick-
bedded, friable, loosely cemented, mealy material known
as Arkose. This is a rotten granite containing fragments
of feldspar, quartz and epidote, washed down by Kern River
from the Sierras. This deposit overlies the oil-bearing rocks
which center at Oil City on Kern River three or four miles
north of the City of Bakersfield. In it sharks’ teeth are
relatively abundant, together with teeth of Sea lions, bones
of Sea-lions and whales and occasional teeth of an extinct
sea-cow. It is probable that teeth exist throughout this de-
posit, but it can be examined only where exposed by erosion.

The principal localities known are the following: (a) Shark-
tooth Hill, on the north side of Kern river, about four miles
east of Oil City (recorded beyond as “Shark-tooth Hill’).

This and Barker’s Ranch in the same neighborhood have
been especially studied by Charles Morrice, Secretary of an
Oil Company at Oil City, and also by John Barker and by
Frank B. Anderson of the California Academy of Sciences.
A large collection from Anderson and Barker was sent to
the Academy and was studied by Jordan before the earth-
quake-fire of 1906, in which all except a few duplicates sent
to Stanford University were destroyed.

A still larger collection was made in 1913 by Mr. Morrice
about Shark-tooth Hill at Mr. Anderson’s suggestion, and
sent in part to the California Academy of Sciences, in part
to Stanford University. This series was the basis of the
report of Jordan and Beal in 1913.

More recently, (June 1, 1923), the senior author of this
paper visited this region, and Mr. Morrice turned over to
Stanford University still another series, not less extensive

Il.

III.

IV.

and valuable than those previously recorded. The various
collections of Mr. Morrice are the most important yet ob-
tained in Kern County.

(b) Poso Creek. a considerable tributary (at high water) of Kern
River from the north, running for some distance parallel
with the larger stream and about ten miles to the north of
it. In its upper reaches this is known as Posé Creek, and
in Agassiz’s papers it is called Ocoya Creek, a name not
now current. Along this stream and a small tributary known
as Granite Canyon, examined by Dr. Jordan, the low cliffs
contain shark-teeth with various disintegrated bones, prob-
baly of whales. On Poso Creek, at a point some ten miles
north-northeast of Bakersfield, the types of Agassiz’s species
of 1853 were secured by Mr. W. P. Blake. These localities
are recorded below as ‘‘Poso Creek.”

(c) Bena, from the south side of a high hill three miles north-
west of Bena Station, on the Southern Pacific Railway,
numerous specimens were secured by Mr. Hannibal. This
locality is recorded below as “Bena.”

(ad) Collections from Huerhero Creek, 25 miles southeast of
Santa Margarita, in San Luis Obispo County, obtained by
Mr. Alvin T. Schwennesen, a Stanford student in Geology.
This locality is recorded as “Huerherc.”

(e) Collections obtained by Mr. Walter A. Kuhnert and other
students from various localities in California.

(f) Collections from the coast of Oregon and Washington ob-
tained by Mr. Hannibal in 1911 and 1912, part of them hay-
ing been examined by Jordan and Beal in 1913.

(g) Collections of Mr. Hannibal mostly from the Coast ranges
of California.

Collections from California and Lower California loaned by the
California Academy of Sciences.

A collection mostly from California loaned by the Los Angeles
Academy of Sciences.

A collection from the Lomita Marl Pits, secured by Mr. Samuel
Maus Purple, at that time general manager of the Torrance
Lime and Fertilizer Company, and presented by him to the Los
Angeles Museum of Natural History. The deposits are in an out-
lying hill of the range known as the Palos Verdes (Green Trees),
about a mile from the village of Lomita and thirty miles south-
west of the center of the city of Los Angeles. These deposits
are so extraordinary in character and in the fossils they contain
that we have prepared as an appendix to this paper a brief ac-
count of them, while commending them to the special attention
of geologists and palaeontologists. The deposits contain remains
of four or five species of sharks, one of them of enormous size,
but no traces of other fishes.

The presence of teeth of horses and elephants in the same
deposits with those of sharks and whales was at first very puz-
zling. It is, however, to be accounted for by the elevation and
folding of the deposits, by which process a deep bay was changed
to a shallow estuary, leaving, however, the folded strata contin-
uously conformable.

In the American Journal of Science, III, May, 1922, p. 388-342,
is a short account of this deposit, with provisional identification
of the sharks’ teeth, the plates duplicated in the present paper.

The writers have examined nearly all the teeth of sharks thus
far recorded from the Pacific slope of North America, and of
most species large numbers of individuals. A partial series of
the species examined has been placed in the Southwest Museum
of Los Angeles.

For purposes of illustration, the writers have included four
cuts of living sharks related to fossil species.

Fanily HETERODONTIDZ=

It is a curious fact that this family, the only one occurring in
Triassic times is not yet represented by either teeth or fin-spines in
the California Miocene, although present in the Triassic and rep-
resented by a living species, Gyropleurodus francisci (Girard) in the
California waters of today.

HYBODUS Agassiz

1. Hybodus nevadensis Wemple

Hybodus nevadensis Wemple, (Edna M.), Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol.;
V. p. 72, Pl. vii, fig. 3, 1906; (Cottonwood Canyon, West Humboldt
Range, Nev. Upper part of middle Triassic, Star Peak series.)

2. Hybodus shastensis Wemple

Hybodus shastensis Wemple, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol.; V, p. 73, PI.
VII, fig. 4, 1906; (west end of Bear Cove, Shasta Co., Calif.); type
10.255 U. C., Jordan, loc. cit., p. 98, fig. 1, 1907. (Upper Triassic,
Tropites beds.)

ACRODUS Agassiz
3. Acrodus alexandre Wemple

Acrodus alexandre Wemple, 1. c. V. p. 71, VII. fig. 5-6, 1906,
(Fisher Canyon, West Humboldt Range, Nev. Upper part of mid-
dle Triassic, Star Peak series.)

4. Acrodus creodontus Wemple

Acrodus creodontus Wemple, l. c. V. p. 72, Pl. VII, fig. 1-2, 1906;
(Cottonwood Canyon, West Humboldt Range Nev. Upper part of
middle Triassic, Star Peak series).

5. Acrodus wempliz Jordan

Acrodus wempliz Jordan Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol.; V. p. 100, fig. 2, 1907;
(Bear Cove and north fork of Squaw Creek, Shasta Co., Calif.
Upper Triassic Tropites beds). (Type U. C. 1090; cotype S. U. 988.)

COSMACANTHUS Agassiz

6. Cosmacanthus elegans Evans

Cosmacanthus elegans Evans, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol., Ill, p. 397, P.
XLVI, 1904; (Paris Canyon, Idaho, Lower Triassic, Meekoceras
beds).

7. Cosmacantaus humboldtenis Davidson

Cosmacanthus humboldtenis Davidson, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol.; XI,
p. 433, 2 text figs. 1919; (Straight Canyon, West Humboldt Range,
Nev. Upper part of middle Triassic, Star Peak series).

ASTERAGANTHUS Agassiz
(Strophodus Agassiz)
8. Asteracanthus shastensis Bryant

Strophodus shastensis Bryant Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol.; VII, p. 27, 2
text figs. 1914 (Cow Creek, Shasta County, Calif. Upper Triassic,

Tropites beds).£

9. Gyropleurodus francisci (Girard)
(Plate IV. j.)

A fin spine of a Heterodontid shark (S. U. 8901) was given by
Mr. Charles Morrice. It is entirely hollow, 2% inches in height,
13-5 inches in breadth at base, and half an inch wide posteriorly.
Compared with a similar spine of the living species of California,
Gyropleurodus francisci, it agrees very closely in size and appearance,
the main difference being that its sides are quite flat, with obscure
vertical ridges. It is slightly recurved and the tip has a worn ap-
pearance. Its anterior edge is somewhat rounded, the two posterior
edges angular, the concave inner surface concave. No corresponding
teeth have been found.

The fresh appearance of this spine, and the fact that its hollow
interior is empty, leads us to question whether it is really a fossil at
all. It was presented to Mr. Morrice by a friend, Mr. James Fraser,
and it may be of Pleistocene or even recent origin.

Family HEXANCHIDAZ

(Notidanidz)

HEPTRANCHIAS Rafinesque

In this family, there is a wide variation in the character of the
teeth. Those of the front of the upper jaw are sharp, flexuous, spear-
like, without cusps or serrations. The lateral teeth of the lower
jaw are comb-shaped, with a primary and some secondary cusps;
the anterior base of the first cusp is often serrate; the upper lateral
teeth are smaller, each with a primary cusp and some secondary cusps.
Some of the submedian teeth have one large sharp cusp and one or
two smaller ones at base. The lateral teeth have broad, flattened,
blade-like or wedge-shaped roots, quite unlike the lunate or bifurcate
roots of most other sharks. The roots of the sharp upper median
teeth are narrower but heavy and never with divided or cordate base.

It is of course impossible to know whether these fossil species
had seven gill slits as in Heptranchias and Notorynchus or six as in
Hexanchus (Notidanus Cuvier).

GYROPLEURODUS Gill

tThe smooth bean-like object supposed to be a tooth of a Heterodontid
shark, described as Wodnika ocoyez, Jordan and Beal (Fossil Fish, S. Cal.
9, 1919) proves on detailed examination by Mr. Hannibal to be not a
tooth, but a small dark chalcedony concretion, marked with faint reticu-
lations like a tooth, and further encased in organic matter. Two more
examples similar in appearance were found by Dr. Jordan in Granite
Canyon. One of these, éxamined by Dr. Austin F. Rogers, shows no
trace of organic matter. The species should therefore be stricken from
the system.

9. Heptranchias andersoni Jordan
CRT I, 2% wo @ Gol, Ee.)

Heptranchias andersoni Jordan, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. V. p. 101,
fig. 3, 1907; (Barker’s ranch, Kern River, cotype S. U. 935 and
others).

Lower lateral teeth comb-shaped with nine bluntish cusps, the
first cusp placed well forward, the second smaller than the first, the
others progressively smaller to the last, ten anterior serrze present
on the anterior lateral teeth, wanting on those further back; median
lower tcoth with a strong cone and two denticles on each side, inner
face of root greatly thickened; upper front teeth broad at the base,
the crown sharp, slender and flexuous, with a detached denticle and
several anterior serrez, the base heavy and never bifid or cordate.
Upper lateral teeth not very different trom the lower, but smaller,
with fewer denticles.

Of this species we have many specimens from various parts of
the mouth.

Monterey formationt at Barker’s ranch: Poso Creek (S. U.
935); Bena (S. U. 950); Shark-tooth Hill (S. U. 995-960) (S. U. 906).

The tooth figured as Squatina lerichei (pl. VII EK) in the Fossil
Fishes of Southern California dcubtless belongs to this species.

This species may belong to the living genus, Notorynchus, now
common on the California coast, rather than to Heptranchias.

NOTIDANION Jordan and Hannibal

Notidanion Jordan and Hannibal in Jordan, Classification of Fishes,
January 1923, p. 97, type Notidanus primigenius Agassiz.

This genus differs from Heptranchias in having the cusps of the
lower lateral teeth few, the anterior edge of the main cusp with about
five very coarse serrations or small cusps, this edge being entire or
merely weakly serrate in Heptranchias. The upper front teeth are
presumably lanciform, flexuous and entire, with undivided roots but
none are in our collection.

10. Notidanion boreale Jordan and Hannibal, new species.
(Plate II. g.)

Type several lower lateral teeth, similar in general form to
those cf N. primigenium (S. U. 930, S. U. 932, S. U. 934). Lower teeth
comb-like, the first cusp submedial, greatly enlarged; secondary cusps
usually four in number, diminishing in size backward; anterior serrz
six, very strong, almost as large as the secondary cusps, very much
coarser than in Heptranchias andersoni. Length of type 20 mm.

Oligocene; San Lorenzo formaticn at sea-cliffs between Classon
wharf and Ship Canal estuary, Port Townsend, (type); west shere
of Oak Bay, Port Townsend; sea cliffs 14 mile north of old Wood-
man Wharf, Port Discovery, Washington. (Coll. Hannibal.)

tThe Monterey deposits hitherto regarded as Miocene, lie above the Oligo-
cene deposits and just below the upper Miocene deposits which are al-
ways separated from it by unconformity. A large part of the molluscan
fauna extends into the higher Miocene, however, so that the Monterey
rocks may be regarded as transitional from the Oligocene to the Miocene.
(H. H.) The shark-teeth of the Kern region are all from the strata
known as Temblor, of the lower Monterey.

The species bears a strong resemblance to Notidanion primi-
genium (Agassiz) and may prove to be the same. As most of these
Pacific species have been described as distinct from their Hurcpean
congeners, and as all show some differences, we think it better to
retain separate names, especially as the species of living sharks
are, in nearly all cases where careful comparison has been made,
found to be distinct. A full series of teeth is necessary in this group,
for a final discrimination of species.

11. Notidanion chicone (Jordan)

Hemipristis chiconis Jordan, Univ. Calif. Publ. Gecl. V. p. 105, fig.
7, 1907, (Martinez, type U. C.).

This species based on a small tooth from hard Cretacecus sand-
stone may be a lower side tooth of the genus Hemipristis as at first
supposed, though it seems more likely to represent a species of
Notidanion. The type shows the primary cusps with twelve rather
strong, blunt serrations, anteriorly, the secondary cusps, if any,
ure broken away. .The tooth figured by Jordan is subtriangular,
about as broad as high, the anterior edge convex, with the point di-
rected strongly: backward, the pcsterior edge nearly straight with
an incurved angle, the tip without serre, as in Hemipristis. The
root is broken and its form cannot be ascertained, and it may belong
to Hemipristis rather than to Notidanion. Cretaceous, Chico forma-
tion at Martinez, California; (Coll.; Hannibal).

Family GALEORHINIDA:
(Galeidze; Carcharinidz)

CARCHARHINUS* Blainville
(Carcharias Cuvier, not of Rafinesque)

The upper teeth of Carcharhinus are narrowly triangular: lower
teeth slender and erect with lengthened roots giving the tooth a T-
shaped appearance; the teeth in both jaws are more or less serru-
late, the upper teeth most strongly so.

12. Carcharhinus antiquus Agassiz
(Plate II.; c. j. k. p.)

Prionodon antiquus Agassiz, Am. Jour. Sci. Art., CLXXI, pl. 273, 1856;
Pac. R. R. Rpts., p. 314, Pl. I. fig. 9-18, 1856, (Poso Creek).
Carcharhinus antiquus Jordan, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol., 1907, V. Dp.
103, fig. 5 (Shark-tooth Hill; Jordan and Beal). 1. ec. VII, 248.
Galeorhinus hannibali Jordan and Beal, Univ. Cal. Geol. VII. 247,

1915, fig. 2; (Barker’s Ranch). Type S. U. 979, upper posterior

tooth.

Upper teeth narrowly triangular, more or less finely serrulate
from base to tip, which is reflexed toward the back of the jaw and
often curved inward; anterior and posterior margins of root lengthened.
Lower teeth slender, more cr less coarsely ‘serrulate at the base:
tip sometimes reflexed and sometimes curved inward. Root low,
much widened, slightly lunate, giving the tooth a T-shaped outline;
somewhat thickened posteriorly and with nick characteristic of all
species of the family. Teeth small, rarely exceeding 12 mm. in
height; the extended base 15 mm. to 20.

Monterey formation, one mile west of Kern River and four miles
above Oil City, (S. U. 921); Poso Creek (952 S. U.): Barker’s Ranch
(S. U. 951); Shark-tooth Hill: Bena.

_ *We retain this name as restricted by Jordan and Hvermann and by
Garman in place of Carcharias Rafinesque in harmony With a decision of
the International Zoological Commission.

43. Carcharhinus magdalenze Jordan and Hannibal, new species.
(Blate ie nears UE aaa bbs (tyne) mmvilemc)

Upper front teeth flat and equilaterally triangular, each side with
30 to 50 marginal serre; lateral teeth narrower, more finely serrate;
lower teeth slender with entire margins except at the base where a
cocks-comb of about eight small, coalescing serre is developed. Root
moderately lunate, the base, as usual, thickened posteriorly with a
slight median nick.

The species differs from C. antiquus in the larger size of the
teeth, their form and the shorter root margins. We have a number
of specimens representing teeth from all parts of the mouth.

Type (upper tooth), (901 S. U.) height 19 mm.; breadth 22 mm.;
thickness, 5 mm.; a cotype (lower tooth) height 17 mm. length 15.5
mm.; thickness 4.5 mm. Another upper tooth (904 S. U.) has the
height 19 mm.; breadth 22; depth 44% mm.

Monterey formation, Arroyo Salido, Magdalena Bay, Lower Cali-
fornia.

We have also a very perfect upper tooth, from the Pleistocene
of the Lomita beds (S. U. 978) Plate VI. d. It is broadly triangular,
the outer edge a little concave, or recurved, both edges strongly
serrate to near the tip, the serre on each side about 30. Base
broad, thick, cordate, mesially nicked. Height of crown 8 mm; breadth
of base 12 mm. This is probably an upper side tooth of C. magdalenz.
The teeth in this species differ very little from those of Carcharhinus
lamiella Jordan and Gilbert, a living species found from San Diego
southward to Magdalena Bay.

14. Gyrace Jordan and Hannibal

Gyrace Jordan and Hannibal in Jordan, Classification of Fishes, Janu-
ary, 1923, p. 100.

Type Scymnus occidentalis Agassiz,—Galeocardo productus Agassiz.

In this genus, the longer teeth are peculiarly twisted at tip and
coarsely serrated at base. Upper teeth compressed, rather broadly
triangular; crown strongly inclined toward the back of the jaw so
that only the front margin functions as a cutting edge; crown and
front base finely serrulate, rear base separated by a notch and mar-
gined with several (two to ten) strong denticles of which one near the
notch is the largest.

Lower teeth inclined toward the back of the jaw, with a strong
posterior notch; root much expanded, lunate, somewhat thickened
et the posterior base of the crown; crown slender, highly arched,
and markedly flexuous, the tip obliquely twisted so as to present a
cutting edge toward the front of the mouth; crown and front base
finely serrulate, rear base sometimes with a cocks-comb of coalescing
denticles and sometimes merely serrulate.

This genus is clearly allied to Galeocerdo from which it differs in
the inequality of the teeth and their serration. In Galeocerdo, the
teeth are rigidly entire. From Carcharhinus and Prionace, Gyrace is
distinguished by the strongly inclined crown cf the upper teeth and
the obliquely twisted crowns of the lower. The very broad, lunate
root is also distinctive. As usual in this family it is somewhat
thickened on the inner face with a slight median nick. One species
known from the Miocene of California. Scvymnus occidentalis, is a
nominal species referred by Agassiz to a very different genus (Scym-
nus—Scymnorhinus). It seems to be identical with Galeocerdo pro-
ductus, the description being drawn from teeth further back in the
jaw. We have, however, never seen a tooth of Gyrace so blunt at
tip as in those figured by Agassiz as Scymnus occidentalis.

15. Gyrace occidentalis Agassiz
(Pleas) Il, 1, @ Gl Ge ii; IL wa, Gl, @é,))

Scymnus occidentalis Agassiz, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. CLXXI, p. 272, Pac.
R. R. Rpts. V. p. 214, Pl. I, fig. 9-13, 1867, (Poso Creek), (Upper
side tooth).

Galeocerdo productus Agassiz. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. CLXXI. p. 273,
1856; Pac. R. R. Rpts. V. p. 314, Pl. I, fig. 1-6, 1856; (Poso Creek);
Jordan, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol., V. p. 101, fig. 4e, 13, 1907. :

Triakis beali Jordan. Foss. Fishes So. Calif.; Stanford Univ. Publ.
p. 20, Pl. VII, fig. g. 1919; (Kern River); (probably a small upper
posteriorly tooth, as shown in plate II. b. i.)

Outer margin of tooth sharply and rather finely serrulate; inner
margin with a deep notch, below which are two or ten coarse serra-
tions. The very small posterior teeth are often entire—erect with
fiat widely extended roots, so that the tooth will stand erect when
placed on a flat surface. Our many specimens agree fully with the
account of Galeocerdo productus. They show wide variation in form,
the lower teeth having very broad emarginate lunate roots while in
the upper jaw the roots are narrower and considerably thickened
mesially on the posterior base of the crown. We have no teeth quite
so blunt as the types of Seymnus occidentalis, and no large ones have
the roots so little emarginate.

The Monterey formation; Mission Pass, % mile east of summit;
Mission San Jose (S. U. 948); Barker’s ranch (S. U. 944, 979, type);
Poso Creek (S. U. 941); Shark-tooth Hill (S. U. 916-942); Bena (S. U.
987). The specimen from the Pliocene, Fernando formation at Temes-
cal Canyon near Santa Monica, mentioned by Jordan and Beal, can-
not belong to this species.

HEMIPRISTIS Agassiz

A well-marked genus, distinguished by the strong serration of
both sides of its triangular teeth, the tip being always entire; root
divided into two diverging branches; upper teeth large, broad, and
flat; front lower teeth slender, subulate, and reflexed toward the
throat, destitute of serrations or with only minute points at the base;
rear lower teeth narrowly triangular and serrate like the upper teeth,
the serre fewer; base of crown posteriorly thickened at the root and
somewhat notched, the root broad and flattened at its extremity, in
the upper teeth, much narrower in the lower teeth.

The living genus, Dirrhizodon Klunzinger, of the Red Sea has the
teeth precisely as in Hemipristis from which it is probably not
separable.

16. Hemipristis heteropleurus Agassiz
(Plate Il. u. v. aa. bb.)

?Hemipristis serra Agassiz, Poiss, Foss. III. p. 237, pl. XX VII, fig. 18,
30, 1843, (Witirttemburg, etc.).

Hemipristis heteropleurus Agassiz, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. CLXXI, p.
274, 1856, (Poso Creek); Jordan, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol., V. p. 104,
hisenon aoe

Upper teeth broadly triangular, bent outwards, strongly convex
cn the median side and concave on the outer; outer side with strong
bluntish marginal serrations which do not extend to the apex which
is always entire, and curved outwards; the serrations all on the thin
enterior edge of the tooth: serrations on the convex median side

much smaller and more numerous than the others, becoming very
small towards the base cf the crown. Lower teeth narrowly triangu-
lar more nearly erect, both edges straighter, the serre fewer (about
15) and more nearly equal, the tip of the crown for about one fourth
its median height always entire. Root of upper teeth spreading widely,
its outer edges thin, its outline cordate; base of the crown posteriorly
more or less thickened; its “hump’’ more or less emarginate: lower
teeth with narrower cordate roots, the base of the crown behind
thicker.

We find no distinction between WHemipristis heteropleurus of
California and H. serra of Hurope, except the rather slight one noted
by Agassiz, which, however, seems constant. In H. heteropleurus
there are 19 to 24 small serre on the convex cuter or anterior edge
of the tooth and 16 to 20 large ones on the concave posterior. - In
H. serra, as figured by Agassiz, there are 20 on the outer side in the
upper teeth, 16 cn the median. On similar teeth in H. heteropleurus,
find the numbers 23-13, the difference between the two sides being
considerable. Examples from near Chesapeake Bay referred to H.
serra show 36-18, the uppermost on the convex side larger than in
H. heteropleurus, the lowest very smali. These last may not show
in Agassiz’s figure. The three forms may be identical, but for the
present we retain the California name. Hemipristis serra has been
recorded, more or less uncritically, from the Hocene, Miocene, and
Pliocene of Germany, France, Malta, Java, Maryland, South Carolina
and Colon. Of Hemipristis heteropleurus, we have examples from
the Monterey formation at Barker’s ranch, (927 S. U.), Bena, Poso
Creek (S. U. 994). Also from Huerhero Creek, (946 S. U.) from
Arroyo Salido, Magdalena Bay, (926 S. U.) and from the Pleistocene
at Pacific Beach, near San Diego. Next to Isurus hastalis, it is the
most abundant of the fossil sharks in California.

XIPHODOLAMIA Leidy

Xiphodolamia Leidy, Jour. Ae. Nat. Sci. Phila. VIII, 252, type X. ensis
Leidy.

This genus is especially characterized by the narrow, lunate root
which is irregularly triangular in cross section. The inner face of
the crown is so thickened at base as tc form a “hump” the tooth stand-
ing obliquely erect when set on a flat surface. The two halves of the
root are always unequal, the one nearest the median line being the
shorter. The crown is slender, pointed, sharp-edged, somewhat flex-
ucus, some of the upper teeth coarsely and irregularly dentate on
the lower half of the crown; the serrze smaller, sharper, and fewer
than in the lower teeth of Hemipristis. These are arranged along the
cutting edge on the front angle of the tooth.

The lower front teeth, if correctly understocd by us are longer,
more erect, more siender, with the edges strictly entire. On teeth
of this type, the genus was originally based and it is possible that
to such it should be restricted. These we now regard as the front
lower teeth of the same species as the serrate teeth named Carcharias
morricei.

Dr. Woodward suggests that Xiphodolamia may be based on front
teeth of Heptranchias, but the narrew lunate roots, thickened on the
anterior lewer part of the crown, forming a low hump nicked at top,
Gistinguish the teeth of Xiphodolamia from the flexuous front teeth
of Hexanchidze which have solid roots, not in the least lunate.

17. Xiphodolamia morricei Jordan and Beal

Plate VI. h. (type), IV. a. b. e. IL. t. (lower front tooth)

Carcharias morricei Jordan and Beal, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. VII,
p. 249, fig. c. 19138, (Shark-tooth Hill) (S. U. 982).

In the original type example, (plate VI. p.) the root is broken.
The crown has a rather large, sharp, double denticle on the posterior
margin below the middle, with trace of a similar double one on the
anterior margin.

Another example since obtained has six coarse serre or denticles
on the poscericr edge of the crown, below its middle and one on
the anterior edge with very fine serre above it. These two teeth
are suberect and apparently median, their denticles much like the
serre in Hemipristis.

A third example is a lateral tooth, very slender and sharp, the
point directed inward and backward, somewhat flexuous, the posterior
edge with tive smali denticles, the anterior with but one. Base of
tocth narrow, deeply and obliquely lunate, the large anterior pro-
tuberance making it triangular or “three-legged” so that it will stand
oblique, though not erect, as in Echinorhinus and Squatina. The
crown is more flattened and sharper on the edge than in Xiphodolamia
ensis, but less so than in Hemipristis.

All our specimens are from Shark-tooth Hill, cbtained by Mr.
Morrice, a most assiduous collector of such material. The species
has something in common with Hemipristis paucidens Agassiz, which
species, or one very similar, we have from Chesapeake Bay, and
which is prcbably based on lower side teeth of Hemipristis serra.

This species has proved peculiarly puzzling to the writers. Its
teeth bear no resemblance to those of Hemipristis heteropleurus, ex-
cept to certain small posterior ones, and none of the back teeth
among our specimens of Hemipristis serra, from Maryland, however
erect or however few the serre, are exactly parallel with our examples
of H. morricei. In this connection, it is also possible that the genus
Xiphodolamia is based on the long, entire frent teeth of some species
of Hemipristis. In crder to avoid the confusion possible from the
introduction of intenable synonyms, we refer morricei provisionally
to the genus Xiphodolamia.

Another example shows the following traits: front lower teeth

very long, slender, flexuous, recurved, with the margin entire and
sharply keeled, especially at the distal end; inner face smoothly
polished, the outer face rounded, the crown slender and bent back-
ward, the roct rather narrow, lunate, thickened at base interiorly, a
feature well shown in plate II, t.

In our best example of this form, from Shark-tocth Hill, (Acad.
Sci.) (Plate II, t.) the crown is high, slender, nearly erect, flexuous,
with very sharp entire edges, It is greatly thickened posteriorly at
the junction with the root, the “hump” thus formed being slightly
notched. The root is short, thick, deeply cordate. We assume, with-
out proof, that this is a lower front tooth of the species called X.
morricei.

Total height 30 mm., height of crown 21, breadth of root, 15.

This specimen well exhibits the main character of the genus, the
notched hump at the base of the crown behind, the crown being
without serrations. It much resembles the type of the genus, Xipho-
do!mia ensis Leidy, described from the Miocene of New Jersey, and
of which we have many specimens from the Miocene of Chesapeake
Beach. The crown is however narrower, more acute, flatter and
with sharper edges than in X. ensis. The basal hump is placed rather
lower in X. ensis, and the tooth will stand “three-legged,” but not
erect, when placed on end.

PLATE VIIL

Family CARCHARIIDAs
(Odontaspidz)
CARCHARIAS Rafinesque (1810)

(Not of Cuvier, 1817; Odontaspis Agassiz, 1835; Triglochis Muller and
Henle, 1838.)

As Rafinesque mentioned one species only under his genus Car-
charias, C. taurus, the name cannot lawfully be transferred to the
group called by Blainville, Carcharhinus, which, as restricted by Jor-
dan and Hvermann, is the Carcharias of Cuvier. The Carcharias of
Rafinesque was intended as the equivalent of Carcharodon, as his

Carcharias lamia, later named by him in the “Indice,” was Car-
charodon carcharias and not a species referable to Carcharias Cuvier.

Teeth with the edges entire, the upper awl-shaped, the lower
lanciform, flexucus, most of them with a denticle on each side at
base, as in Lamna; lower teeth slender, with strongly bifurcate more
or less wide-spreading roots, not thickened massially; the crown with
a spongy or honeycomb structure within, as in the Lamnidz; this
is sometimes destroyed in broken teeth, leaving the crown hollow.
The teeth are not always certainly distinguishable from those of
Lamna, although in general more slender. The root is much more
expanded than in Xiphodolamia, and there is no postericr hump at
base of the crown. Any or all of the following species may belong
to Lamna.

19. Carcharias clavatus (Agassiz)
(Plate II. a. h.)

Lamna ctavata Agassiz, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. CLXXI, p. 275, 1856.
Pac. R. R. Rpts., V. p. 316, Pl. I. fig. 19-21, 1856, (Poso Creek) ;
Jordan, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol., V. p. 106, fig. 8, 1907.

Teeth slender, the edges rounded, somewhat flattened and re-
curved at the tip, basal denticles usually present, set well down on
the root which is shallow, broad and very deeply lunate. Leriche

observes (translated): “This species was provided with symphyseal
teeth and should therefore be referred to the genus Odontaspis (Car-
charias).”

Monterey formation; Poso Creek (914 S. U.); Shark-tooth Hill:
Miocene deposit, three miles west of Coalinga, (F. M. Anderson).

20. Carcharias ornatus (Agassiz)
(Plate III. v. w.)

Lamna ornata Agassiz. Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. CLXXI, p. 275, 1856; Pac.
R. R. Rpts. V, p. 316 Pl. I, fig. 28, 1856, (‘Navy Point,” correctly
“Army Point,”) Benicia.

Lamna appendiculata Jordan and Beal, 1. c. 250 (Martinez; Port
Gregory) (not of Agassiz, European species).

Central teeth long, slender and strongly recurved with keeled
edges and a distinct sharp basal denticle, easily broken on each side;
side teeth smaller and flatter, mostly lacking basal denticle; convex
faces of the crown ornamented with numerous incised grooves, these
sometimes absent in the side teeth. Base of tooth somewhat thick-
ened, but without hump, broad, apparently little cordate.

This species is clearly related to Lamna elegans Agassiz of the
Tertiary of Europe and the Atlantic States, a species now placed in
Carcharias. This arrangement we may provisionally follow.

Chico formation (Cretaceous) at Martinez; one mile north of
Brightside station in Niles Canyon (S. U. 943); Army Point, Benicia;
%4-1% miles south of Cannon station, Solano County; Suisun Hill.
Solano County; South Marysville Butte. Also in the Eocene, Arago
formation at seacliffs between Big Creek and Cape Gregory, Oregon.
This specimen is mentioned by Jordan and Beal (1 ¢. p. 250) as pos-
sibly identical with Lamna appendiculata.

21. Carcharias virgatulus Jordan and Hannibal, new species.
(Plate Ill. t. u.)

Two teeth from San Diego represent a species with the teeth
iong, slender, straight, distinctly less tapering than the front teeth
of Isurus, and blunted at tip, the edges strongly keeled and the inner
face rather strongly grooved; outer face flat, slightly recurved at
tip. Denticles if present broken off. Root not expanded, thick,
sharply emarginate, but without hump.

Length of crown in type 22 mm. base 9 mm. depth 6 mm. The
specimens are from Pleistccene deposits, San Diego formation at
Pacific Beach, a suburb of San Diego. (Coll. Ac. Sci.) A specimen
from the same horizon at Lomita, (Plate VI, e.) having the same
obtusely tapering crown seems to belong to this species.

We place this well-marked species provisionally in Carcharias.
Its roots are narrower than in Lamna, the crown is thickened and
notched at base, and there is no trace of denticle on the large tooth.
It is very much straighter and less tapering at tip than in C. sancte-
crucis.

22. Carcharias sanctz-crucis Jordan and Hannibal, new species.
(Plate III. d. k.)

Teeth of a shark small, slender and flexuous, strongly recurved,
occur in various places in California, especially in the Santa Cruz
mountains. One, the type (plate III d.) is from the Vaqueros for-
mation, about two miles East of Mindigo Hill, Alpine district; one
irom San Lorenzo deposits (Summit Road) two miles southwest of
Portola; and one from Huerhero Creek, Santa Margarita, Monterey
formation.

The root is broken, but seems to have been narrow, and without
hump behind at the base of the crown; no denticles are present in
eny specimen.

The Portola example has the height of the crown 11 mm., its
breadth at base 7, the depth 6 mm. The type from the Vaqueros
(937 S. U.) has the greatly recurved crown 134% mm. its breadth 6
mm. and depth 5 mm. Not knowing where else to place this species
we leave it provisionally in Carcharias, in which genus, some species
have the front teeth as strongly recurved.

A tooth from the Cretaceous, Chico formation, at Martinez, was
doubtfully identified by Jordan with isurus desori (Agassiz) from
Tertiary deposits in Germany and Switzerland. The crown is long,
slender, flexuous, without basal denticles, and with a narrow base.
It may belong to the present species, which in turn may not belong
to Carcharias.

Isurus, Species near desori, Jordan, Univ. Cal. Publ. Geol. V, 112,
1907 (Martinez).

23. Carcharias lomite Jordan and Hannibal, new species.
(Plate VI. i. c.)

Anterior teeth slender, flexuous, rather obtusely pointed and
sharp-edged, considerably curved, the anterior face slightly convex
(the root broken off, leaving the tooth hollow). Edges of crown
entire. A tooth from further back is a shade broader and less curved,
its anterior face more convex; a lateral tooth is relatively broader
with a strong lunate base, the crown bent to one side; both faces
convex, the anterior most so.

Height of crown in type example, (974 S. U.) 25 mm., breadth
near base, 8: depth 3. No trace of denticle, which may, however,
be lost with the root of the two larger teeth. Crown without grooves;
no hump at root of crown posteriorly.

These cannot belong to Isurus as the iateral teeth are too narrow,
the anterior ones too slender, and too strongly curved. From Car-
charias, only the apparent absence of denticles seems to separate it.
The hollow crown, with the absence of posterior hump separates it
from Xiphodolamia. Several examples from the Pleistocene of Lo-
mita. We are by no means sure where this species belongs. Its
strong curvature suggests relations with Carcharias sanctz-crucis.

Family LAMNIDA#

In this family, the interior of each tooth has a spongy or honey-
comb-like structure which may be washed out, wholly or in part,
leaving the tooth hollow.

The two recognized genera in California are very closely re-
lated. Lamna having denticles at the base of each of the principal

teeth, while in Isurus, these are never developed. The teeth in Lamna
are more slender than those of Isurus, and we cannot always distinguish
them from those of Carcharias, in which the crown is_ usually
still more slender. The root is very broadly lunate and there is no
“hump” at the base cf the crown as in Xiphodolamia. Two of our
species described as Lamna are here referred to Carcharias.

LAMNA Cuvier

The teeth of Lamna have flat spreading roots, and basal denticles
set at the base ct the side of the crown, which is usually marked
with incised grooves, though this character varies according to the
position of the tooth in the mouth. On some of the lateral teeth
denticles are wanting, and these are not easily separated from Isurus.

24. tLamna caurina Jordan and Hannibal, new species.
(Plate III. o. 3s.)

From the Oligccene of Washington we have several slender,
flexuous teeth (S. U. 903), larger, broader, and less obliquely in-
clined than the teeth of Carcharias ornatus and ornamented with
strong mcised grooves on the inner faces; basal denticles if present
broken away, probably one present on each side; in larger teeth,
the root is thickened and spreads widely but without “hump,” ap-
parently little cordate; the crown tapers gradually with its edges
sharply keeled for its entire length.

Length of crown 17 mm., breadth of crown 7 mm. depth 5 mm.

This species may belong to Carcharias. On the other hand all
the species here referred to Carcharias may belong to Lamna, a
species of which genus is still living on bcotn sides of the Pacific.

Oligocene, San Lorenzo formation, sea-cliffs 1%, mile north of old
Woodman wharf, Port Discovery (type); sea-cliffs between Classen
wharf and Ship Canal estuary, Port Townsend, (S. U. 936).

ISURUS Rafinesque
(Oxyrhina Agassiz; Isuropsis Gill)

Teeth with entire edges, never with denticles at base; front teeth
lanceolate, erect, little flexuous, those posterior becoming by degrees
broader at pase, more or less triangular, the points curved backward
so that the outer margin is concave. No hump or special convexity
on the inner base of the crown. Root concave in outline, broad in
large teeth, narrower in others. The nominal genus Isuropsis Gill
is based cn Isurus glaucus. It is defined by the backward insertion
of the dorsal fin, a character found also, according to Garman, in
the Mediterranean type of the genus, Isurus oxyrhynchus Rafinesque.

25. Isurus hastalis Agassiz

(Plate I, b. Ine jolene INI fe ox 47.8 JOE WE Gl @, 12)

os
Cxyrhina hastalis Agassiz, Poiss, Foss. III, p. 277, Pl. XXXIV (ex-
cepting figs. 1, 2, 14.) 1843 (Wirttemberg; Kressenburg, Rhine
Valley) recorded from various parts of the world, a common fos-
sil species reaching a very large size—40 feet or more.

Carearodon Carcharias

PLATE XI.

Oxyrhina plana Agassiz, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. CLXXI, p. 274, 1856,
Pac. R. R. Rpts., V. p. 315, Pl. I, fig. 29-30, 1856, (Poso Creek;
“Ocoya’’).

Isurus planus Jordan, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol V, p. 107, fig. 9, 1907.

Oxyrhina tumula Agassiz, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. CLXXI, p. 274, 1856,
Pac. R. R. Rpts., V, p. 316, Pl. I, fig. 26-27, 36-37, 42-44, 1856, Poso
Creek (heavy lateral teeth).

Isurus tumulus Jordan, loc. cit., p. 109, fig. 10-11. 1907.

Isurus smithii Jordan, loc. cit., p. 111, fig. 12, 1907, (Barker’s ranch) ;
three miles west of Coalinga. (Slender front teeth S. U. 985 Co.
type.)

Isurus hastalis Jordau and Beal, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol., VII, p.
1913, Jordan, Foss, fishes. So. Calif.; Stanford Univ. Publ., p.
Pl. VII, fig. A-D, H, 1919.

A great variety of specimens from the California Miocene of an
extinct giant Isurus er “‘Mackerel Shark”. seem to be referable to
a single species, Isurus hastalis. The local form Isurus planus has
been, however, provisionally regarded as distinct from Isurus hastalis
of Hurope on account of a slight difference in the contour of the
outer face of the erect lower teeth.

In planus the outer face is flat or slightly arched while in hastalis
it is more or less concave with an obsolete raised ridge down the
middle. The oblique teeth are ridged in both species. We have how-
ever, one example frcm near the Basalt Columns at Stanford Univer-
sity which agrees perfectly with the Huropean form as figured by
Agassiz. The inner face has an obscure rounded median ridge and
the tip is incurved. In Isurus hastalis, the lower front teeth are
erect and slender (smithii), the lower rear teeth erect, triangular
with the root very heavy (tumulus), and the upper lateral teeth
obliquely ctriangular, deeply notched posteriorly, (planus).

From the Lomita beds we have a tooth the crown of which
(Plate V. d.) is 1144 inches high, narrowly triangular and nearly
erect, but thicker at the base than any other specimen seen, the
root being very thick and scarcely cordate below. A lateral tooth
from the same deposits has a very thick root. These Pleistocene
fishes may represent a distinct species.

250,
21,

Localities: Eocene; Tejon formation, northeast of Oyster Point,
Monto Diablo; Miocene; Mesa de Las Aceras, San Cristobal, Lower
California; Monterey formation, Poso Creek, (S. U. 902) Barker’s
ranch: (S. U. 909, 911, hundreds of examples); Shark-tooth Hill,
(S. U. 902 and 996, many). South and west slope of Pyramid Hill;
near Bena; Devil's Den Oil field; Shark-tooth Hill; north bank of
Kern River ten miles above Bakersfield, Huerhero Creek, (S. U.
905, 906) Lompoc, in breccia overlying deposits of diatoms; Santiago
Canyon near Santa Ana; six miles north of Santa Ana; near basalt
columns on San Francisquito Creek, Stanford University, (S. U. 922
two examples); C’Neal’s ranch near Point Arena; Empire formation
et submerged jetty, Coos Bay, Oregon, (S. U. 907. 962, 913). Tejon
fermation; Tassajero Canyon, Monto Diablo. Carrizo formation, at
Carrizo Creek, California. Pleistocene, San Diego formation at San
Pedro, and at Lomita marl pits.

In the collection from the Los Angeles Museum is a flat tongue-
shaped fossil about an inch long with rounded tip and edges, and
marked with coarse longitudinal furrows, about an inch long, (plate
VII g.). It was at first unknown to us. We find, however, in the
living Isurus glaucus of the California coast, a flat tongue-shaped
cartilage occupying the place of the median tooth in each jaw, and
evidently corresponding to the fossil above mentioned, which must
pelong to the jaw of Isurus hastalis. It is shown in plate III g. We
have now several otler fossils of similar character but a little more
elongate, from Shark-tooth Hill.

This species is by far the most abundant of the fossil sharks of
the Pacific slope. It is found on both sides of the Atlantic and re-
corded from the Eocene to the Pliocene. Numerous examples from
the Miocene about Chesapeake Bay seem to be precisely like the
California form. But on both coasts there is great variation among
the specimens reterred to the species, and perhaps more than one
species is represented among the smaller examples.

Isurus hastalis was a very much larger fish than the living type
cf the genus, Isurus oxyrhynchus Rafinesque but the teeth are much
the same in form.

2Z2A. Isurus species.

A broken front tooth of what is perhaps a different species of
isurus was obtained by Mr. Hannibal from Arago (Eocene) deposits
at the sea cliffs between Cape Gregory and Big Creek, Coos Bay,
(S2 Ue 960):

It is slender, strongly convex on both faces with a very flat
root; edges of crown obtusely keeled, the inner face rather strongly
striate. Spread of root 16 mm. it seems to differ from Isurus has-
talis in the very convex faces, as well as in its position in a much
clder deposit. In view of the scanty material we figure it (plate III
g.) without assigning a name.

26. Isurus sancte-clare Jordan and Hannibal, new species.
(Plate III. e. f.; plate VI. e.)

Teeth very small, smaller and more delicate than even in the
living Isurus glaucus. Crown erect, the inner face flat, the margin
sharper, acate-edged for the entirs length, the outer face smoothly
roundeé and not grooved; root spreading widely and not especiaiiy
thickened )Dehind.

Or
bo

Carcharhinus Lamia

PLATE XII.

Of this small shark we have numerous specimens from the
mountains about the Santa Clara Valley, from deposits regarded as
Oligocene. The front teeth are almost needle-like; the lateral teeth
ere very small, narrowly triangular, with a very flat crown.

The type from East of Mindigo Hill, Alpine district, Santa Clara
County (Vaqueros fermation) (S. U. 925) has the height of crown 9
mim., breadth 24% mm., its depth 2%. One from San Emigdio Canyon,
near Tejon Pass (San Lorenzo formation) has the length of crown
4% mm., breadth 4 mm. depth 214% mm. This is regarded as Oligo-
cene. Another is from the mouth of Los Coches Canyon near Mil-
ritas in Santa Clara County. Monterey formation (S. U. 931). Another
which seems to belong to the same species (S. U. 981) is from the
Chico formation (Cretaceous) at Martinez: this is represented in plate
VI. fig. e.

Family CARCHARODONTIDA®
(Great white Sharks or Man Haters)

This group is distinguished from the Lamnide by the triangular
teeth which are serrated on the edge and much alike in the different
parts of the jaws.

In the principal genus, Carcharodon, there are no basal denticles.
These are present in the extinct genus, Carcharocles, which differs
from Carcharodon much as Lamna from Isurus.

In either genus, it is impossible to determine with certainty
which of the numerous nominal species are really valid forms, and
which represent merely stages of growth or teeth from different parts
of the jaw.

CARCHARODON (Smith) Miiller and Henle

To this group belong the largest of all shark-teeth and the
animals must have been the mightiest of all fishes. The triangular
teeth are always serrate, more or less strongly, the number of serra-
tiens in each species being somewhat constant; anterior teeth with
a broad base and a narrow, pointed crown. No basal denticle, as
the genus is here limited. Root broad, lunate, without posterior pro-
tuberance.

27. Carcharodon branneri Jordan

(Plate VI. f. (type); V. a.)

Carcharodon branneri Jordan, Univ. Cal. Publ. Geol. V. 116, fig. 15,
1907. (Bolinas Bay, Marin Co.; type); Jordan, Amer. Jour. Sci. III,
1922, 338, (Lomita).

This species of giant shark is based on an example from the
Pliocene at Bolinas Bay (S. U. 970). The crown is medially 40 mm.
high, the slant height 50, and the median height including root about
60. the slant heizght 80. The tooth is broad, subtriangular, slightly
turned asid2 and recurved, the frcnt face considerably convex trans-
versely, the inner side flat, the tip incurved. The broad deep base
js not very thick, moderately lunate. Thickness of roct about 10 mm.

Serrations small, but evident, about 80 in number on each side,
those near the tip becoming very fine.

Of this huge Carcharodon, we have specimens from Miocene,
Menterey deposits, as follows: Shark-tcoth Hili (S. U. 917); Bar-
ker’s ranch; Bena; San Felician placers, Los Angeles County; hills
back of Lake Merritt, Oakland, California. Mesa de las Aceras, San
Cristobal, Lower California.

Pliocene: Purisima formation at Bolinas Bay.
Pleistocene, San Pedro formation, Lomita.

From Lomita, we figure one tooth which corresponds very closely
to the original type of Carcharodon branneri (plate V. a.). This
tooth is more erect than the others, the front edge quite flat and
the back quite convex. It is serrulate to the tip, the serre a little
coarser than in the type, all bluntish and about eighty to be counted,
seme others broken off.

The species has been often identified with the huge Carcharodon
megalodon Charlesworth, recorded from both sides of the Atlantic.
Of the American form referred to this species, we have several
exampies, (S. U. 982, 983) from the Miocene near Charleston, South
Carolina. Two of these we figure. One of these teeth from Ashley
and Cooper Rivers is very large, broad and thick, with the lateral
serrations very small (plate VI, m). It has the median height of the
crown, 82 mm., its breadth 110 at base, its slant height 95, the thick-
ress of the base 25, serrations very fine, 125 in number. Another
tooth, one of several from the Eocene of Polk Co., Florida, pl. VI, k.
(A. H. Ohnseng) considerably narrower and with the base extremely
junate, has the median height of the crown 50 mm., the slant height
$1, the basal width 65, the thickness at base 22, the serrations fine
but much coarser, 132 in number. In this specimen, and others from
the same locality, leaching has turned the base white and removed
part of the enamel. These hardly seem to belong to the species
called Carcharodon mortoni, although some other teeth in the same
series are more or less intermediate in form.

All these individuals have the inner face of the tooth quite flat,
while in C. branneri it is somewhat concave or incurved.

It is not certain that the form, found in the Miocene and Eocene
from Maryland to Florida, is the same as the European Carcharodon
megalodon. The latter, as figured by Agassiz, has, like the Ameri-
can species, a deep heavy root. The serrze in C. megalodon, are
stronger, apout 90 in number, the tip of the tooth less obtuse and
its anterior face with an obsolete median ridge. The form (Plate VI,
m.) from South Carolina (Ashley and Cooper Rivers) has been named
Carcharodon mortoni by Gibbes (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1847, 266).

In any case it seems evident that the type of Carcharodon bran-
neri is not the same as megalodon or its American cognate, the less
lunate root, not more than half as thick in preportion, indicate a
tangible difference, as well as the stronger and fewer serrations. C.

Lamna Nasus

PLATE XIII.

branneri is more like C. riversi but in that form the serrations are
stronger and the thickened root is still iess lunate.

28. Carcharodon leviathan Jordan and Hannibal, new species.
Carcharodon branneri Jordan, Amer. Jour. Sci. III, 338, 1922, (Lomita,

not of 1907).
(Plate VII.; plate VIII.)

Of this form we figure three examples, two of them (plate VII)
from the Purple collection in the Los Angeles Academy from the
Pleistocene at Lomita. These are more like C. megalodon than C.
branneri, and are perhaps the largest shark-teeth yet recorded. The
two teeth are about equal in size and both somewhat broken. The
largest has the crown, three inches in median height (60 mm. above
the thickened base, its slant height six inches (110 mm.) the breadth
at base about 60 mm., the very minute serrations not to be exactly
counted, the number not less than 150. Crown set somewhat obliquely,
the front face a little convex, nearly vertical. Tip blunt, rather
more so than in C. megalodon or C. branneri. Serrations extremely
small, scarcely perceptible, the side of the tooth forming a knife edge.
Root broken in both examples, but much thicker than in C. branneri,
broader and more deeply lunate.

We give this form a provisional name, though not quite certain
what may be a final verdict as to the species cf these huge fishes.
The type is in the Los Angeles Academy of Sciences. The co-type
is S. U. 1,000.

Of a smaller bui perfect example, we have a photograph, (plate
VIII), from an asphaltum deposit near Los Angeles; no details were
given.

As the living man-eater (Carcharodon carcharias) has teeth
cnly about an inch long, with a total length of body 35 to 40 feet,
the present form with teeth four inches long must have had a
length in life of 125 to 150 feet, the mightiest of all leviathans.

29. Carcharodon arnoldi Jordan
(HES WAL Te Cayo) Us aigS WY, ]5))

Carcharodon arnoldi Jordan, Univ. Cal. Publ. V, 113, 1907 (Pliocene
at Pescadero) (type S. U. 971); Jordan and Beal, op. cit. 1913, 252,
Jordan and Gilbert, Fossil Fish S. Cal. 22, 1919, (Pliocene, Los An-
geles, Pliocene, Port Los Angeles, Orange County); Jordan and
Gilbert, (Fossil Fish, Lompoc, 9, 1920; Lompoc, in breccia overlying
the diatom deposits).

In addition to the localities named above, we have examples froin
Shark-tooth Hill, Poso Creek (S. U. 919); Bena, near Calabasas (S. U.
920); Carrizo Creek; Huerhero Creek (S. U. 923, 943): from the breccia
overlying the diatom masses at Lompoc.

This is by far the commonest species of Carcharodon in deposits
of California, most frequent in the Pliocene; teeth much smaller and
narrower than these of Carcharodon branneri, and more coarsely ser-
rate. Serre fewer, about 40, extending to the tip. The teeth are much
larger than in the living Carcharodon carcharias, and broader, with
more serre than in Carcharodon purplei, the serre also smaller. The
basal portion is cordate, much less deeply emarginate than in Car-
charocles rectus.

Pliocene, Purisima formation, Pescadero, Santa Cruz Co., west
side of Kettleman Hiils at 1332 hill. Fernando formaticn at San Fer-
nando reservoir; head of middle fork of Topo Canyon, Santa Susana
Mountains, (S. U. 974).

Pleistocene, San Diego formation (S. U. 914) clay pits at San
Diego brick yard; Pacific Beach; Fourth and Hill Streets, Los Angeles;
Lomita mar! pits (S. U. 976) Port Los Angeles.

30. Carcharodon riversi Jordan
(Plate V. b.)

Carcharodon riversi Jordan, Univ. Cal. Publ. V. 115, 1907; Pliocene
at Santa Monica (type); Rustic Canon, near Santa Monica, Zap-
ato Chino, Fresno Co.

The teeth referred provisionally to this species are larger, broader
and more erect than the type of Carcharodon arnoldi. We have else-
where regarded the two species as identical, representing different
parts of the mouth. But in view of all the uncertainties in this highly
varied genus we may provisionally let the name stand.

Besides the original specimens named above, we have two from
the Pleistocene at Lomita (plate V. b). Height of crown about 50
mm., breadth about 40; serrations about 50, none on the tip.

31. Carcharodon purplei Jordan and Hannibal ,new species.
(Plate V. g.; VI. b.)

Type (S. U. 974) from the Pleistocene deposits in the Lomita marl
pits. The crown is 42 mm. in height, the breadth at base 30, its
thickness about 7, the root broken.

Its form is nearer that of the living ‘““Man-Hater,”’ Carcharodon
carcharias than any of the other species; the crown narrewly trian-
gular, the edges more flexuous, the serrze stronger and sharper than
in C. arnoldi, 32 to 35 in each side, the median serre larger than
those at base or tip; tip of tooth sharp, without serre. Base of
tooth broad, height of crown 23 mm. width 19, near base, depth 5.

Several other examples, most of them larger, the largest hav-
ing the crown 45 mm. high were obtained by Mr. Samuel Maus Purple
from the Lomita beds (S. U. 971). The base of the tooth is broad,
Innate, the serre 35 to 45, all sharp, stronger than in S. arnoldi,
in which species the crown is much broader. The base of the tooth
is 14%, in the crown. In no case is the root !ntact.

The species is named for Mr. Purple, the tireless explorer of the
Lomita beds, under his charge.

32. Carcharocles Jordan and Hannibal

Carcharocles (Jordan and Hannibal) Jordan, Classification Fishes, 99,
1923.

(Type Squalus auriculatus Blainville)
Teeth similar to Carcharodon but with a distinct denticle on each
side on the hase of the crown of the larger teeth, the crown narrower

Notorhynchus Maculatus

PLATH XIV.

and more recurved than in Carcharodon, edges of tooth and usually
the denticles also uniformly and rather coarsely serrulate; the broad
root extremely lunate in the anterior teeth.

33. Carcharocles rectus Agassiz
(Blatem le kary Cyt. jer ds ehhh)

Carcharodon rectus Agassiz, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts, CLXXI, p. 274, 1856;

Pac. R. R. Rpts., V. p. 315, Pl. I, fig. 34-41, 1856, (Poso Creek).

Teeth similar to those of Carcharodon arnoldi, the crown in
the anterior teeth more narrowly triangular, the broad base more
strongly lunate, in the anterior teeth. Posterior teeth very low and
broad without denticles (Plate I, i.) the base thick; denticles varying
in different parts of the mouth, easily broken and becoming gradually
obsolete backward; the anterior teeth very straight; denticles of
the larger teeth serrate, more or less joined to the base of the cone;
serrations of crown much as in Carcharodon arnoldi, the number 40 to
60.

This shark is not rare in Kern County. We have two specimens
from Shark-tooth Hill (Mrs. Metcalf) (S. U. 991), and two (S. U.
490, 917) from Mr. Morrice. Others are from Bena, one from north
of Mesa de las Aceras, San Cristobal, Lower California (Acad. Sci.).

Two species similar to this but larger, and with the crown more
feebly serrate have been described by R. W. Gibbes from the Ashley-
Cooper beds near Charleston. These are regarded by Gibbes as
Focene. One cf these, Carcharodon acutidens Gibbes, with the lateral
denticles separate from the crown, we have compared with C. rectus,
from which it is plainly distinct. The other C. lanciformis Gibbes
is said to have the denticles connected with the crown, as iu C.
rectus. This we have not seen.

Family SCYMNORHINIDA#
ECHINORHINUS Blainville
34. Echinorhinus blakei Agassiz
(Plawe IW. © Gk)

Echinorhinus blakei Agassiz, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts. CLXXI, p. 272,
USGS We Sy Iee@S IRL IR. Tajo, Wo Bills}, Il Uke, 7a}, IRN ((Oxeone),
now Poso Creek).

Monterey Age, Temblor formation. Of this species we have seen
but two examples, (S. U. 992) from Shark-tooth Hill.

co-
ot

The one is a median tooth which is perfectly erect, triangular,
thickened below, with two smaller cusps at its base, similar in form
and nature, and nearly half as long, these springing out nearly at
right angles; no other denticles; edges of all entire. The root is
much thickened anteriorly, behind with a hump as in Xiphodolamia.
It is sub-triangular in section, and not lunate. It stands erect when
placed on the table as is the case with Squatina, but the root is
shorter and thicker than in that genus. A second example, probably
a sub-median tooth, is higher, sharper, the tip lightly turned outward,
with the lateral denticles greatly reduced not one-eighth the height
of the main cusp, the base greatly thickened.

Agassiz’s figure representing a lateral tooth, shows it as low and
broad with a low, non-cordate root which has a median projection,
the main cusp turned to one side, though not horizontal, its median
border forming the cutting edge; its length twice that of the two
lateral cusps. Cusps all bluntish, entire. According to Agassiz, the
imain point of the tooth is more prominent and at the same time
shorter than in the living species, Echinorhinus brucus (Bonnaterre,)
(spinosus Gmelin), “the marginal denticles being smaller.”

Our specimens presented by Mr. Morrice, are probably identical
with the species obtained by Mr. W. P. Blake for Agassiz in the same
vicinity. Apparently it is correctly placed in the rare genus Echinor-
hinus, no longer represented in the Pacific. The teeth are however
more erect than in the living species.

Family SOUALIDZ£
SQUALUS Linnzus

Teeth compressed, sectorial, alike in both jaws with oblique cusp
and a cutting edge nearly parallel to the edge of the jaw; each tooth
with a median enameled tubercle extending from the crown forward
and downward across the front of the root. Dorsal fins each with
a strong spine in front.

25. Squalus serriculus Jordan and Hannibal, new species.

(Plate III. q. r.)

Teeth small, compressed, shaped like a cocks-comb with a single
posterior cone; one margin forming the functional cutting edge,
outer edge very finely serrulate; base of tooth thin, with a tubercle
ci enamel that extends down over the front of the root, as in Squalus
acanthias. Lower teeth longer than upper. We have numerous speci-
mens of this species which is distinguished from the living Squalus
suckleyi of the coast by the finely serrulate teeth which have how-
ever precisely the same form. In all other Squalidz, the teeth are
entire.

Type, (lower tooth) height 6 mm., length of base, 11.5 mm.,
cepth 2.5 mm.; cotype, (upper tooth) height 6 mm., length § mm.,
thickness 2.5 mm.

Shark-tooth Hill (Morrice) type (S. U. 937); Bena, (S. U. 939).

This is the first fossil of this family found in American deposits
and the few recorded from Europe are all more or less doubtful.

Family SQUATINIDA®
SQUATINA Dumeril
In this genus, the small teeth are slender. erect, entire, without
denticles, the base of the crown extended inward over the root, with
a small obtuse ridge extending from the crown to the distal margin.
‘che root is large, extended, not lunate, thick and flattish below, so
formed that a detached tooth will stand erect when placed on a table.

36. Squatina lerichei Jordan and Beal
(Plate Ill. b. c. i. j.)

Squatina lerichei Jordan and Beal, Univ. Calif. Publ. Gecl. VII. p.

253, fig. B, 1913 (Shark-tooth Hill); many examples, most of them
obtained by Mr. Morrice.

Upper teeth slender, erect, and entire; lower teeth somewhat
broader, the crown tilted toward the throat. Root of tcoth large,
broad, not cordate. An elevated ridge extending from the crown to
the distal margin, with usually a rounded process on the other side.

The numerous teeth called Squatina ierichei by Jordan and Beal,
as also others since received from Mr. Morrice, seem to be exactly
like with those of the living Squatina californica of the coast, a
species not yet clearly separated from Squatina squatina of Atlantic
waters. They are larger and more clavate than the teeth of Squatina
japonica Bleeker. As we know nothing of the other traits of Squatina
lerichei and as Miocene fishes of California with no known exception
are distinct from living species we retain the name given by Jordan
and Beal, in honor of the distinguished Belgian paleontologist.

Monterey formation; Barker’s ranch (S. U. 947); one Shark-
tooth Hill (S. U. 986 type; S. U. 999).

enmuilbe UIROION SUD Ae,
UROBATIS Garman
37. Urobatis halleri Cooper

Urolophus halleri Cooper, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sci. Ill, 95, 1865,
(San Diego, living), Arnold, Mem. Cal. Ac. Sci. III, 346, 1903.
Arnold refers a fossil sting cf a ray from the Pleistocene of
San Pedro to this species, on the authority of Dr. C. H. Gilbert.
This species cannot perhaps be certainly known from this appendage.

Family AE TOBATIDAL
AETOBATUS Blainville
(Myliobatis Dumeril)

The Hagle rays are characterized by the presence of several
functional series of flat, pavement-like teeth, forming hexagonal plates.
In the present genus the large median plates are flanked on each
side by a few rows cf smaller ones. Hach tooth has many short
narrow roots, arranged comb-fashion. These are sometimes subequal;
in other cases the median roots are longer. The caudal spine or
sting is very large and sharply serrate.

38. Aetobatus smithii Jordan and Beal

(Plate III. a. h. n. IV. f.)
Zygobatis species, Agassiz, Pac. R. R. Rpt. V. 316, fig. (Poso Creek).
Rhinoptera smithii Jordan and Beal, Univ. Cal. Publ. Zool. VII, 254,

fig. b. (Barker’s ranch) (co-type S. U. 989).
We have many examples more or less broken from Poso Creek
(S. U. 957) Shark-tooth Hill (S. U. 958, 959). Barker’s ranch, Bena.
Central row ct teeth hexagonal, the length 5 to 534 times in the
breadth; in the upper jaw flat and straight, in the lower jaw slightly
convex with the ends curved toward the front of the mouth; three
short lateral rows on each side; grinding surface much thinner than
in merriami and the rootlets longer, the median ones often longer
than the outer. These teeth differ in no essentiai particular from
those of the living Aetobatus of the ccast, (A. californicus). But for

reasons explained under the head of Squatina lerichei we prefer to
retain the name given the Miocene form. Broken spines of this
sting-ray (S. U. 997) occur in some abundance with the teeth, at
Shark-tooth Hill.

Monterey formation, Arroyo Salido, Magdalena Bay, Lower Cali-
fornia (S. U. 952); Poso Creek; Barker’s ranch; Shark-tooth Hill;
Kern River; Bena; San Pablo formation; blue conglomerates, on
ridge between Kirker Creek and Lawlor ravine, near Pittsburg, Cali-
fornia (S. U. 954); Jacalitos formation, three miles west of Coalinga
(Anderson).

Pleistocene, San Diego formation, Nob Hill, San Pedro. Upper
San Pedro formation, Signal Hill, Long Beach.

39. Aetobatus merriami Jordan and Beal
(Plate III. z. IV. i.)

Myliobatis merriami Jordan and Beal. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol., VII,
p. 256, fig. d., 1913, (mile west of Kern River and four miles above
Oil City.)

Central row of teeth hexagonal, the length 5 in the breadth; in
the lower jaw very convex with the ends curved strongly forward,
probably one lateral row present on each side; grinding surface great-
ly thickened, a bony structure supporting the enamel; supporting
laminz coarser than Aetobatus smithi and not so deep. Teeth
firmer than in A. smithii. A few stings larger than those attributed
to A. smithii and with the edges less sharply serrate, come from
Shark-tooth Hill (Morrice) (S. U. 998). They may be referred to
this species.

40. Aetobatus aragonis Jordan and Hannibal, new species.
(Plate III. m. p.)

Central row of molar teeth with the same relative proportions
and thickness of the grinding surface as in Aetobatus smithii and
A. californicus; Supporting laminz thinner, deeper, and more closely
appressed. We have two imperfect specimens and several fragments
of this species, which is characteristic of the Hocene, as the others
are of the Miocene.

Breadth of plate 5 mm., thickness 4 mm.,

This species is from Hocene deposits, Arago formations, sea-
cliffs between Big Creek and Cape Gregory; Coos Bay, Oregon (type
S. U. 956). Eocene, Tejon formation, head of Spring Branch, Potrero
Hills, Solano County, California (S. U. 955).

GEOLOGIC RANGE OF FOSSIL SHARKS AND RAYS
Ol Wale, IPACIUEI COASIE

TRIASSIC

Lower Trias—Meekoceras beds:

Cosmacanthus elegans

Middle Trias—Star Peak series:

Hybodus nevadensis
Acrodus alexandre
Acrodus creodontus
Cosmacanthus humboldtensis

Upper Trias—Tropites beds:

Hybodus shastensis
Acrodus wempliz
Asteracanthus shastensis

CRETACEOUS

Upper Cretaceous—Chico formation:

Notidanion chicone
Carcharias ornatus
Carcharias sanctze-crucis
Isurus sanctz-clareze

HOCHKNE
Tejon formation:

Isurus hastalis

Arago formation (including California localities at Oroville, Table
Mountain, Marysville, Buttes, Potrero Hills and Corral Hollow:

Carcharias ornatus
Isurus, species
Aetobatus aragonis

OLIGOCHNE
San Lorenzo formation:

Notidanion boreale
Lamna caurina

Isurus sancte-clarz
Carcharias sanctez-crucis

Vaqueros formation—Pecten-Magnolia beds:

Isurus sanctee-clarez
Carcharias sanctz-crucis

1The classification of tertiary formations follow the outline proposed
DiaeArnolda ik and -—Elannibale ties seroc Am Phils Socs saline INOs) 22s pe
559-605, Pl. XXXVII, XLVIII, 1918, except that the term Purisima is pre-
ferred to Merced and the San Diego formation and its equivalents are
correlated with the recently described interglacial’ Mazwood formation of
the North Facific Coast.

Beds equivalent to Vaqueros, Magdalena Bay, Lower California:

Hemipristis heteropleurus
Carcharinus magdalenz
Isurus hastalis

Aetobatus smithii

TRANSITIONAL OLIGOCENE—MIOCENE

Monterey period (including Temblor formation):

Heptranchias andersoni
Hemipristis heteroplueurus
Carcharhinus antiquus
Gyrace occidentalis
Xiphodolamia morricei
Carcharias clavatus
Isurus hastalis

Isurus sancte-clarz
Xiphodolamia morricei
Carcharodon branneri
Carcharodon arnoldi
Carcharocles rectus
Squalus serriculus
Echinorhinus blakei
Squatina lerichei
Aetobatus smithii

MIOCENE
San Pablo formation:

Aetobatus smithii

Jacalitos formation:

Isurus hastalis
Aetobatus smithii

Empire formation:
Isurus hastalis

Carrizo formation:

Isurus hastalis
Carcharodon arnoldi

PLIOCENE

Purisima formation (Merced formation of Arnold and Hannibal, 1913,
not of Lawson, 1893 and 1914 which includes post-Pleistocene strata
in type section):

Carcharodon branneri
Carcharodon arnoldi

Fernando formation (southern equivalent of Purisima, based on type
section at Los Angeles aqueduct dam):

Heptranchias andersoni
Gyrace occidentalis
Carcharodon arnoldi

PLEISTOCENE

San Diego formation (including Deadman Island, lower San Pedro,
Santa Barbara, and Lomita beds, southern equivalents of inter-
glacial Maywood formation on Vancouver Island):

Hemipristis heteropleurus
Carcharhinus magdalenz
Carcharias virgatulus
Carcharias lomitze
Carcharodon riversi
Carcharodon purplei
Carcharodon branneri
Aetobatus smithii

Upper San Pedro formation:
Urobatis halleri

APPENDIX
FAUNA OF THE LOMITA MARL PITS

The series of rounded hills Known as Palos Verdes extend north-
ward from San Pedro for a distance of twenty miles or more. The
rocks are uncovered in but few places, but the general opinion seems
to regard their deposits as of the Lower San Pedro age, or the
lower Pleistocene.

At Lomita, an excavation has been made into one of these hills,
its contents being ground up as fertilizer. The bulk of each layer
is organic, foramnifera (chalk animals) and broken shells with oc-
casional bones of large animals, Diatoms, where occurring have been
dissolved by the calcareous shells of associated foraminifera.

The excavations now made (1922) have a depth of 55 feet, and
extend for about the same distance into the hill. They show half
an anticlinal with a strong dip to the west, the different strata quite
narrow and crossed by four or five small faults of 2 to 5 feet slip
each. So far as noted, there is no unconformability of strata, and no
evidence of a “lost period.”

In an informal report to the Torrance Lime and Fertilizer Com-
pany, by Professor Gilbert Ellis Bailey, thus defines the three sec-
tions shown in the pits:

1. Top, the level top of one of the lower terraces (of the Palos
Verdes) or the second major terrace is covered by thin soil.

2. Immediateiy below the soil is a narrow band of marine
gravels which was the beach when the base of the hill was lower
than the present sea level. (Half a mile to the East are large sand
dunes, formed in connection with this beach.)

3. Below the marine gravels of the terrace are the white marls
of the Lower San Pedro, or Deadman’s Island beds. (This section
is divided into two parts, by its fossil remains although no obvious
division occurs in the rocks. The content of each division is given
below. Mr. G. Dallas Tanna of the California Academy of Sciences
furnishes me the enclosed preliminary record of the content of the
different layers.)

RISES Ol IARVEICIOMTON PATRON 1a CAITLIN TION, Ove
SEWN SAMUS Ol SIDIOMIEINITS IRKOML
NEAR LOMITA

By G. DALLAS HANNA

All of these samples except No. 6 are very clearly marine sedi-
ments which have been laid down in fairly deep and very quiet
water. The presence of great numbers of Foraminifera is an unworn
condition and the mineral, glauconite, is almost positive proof of the
origin of the deposits.

No. 1: This is a white, compact rock which consists exclusively
of remains of Bryozoa, Foraminifera and Hchinodermata, the first
mentioned being the most abundant. The mass has been thoroughly
impregnated with supersaturated mineral waters so that most of
the fossils are coated more or less with calcite and the whole is
loosely cemented together. Among the Foraminifera, Polystomella
crispa (Linnzeus) is the dominant species with Rotalia soldanii (Or-
bigny) very ccmmon. Both are long-ranging species geologically
and widely distributed in modern seas. Mollusks are scarce and
poorly preserved; evicently they and the shells of the echinoids de-
composed and crumbled from the chemical action of the ground water.
A few valves of Ostracoda were seen.

No. 2: This sample consist almost exclusively of beautifully
preserved Foraminifera, Globigerina bulloides Orbigny being the most
abundant form. Members of the genera Textularia, Polystomella,
Bulimina, Rotalia, Cristellaria, and Anomalina are present. HEchinoid
spines are very common in some thin layers. A few sponge spicules
were seen. Fragments of Bryozoa and mollusks are present in small
numbers and the whole mass is loosely compacted into a light gray
mass which readily disintegrates.

No. 3: This sample is very similar in texture and organic con-
stituents to No. 2, but it is colored a light brown. Glauconite grains
are abundantly disseminated throughout the mass.

No. 4: The sample submitted appears to consist exclusively of
Foraminifera, echinoid spines and glauconite grains. The whole has
been cemented into a firm mass by the deposition of minerals from
supersaturated ground waters. The most abundant foraminifera is
Polystomella crispa.

No. 5: Shells of mollusks have been thoroughly decomposed by
mineral bearing waters and the whole is cemented into a firm white
rock. Tests of Foraminifera are abundant and well preserved, al-
though usually incrusted more or less with calcite. (These shells
are largely of the small cockle. Venericardia ventricosa) (J.)

No. 6: This is a very fine-grained, greenish, soapy material
which does not appear to contain any organisms at all. Diatoms
and Foraminifera are absent. The material should receive the at-
tention of a chemist or mineralogist.

No. 7: This is a brown, sandy sediment, consisting of very large
qualities of glauconite, some coarse sand and the remains of decom-
posed Foraminifera. All are loosely cemented together. (In this
deposit are many bones of whales badly abraded.) (J.)

All these samples except No. 6 are marine sediments without a
doubt and were laid down in quiet and fairly deep water. No species
of Foraminifera were seen which would indicate that the deposit
is older than the Pliocene; on the other hand, my examination does
not definitely prove it of that age. (G. D. H.)

In the lower beds are many teeth, referred provisionally tc some
species of Squalcdont whale (Scaldicetus) not identifiable as to species
from the teeth alone, according, to Dr. Oliver P. Hay and Dr. Rem-
ington Kellogg of the United States National Museum to whom they
have been sent. In the upper beds are two elephant teeth, besides a
fragment of tusk. and some broken bones. According to Professor
Charles Stock of the University of California, these may belong either
to Elephas columbi or Elephas imperator, the specific characters
not ascertainable from single teeth. Numerous horse teeth, (Equus
occidentalis) according to professors Stock, Hay and Kellog, occur
along with badly worn bones. With these are also bones of a sea
lion, Eumetopias jubatus of a dolphin Eurhinodelphia sp. and teeth
of a seal, thought to be Allodesmus kernensis by Hay and Kellogg.

In a kitchen-midden on the surface of the hill are remains of
abalone, the digit of a bear, a jaw of a deer, with arrow-heads and
an Indian hatchet.

The following is a list cf the fossil mollusks found in the Lomita
beds, as identified by Mrs. Ida S. Oldroyd, Curator of Conchology,
Stanford University.

I. Lower strata (presumably deep, quiet water).

GASTEROPODA
Glycimeris subobsoleta—Carpenter (No. 5.)
Kellettia kelletti—Forbes (9).
Antiplase perversa—Gabb (17).
Taranis strongi—Arnold (17x).
Pisamia fortis—Carpenter (2).
Fusinus species (22).
Natica reclusiana—Deshayes (14).
Polynices lewisi—Gould (13).
Buccinum species (23).
Argobuccinum oregonense—Redfield.
Conus species.
Dentalium pretiosum—Sowerby (24).

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA
Venericardia ventricosa—Gould (extremely abundant).
Pecten bellus—Concard (3).
Pecten hindsi—Carpenter (27).
Pecten diegensis—Dall (3x).
Pecten hastatus—Sowerby (2x).
Venus fordi—Yates.
Phacoides annulatus—Reeves (15).
Pododesmus macroschisma—Deshayes.
Protacardia centifilosa—Carpenter.
Crassatellites sp. indescr.

BRACHIOPODA
Terebratula sp. ;
Il. Upper strata (presumably estuary deposits).

GASTEROPODA
Astrea inequale—Martier.
Astrea undosa—Wood (11).
Olivella biplicata—Sowerby (7).
Tegula multifilosa—Stearns.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA
Hynnites giganteus—Gray (21).
Teredo (tubes) (F) (1) (8).
Phacoides californicus—Conrad (12, 16).
Saxidomus giganteus—Deshayes.
Saxidomus nuttalli—Conrad (19).

oP Ot BO op

“AROS OB SOURS So mo a6

Key to Figures in Plate
PLATE I.
(All natural size)

Carcharocles rectus (lateral tooth), denticles lost.
Isurus hastalis (posterior side tooth)

Carcharodon rectus (extreme posterior tooth)
Carcharocles rectus

Carcharocles rectus

Carcharodon arnoldi

Isurus hastalis (front tooth)

Isurus hastalis (lateral tooth)

Carcharodon arnoldi (posterior tooth)
Carcharocles rectus

PLATE II.
(All natural size)

Carcharias clavatus

Gyrace occidentalis (upper posterior tooth, like type of Triakis
beali)

Carcharhinus antiquus

Gyrace occidentalis

Notidanion boreale (type)

Carcharias clavatus

Gyrace occidentalis (extreme posterior tooth)

Carcharhinus antiquus

Carcharhinus antiquus (lower tooth)

Gyrace occidentalis (upper tooth)

. Gyrace occidentalis (upper tooth)

Carcharias magdalenee

Carcharias sanctee-crucis

Cracharhinus antiquus

Gyrace occidentalis (lower tooth)
Carcharhinus magdalenz

Carcharhinus magdalenze

Xiphodolamia morricei (lower front tooth)
Hemipristis heteropleurus

Gyrace occidentalis (lower tooth)
Heptranchias andersoni (median tooth)
Heptranchias andersoni (side tooth)
Heptranchias andersoni (front tooth)

. Hemipristis heteropleurus (upper front tooth)
. Hemipristis heteropleurus (upper front tooth)

Gyrace occidentalis

. Heptranchias andersoni (lower side tooth)

Heptranchias andersoni (lower side tooth)

PLATE III.

Aetobatus smithii
Squatina lerichei
Squatina lerichei
Carcharias sancte-crucis
Carcharias sanctee-crucis
Isurus sancte-claree

SSH ag Eee PSs © fs | mate eu

Pet? ariel Ip) (Oe) tet)

Bro Roop

Pato noop

Labial cartilage of Isurus hastalis
Aetobatus smithii

Squatina lerichei

Squalus serriculus

Carcharias sancte-crucis

Isurus sanctz-claree

Aetobatis aragonis

Aetobatus smithii

Lamna caurina (posterior tocth)
Aetobatis aragonis

Squalus serriculus

Lamna caurina (posterior tooth)
Carcharias virgatulus

Carcharias virgatulus
Carcharias ornatus

Carcharias ornatus

Isurus hastalis (young)

Isurus hastalis

Aetobatis merriami

. Carcharhinus magdalenze (type)
. Carcharhinus magdalenze

Isurus species (from Oregon)

. Carcharocles auriculatus (from Hngland)

PLATE IV.

Xiphodolamia morricei
Xiphodolamia morricei
Echinorhinus blakei

EKchinorhinus blakei (median tooth)
Xiphodolamia morricei

Aetobatus smithii (spine)

Isurus hastalis

Aetobatus merriami (spine)
Gyropleurodus francisci (fin spine)
Isurus hastalis

Isurus hastalis

PLATH V.

Carcharodon branneri (side tooth)
Carcharodon riversi

Carcharias virgatulus

Isurus hastalis

Carcharodon purplei

PLATE VI.

Carcharias clavatus
Carcharodon purplei (type)
Carcharias lomitz
Carcharhinus magdalenze
Isurus sancte-clare
Carcharodon branneri (type)
Carcharodon arnoldi
Xiphodolamia morricei (type)

i. Carcharias lomite (type)

j. Carcharodon arnoldi (type)

k. Carcharodon species (Florida)

]. Carcharodon arnoldi

m. Carcharodon mortoni (South Carolina)

PLATE VII.
Carcharcdon leviathan (type and co-type)

PLATE VIII.
Carcharodon leviathan (Los Angeles)

PLATE IX.

b. d. Teeth of Squalodent whales (Scaldicetus species)
Equus occidentalis

Carcharodon branneri

j. k. Teeth of seals (allodesmus kernensis)

Digit of a _ bear.

HBO o ®

PLATE X.
Teeth of Mammoth; Elephas species.

PUPA * MELITAEA NEUMOEGENI.

ENLARGED
DORSAL VIEW VENTRAL VIEW LATERAL VIEW

PLATE XV.
68

SUD SeINe LAGE GrEONSTVEEEIDORT ERA
— DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK
Early Stages of Melitze neumoegeni, Skinner
(Illustrated by the Author)

On a recent collecting trip over the Mojave Desert, my wife and
I were fortunate enough to observe) the larve of Melitzea neumoegeni,
skin feeding on Aster tortifolius.

Several specimens were secured, and two examples reared to
maturity, the remainder being parasitized. The following notes were
made of the larve and pupe.

LARVA, LAST INSTAR.

HEAD: Glistening black, profusely covered with vibrissae.

BODY: Ground color biack, sparsely sprinkled with grey dots.
A lateral band of a lighter shade, due to the enlargement of the grey
punctuate spots over this area, also a fine median dorsal black line,
caused by the absence of these dots.

The body is profusely covered with numerous branching jet black
spines, arranged in nine rows.

The median row contains nine of these, beginning at the 4th seg-
ment.

The next lateral two rows contain ten spines each, and extend
from the second to the eleventh segments; the lateral row contains
eleven spines, beginning at the first segment, all of which are well
developed. The dorso-lateral row consists of numerous small spines.
The anterior three are single, the fourth is compound, consisting of
three, nearly united at their base; the remaining spines are paired on
all segments except the terminal posterior which is single and minute.
The total number of spines in this row is 17.

SPIRACLHS: Black centers, annulated with grey.

TRUE LEGS: Shiny black.

PROLEGS: Dull black.

ABDOMEN: Brownish black.

LENGTH: 24 mm.

One larva was observed that measured 14 mm. in length having
just complete a molt. We judged it to be in the beginning of the
third instar, but were unable to carry it through. It was similar to
the examples above noted except for lighter colored prolegs and
spiracles lacking the annulation.

PUPA
(See Plate XV.)

GROUND COLOR: Black, profusely mottled with grey.

ANTENNAL SHEATHS: Black, annulated with fine grey lines.

HEAD REGION: Smocth, black; the eye case a glistening jet black.

WING CASES: Darker than other portions of body, slightly ru-
gose near base, outer margins bearing two rows of minute, clearly
defined, grey dots.

ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS: Grey predominates. The dorsal and
lateral surfaces bearing papillae, arranged in rows corresponding to
the larval spines. Most of these are tipped with orange, and are
shaded anteriorly with black at their bases. The median dorsal row
bears seven of these papillae, all orange tipped. The next lateral
row contains ten, all orange tipped.

The second lateral row carries seven papillae, only the anterior
three of which are orange. The third lateral row consists of four
feably defined nodules, the anterior one only showing a trace of orange.

A poorly defined black stripe occurs on the ventro-lateral surface
of abdomen, and a wider black band is situated in the median line
of the ventral surface.

SPIRACLES: Black centers, grey annulated.

CREMASTER: Black with a slight brownish shading.

DIMENSIONS: Length, 15 mm.; greatest width, 6.5 mm.

The last larval molt occured on April 21st and emergence occurred
on May 7th. (See Plate XV.)

PLATE XVI.

Dudleya Parva

NEW CALIFORNIA PLANTS
A. DAVIDSON, M. D.
PLATE XVII. 7D) DIE NEN RAVES

Rose & Davidson
(Revised description)

At first acaulescent, with 8 to 10
basal leaves; leaves fleshy, 5 to 7
cm. long, ovate-lanceolate to ob-
long-linear, 2.5 to 6 em. long, con-
vex beneath, concave above, acute;
afterwards, at least in cultivation,
producing long (2 to 3 dm. long)
weak, trailing or procumbent
stems with narrow, spreading
leaves each ending in a few
flowered raceme or sometimes in
small panicles; leaves on flower-
ing branch several, linear, spread-
ing at right angles to the rachis,
1 to 2 cm. long; flower bud some-
what angled, pointed; sepals 3 to
5 mm. long, nearly equal, green,
acutish; corolla about 10 mm.
long, greenish yellow, with a very
short tube; petals acute.

Collected by Mr. J. H. Bullard,
on a clay bank on the Conejo
Grade, Southern California, May,
1922 (No. 3535).

7 (GQIULILA, ILIONIEAVIUA iit, Si:

Erect, slender annual, 2 dm.
tall, glabrate in age, when young
lightly tomentose on stem, more
densely so on the stem leaves;
basal leaves linear, acute, 2-3 cm.
long, 1 mm. wide; stem leaves
similar but smaller and a few in
number; pedicels 8-10 mm. long;
sepals tomentose, in fruit 3 mm.
long, 1 mm. broad, the tips short,
acute; corolla 10-12 mm. long,
broadly funnelform, throat yellow,
light blue above, lobes dark blue,
rounded, 4 mm. long and 4 mm.
broad; filaments equally inserted,
3 mm. long reaching the sinus;
anthers blue.

No. 3570 type, collected by J. C.
Marvin near Idlywild, Riverside
Co., Cal., April, 1923.

This plant in general appear-
ance resembles G. leptalea but in
the latter the tomentum is ab-
sent, the leaves are longer and
attenuate at base; the sepals are
glabrous, narrower and with more
attenuate tips; the flower is nar-
rower with lanceolate lobes.

(GIULIUN TIRUINCAINA, in. 9),

Perennial from a woody base, 2-3 dm. tall; stems leafy with a
scattered woolly pubescence throughout, more dense on the calyx;
leaves simple, linear, 8-10 mm. long, 1 mm. broad; inflorescence
1acemose; pedicels 5 mm. long; calyx 6 mm. long its lobes triangular
and very short; corolla scarlet, 2.5 cm. long, narrow funnelform, lobes
3 mm. wide and 6 mm. long, quadrate with 3 short teeth formed by
the terminal points of the darker linear strie that mark the petals;
stamens un3qually inserted, long exserted.

No. 3572 typ. Collected by Messers, Payne and Kesslar near
Jacumba, San Diego Co., April, 1923.

SLA S SIAN IMELUS IIS SIVEIRIL wm, so.

Corm small, cvate; stems ascending, 7-8 cm. high; basal leaves
about 6, small, fleshy obovate with a slender petiole, withering early;
stem leaves sessile. ovate-lanceolate, very fleshy, 8-10 mm. long, 4
mm. wide and nearly as thick; upper leaves smaller and ovate; flower
1° mm. in width, nearly sessile, calyx lobes bluntly ovate, 2.5 mm.
long; petals 6 mm. long, white with a pinkish median stripe, the
color not changing in age; stamens equalling the petals; anthers
at first yellow, dark brown in age; carpels 6 mm. long, stellately
spreading. 2

No. 3495, type. Collected by Mrs. J. H. Bullard cn a hard clay
bank on the Conejo Grade, Ventura Co., May 1922.

c ALLIUM BULLARDI n. sp.

Bulb without definite reticulation; stem terete, 2 dm. high;
leaves stout, 2 or 5, concavo-convex, 7 mm. broad and nearly equalling
the stem in length; pedicels, 20 or more, 1.5-2 cm. long; petals thin,
ovate, the outer 4 mm. wide, 7 mm. long, light pink with a slightly
darker median stripe, inner petals slightly narrower; stamens nearly
equalling the petals; filaments filiform; pistil undivided, 4-5 mm.
long; pedicels declined in fruit; ovary with 6 conspicuous crests.

No. 3575, type. Collected by Mrs. J. H. BuJlard near San Julian,
San Diego Co., April 1923.

The bread leaves and filiform filaments readily identify this
species.

PLATE XVIII.

Hasseanthus Kessleri
72

PLATE

PLATE XX.

Alijum Bultardi

DOME NM he Ss Or CNEInORIN TA
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK

The Parnassians
(See Colcr Plate Frontispiece)

The various races and varieties of the Clodius Parnassian occur-
ring in the state were dealt with in our last paper. There remain
for consideration several forms of the Smintheus Parnassian before
we pass on to the next family.

Typical Smintheus does not occur in California, but cone or pos-
sibly two well defined varieties, and one aberration may safely be
included in our list.

The races of smintheus as a whole may be distinguished from
clodius by the fact that the wings are iess transparent, particularly
in the males. There is also a tendency for red spots to cceur in
the primaries, more markedly in the females.

BEHR’S PARNASSIAN (Parnassius smintheus behri, Edw.)

(Color Plate VI, Figures 1, D. 35.)

This race occurs in the Central Sierras at suitable elevations.
It is relatively smaller than other forms of smintheus, and one of
its characteristic features is the tendency of the usual red spots to
become yellow or orange. In comparison with the Baldur Parnassian,
it is relatively rare. July and August are the months of its greatest
frequency. Stonecrops constitute the larval foodplant.

WRIGHT’S ABERRANT PARNASSIAN (P. smintheus niger.
W. G. Wright)

(Color Plate VI, Figure 4.)

This is an aberration of Behr’s Parnassian in which the usual
reddish or yellow spots are obsolete, and the dark markings reduced.
So far it has been noted only in the male. Like all aberrant forms,
it is rare.

THE LARGE PARNASSIAN (P. smintheus magnus, W. G. Wright)

(Color Plate VI, Figures 7, 8.)

This variety will very likely, be found in the higher ranges of
our northern tier of counties, at high elevations. It closely resembles
a Colorado form, the Melanic Parnissan, which is shown on Plate
VI, figures 5 and 6 for purposes of comparison. Some of our early
collectors recorded the latter species for Mts. Shasta and Bradley,
but undoubtedly it will be found that their captures were Parnassius
magnus. As with most alpine species, the Large Parnassian is on
the wing only in mid-summer.

Publications of the

Southern California Academy of Sciences
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
e

Bulletin of the

Southern Calitornia Academy of Sciences

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues to date are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the
following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy
at the appended prices:

Vol. 1, No. 1. January, NO O26 oe eae ee eee $1.00
re il, © IDS orne Ay, 19O 2 ee ee eles eee 1.00
om 3 So WL dolly 9 0D see Soo ee ee .25
Ss A Oe Bh INE reln, N90 S: ee ee st
. ALD Coney. AIM ary: DOOD Paes 1 tee eee LAD
My Os Gt Sal: ED Oe es oy ee eee .25
S Up? 1k Seni VOQ8s2 ee eee SUB
or Oe ade Saniianye ONO = RS eee ee ee 15
es eS PAS VASD AY 1910) See ea eee .75
ial pte oer deo rel fel ke. LO? eNO £15
SP, jl, damararay, TOTS ee oe 3 ee eee 50
ike} 2 als dani, B UL DW Rese teers Page seme es 15
Ce IB epee ree= AY ODAC. See See oe eee aa
eta le ee anuatay, DONS i See eee se
Sie Sel sn nar LZ Od Gir 2 Se ee ee eee .50
ol, SL, diene, OTe Bereta Deiter Ae i. stb
SOF IT eee Ae a bye Sa by eden estore elon 1.00
Se eliia sine ate eave POSS ee 8 oe EL aa ae 5
Se AR ea Ae anmany: gOS) LA ee ee ae eee 1.00
‘ qSe oa arallye. QI Oy Sto) ee eee ee Mit
Sai OTs he ANU AaAn Ve OZ OE ek ee Sree) Uy aa 25
ne ONet 4 October, 9 2 Qian ke Siete ae ae ee ee 225
2 Onis ecdey VAN TA 5 IS rp Uepeas eoes peteee O IT 25
Oo AIL AS LO Qe ok eee eae 25
“20, +‘* 3. December, 1921 eee Natt Re .25
2 ok eeevianene B bad yp ee Ohlone Ca .25
2 ee O CLODECT: BIA yA ties Se ene oe ep nea NED .25
gh. AN > IME NEO a, Lbs WAR ea tie Se Se aera SS! .25
BAS apa canvas Mel fines 193 metshe aes ee ees ae 25

Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary
Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum
Los Angeles, California.

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Science
INDEX VOL. XXII

Acer negundo californicum...... 9
Acrodes alexandrae __................... 35
pe credontus __.............. 30

Es wempilae __......-..---...... 30
Acroneta strigulata.-_....-..... 16
Aetobalus aragonis........................ 60
ms MEERA eee 60

ss FSpaalyigel oly ease ne tone Na 59
Allium Bullardi...................0.2........ 72
Androsace acuta........................... 10
Antaplaga caliente 17
Asclepias albicans... peo lal
Aster Standleyi -.........00.2.20200...2...... 5
Asteracanthus shastensis............ 32
Bahwiawdissecta ee 11
Baldur parnassian 16
Brandegea parviflora.................... 11
Butterflies of California... 15, 75
Carcharhinus antiquus ................ 36
s hannibali _.._....... 36

we Vaimilay 22) oe 53

ma magdalenae ........ 38
Carcharius clavatus.............____. 46
ae lomitae _.............. 48

3 morricei -_.___............ 42

oh sanctae-crucis _...... 48

ns virgatulus ................ 46
Carcharodon carcharias _..._____. 51
Carcharodon arnoldi................._. 55
My brannerl 53

a Leviathan _............ 55

ms DUR DLCI eeeeee 56

iy MEG EUG ereacce teas aes 57

“a TIVES. se ee 56
CWarexutassel . 2.2. 7
as ROO Cee eee ah eat Ul
mY MN Oba sees oe ET a U
Centunculus minima... 10
Chimaphila umbellata......... 10
Cleomella obtusifolia..... 10
Me taurocranos __........... 14
Clodius parnassian....... 15
Cochisia sinuaria........000000. 16
Cosmocanthus elegans... 30
ss humboldtensis _.32
Commusmelabratae i)
Dodecatheon Hendersoni 10
Dudleya parva... 5, U1
Dyar’s parnassian........... 16
Kechinorhinus blakei..........__.... 57
Hlatine californica 9
Eriogonum flavoviride......._____.. 8
Kuphorbia misera........ 8
Franseria illicifolia........ 11

Galeocardo productus_............._.. 38
Gilvalini@aital:s ee ele 71
ae Chun Calta ae ae ee 12
Gyropleurodus francisci.............. 32
Harpagonella Palmeri__.........._ 11
Hasseanthus Kessleri_................- 72
Hemipristis chiconis -............... 36
‘ heteropleurus __..... 40

a SCE aL ye ne ea 40
Hybodus nevadensis..................... 30
es shastensis —..........2.2002.... 30
[surus:desoriy.. 2 no ee 48
< PLAWCUS i ser Sey ht cee 52
ny hastalign2 50
oe VEIT Spee sat eee 51
mt sanctae-clarae _._........... 52
es Smith ee ee 51
os TUMMUNUIS ee eee 51
Lamna appendiculata _.............. 46
ns CAUTING hie ees ee Se 50

i Cla aba es aS UE ee ee 46

fF TVS US ae eae rie eee 55

a ORM a tat $ one ee ae 46
Lorquin’s parnassian................. 16
Melitaea neumoegeni, pupa of....69
Menetries parnassian................... 15
Microstyles monophyllos............ Ul
Monolepis spathulata_.................. 8
Notidanion boreale.................... 34
Notorhynchus maculatus... 57
Oxyrhinae plana e es 51
se CUM ae ee eel 51
Parnassius clodius —................. 15
= oe aLGumalsieee 16

és ob baldur __..... 16

< on lorquini _.. 16

a smintheus behri ..... 75

SS sd niger _..75

<3 . magnus..75
Rachespila diaphana _.........__.. 16
Rhinoptera smithii-...... 59
See Na CT eee 8
Scymnus occidentalis... 38
Spiranthes Romanzoffiana..._ 8
Stipiat nihil se eee ees 19
Squalus serriculus _.................58
s 1enichei eee RR, Be!
Tia leis be alice sae ae ee 40
Ursia noctuiformis...................... 16
Urolophus halleri_...........22...2..... 59
Veratrum californicum..______....... 7
Viola Macloskeyi............................ 9

Wodnika jocoya 32

Peek ee TorN OF. THE

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

Vol.xxmt January—February. 1924 Part I

CONTENTS Page
Notes oN APHIDOPHAGOUS SYRPIDAE OF SOUTHERN

GN RORINTIAY ee oi ee Re ae es PERN eisees OY 3
R. BE. CAMPBELL and W. M. DAVIDSON

DESCRIPTION OF A NEw Fossit SPECIES OF A CLAM

Om wists Giaas Ciasenanaiviimisg ee iil
I. S. OLDROYD
ENNae MUBTNO. HORM LOR AAWSGHINERTA lcs = eee 12

G. L. MOXLEY
Stupies IN Paciric Coast LEPIDOPTERA,—1HE RE-

DLscowBar Oe A Ibe Sinaeimss 2 13
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK
NEW SPB CIES OF SE RTOGOINUIM) 2 .sueceese | eeneee eee ne WZ;
DR. A. DAVIDSON
PACEERIDIENES OR Ale IMO RINT A 25. ee ce sess ee ee 18
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK
Tur PENSTEMONS OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA......-------- Zi

P. A. MUNZ and I. M. JOHNSTON

BOTANICAL

GARDE:

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

= 8 @

ORIICIRS AINID) IDIURIECTOIRS
DRee VERS. EV BAUMGARDT (2205.08. en President
DRM NenmoemAIn Ar BRYAN 202000 oe Vice-President
IDR OHINe Ae COMSTOCK 2). ee 2nd Vice-President
IDR, | OTETRY GANG C OS we oh ee terete oe re eee ase ee eer Secretary
IVR SMN | RKC RES 0 205 oe ae tie ee Treasurer
Dr. WiLLiAM A. BryAn WM. SPALDING
Dr. A. Davipson Gero. W. PARSONS
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER HERBERT J. GOUDGE
THEODORE PAYNE Dr. FrRanK CLARK

= 8
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. ArtTHuR B. BENTON Dr. D. L. TASKER
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Dr. T. C. Low
Mr. R. F. Gross Mr. JAMEs A. LIGHTHIPE
Mir, Ie Jel, Sxyyaaaae
= 8

ASTRONOMICAL SECTION

Dr. Mars F. BauMGARDT Wm. A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
BIOLOGICAL SECTION
Rose. Swirt Dr. WENDELL GREGG
Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Dr. A. Davipson THEODORE PAYNE
Chairman Secretary

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. F. C. Crarx, Dr. A. Davinson, Mr. S. J. KEESE

Dr. Joun A. Comstock Mr. GEORGE PARSONS
CE OLOGICAL ESE CON
Mr. E. E. Haprry Mr. GEorGE Parsons
Chairman Secretary

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. Georce Parsons
= 8
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. Wittiam A. SPAULDING, Chairman
Dr. Joun A. Comstock ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., M.D.
Mr. S. J. KEeESE
a B

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
SoutHwest Musrtum OSy ANGELES] GAT.

TTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA

\
\
*

The PINE WHITE
Treophasla MCRARLQ
_ Wider side 3

i. menapia wigracosta,) 5s

BECKER'S WHITE
P becker. under side 3 7 Menagpa.

<< Bs.

i : ih
9 oes ‘ NG

The FLAVID WHITE
we ge Metis sisymbrit Havitincta
ee 2
pul a
a a

The CALIFORNIA WHIT :
Ey OnT Q 12 %@ WN

CALIFORNIA WHITE

Under side 3b

15 a) Le

So Pprotedice. Under side ¢

THE WHITES

THE COMMON WHITE
Preis protodice

res slightly reduced

Tre PINE WHITE
under side.

= “U,
4 | MA,
co Sh ae res m

PLATE VII.

7
BLACK-RIBBED PINE WHITE
Under side

-
. ( &

The CALIFORNIA WHITE:
Frets siSYTIOT iC Gt

THE COMMON WHITE
"ets Protodice

NOTES ON APHIDOPHAGOUS SYRPHID OF SOUTH-
ERN CALIFORNIA.
ROY H. CAMPBELL AND W. M. DAVIDSON*
U. S. Bureau of Entomology

While engaged in work on truck crop and deciduous fruit insects
in Southern California the authors have had an opportunity to make
many observations on predaceous insects among which the Syr-
phidae are of first rank, particularly in their relation to the aphid
fauna. Although many observations have been made in all parts
of Southern California, most of the data contained herein are from
studies made in Los Angeles, Orange and Imperial Counties. While
an attempt has been made to study all the species of aphid-feeding
Syrphidae, it has been impossible to thoroughly cover all the ter-
ritory, particularly the mountain and desert regions. The data have
necessarily been largely confined to observations made on the
Syrphidae which attack aphids on crops commercially grown.

While it may be said in general that in this region Syrphids are
present the year around, most of the species are by far the most
abundant in the spring and fall. They are most plentiful following
heavy aphid infestations. There are a few species, however, which
have been taken only in summer on and around plants which be-
come infested with aphids only at this time of year.

The adults, known as flower flies, are on the wing almost any
bright, sunny day, and visit the majority of honey-bearing flowers.

While some writers believe the Diptera to be virtually inconse-
quential in the pollination of flowers, there can be no doubt that
the Syrphidae are of no small importance in this respect. Most of
them possess sufficient vestiture of such a nature as to attach and
carry pollen, and from the fact that they regularly visit the blossoms
of fruit and shade trees, field and garden plants, as well as wild
and cultivated flowers, it is apparent that they must be given credit
for assisting in the pollination of these. The adults may also be
observed flying about aphid-infested plants; both sexes for the pur-
pose of feeding on the honeydew given off by the aphids; the females
for oviposition.

The parent practically always seeks an infested plant, and lays
her eggs among the aphids, or near them, so that food will be ac-
cessible when the young larvae hatch. The eggs are laid indiscrim-
inately over the infested plant, usually with the long axis parallel
to the stem or leaf upon which they are laid. (Figs. la, 1b.) They are
laid singly by most species, but those of certain species of Melanos-
toma* and Platychirus are often ranked side by side, or end to end.
It has been observed several times that on badly infested plants an
egg may be laid directly on an aphid. This, however, is accidental,
and because the aphids were so thickly disposed.

The eggs are all similar; chalky white, elongate, oval, microscopi-
cally sculptured on the surface.

* The arrangement of the authors’ names is alphabetical, and does not
indicate seniority.

PLATE

ome

SSPE aN ae rR

SAE

The larvae are slug-like, some smooth, others wrinkled; some
bear spines. (Figs. 1c, 2a, 2b, 2c.) They vary in color from pale greenish
white or yellowish white to deep brown, green or salmon. When
not in search of food they are sluggish and often lie concealed.
Feeding larvae move actively, grasping the plant surface with the
mouth hooklets, and drawing up the body thereby. The anterior
end is used to feel their way, and also to seek food. They fre-
quently strike out sidewise, and thus their range of action is in-
creased. On touching an aphid the sharp mouth hooklets grasp it
and the larvae sucks the juices, often raising the impaled aphid in
the air. The process of devouring occupies from 45 seconds to 6
minutes, depending on the proportionate sizes of the larva and
aphid. Larvae commonly attack all sizes of aphids, even very small
larvae frequently being successful against large aphids. Large
aphids attacked by small larvae sometimes escape with the derm
abrased. The larva, after sucking out the juices, sometimes has
difficulty in ridding itself of the aphid skin. If still hungry it imme
diately begins feeling about for another aphid, to be consumed in
a like manner.

Curtailment or even absence of their food does not adversely
affect the larvae, unless continued too long. Full-grown individuals
not infrequently postponed pupation for weeks for no apparent rea-
son. Larvae which had not completed their feeding endured starva-
tion not more than a few days, but others, matured on a restricted
food supply, generally developed into under-sized imagos. What
effect this restricted food supply had on the reproduction of these
small adults was not determined. Oviposition tests in general did
not indicate a relationship between small size and weak reproduc-
tive power in the females. Experiments bearing upon restricted
food of larvae are discussed below in connection with the species
Allograpta obliqua Say.

The majority of the aphidophagous larvae feed during the day,
but those of Melanostoma, at least, feed to a considerable extent, if
not wholly, at night, at any rate under laboratory conditions, and
the rarity of their collection in the field in the day time suggests
that night is their normal feeding time.

Cannibalism is a trait to which most of the Syrphid larvae are
addicted; this trait is much more commonly met with when larvae
are caged in the insectary than when they are free, under natural
conditions, when it is apparently practiced but rarely.

Ants occasionally carry off and kill Syrphid larvae, especially
those of the species of Allograpta.

All the species of aphidophagous Syrphids are subject to internal
parasitism, especially from members of the Bassini. Some para-
sitism is effected by Pachyneuron and Bothriothorax.

The eggs are laid, and the entire larval period is spent, on the
plant. The larva may pupate on the plant, on the ground beneath
the plant, beneath debris, etc., or in the ground. The larva usually
finds some protected or hidden place, but may sometimes pupate on
an exposed leaf.

Although flies and larvae of many of the species treated here-
after are to be found continuously the year around, in the case of
others there is a period of several months in which the species
hibernate and no active forms are seen. The writers are of opinion
that only the pupal stage truly hibernates. Im the case of those
species which are visible throughout the year it should be said that
during the period Deccmber 1 to March 1 reproduction is at the low-
est ebb, and larvae are only met with occasionally in the field. To
balance this low ebb of larval activity are large numbers of hiber-
nating pupae which pass three or four months in a quiescent stage

PLATE B.

[PARLOR

and are destined to transform in early spring. It is following this
spring emergence that the great numbers of larvae are found.

RELATIONS TO ECONOMIC APHIDS

In the regions referred to in this paper the most abundant econo-
mic aphids are the following: Aphis maidis Fitch and Toxoptera
graminum Rondani on grains and corn, Illinoia pisi Kalt. and Aphis
rumicis Linne on legumes, Brevicoryne brassicae Linne and B. pseu-
dobrassicae Davis on crucifers, Aphis gossypii Glover and Macrosi-
phum cucurbitae Thomas on cucurbits, Myzus persicae Sulz. on truck
crops in general, Aphis gossypii and Toxoptera aurantii Koch on or-
ange trees, Chromaphis juglandicola Kalt. on walnuts, Macrosiphum
rosae Linne, Rhopalosiphum nervatum Gillette and Myzus rosarum
Walker on roses.

It will be observed that the first nine species infest grains and
truck crops, the next three fruit trees, and the last three, rose bushes.

The Syrphid Catabomba pyrastri Linne is the most partial to rose
aphids. Eupeodes volucris O. S., Syrphus nitens Zett., Allograpta
obliqua Say and Sphaerophoria have also been found not uncommonly
on roses.

Chromaphis juglandicola in common with other tree-inhabiting
aphids is especially attacked by Allograpta larvae, which pupate on
the tree, but also to a small extent by Eupeodes, Syrphus nitens, Cata-
bomba and Sphaerophoria.

Attacking the orange aphids the most prevalent forms are Baccha
clavata Fabr., Aliograpta obliqua, Eupeodes and Catabomba.

Eupeodes, Catabomba, Syrphus nitens, S. opinator O. S. and Allo-
grapta obliqua occur on all the truck and grain aphids, but in some-
what varying abundance. Thus Eupeodes and the two Syrphi are the
most commonly found on cruciferous aphids, Catabomba on the pea
aphid (I. pisi), Eupeodes and Allograpta on the cucurbit aphids.

In Imperial County Allograpta fracta O. S. is by far the most com-
mon species on grain and corn attacked by Aphis maidis and Toxop-
tera graminum; the others, except Eupeodes, either being not present
(S. opinator) or quite rare.

In Los Angeles and Orange Counties A. obliqua and Eupeodes
are the most abundant species on grains.

Paragus tibialis Fallen and Baccha clavata are commonly found
feeding only on Aphis gossypii and A. rumicis, apparently not at-
tacking the other aphids to any appreciable extent.

Larvae of Sphaerophoria occur chiefly on non-economic hosts,
but occasionally feed on the economic aphids.

Paragus bicolor Fabr. is so rarely met with that no favorite host
can be reported.

Observations on the larvae of the species Melanostoma strongly
indicate that they are aphidophagous and feed at night. However,
their collection in the field is of the utmost rarity, and no favorite
host can be reported for them. In confinement they will feed on
many economic forms.

EUPHODES VOLUCRIS, O. S.

This is the species found most commonly the year around. Other
species may exceed it in abundance at certain seasons, but they be-
come scarce or are not found at other times, while Eupeodes can
be taken frequently any month in the year. It is most abundant
from January to May, is somewhat scarce in June, but becomes
abundant again in July, and continues so the rest of the year. It
may become scarce during a period of very cold, or of extended wet
weather, but the above observations, as well as those which follow,
are based on average conditions over a space of 6 years.

The species is very closely allied to Syrphus. The adult is one
of the larger Syrphid flies, and measures from 7 to 10 mm. in length.
The chief characters are as follows: Eyes bare, face yellowish white
with a median black stripe, cheeks gray; thorax dark metallic green,
scutellum luteous with black pile; abdomen oval, black, with 3 pairs
of yellowish white spots not reaching the sides; the two posterior
pairs lunate. Sixth segment of male unusually elongate and strongly
asymmetrical bilaterally. (Fig. 4b.) Wings hyaline.

The eggs are chalk white, elliptical, .9x.35 mm., slightly narrower
at Micropylar end. Elevations irregular in outline; elongate, 5 or 6
times as long as broad, thrice as long as high, connected by a fine
network of whitish ridges.

The incubation period varies from 3 to 11 days. The newly-
hatched larvae are light yellowish gray, narrow, with black hairs;
mouth hooklets black, the posterior spiracles brownish circular pores.
Each segment has a transverse row of hairs, each about half as long
as the maximum width of the body.

The larvae eat voraciously, and become full-grown in from 11
to 33 days. Larvae reared in February averaged 27 days for devel-
opment; others in midsummer averaged 14 days. The larvae have
three instars, the third of which is usually slightly longer than the
first, which in turn exceeds the second by a lessor period. The full
grown larvae are 9 to 10 mm. long, and 2.5 to 3 mm. wide. The
color varies in different specimens from a pale green with a yellowish
tinge to a dirty salmon or greenish orange shade. A faint whitish
median line shows, and also two whitish irregular dorsolateral
stripes. The body is wrinkled, with the segments showing plainly.
(Fig. 2a.) The segmental spines are conspicuous. On the integu-
ment drosum are a few scattering blotches made up of minute black
spots. The posterior end of the body is somewhat flattened and trun-
cate, anterior and tapering. Posterior spiracles light brown, very
short, contiguous.

The number of aphids eaten by Eupeodes larvae varies according
to the size and instar of the aphid. There is also a considerable diver-
sity in the bulk of food consumed by them. Various feeding records
showed the following for single larvae: 142 Brevicoryne brassicae
(all stages); 239 Myzus braggii Gillette (stage iii); 341 Macrosiphum
rosae (stages i-iv); 405 Illinoia pisi (stage i); 226 Aphis gossypii
(stages iii-v); 252 Myzus persicae (stages ii-v); 186 Aphis maidis
(stages i-iv); 230 (stages i-iv).

The fact that larvae will reach maturity and complete their trans-
formation on a much fewer number of aphids was shown by one ex-
periment in which only 93 B. brassicae were required. This was dur-
ing March, when feeding and development were at a low ebb.

As is the case with other Syrphidae, pupation takes place in the
hardened larval skin. The larvae pupate on the surface of the soil
under debris, or occasionally an inch or less in the soil. The EHupeodes
puparium varies from light to dark brown in color. Through the new-
ly-formed shell or skin the larval viscera show, but these gradually
histolyze, until, a few days before emergence, the eyes and yellow
spots on the abdomen of the imago can be plainly seen. The pupar-
ium is 5.5 mm. to 6.5 mm. long by 3 to 3.5 mm. wide and 3 mm high.
The dorsum is broadly convex, venter very slightly concave; anterior
end bulbous; sides almost parallel for three-quarters of the length,
then converge abruptly toward the posterior end. The posterior spir-
acular tubes are very short and inconspicuous, dark brown, contiguous.

The pupal period varies from 9 to 24 days. In captivity adults,
fed on honey water, lived as long as 45 days. Probably they live
longer under natural conditions.

Attempts to breed in confinement were mostly unsuccessful. On
two occasions (August) a few eggs were secured from newly-hatched
adults confined in wire field cages 2’x2’x1.5’ containing beets infested
with Myzus persicae. In these instances the females evidently de-
posited far short of their quota of ova, but this might have been due
to the fact that they were denied access to flowers; although honey
water and aphid secretions were available as food for them. A pre-
Oviposition period of about 6 days was indicated.

Copulation was observed in the laboratory on a few occasions
and in each case the female at least was newly issued.

Oviposition records of gravid females collected as flies in the field,
and which therefore might have deposited part of their quota of eggs
previously, indicated a capacity of from 60 to 135 ova during individual
Oviposition periods of from 9 to 22 days. The eggs were distributed
over this period very unevenly and deposited in an erratic fashion;
a dozen or perhaps 30 on one day, and none for several days, and so
on. All these flies were confined in wire screen cages fitted over
potted plants infested with aphids, and they were daily fed diluted
honey water. Of the total ova deposited approximately 75 per cent
were fertile. The aphids used were four common vegetable pests;
viz: Brevicoryne brassicae, Aphis rumicis, Myzus persicae and Illi-
noia pisi.

The sums of the maximum and minimum figures given above for
the various stages, show that the period from egg to adult varies from
23 to 68 days, while the total length of life is from 39 to 119 days.

This indicates the possibility of a number of generations within
a year. As a matter of fact, breeding and development is rapid when
plenty of food is available, but slow when it is scarce. Development
is also quite slow during the winter, when the larvae take a much
longer time to reach maturity, and the pupal stage may be a month
or more. Probably as many as six or seven generations occur annu-
ally.

EKupeodes larvae have been taken feeding on the following aphids:
Brevicoryne brassicae, B. pseudobrassicae Davis, Aphis gossypii, A.
maidis, A. rumicis, Illinoia pisi, Macrosiphum rosae, Myzus persicae,
M. braggii, Rhopalosiphum lactucae Kalt and Myzocallis californicus
Baker, var. pallida Davidson.

Diplazon laetatorius Fabr. and Syrphoctonus maculifrons Cresson,
hymenopterous parasites, have been bred from the larvae of Eupeodes
volucris.

To be continued in the March-April issue of the Bulletin.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW FOSSIL SPECIES OF A CLAM
OF THE GENUS (CRASSATELLITES)

— BY —

IDA S. OLDROYD
(Curator of Conchology, Stanford University)

Crassatellites lomitensis, Oldroyd, new species.
(Plate IX)

Shell of medium size, thick, solid, subtrigonal, about two-thirds
as long as wide. Umbones small not prominent, strongly plicated.
Anterior end broadly rounded, posterior bluntly truncated; the an-
terior portion of the lower edge rounded, poterior straight; umbonal
Tidge prominent, broad and rounded. Surface marked with small
lines of growth. Inner margin crenulated. Both valves are com-
plete and well preserved.

Length, 42; height, 34; breadth, 10mm.

The type in the Los Angeles Museum, collected by Mr. S. Maus
Purple, in the Pleistocene beds near Lomita, Los Angeles County,
California.

This species is nearest to the living form Crassatellites, fluc-
tuatus Carpenter, and is very different in outline from C. uvasana
from the Eocene near Fort Tejon.

PLATE C.

A NEW RACE OF THE LEAST BITTERN FROM
THE PACIFIC COAST

BY DONALD R. DICKEY AND A. J. VAN ROSSEM

The writers have recently had cccasion to compare a series of
Least Bitterns (Ixobrychus exilis) from the Pacific Coast with birds
from the Atlantic Coast. The latter have, in turn, been compared
with such specimens from the Greater Antilles as were available to
us, with the following results.

Even if the distinct erythrismal phase, which has until recently
been known as ‘neoxenus’!, be excluded from consideration, the
Least Bittern is still found to exhibit striking color variation through-
out its North American and West Indian range. Light and dark ex-
tremes occur in all areas where adequate collecting has been done.
The extremes from one locality, however, can be matched in color
with selected examples from almost any other area, irrespective of
whether West Indian specimens be compared with birds from the
Pacific Coast or with birds from intermediate stations2. Color
variation therefore seems to be of purely individual rather than
geographic significance. This generalization intentionally excepts
Colombia, where the race, Ixobrychus exilis bogotensis?, apparently
distinguished by color as well as by size, seems to form an exception
to the rule of the species.

In the matter of size, however, there is marked geographic varia-
tion in specimens from the Pacific Coast on one hand, and birds from
the Atlantic Coast and the West Indies, on the other. This variation
seems sufficient to warrant the subspecific recognition of the western
bird, which is here described as follows:

Ixobrychus exilis hesperis, new subspecies
Western Least Bittern

Type: Male adult; no. K 349, Collection of Donald R. Dickey;
Buena Vista Lake, Kern County, California; July 2, 1922: collected by
A. J. van Rossem; original no. 7028.

Diagnosis: Similar in color to the typical phase of Ixobrychus
exilis exilis of eastern North America and the West Indies, but larger
in all dimensions, particularly in wing, tail, and bill; tarsi and feet
not only longer but heavier.

Range: Western United States and Lower California.

MEASUREMENTS
MALES

Wing Tail Hanesed Tarsus Toe

Min. Max. Av. | Min. Max. Av. |Min. Max. Av. |Min. Max. Av. |Min. Max. Av.
brychus exilis exilis 106. 119. 114.| 38.0 47.5 40.9 | 41.0 46.3 44.5 | 37.0 42.7 39.8 | 34.7 39.2 37.0
brychus exilis hesperis| 120. 131. 126. | 42.5 47.0 45.6 | 44.7 52.2 48.2] 38.5 43.8 41.8 | 38.0 42.5 39.7

“FEMALES

brychus exilis exilis 109. 117. 112. | 37.5 42.5 40.2 | 43.0 47.
brychus exilis hesperis| 114. 129. 125. | 41.5 45.5 43.8 | 44.3 5

rs)
oo
0209
On
eon

eS)
ae
oe
wor

Careful analysis of the measurements of the limited number of
birds at our disposal from various islands of the Greater Antilles fails
to disclose any appreciable or constant difference between these speci-
mens, and birds from the eastern United States. The two adult birds
we have examined from Jamaica have longer and more slender bills
than do birds from the eastern mainland and from the other islands.
It may well be that further material from Jamaica would tend to em-
phasize what now seems merely a tendency, and to indicate the pro-
priety of reinstating the name ‘neoxenus’ as applicable to the birds
of the eastern United States. However, the material from Jamaica
is so scanty and the difference so slight that for the present we prefer
to consider all specimens from the Atlantic Coast and the Greater
Antilles as broadly typical of exilis. In the above table, therefore,
the measurements given for exilis are based on a composite series
from Jamaica (2), Haiti (7), Porto Rico (4), and eastern United States
(14). The measurements of hesperis are based on birds from Oregon
(6), California (19), and Lower California (2). Birds from the Middle
West are purposely omitted, as intermediate between exilis and
hesperis. Only adult specimens were employed in our comparisons.

Acknowledgments: Our sincere thanks are due the following
institutions and individuals for the privilege of examining eastern
specimens: California University, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology
(Dr. J. Grinnell), Harvard University, Museum of Comparative Zoology
(Mr. Outram Bangs), Los Angeies Museum of History, Science and
Art (Mr. L. E. Wyman), Dr. Loye H. Miller, U. S. National Museum
(Dr. C. W. Richmond), and U. S. Bureau of Biological Survey (Dr. EH.
W. Nelson).

Pasadena, California, December 14, 1923.

1Auk, 32, 1915, pp. 481-484; Auk, 40, 1923, p. 524.

2The Porto Rican series averages paler, with less buffy suffusion, than
any other series we have examined, but even its extreme individuals

can be matched by certain birds from Illinois, California, and Lower
California.

3sAmer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., 36, 1917, pp. 231-232.

AN ALBINO FORM OF ZAUSCHNERIA
GEORGE L. MOXLEY.

On November 18th, 1923, Mr. F. M. Fultz collected a most inter-
esting form of Zauschneria in Millard’s Canyon. The plant is low,
being not more than 3 dm. high. The foliage closely resembles that
of typical Z. microphylla in that it is gray with a closely appressed
tomentum, the leaves being linear and very narrow and perhaps a bit
shorter than those of normai microphylla. The chief distinction of
this plant is in the color of the flowers, which are pure white, the
calyx lobes only showing a creamy tint. Only one plant was seen
but Mr. Fultz made careful note of its location so that it may be
observed next year to see if its albino color is permanent. This is the
first albino form of Zauschneria that has ever been brought to my
attention and, I believe, the first so far recorded.

STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA.
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK

THE REDISCOVERY OF A “LOST SPECIES.’’

All of those who work in the Biologic Sciences must know of
the great pleasure that comes from the discovery of a new species.
Second only to this is the thrill that may be derived from the redis-
covery of a species originally recorded by some pioneer naturalist
and then lost to science through the subsequent years.

We have a number of species of the Lepidoptera (butterflies and
moths) occurring in the Southwest, which fall within the general un-
derstanding of the term “lost species.” Strange to say, several of
these occur in the genus Cercyonis. Two of these are considered
to be extinct. The first, namely Cercyonis sthenele, formerly oc-
curred in the region of San Francisco. Its territory was extremely
limited, and the destruction wrought to native vegetation so modi-
fied its environment as to cause its disappearance.

A second species, Cercyonis behri, reported by Grinnell from the
Mt. Tamalpais districts, seems also to have disappeared. The types
and nearly all of the specimens extant were in the Museum of the
Academy of Sciences in San Francisco, and helped to feed the flames
that followed in the wake of the earthquake.

A third species, collected by one of the naturalists of the Wheeler
Survey and named by Edwards after Lieutenant Wheeler, was taken
somewhere in the district between the Cascades and the Rocky Moun-
tains. Some of these specimens were later submitted to Strecker
and re-described as hoffmani. This latter series were recorded from
the Owens Lake district, but the California record is questionable.
The regions about Owens Lake have been diligently collected by
several Lepidopterists, but without avail.

The fourth species was described by W. G. Wright, who named it
after the pioneer naturalist, Frank Stephens. It was originally re-
corded from northeastern California. The species has long remained
an enigma to entomologists. Several expeditions have been sent
into the territory for the special purpose of securing it, but without
success. Fortunately, Mr. Stephens is still with us, and it was
therefore possible to secure more specific information in regard to
the type locality.

For some years past I have been laying plans for unravelling
the mysteries connected with this so-called lost species. This past
summer my wife and I made a collecting trip through Modoc county
for the specific purpose of securing Cercyonis stevensi. We had
previously been in communication with Mr. Stephens and with other
naturalists who had talked with the discoverer regarding the type
locality and time of occurrence. The information thus secured was
somewhat conflicting. Mr. Stephens wrote that he “caught the types
of Satyrus stevensi in Mono county, California, a few miles from the
Nevada line, and some thirty miles south of the Oregon line.’ It
is obvious that he referred to Modoc county and not to Mono.

W. S. Wright reported a conversation with Mr. Stephens, in
which he recorded the locality as “several miles north of Alturas in
the lava fields,’ where he reported capturing the species “on the
late afternoon of August 7th.”

PLATE D.

Cercyonis stephensi

All figures slightly reduced.

Mr. W. G. Wright, in his “Butterflies of the West Coast,” states
that ‘‘the country whence this species comes, was at one time vol-
canic, and now is a sort of Dead Sea region of wide, sandy wastes,
draining into dead salt lakes and marshes that have no outlets.”

Those who are familiar with this region of Modoc county will
readily see that three distinct environments are thus given; first
the lava beds, next the salt lake deserts, and third the marshy lands
immediately north of Alturas.

We made it our objective during the trip this past summer to
thoroughly explore the districts north and east of Alturas, including
not only the lava beds, dry salt lakes, and marshy valley lands, but
also the mountain ranges of the territory. Upon investigation the
lava beds were found to contain only one small species of Cercyonis,
referable to the sylvestris group. The mountain ranges also yielded
the same species. There are no extensive salt flats immediately
north of Alturas, but in the valley to the northeast of this district
extending from Fort Bidwell south to the Lassen county line, there
are vast areas of these forbidding desert flats. No °Cercyonis were
found to occur immediately on the salt levels, but in the marshy
territories surrounding these, and also in the valley lands surround-
ing Goose Lake we found a large species occurring quite plentifully.
They seemed to be the object of our search.

The first point which yielded the species was a marshy meadow
incorporated in a ranch some ten miles out of Alturas on the Lake-
view road. A number of these marshy areas occur along the south-
ern and eastern edge of Goose Lake, and also in the regions about
Fort Bidwell. In all of them we found this species of Cercyonis.

A point which greatly puzzled us was the fact that only the
most extreme examples of the light colored females agreed with Mr.
Wright’s figure of Cercyonis stephensi. We also found that none
of the examples taken exactly agreed with the figure of the under
side of the primaries, as shown on his plate 23, figure 249c. It be-
came quite obvious to us that Wright had figured only females, but
in order to clear the matter we determined to visit the Academy of
Natural Sciences in San Francisco for the purpose of examining the
types. Through the courtesy of Mr. Van Duzee this was made
possible.

We found, as we had suspected, that Wright’s figure 249 is a
female, and not a male, as he states. Furthermore, his figure ¢c, pur-
porting to show the under side of the species is very misleading.
The proximal wing of the primaries has been lost, and the figure
thus shows the upper side of the primary and the under side of the
secondary. Our series of captures demonstrates the fact that this
light colored female is an extreme variety, and that the more typical
female contains much less of the yellow submarginal banding. Some
examples, in fact, show almost none, as will be seen by reference
to our plates.

Through a careful study of the literature and of series in the
collection of the Southwest Museum we find that the species is none
other than Satyrus gabbii. The typical male of the latter species is
shown on Wright’s plate 23, figure 250. The specimen secured was
taken in the same territory, and at the same time by Mr. Stephens.
It seems strange that Wright did not recognize this as the male of
his so-called new species. It is perhaps permissable to retain the
name stephensi as applied to an extremely light form of the female
of Cercyonis gabbii. The accompanying plate will show the range
of variation occurring in the female of the species and in addition
a small. series of males.

We have thus managed to find one of the lost California Satyrids
and in finding it have determined that it is nothing more than an
extreme variation of a previously recorded species.

Our plate figures thirteen examples of this interesting species.
They are arranged to illustrate the range of variation in both sexes.
Figure 1 is the light form which Wright has called Stephensi. We
compared it with the types and find that it agrees in every particu-
lar except for the slight extension of the gray ground color toward
the anal angle. Wright’s specimens are a shade lighter than the
normal freshly emerged forms due to the amount of fading they had
undergone before his plates were made. (They were in his cabinet
for eleven years, exposed to the light, before being figured.) This
example was taken in copulation with a dark male.

Figure 6 is an extremely dark female. The intermediate exam-
ples are chosen from a long series which represents every gradation
from the light, yellow bordered form to the dark variety with heavy
ocelli. Figures 7 to 9 represent the under surfaces of three females,
chosen to demonstrate the light, intermediate and dark forms.

Figures 10 to 12 show the upper surfaces of three males, and
Figure 13 represents the under surface of the same sex.

In order to determine more specifically the exact type locality of C.
Stephensi I again wrote Mr. Frank Stephens, and received the following

reply:

“I netted half a dozen Satyrus stephensi on the 10th of August, 1894, in
the valley some miles south of the southernmost Alkali Lake, in Modoc Co.
We have been packing preparatory to moving and my notes are not avail-
able so I can’t give the exact locality, but as I remember it the place was
well covered with vegetation. So far as I know no other specimens have
been taken since until you found them. Those I took were worn, and prob-
ably it was near the end of their season.”’

Y ERIOGONUM CROCATUM n. sp.
A. DAVIDSON, M. D.

Perennial, 2 dm. high, semi-decumbent from a woody base; leaves
numerous, scattered, suborbicular, 2 cm. broad, 2.5 cm. long, shortly
decurrent on the 1 cm. long petiole; whole plant white tomentose,
the under surface of the leaf whiter than the upper; flowering stem
branching above at right angles to the stem the 3 subtending bracts
triangular, acute, 8 mm. long, secondary bracts: similar but smaller;
involucres very woolly; pedicels 3 mm. long; perianth campanulate,
open, upright, its segments lanceolate, 2 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, light
yellow with a darker median stripe; pedicels declined in fruit; mature
fruit unknown.

Abundant and widespread in the rocky grounds west of the Conejo
grade, Ventura County. June,,.1923. No. 3576, type. Collected by
Robert Kessler.

In general appearance this plant might easily be mistaken for E.
umbellatum Torr., but it differs in the foliage, flowering habit and
most markedly in the narrow lanceolate perianth segments. Those in
E. umbellatum being conspicuously obovate.

e PLATE HE.

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA.

(Continued)

DR. JOHN A COMSTOCK

THE WHITES AND ALLIES.
Family PIERIDAE.

GENUS NEOPHASIA, Behr.

Only two species of this interesting Genus of butterflies occur
within the confines of the United States. One of these is found in
California, and the other, occurring in the neighboring state of Ari-
zona, may eventually work its way within our borders.

THE PINE WHITE. Neophasia menapia, Felder. (Plate VII,
Figures 1, 2, 3 and 6) is found along the Sierras in the yellow pine
belt. It has not been recorded for the Coast ranges, and the south-
ernmost point this far reported is the Tehachapi Range. It may
be found in abundance, at moderate to high elevations, flitting about
the conifers. One must look for it during the month of August,
though occasional captures are recorded for July, and belated speci-
mens may be seen in September. It may also have an early spring
brood.

The Pine White is an aggravating butterfly to capture as it spends
most of its time circling about the higher branches of the pines, only
occasionally deigning to descend for a hasty sip of nectar from the
scant blossoms of the forest floor. It may be tricked, however, into
coming within the range of a net by means of a decoy. The best
method is to pin a dead specimen of Neophasia on the tip of a low
branch of a pine, within easy reach of the net, in as conspicuous a
situation as possible. The high flyers will swoop down for inspec-
tion. If the decoy is a female they will remain for some time. Only
the males may be lured in this manner. The females are shy crea-
tures, always rare, and seldom on the wing.

The caterpillars feed on the needles of various conifers, such as
the Jeffrey pine, yellow pine, beach pine and common balsam fir.
They sometimes work great damage in the forests. When the larvae
are ready to pupate they descend on silken threads, and form their
chrysalids on the scant growth at the foot of the pine trees.

One variety, Suffusa, has been named by Stretch from examples
taken in Washington, which is characterized by a relatively greater
amount of black on the under side of secondaries in the female, and
a tendency for the red markings to disappear. ‘There is much varia-
tion in this regard, even in examples taken in a single locality. The
name, therefore, seems hardly worthy of retention.

The author has distinguished an interesting aberration, the
BLACK-RIBBED PINE WHITH, N. nigracosta, which is shown on plate
Vil, figures 4 and 7. The darkening of the costal area in this variety
seems to suggest an atavistic tendency toward a possible common
ancestor of our two species, N. menapia and N. terlooti.

GENUS PIERIS. Schrank.

BECKERS’ WHITE. Pieris beckeri, Edw. (Plate VII, Figures 5,
8, 10.) confines itself mainly to the desert side of the Sierras through-
out all of the eastern counties of the state. It may also be found
in the higher mountain passes, and, occasionally, it wanders down
the canyons which open on the coastal plains. In favored seasons
it may be seen in large numbers on the high desert plateaus. The
writer found it in great abundance in the Tehachapi Pass in July.

It is probably single brooded at high elevations, but undoubtedly
has two or more broods throughout the greater part of its range.
Records of its capture extend from April through to August. The
types were taken at Virginia City, Nevada.

Bladder pod (Isomeris arborea) and other cruciferous plants con-’
stitute the larval food plant.

THE CALIFORNIA WHITE. Pieris sisymbrii, Bdv. (Plate VII,
Figures 11, 12 and 13.) This interesting little species is not a com-
mon one with us, although in some of the arid states to the east
it has been reported in great abundance. One must look for it at
high elevations, preferably in the spring months. Occasionally it
is taken as late as mid-summer. Like Beckers’ white it does not oc-
cur in the coast ranges. Its territory does not extend south of Los
Angeles County.

The larvae feed on members of the mustard family.

A form of the female is occasionally met with at high elevations,
which is suffused with yellow. We show an example on plate VII,
figure 9. This variety was called flava by Edwards in his Butterflies
of North America. He may have used the term merely as an adjec-
tive, but as the name was preempted for the yellow form of napi, it
is improper to apply it. We therefore propose the name flavitincta,
and designate it as follows, establishing our specimen as the type.

Pieris flavitincta var. nov.

Upper side, primaries; ground color lemon yellow, nervules finely
dusted with grey; costal margin heavily sprinkled with grey scales,

this shading widest at the base and narrowing toward the apex. The
outer margin contains six grey bars which are related to the ends
of the nervules, separated by lemon yellow areas of about equal
width. This alternate grey and yellow barring is extended out-
wardly onto the fringes. Inner margin heavily shaded with grey.
An interrupted irregular biack line follows about the center of the
limbal area, and is incomplete as it approaches the inner margin,
and also between the first and second median nervules and the third
meridian nervule and lower radial vein. A black quadrangular spot also
occurs at the outer end of the cell. Basal area heavily clouded with
grey scales.

Secondaries; ground color lemon yellow, outer margin barred
much as in the primaries, but the grey scales less abundant. In-
ternal to the grey bars is a line of sagittiform spots, centering on the
nervules, their apices pointing outwardly. Nervules finely powdered
with grey, more heavily defined toward the basal area. Fringes
yellow.

Under side, primaries; ground color white, nervules lightly mar-
gined with grey and yellow scales interspersed, the grey predominat-
ing in the basal area and the yellow in the limbal. The bars and
spots of the upper side are only faintly reproduced, those on the
outer margin being more clearly defined than the others. A delicate
yellow suffusion occurs along the outer margin. Basal area not
heavily shaded as on upper surface.

Secondaries; ground color white, nervules yellow, margined with
grey, giving the wing an evenly barred appearance. Sagittiform
spots clearly defined except on internal and submedian veins. Outer
margin delicately suffused with yellow.

Thorax; blackish grey above, white with grey scales below. Ab-
domen; blackish grey above, yellow below. Antennae, brownish
black, tipped with yellow.

From the above description it wili be noted that this form is
practically a typical female of Pieris sisymbrii except for the lemon
yellow suffusion of the upper surface. The specimen before us is
perhaps a little more heavily marked than examples taken in Cali-
fornia due to its boreal habitat. Edwards’ figure shows less of the
grey sprinkling.

Type locality. It is unfortunate that we possess no California
examples from which to draw our description. The example before
us was captured by C. Garret, on April 30th, 1911, at Cranbrook,
British Columbia. So far as we know this yellow form occurs only
in the female.

This article on the Pierids or Whites to be continued in the March-
April issue of the Bulletin.

THE PENSTEMONS OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA.
PHILIP A. MUNZ* AND IVAN M. JOHNSTON.+

INTRODUCTION

The present paper represents an attempt at summarizing what is
known regarding the classification and the distribution of the
penstemons of Southern California. A particular effort has been made
to present original data. Many field observaions on the color, corolla-
shape, and habit of growth have been incorporated into the paper with
notes on range and habitat. While working on our local penstemons,
we have studied most of the important public and private California
herbaria, as well as the material of the genus in the Gray Herbarium.
Except in the case of a few rare species, however, no attempt has
been made to cite all the material examined from Southern California,
usually only those specimens being mentioned which geographically
set the outposts for the species or those which furnish the basis for
such statements as might possibly be challenged. The literature
on our subject has been carefully reviewed and the more important
references freely given. Reports regarding the occurrence of species
have been considered both in admitting species to our accepted list
and in giving distribution, but such reports, when unverified by our
personal study of specimens are distinguished from verified state-
ments of range by indicating those of the latter sort by the exclama-
tion sign. Our use of the term “Southern California” and our con-
ception of life-zones within this area have been defined in a previous
paper (Amer. Fern Jour. 12:69. 1923).

We wish to express our appreciation to Miss Alice Eastwood,
Mrs. Roxana Ferris, Prof. Marcus EH. Jones, Mr. S. B. Parish, and
Mr. F. W. Peirson for data regarding certain specimens, and for other
kindnesses. The herbaria consulted in preparing this paper are here-
with listed, together with the abbreviations used in citing specimens
in these herbaria:

Baker Herbarium of Pomona College (BP),
Herbarium of California Academy of Sciences (CA),
Herbarium of Dr. A. Davidson,
Dudley Herbarium of Stanford University (DS),
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University (GH),
Herbarium of F. W. Peirson,

and the material that was available in the

Herbarium of the University of California (UC).

To those that have kindly permitted use of these collections, we
acknowledge our indebtedness.

The genus Penstemon (for spelling cf. Pennell, Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 20: 325. 1920) is one of especial interest in our region. Its
species enter into most of the floral elements of North America, and
serve as an excellent illustration as to which of these elements have
contributed to the Southern California flora:

(1) Species practically endemic to Southern California:

(a) Lowlands: antirrhinoides, cordifolius, spectabilis,
heterophyllus var. australis.

*Pomona College, Claremont, California.
7Gray Herbarium, Harvard University.
21

(2)

(3)

(b) Mountains: caesius, labrosus, Palmeri var. Grinnellii,
Rothrockii var. jacintensis, ternatus and var. septen-
trionalis.

(c) Deserts: calcareus, Clevelandi and vars. connatus and
Stephensi, fruticiformis and var. incertus, linarioides
var. californicus, and Munzii.

Species entering our area from the deserts of Utah, Nevada
and Arizona:

albomarginatus, Eatoni var. undosus, Palmeri, pseudospec-
tabilis, ambiguus var. Thurberi, subulatus, antirrhinoides
var. microphyllus.

Species extending into our area from Middle California:
(a) Lowlands: centranthifolius, heterophyllus.
(b) Mountains: breviflorus, laetus, speciosus var. piliferus.

Our most widely ranging species is P. Bridgesii, which occurs in
the mountains from Southwestern Colorads and Northern Arizona
to Middle and Southern California. The most northerly ranging one
is P. speciosus var. piliferus, which gets into Southern Oregon. Our
most southerly ranging species is probably P. Palmeri, which occurs
as far south as 29° latitude in Lower California. P. cordatus is the
only species on the Channel Islands.

KEY TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SPECIES OF PENSTEMON.

1. Corolla scarlet.

CC.

BB.

CC.

AA.

Stem leaves evidently petiolate, or linear with tapering bases;
corolla deeply lobed; lower lobes linear, usually reflexed.

Sterile filament densely bearded; shrubs; leaves usually ser-
rate; foothills.

Leaves opposite, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, base cordate or
rounded; thyrse deltoid with divaricate or reflexed
branches; stems not glaucous, scandent...4. P. cordifolius

Leaves ternate, narrowly lanceolate, base cuneate; thyrse
oblong-cuneate with ascending branches; stems very glau-
cous, usually self-supporting.

a. Calyces and pedicels glabrous ....5a. P. ternatus.
aa. Calyces and pedicels glandular-pubescent.........
Pisteieee eae eet tis te 5b. P. ternatus var. septentrionalis.

Sterile filament glabrous; herbaceous perennials with at most
a woody caudex; leaves usually entire; montane.

Pedicels and calyces glandular-pubescent; branches of thyrse
spreading; corolla 2-3 cm. long, lower lobes 6-7 mm. long;
anther sacs parallel, opening at proximal ends, slits con-
AUST a ich otea ace patacet cee me ecegmEnencane Wocarag a esi 21. P. Bridgesii.

Pedicels and calyces glabrous; branches of thyrse strict;
corolla 3-4 ecm. long, lower lobes 12-16 mm. long; anther-
sacs strongly divergent, opening at distal ends, the slits
MOE OMUINAMG As bane ko on owes onde oaoono abe dD 6. P. labrosus.

Stem leaves (at least the upper ones) with rounded or sub-
clasping sessile bases; corolla-lobes not conspicuously long,
oblong or ovate, reflexed only in P. Munzii.

Herbage glaucous; anther-sacs about 1 mm. long, dehiscent
by a continuous slit extending across their contiguous parts
and down the length of each sac; corolla subtubular, 4-6
mm. broad, obscurely bilabiate, longest lobe at most about
214 mm. long.

CC.

BB.

CC.

Upper stem leaves ovate to lanceolate, many of them as long as
or longer than the internodes; coastal slopes to edge of
GESCTER Athan oro a en eee 9. P. centranthifolius.

Upper stem leaves subulate and grass-like, mostly shorter than
the internodes; eastern part of Mohave Desert.............

Hy cies a¥estch OE CUS BUST Oe OT ao OE Phe aH E NEL cr a OPE 10. P. subulatus.

Herbage green; anther-sacs about 2 mm. long, each with a slit
extending from their distal ends for about 2/3 their length;
corolla subcylindrical or narrowly funnelform, 5 to 8 mm.
broad, more noticeably bilabiate, longest lobe 3-7 mm. long.

Corolla 20 mm. long, upper lobes straight, lower lobes re-
flexed, shape of corolla subcylindrical........ 7. P. Munzii.

Corolla 25-32 mm. long, lobes all straight, corolla narrowly
MITA THO VI eee als erseece tess eeie eee 8. P. Eatoni var. undosus.

2. Corolla white or yellow to blue or purple, but never scarlet.
A. Anther-sacs with short slits which are confluent over proxi-

BB.

CC.

mal end of sacs, parallel or nearly so.

Blade of lower leaves ovate or suborbicular, 11-15 mm. broad,
abruptly contracted to a narrow petiole 1-2 cm. long; leaves
glaucous, subcoriaceous; corolla subtubular, 16-20 mm.
long, 5-6 mm. broad; lobes short, 2-3 mm. long, scarcely
SPRCA Gin eae ease Oa eeu a oseai as te cherie aioe ete 22. P. caesius.

Blades of lower leaves spatulate to linear, 2-13 mm. broad,
gradually tapering to a short petiole; leaves green, her-
baceous; corolla with inflated throat, 25-30 mm. long, 8-11
mm. broad; lobes well developed, 2-5 mm. long, usually
spreading.

Leaves 4-10 mm. broad, dull with a short coarse pubescence;
inflorescence with evidently spreading branches, clearly
thyrsoid, very open, glandular-pubescent....24. P. laetus.

Leaves 1.5-4 mm. broad, glabrate or glabrous; inflorescence
with short, strict branches, suggesting a spicate condition,
narrow, glabrate or merely puberulent.

a. Plant glabrous, mainly northern..................
BoRCne Och ete More co aceon ain cec.ae 23a. P. heterophyllus.
aa. Plant puberulent, mainly southern................
Hacep aestete 3) Maree 23b. P. heterophyllus var. australis.

Anther-sacs opening along their entire length, the slits usually
confluent, sacs divaricate to spreading, not parallel.

Corolla-lobes longer than the tube; corolla excessively
gaping.

Stem glaucous; leaves denticulate, 1-3 cm. long, 4-7 mm.
broad; sterile filament naked; corolla about 5 mm. broad,
flesh-colored or yellowish; plants forming bushy clumps 1-2
m. high with erect virgate branches...... 1. P. breviflorus.

Stems not glaucous; leaves generally entire, 1-1.5 em. long,
2-8 mm. broad; sterile filament densely bearded; corolla
about 1 cm. broad, yellow; a large bushy shrub about 2 m.
high with much branched spreading stems.

a. Twigs glabrate or puberulent, sepals ovate, ob-

tuses coastalltn. a. careeae 2a. P. antirrhinoides.
aa. Twigs cinereous; sepals tend to be long-acuminate;
desert....2b. P. antirrhinoides var. microphyllus.

BB.

CC.

HE.

FF.

DD.

HE.

FF.

GG.

Corolla-lobes shorter than the tube; corolla not excessively
gaping (except in P. Palmeri and var.).

Inflorescence spicate-racemose; flowers solitary or geminate;
seeds winged.

a. Leaves gray with a short scabrous pubescence;

corolla about 1 cm. long, glabrate, reddish; southern

SiGVraSi. esi rcava ee Cie ee 3a. P. Rothrockii.

aa. Leaves green, glabrate; corolla 13-15 mm. long,
sparsely villous outside, yellowish; San Jacinto
MEGS ayer: 3b. P. Rothrockii var. jacintensis.

Inflorescence thyrsoid; flowers usually geminate or several;
seeds merely angled, not winged.

Leaves filiform to linear-spatulate or linear-lanceolate, 1-6 mm.
wide.

Plant canescently strigose, with prostrate base and erect,
subsimple stems, 5-15 cm. high; leaves oblanceolate to
linear-oblanceolate, 8-15 mm. long; corolla bluish-purple.
fee Us Us ee ap Naa nw orc ea aa 11. P. linarioides var. californicus.

Plant glabrous, loosely branched, somewhat shrubby, 3 or
more dm. high; corolla pink or rose-color.

Leaves linear to filiform, 0.6-2.0 mm. wide; plant not glau-
cous; sterile filament glabrous......................+..s-:;
aan ees Sa Ar to eet) ar ei epee 20. P. ambiguus var. Thurberi.

Leaves linear-lanceolate, 2-6 mm. wide; plant glaucous; sterile
filament densely bearded in upper half.

a. Leaves 3-6 mm. wide; pedicels and sepals glabrous;
Corolla with proper tube scarcely extending beyond
[CLO PSCC NYS: < ak ie i on hens acho raed 14a. P. fruticiformis.

aa. Leaves 2-3 mm. wide; pedicels and sepals glandular-
puberulent; corolla-tube proper twice the length of
NS) CAIND<564 5606 14b. P. fruticiformis var. incertus.

Leaves various, mostly distinctly more than 6 mm. wide.

Plant 5-10 cm. high; branches of inflorescence pruinose;
calyces and pedicels pubescent and more or less viscid;
densely caespitose from a short, prostrate woody caudex.
Pen CRETE GS IP s eit er one ARC nana er Be aC Len Ae aN: Ce 12. P. calcareus.

Plant 2-12 dm. high; plants glabrous or glabrate; caudex if
present, loosely branched and bushy (except in albomar-
ginata). ;

Foliage and calyces conspicuously white-margined, corolla
densely bearded within; stems about 2 dm. high, many from
OMNEIMDASS Laren ee Mee ge eecue keene eteceeccs 13. P. albomarginatus.

Foliage not conspicuously white-margined; corolla glabrate
within; stems, if low, few in number.

Corolla blue; stem leaves below the inflorescence linear or
lance-linear, entire.......... 16. P. speciosus var. piliferus.

Corolla flesh-color or more or less purplish or reddish; upper
stem-leaves lanceolate to ovate, generally dentate.

Corolla abruptly dilated with a much-inflated, widely gaping
throat, white suffused with pink or lavender; sterile fila-
ment conspicuously exserted and heavily bearded.

a. Plants simple or with few tall, strict basal
branches; upper cauline leaves strongly connate

perfoliate and 2-4 cm. broad, glaucous; inflores-
cence elongate, close, branches short and strict;
eastern Mohave Desert........... 15a. P. Palmeri

aa. Plants much branched at base; upper leaves
scarcely if at all connate, less than 2 cm. broad, not
glaucous; inflorescence open with well developed
and spreading branches; mountains west of the
deserts: th 4a 15b. P. Palmeri var. Grinnellii.

HH. Corolla gradually dilated, not with a strongly inflated and
much gaping throat, definitely pink-purplish or bluish;
sterile filament included, glabrous or short-bearded.

I. Corolla throat expanded dorsally as well as ventrally. 9-12
mm. wide; corolla 25-35 mm. long; sterile filament glabrous;
COAS TAK aM aries weckane eye stents: Se nace we 19. P. spectabilis.

II. Corolla throat expanded mainly ventrally, throat 4-8 mm.
wide; corolla 15-30 mm. long; deserts.

J. Corolla 25-30 mm. long, 7-9 mm. wide; plant 5-10 dm. high,
more or less glaucous; sterile filament glabrous; eastern

part of Colorado Desert.......... 18. P. pseudospectabilis.
JJ. Corolla about 20 mm. long, 5-6 mm. wide; plant 3-7 dm.
high.

a. Upper leaves scarcely if at all connate-perfoliate,
not glaucous; sterile filament usually glabrous;
western edge of Colorado Desert from Coyote
Canyon southward............. 17a. P. Clevelandi.

aa. Upper leaves connate-perfoliate.

b. Plant very glaucous; sterile filament conspicuously
bearded; western edge of Colorado Desert north of
Coyote Canyon..17b. P. Clevelandi var. connatus.

bb. Plant slightly glaucous; sterile filament glabrous;
eastern part of Mohave Desert...................
Due aleyroped otauisceeanekal shit 17c. P. Clevelandi var. Stephensi.

TREATMENT OF SPECIES
V 1. Penstemon breviflorous Lindl. Bot. Reg. 23:t. 1946. 1837.

A pale green, glabrous, glaucous shrub 1-2 m. high, forming loose,
rounded clumps with many virgate greenish branches; leaves all op-
posite, coriaceous, entire or denticulate, narrowly lanceolate to nar-
rowly elliptical, sessile or short petioled, 1-3 cm. long and 3-7 mm.
broad, the uppermost reduced to linear bracts; inflorescence a loose
panicle 4-15 cm. long and 3-4 broad; peduncles slender, 0.5-2.0 cm.
long; pedicels 2-5 mm. long; sepals ovate to lanceolate, strongly
glandular-pubescent in Southern California material, 5-7 cm. long, 2
mm. broad, with hyaline margin on lower half; corolla flesh-color,
yellowish in bud, widely gaping, 13-17 mm. long, 8-10 mm. wide, tube
5-6 mm. long, finely pubescent within; upper lip arched, narrow, rose-
tinged within, bristly and glandular-hairy without and having a small,
erect, spurlike projection about 1 mm. long at the base of the two
rounded lobes, these 1 mm. long; lower lip spreading, with rose-colored
lines within, hairy without, the lobes about 7 mm. long, somewhat
deltoid; anther-sacs divergent, 1 mm. long, the line of dehiscence con-
tinuous and along the entire length; filaments pubescent at base,
sterile filament glabrous except at very base, not dilated at tip; capsule
ovate, 5-6 mm. long.

Type locality: California, collected by Douglas probably in the
Santa Lucia Mts. Isotype studied.

Occasional on dry rocky slopes of high Upper Sonoran and Lower
Transition Zones in the mountains along the northern and western
borders of the Mojave Desert: Cottonwood Creek Canyon!, Inyo Co.,
Purpus in 1907 (UC); Emigrant Gap!, M. E. Jones 3276 (BP); Tehach-
api!, Davidson in 1895 (DS) and in 1907 (Davidson Herb., Muhlen-
bergia 4:66. 1908); Lancaster!, Davidson in 1892 (DS, Parish, Zoe 4:
165. 1893); Mt. Pinos!, Peirson 3237 (BP & Peirson Herb.); Liebre
Mts.!, Abrams & McGregor 409 (BP, DS & GH); Acton (Davidson,
Cat. Pls. L. A. Co., 22. 1896); Zaca Mt.!, Santa Barbara Co., Eastwood
in 1902 (GH); Ft. Tejon & vicinity!, Xantus 62 (GH).

2a. Penstemon antirrhinoides Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10:594. 1846.

A bright green, bushy shrub, 1-2 m. high and of spreading, branch-
ing habit; old stems with exfoliating grayish bark, young twigs slen-
der, brownish and generally finely puberulent; leaves entire and rarely
remotely and inconspicuously dentate, gradually narrowed into short
petioles which are corky thickened at base, linear to oblanceolate or
narrowly elliptical, one nerved, glabrous or glandular-puberulent, 5-20
mm. long, 2-8 mm. broad; inflorescence leafy paniculate, 4-20 cm.
long, 3-10 cm. broad; peduncles commonly 1-flowered, 1-2 cm. long;
pedicels about 1 cm. long; sepals broadly ovate, 3-7.mm. long, 2-3
broad, obtuse; corolla a clear yellow, brownish in bud, somewhat
villous outside, 15-18 mm. long, 12-15 broad, tube proper 2-3 mm. long,
included in calyx, throat abruptly expanded; corolla widely gaping
with a dorsal plication which extends onto the arched upper lip, the
two lobes of which are somewhat reflexed, suborbicular, about 2 mm.
long; lower lip expanded, lobes 5-7 mm. long, 4-5 mm. broad, rounded;
anther-sacs divergent, 2 mm. long, glabrous, dehiscent along entire
length and with slits confluent, yellow at time of maturity; filaments
deep yellow, all heavily bearded at base, sterile filament about 12
mm. long, dilated toward tip, with a very heavy yellow beard on
upper side of outer two-thirds; style arched, fitting into dorsal keel
of corolla; capsule 7-8 mm. long, ovate-acuminate.

Type locality: “In California,” collected by Coulter. Isotype
examined.

Frequent on open, dry, rocky slopes of the Upper Sonoran Zone.
Occurring in the interior. portions of the coastal drainage from the
southern border through San Diego!, Orange!, and Riverside! Counties
into San Bernardino County! Reaching its northern limit at Ban-
ning!, M. E. Jones in 1903 (BP); ‘north of San- Bernardino,” Coville
(Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 4:169. 1893); and hills south of Ontario!,
Johnston in 1920 (BP). Ascending to an altitude of about 3000 ft.

2b. P. antirrhinoides var. Micophyllus (Gray) Munz & Johnston. Bull.
Torrey Club 49:43. 1922. P. microphyllus Gray, Pac. R. R. Rep.
4:119. 1856. P. Plummerae Abrams, Bull. Torrey Club 33:
445. 1906.

Sepals ovate-acuminate; twigs cinereous.

Type locality: “Williams Fork of the Colorado,” Arizona.

In similar situations as the species; growing in the Upper Sonoran
Zone of the desert area and ascending to about 5000 ft. alt. We
have seen the following specimens: Providence Mts.!, Munz, Johnston
& Harwood 4059 (BP; cf. Bull. Torrey Club 49:43. 1922; similar
plants reported as P. antirrhinoides by Brandegee, Zoe 5:151. 1903);
Kelso!, M. E. Jones in 1906 (BP); Quail Springs!, Munz & Johnston
5239 (BP); Palm Springs!, Eastwood 2985 (CA); Old Nicholas Can-
yon!, Santa Rosa Mts., Munz 5930 (BP); and Jacumba!, Mearns
3223 (DS).

YY 3a. Penstemon Rothrockii Gray. Synop. Flora 2:260. 1886. P.

Schockleyi Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 23:265. 1888. P. scabridus
Hastw. Bull. Torrey Club 32:208. 1905.

A loosely branched rounded shrub 3-6 dm. high, old branches
rough, branches of the year simple, erect, slender, 1-4 dm. long, densely
short pubescent, usually slightly glandular above, frequently canescent;
leaves numerous, firm, oblong, varying to ovate and ovate-lanceolate,
subsessile or with petioles 1 mm. long, grayish with a short scabrous
pubescence, entire or remotely denticulate or with a crisped undulate
margin; leaves reduced above and extending into the inflorescence
mainly as alternate bracts; inflorescence remotely flowered, unilateral,
racemose, 8-40 mm. long; flowers solitary or occasionally in groups
of two or three; peduncles undeveloped or scarcely 1 mm. long;
pedicels 1-1.5 mm. long; sepals lanceolate, 3-6 mm. long; corolla pale
yellowish, tinged pink or brownish, 10-12 mm. long, 3-5 mm. broad,
gradually dilated, subcylindrical, inside villous toward the base, out-
side puberulent or sparsely villous; upper lip straight, 3-5 mm. long
with 2 broad lobes 0.8-1.3 mm. long; lower lip 3-5 mm. long, parted
into 3 oblong recurved lobes; stamens evident; filaments 8-11 mm.
long, dilated and (except 2 upper ones) short villous at base, about
equalling upper lip; anther-sacs 0.8-1.2 mm. long, glabrous, spreading,
dehiscent nearly to tip with slits of adjacent sacs confluent; capsule
about equal to calyx.

Type locality: Little Olanche Mt., Kern River, California.

Known from Southern Sierras: Panamint Mine!, Hall & Chandler
7005 (UC); and Charleston Mts. of adjacent Nevada and may be

_ expected in our range.
~ 3b. P. Rothrockii var. jacintensis (Abrams) comb. nov.

P. jacintensis Abrams. Bull. Torrey Club 33:445. 1906.

Leaves glabrate, green; corolla 13-16 mm. long, 4-5 mm. broad.
Type locality: Tamarack Valley, San Jacinto Mts.

Common on partly shaded slopes and ridges under pines and firs
in the San Jacinto Mts.!; where it oecurs in the Transition and Can-
adian Zones from 7000 to 9500 ft. alt. (Hall, U. C. Pub. Bot. 1:120.
1902).

4. Penstemon cordifolius Benth. Scroph. Ind. 7. 1835.

A loosely branched scandent shrub clambering as high as 3 m.,
densely sordid pubescent in the inflorescence, otherwise commonly
glabrous or sparsely inconspicuously puberulent, but in the interior
frequently quite pubescent; leaves ovate or oblong-ovate, base cor-
date or occasionally obtuse, apex usually acute, rarely obtusish, mar-
gin more or less sharply serrate, texture firm, with veins impressed
above and in relief below, except in extremely pubescent forms dull
above and lighter colored and shiny below, 1.5-3.5 em. long, and %
cm. wide; petioles 2-5 mm. long with a persistent corky thickened
base; inflorescence a crowded pendant deltoid thyrsus with large
leafy bracts and divaricate or reflexed pubescent branchlets; inflor-
escence terminating branches 2-5 dm. long and itself 0.5-2.0 dm. long
and 0.5-1.0 dm. broad; peduncles coarse, 1- to several-flowered, 5-30
mm. long; pedicels 5-15 mm. long; sepals lanceolate, 8-10 mm. long,
2-3 mm. broad, densely glandular-pubescent; corolla dull scarlet, tub-
ular, glandular-pubescent without, glabrous within except on the lobes
and very base of the tube, corolla 3.5 to 4 cm. long, the tube 18-20
mm. long and 6-7 broad, the upper lip 15-17 mm. long, straight, ending

in 2 rounded lobes about 2 mm. long; lower lip reflexed, 13-15 mm.
long, parted into 3 ligulate, obtuse divisions 8-9 mm. long and 3-3.5
mm. broad; anther-sacs parallel, 1.5-2 mm. long, dehiscing throughout
their length by a line continuous at the proximal ends; filaments
dilated, pubescent at the base, fertile ones 3 cm. long, sterile one 18
mm., dilated at the tip and heavily bearded in the upper half; cap-
sule ovate-acuminate, 10-13 mm. long; seeds 1-1.5 mm. broad.

Type locality: California, collected by Douglas probably at Santa
Barbara. Isotype seen.

Frequenting the more densely growing parts of the chaparral,
such as lower slopes and along small ravines, in the Upper Sonoran
Zone of the coastal area from our southern border to Santa Bar-
bara Co. Extending inland to City Creek!, San Bernardino Mts.,
Johnston 2859 (BP); occurring also on the islands on which it is
the only species of Penstemon: Catalina! (Lyon, Bot. Gaz. 11:334.
1886; Millspaugh & Nuttall, Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 5:224. 1923): San
Clemente (Trask, Bull. So. Cal. Acad. 3:95.1894); Santa Rosa (Bran-
degee, Proc. Cal. Acad. (2) 1:215.1888) and Santa Cruz! (Greene, Bull.
Cal. Acad. 2:409.1887).

5a. Penstemon ternatus Torr. in Gray, Bot. Mex. Bound., 115. 1859.

Glabrous, glaucous shrub with long wandlike, slender stems, these
sometimes scandent, 5-15 dm. high; leaves linear to lanceolate or lance-
ovate, cuneate at base, ternate or rarely opposite, saliently serrulate,
obtuse or acute at tip, rigid with conspicuous midrib, 1-5 cm. long,
2-10 mm. wide, very short petioled; leaves of inflorescence gradually
reduced; inflorescence a narrow racemose panicle (sometimes
branched), with glaucous stem, 1-5 dm. long, not over 4-10 cm. wide;
peduncles slender, 0.5-1.5 cm. long, each commonly bearing several
slender, glabrous pedicels mostly less than 1 cm. long; sepals ovate,
mostly acuminate, 3-5 mm. long, finely short-ciliate; corolla tubular,
scarlet, yellowish at base, very slightly enlarged outward, slightly
constricted just beyond calyx, finely granular-pubescent, 2.5-3 cm.
long, tube about 20 mm. long and 4 mm. wide, upper lip straight, 6
mm. long and 3 mm. wide, with 2 terminal lobes of 1 mm. length;
lower lip reflexed and spreading, with 3 ligulate divisions each about
8 mm. long; corolla-throat glabrous, yellowish scarlet; the 2 longer
stamens well exserted, about 25 mm. long, the 2 shorter ones 3 mm.
shorter; sterile filament 15 mm. long, with short beard the entire
length; bases of all filaments and of coroila-tube densely white-hairy;
anthers divergent, dehiscence continuous and extending the length
of both sacs, glabrous, 1 mm. long; capsule broadly ovate-acuminate,
8-9 mm. long.

Type locality: Mountains east of San Diego, California.

In chaparral of fairly dry slopes (but not those of greatest ex-
posure, i. e., not with Adenostoma fasciculatum or its associates) in
the Upper Sonoran and very low Transition Zones of the coastal
drainage. Extending from the San Gabriel Mts. southward. Reach-
ing the edge of the desert as at Warners Hot Springs!, Mrs. Coombs
(CA); and Santa Rosa Mts!, Munz 5852 (BP). North of the San
Gabriel Mts. the species is replaced by the following variety:

5b. P. ternatus var. septentrionalis var. nov.

Sepals and pedicels glandular-pubescent.
Type: Abrams & McGregor 394, Oakgrove Canyon, Liebre Mts.

(GH).
28

Growing in the same habitat as the species in the coastal drain-
age north of the San Gabriel Mts. To it can be referred such speci-
mens as: Tehachapi!, Davidson in 1895 (UC); Mt. Pinos! Dudley &
Lamb 4769 (DS); Ft. Tejon!, Xantus 63 (GH); Sandbergs!, Liebre
Mts., Munz 4418 (BP); Oakgrove Canyon!, Abrams & McGregor 394
(DS, GH); and Mt. Gleason!, Elmer 3597 (GH).

6. Penstemon labrosus (Gray) Hook f. Bot. Mag. 40:t.6738.1884; Gard.
Chron. II, 20:536, f.91.1883. P. barbatus var. labrosus Gray.
Bot. Calif. 1:622.1876.

Bright green, glabrous, perennial herb with a few simple, rarely
branched, graceful stems from slender, often branching root-stocks;
stems 2-6 dm. high with leaves mostly near the base; lower leaves
oblanceolate to oblance-linear, practically sessile, progressively smaller
up the stem, those of the inflorescence reduced to iinear bracts; pan-
icle slender, glabrous, 1-3 dm. long, almost racemose, secund, only
the lower peduncles 2-, the others 1-flowered; peduncles slender, 0.5-
2.0 em. long; pedicels slender, of same length; sepals narrowly lance-
olate to suborbicular, more or less acuminate, green, giabrous, hya-
line-margined, 3-5 mm. long; corolla scarlet, tinged with yellow in
the throat, yellowish to vermillion in the bud, tubular, 25-35 mm. iong;
throat very gradually dilated, 18-20 mm. long, 5-6 broad; upper lip
straight 10-15 mm. long, with 2 short rounded lobes, about 3 mm.
long; lower lip reflexed, divided into 3 narrow, ligulate spreading
lobes 8-15 mm. long; stamens about the length of the upper lip of
the corolla, yellowish at base, glabrous, the sterile one scarcely
dilated; anthers strongly divergent, 1.5-2.0 mm. long, opening at distal
ends, the slits not confluent; capsule up to 8 mm. long, ovoid-acumi-
nate; seeds 2 mm. broad, irregularly angled, blackish.

Type locality: Mt. Pinos at 7000 ft. alt. Type seen.

Endemic to our area, where it is often confused with P. Bridgesii.
Often frequent on dry slopes and benches in the open pine forests of
the Transition and Canadian Zones from 5000 ft. to at least 10,000
ft. alt., as on San Jacinto Peak!, Munz 6454 (BP). Occurring in San
Diego Co.: Smith Mt!, Orcutt 1012 (GH); Laguna Mts!, Mrs. Spencer
961 (BP), Randall in 1918 (DS); Hot Spring Mt!, Buttle in 1913 (CA).
Distributed northward through the San Jacinto Mts! (Hall, U. C.
Pub. Bot. 1:119. 1902), Santa Rosa Mts!, Munz 5841 (BP); San Ber-
nardino Mts!, (Parish, Plant World 20:253. 1917); San Gabriel Mts!,
(Johnston, Plant World 22:116. 1919); and Mt. Pinos!, Dudley &
Lamb 4572 (BP; cf. Coville, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 4:170. 1893).

7. Penstemon Munzii Johnston. Buil. Torrey Club 49:40. 1922.

Herbaceous plant with several coarse, erect, loosely tufted glab-
rate stems that become at least 5 dm. high; leaves all opposite, entire
and glabrate; basal leaves ovate- or lanceolate-spatulate with winged
petioles that about equal the blade, becoming 7 cm. long and 2.5 em.
wide; lower cauline leaves oblanceolate, upper ones broadly sessile
and lanceolate, those of inflorescence minute and linear-subulate; in-
florescence narrow, the flowers in strict 1- to 3-flowered cymules;
corolla bright red, 2 cm. long, narrowly funnelform-tubular, evenly
though but slightly ampliated upward, strongly and conspicuously
bilabiate, glabrous within; upper two lobes of the corolla straight,
about 7 mm. long, united for about 2/3 their length, lower three lobes
of the corolla strongly reflexed, about 6 mm. long, united for nearly
half their length; anther-sacs glabrous, obscurely rugulose or papil-

lose, adnate if at all only near the base, ovate-oblong, 2-2.5 mm. long,
their inner sides paralleling each other or forming a small angle,
dehiscent by a slit extending between 24 and % the way to the base,
sharply dentate along the line of dehiscence; sterile filament glab-
rous, somewhat flattened, emarginate; sepals broadly ovate, acute,
3-5 mm. long, scarious margined; pedicels about as long as the sepals;
fruit unknown.
Type locality: Providence Mts., Mohave Desert, California.

Known only from the type collection which grew on a high ex-
posed ridge in the pinyon belt of the Providence Mts! More material
of this species is greatly to be desired.

8. Penstemon Eatoni Gray var. undosus Jones. Proc. Cal. Acad. II,
5:715. 1895.

Green, finely puberulent herb with a few coarse erect stems, 3-8
dm. high; leaves mostly cauline, only the basal ones petioled, upper
cauline clasping, lanceolate to ovate, 3-10 cm. long, 1-3 cm. broad,
smooth, bright green; inflorescence a strict, secund, narrow thyrsus
becoming 5 dm. long, but not more than 4 cm. wide; peduncles mostly
several-flowered and not over 1 cm. long; pedicels rarely more than
1 cm. long; sepals ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, 6 mm. long, green
with broad white margin; corolla scarlet to carmine-red, glabrous,
narrowly funnelform, obscurely bilabiate, 25-32 mm. long, 5-8 mm.
broad, lobes 3-7 mm. long, broadly ovate, not reflexed; anther-sacs
about 2 mm. long, each with a slit extending from the distal end for
about 2% the length; filaments 3 cm. long, dilated at base but glab-
rous; sterile filament slightly bearded at the flattened tip; capsule
10-12 mm. long, ovate-acuminate.

Type locality: St. George, Utah. Type examined.

Occasional on dry gravelly slopes and in canyon-beds of the Up-
per Sonoran Zone along the southern borders of the Mohave Desert,
as at Cactus Flats!, San Bernardino Mts., Munz 5747 (BP); Cushen-
berry! (Parish, Zoe 4:165. 1893); Pinyon Wells!, Munz 4541 (BP);
and Providence Mts. (Brandegee, Zoe 5:151. 19038).

Our material of P. Eatoni is apparently all to be referred to the
variety undosus, although some of the plants are almost glabrous.

9. Penstemon centranthifolius Benth. Trans. Hort. Soc. London II,
1:481. 1835. Chelone centranthifolius Benth. Scroph. Ind. 7,
1835.

A glaucous, glabrous perennial with 1-several strict, leafy stems
3-10 dm. high, from a woody branching root-system; leaves all op-
posite, thick, entire, mostly cauline, the basal ones oblanceolate to
spatulate, 2-8 cm. long and gradually narrowed into a petiole; cauline
leaves mostly sessile, lanceolate to ovate, uppermost pairs with
rounded or subclasping base, 2-12 cm. long and 0.5-5.0 cm. broad; in-
florescence a leafless, elongated, racemose panicle rarely with open
branching, from 1-4 dm. long and 2-5 cm. wide, more or less secund;
peduncles 1- to several-flowered, 3-20 mm. long; pedicels 10-25 mm.
long; sepals broadly ovate, 3-5 mm. long, tinged with red and with
broad hyaline margin; corolla scarlet, with slight glaucous cast, sub-
tubular, obscurely bilabiate, 22-27 mm. long, 4-6 mm. broad, the longest
lobe 2.5 mm. long; anther-sacs about 1 mm. long, dehiscent by a con-
tinuous slit extending across the proximal end and down the length
of each sac; stamens yellowish below and glabrous, sterile one adnate
to corolla for two-fifths its length, flattened, slightly enlarged, yel-
low and glabrous at tip; capsule 10-14 mm. long, ovate-acuminate.

Type locality: California, collected by Douglas. Isotype ex-
amined.

Common in disturbed gravelly places, such as newly exposed
areas on dry slopes, in sandy washes, and on dry fans. Occasional
in fine alluvial soil as in the Artemisia tridentata association in Hemet
Valley, San Jacinto Mts., Munz 5787. Occurring in the inland por-
tions of the coastal area, from Jacumba!, McGregor 104 & 1007 (DS)
and Laguna!, San Diego Co., Schoenfeldt 3541 (DS) to Mt. Pinos!,
Abrams & McGregor 210 (DS) and the Tehachapi Mts!, Hall 6267
(UC) and Xantus 61 (GH). Reaching the edge of the desert in many
places, as San Felipe!, Parish 9041 (DS); Santa Rosa!, Riverside
Co., Munz 5847 (BP); and Morongo Pass!, Munz & Johnston 5195
(BP). We have seen one specimen from the desert proper, a collec-
tion by Mrs. ‘Marie Meiere at Needles! in 1917 (CA).

A form with yellow corollas is sporadic.

410. Penstemon subulatus M. E. Jones. Contr. West. Bot. 12:63. 1908.

Glabrous tufted perennial, glaucous throughout, with several
slender simple erect stems from a thickened woody base, 2 to 3.5 dm.
high; leaves opposite, basal leaves linear to oblanceolate to obovate,
narrowed into winged petioles 0.5 to 1.5 cm. long; stem leaves all
sessile with cordate base, grass-like, linear to linear-lanceolate, long-
acuminate, 1 to 5 cm. long; inflorescence a narrow panicle, 10 to 20
cm. long, 4 to 6 cm. wide, rather open; peduncle 1- to several-flow-
ered, 1 to 2 cm. long, somewhat spreading; pedicels 0.5 to 1.0 cm.
long; sepals ovate, acute to acuminate, green with purplish tinge,
hyaline margined below, 3 to 5 mm. long; corolla scarlet, narrowly
tubular, 20 to 28 mm. long, 4 to 5 mm. wide, finely granular; the
lobes 2 to 3 mm. long, suborbicular, anther-sacs broad, about 1 mm.
long, divergent, dehiscent throughout, dehiscence continuous; fila-
ments all glabrous; capsule ovate, 5 to 9 mm. long; seeds 2 mm. broad,
strongly angled, brown.

Type locality: Hackberry, Arizona. Type studied.

Occurring in the extreme eastern portion of the Mohave Desert;
we have record of but two specimens from California: Barnwell!,
K. Brandegee in 1911 (UC) and Ivanpah Mts!, S. B. Parish 10317 (DS,
ef. Parish, Bot. Gaz. 65:341. 1918).

This species is very close to P. centranthifolius, perhaps too near
it to deserve specific rank. Except for a single specimen of cen-
tranthifolius collected at Needles by Mrs. Meiere (CA) the two species
have a distinct geographical distribution.

11. Penstemon linarioides Gray var. californicus var. nov.
Perennial; stems erect, 5-15 cm. high, canescent with reflexed,
flattened strigose hairs, commonly simple, from a shrubby caudex
with long, dark-barked prostrate branches; leaves thickish, veinless,
entire, distinctly wider in upper half, equally strigose-canescent on
both surfaces, largest 8-15 mm. long and 1.5 to 2.5 mm. wide, mu-
cronate, gradually reduced up the stem and in the inflorescence less
than 4 mm. long and 1.5 mm. wide; inflorescence a narrow thyrse
5-8 cm. long and 15-20 mm. wide, the strict or ascending branches
and pedicels each 0.5 mm. long; sepals ovate, acute, 3.5 to 5 mm.
long, more or less strigose and occasionally somewhat glandular;
corolla blue with purplish cast, 14-18 mm. long, strongly bilabiate,
sparsely pubescent without and weakly bearded on base of lower lip;
tube 4-5 mm. long and 2-2.5 mm. wide, throat weakly but noticeably
inflated, 4-6 mm. broad, doubly plicate ventrally, these ridges white
as is a line at the lower edge of the throat; upper lip 6 mm. long with
2 lobes almost 3 mm. long; lower lip 4 mm. long, with 3 lobes 2 mm.
long; sterile filament scarcely dilated, included, short bearded; fer-
tile filaments with few or no hairs; anther-sacs extremely divergent,

oblong, 1 mm. long, joined and dehiscent throughout, suture minutely
serrulate.

Type: Munz & Johnston 5445, Kenworthy, Hemet Valley, San
Jacinto Mts. (BP, no. 14405).

Local on warm gentle stony slopes at the upper edge of the Up-
per Sonoran Zone from Lower California, Cantillas Mts!, Orcutt 893
(GH, cf. Goldman, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 16:365. 1916) to Aguanga!,
S. B. & W. F. Parish 1388 (UC and GH, distributed as P. pumilus var.
incanus) and Kenworthy!, Munz & Johnston 5445 and Munz 5976 (BP).

Our plants differ from the typical P. linarioides in their extreme
western range and in having broader oblanceolate leaves up to 2.5
mm. wide and not more than 15 mm. long, and a very weak beard on
the lower lip of the narrower corolla. In the typical form the leaves
are linear, about 1.5 mm. wide and 20 mm. long and the corolla lip
is strongly bearded.

12. Penstemon calcareus Brandegee. Zoe 5:152. 1903; not Jones.
1908. P. desertorum Jones. Contr. West. Bot. 12:59. 1908.

Plant densely caespitose, 3-10 cm. high, densely puberulent
throughout, pallid, green tending to become purplish with age; leaves
firm, entire or occasionally with a few denticulations, mainly basal;
lower leaves with ovate to elliptic blades, 1 to 3.5 em. long and with
narrowly winged petioles of about equal length; cauline leaves in sev-
eral pairs, linear-oblong to lanceolate, acute, 2-4 cm. long, middle
ones petiolate, uppermost sessile; inflorescence verticillate with
usually less than 12 flowers, first dense but in fruit becoming 3-4 cm.
long; peduncles undeveloped; pedicels 2-3.5 mm. long, short viscid-
villous as are the sepals; sepals about 4 mm. long, lanceolate or linear,
becoming 7-8 mm. long; corolla pink, 10-12 mm. long, subtubular, be-
ing gradually and not strongly ampliated, 4 mm. broad, puberulent
outside, glabrate within; upper lip 3.5 mm. long, the two lobes about
2 mm. long, tending to spread; lower 3 lobes 2 mm. long, usually
straight; sterile filament included, 11 mm. long, densely bearded, fer-
tile filaments glabrous; anther-sacs divergent, 1 mm. long, glabrous,
dehiscent the entire length, the slits of the paired sacs completely
confluent; capsule spherical or ovate, exceeded by sepals, 4-5 mm.
long; seeds unknown.

Type locality: Providence Mts., Mohave Desert, California.

Occasional in rock-crevices, probably of limestone cliffs, in the
Upper Sonoran Zone of the Providence Mts!, eastern Mohave Desert;
known from three collections (Munz & Johnston, Bull. Torrey Club
49: 42. 1922).

13. Penstemon albomarginatus Jones. Contr. West. Bot. 12:61. 1908.

A pale green, entirely glabrous, shiny plant, forming crowded
clumps 2-3 dm. high; stems numerous, somewhat fleshy, strict, sim-
ple or with several strict laterals, arising from a deep, much-branched
fleshy root; leaves firm, entire, with a narrow, white hyaline margin,
distinct, oblanceolate to spatulate or suborbicular with an abruptly
contracted, elongate cuneate, petiolar base, 1-nerved, 2-5 cm. long,
4-10 mm. wide, lower obtuse, upper somewhat acute, gradually re-
duced up the stem but extending through the inflorescence as con-
spicuous leafy bracts; inflorescence a spicate simple thyrsus, 6-15
cm. long, 2 cm. broad, leafy; peduncles usually undeveloped, but in
lowest flowers as much as 4 mm. long; pedicels slender, 4-10 but com-
monly 5 mm. long; sepals oblong to lanceolate, 5-6 mm. long, 1.5-2.5
mm. wide with a broad hyaline margin; corolla “light pink with a

purplish tint,” 15-18 mm. long; lobes ascending or spreading, 3 lower
semi-circular, nearly 2 mm. long, 2 upper suborbicular, nearly 4 mm.
long; corolla throat 4-6 mm. broad, scarcely inflated, narrowly fun-
nelform, about 10 mm. long, densely bearded, as is tube almost to
base; tube doubly plicate ventrally; anther-sacs divergent, 1-5 mm.
long, glabrous, dehiscent nearly whole length, slits of the two sacs
confluent; sterile filament glabrous, nearly 1 cm. long, not dilated
toward tip; capsule 7-9 mm. long, ovate-acuminate; seeds 1.5-2.0 mm.
broad, irregularly angled, finely but deeply alveolate.

Type locality: Good Spring Station, Nevada. Type examined.

Known in Southern California from a single collection made in
a sandy wash on the Mohave Desert near Lavic!, ‘Munz, Johnston &
Harwood 4204 (BP; cf. Bull. Torrey Ciub 49:44. 1922).

V 14a. Penstemon fruticiformis Coville. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 4:170.
1893.

Glaucous, mostly glabrous shrubby plant, much branched from
the base, 3-5 dm. high; leaves iinear-lanceolate, entire or obscurely
denticulate, 2-6 cm. long and 3-6 mm. wide; upper ones sessile or
with winged petioles; inflorescence a few-flowered open thyrse, 5-15
cm. long, peduncles glabrous, 1- to 2- or 3- flowered, 1-2 cm. long;
pedicels glabrous, 1-2 cm. long; sepals broadly ovate, short-acuminate,
distinctly hyaline margined, glabrous, 5 mm. long; corolla “pink or
pale rose-color,” light brown in dried specimens abruptly dilated and
with widely gaping throat, 23-27 mm. long, 12-15 mm. wide, tube 15-17
mm. long, the lobes rounded, the lower ones reflexed, the corolla-tube
proper scarcely extending beyond the calyx, lower lip well bearded;
anther-sacs 1.5 mm. long, explanate, dehiscent throughout their length,
the lines of dehiscence continuous; sterile filament densely bearded
in the upper half; capsule 1-1.5 cm. long, ovate-acuminate.

Type locality: Wild Rose Canyon, Panamint Mts., California.

We have seen no specimens exactly typical of the species from
the territory covered by this paper.

14b. P. fruticiformis var. incertus (Brandegee) Munz & Johnston.
comb. nov.

P. incertus Brandegee. Bot. Gaz. 27:455. 1899.

Leaves narrowly linear-lanceolate, 2-3 mm. wide; pedicels and
sepals glandular-puberulent; sepals lance-ovate long-acuminate, in-
distinctly hyaline-margined, 5-7 mm. long; corolla tube proper twice
the length of the calyx; lower lip of the corolla at most sparingly
bearded; dried flowers dark brown.

Type locality: Argus Mts., California.

Known from a few collections in scattered portions of the Mo-
have Desert: Between Willow Springs and Tehachapi!, Abrams &
McGregor 429 (BP, DS) and Mohave!, Parish 9270 (DS).

While the characters given above seem to set this quite apart
from typical P. fruticiformis, even the small series of specimens
available to us show such intergradation as to warrant the reduction
of incertus to varietal rank. The Parish specimen from Mohave has
leaves 4-5 mm. wide and older pedicels and some sepals quite glab-
rous, while some sepals are Jong-acuminate and others short. Parish
3151 (DS) from Warrens Well, which was distributed as P. glaber
utahensis (Hrythea 3:61. 1895) has the leaves 2-3 mm. wide and pedi-
cels and sepals quite glabrous, the latter being short-acuminate. Yet
in spite of these inter-grades, we do not feel that we have seen enough
material to warrant the reduction to synonymy as done by Krautter
(Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Penn. 2:122. 1911).

15a. Penstemon Palmeri Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:379. 1868.

Biennial or perhaps perennial plant with few coarse straight
stems, 5 to 10 dm. in height, glabrous and glaucous below, glandular
pubescent in the inflorescence; basal and lower cauline leaves peti-
oled, orbicular to obovate to ovate, 2-10 cm. long glaucous, coriaceous,
coarsely jagged-serrate; upper cauline leaves sessile, some connate,
strongly glaucous, jagged-serrate, acute to acuminate, 3-12 cm. long,
the uppermost reduced to ovate-acuminate bracts; inflorescence a
racemose unilateral thyrse, 2-6 dm. long and 4 cm. broad; peduncles
1- to several-flowered 5-15 mm. long, glandular-puberulent, as are the
pedicels, the latter 5-30 mm. long; sepals lanceolate to ovate glandu-
lar-puberulent, green with narrow hyaline margin, 5-8 mm. long;
corolla flesh-colored, “white, more or less suffused with pink,’ 25-30
mm. long, glandular-puberulent without, abruptly dilated with a much
inflated widely gaping throat 18 mm. long and 15 mm. broad, minutely
pubescent within; upper lip slightly 2-lobed, broad rounded some-
what reflexed; lower lip 3-parted, widely spreading, at least sparsely
bearded; anther-sacs ovate, glabrous, 3 mm. long, divergent, lines of
dehiscence confluent; filaments with short pubescence below, fertile
ones mostly included; sterile filament conspicuously exserted and with
dense, long yellow beard on the dilated upper end; capsule ovate,
12 mm. long, sparsely pubescent; seeds slightly angled.

Type locality: Skull Valley, Arizona.

Known in California from only a few collections in dry rocky
gullies and on slopes of the Upper Sonoran in the eastern part of
the Mohave Desert: Providence Mts!, Brandegee (UC), Munz, John-
ston & Harwood 4276 (BP; cf. Bull. Torrey Club 49:41. 1922); Lea-
stalk! Parish 10262 (DS); Kelso!, Jones in 1906 (BP).

15b. P. Palmeri var. Grinnellii (Hastwood) Munz & Johnston. Bull.
Torrey Club 49:22. 1922. P. Grinnellii Eastwood. Bull. Tor-
rey Club 32:207. 1905.

Habit low and branching; stems decumbent at base, 1-4 dm. high;
not glaucous; cauline leaves usually not connate; inflorescence more
lax and open, pyramidal, 1-2 dm. long, and 4-6 cm. broad; corolla
somewhat smaller, flesh-color, sometimes with bluish tinge, upper lip
deep lavender, lower lip pale lavender, with purplish lines and often
more strongly bearded than in the species.

Type locality: Mt. Wilson, San Gabriel Mts., California.

Occurring, often as a very common plant, on dry slopes and ridges
of the higher mountains from the Santa Rosa Mts!, Munz 5826 (BP)
northwestward. Occasional in the San Jacinto Mts!, common in the
San Bernardino! and San Gabriel! ranges, extending into the Liebre
Mts!, Abrams & McGregor 335 (DS) and the Mt. Pinos region!, Hall
6340 and Abrams & McGregor 268 (DS). The altitudinal range is
from 4000 ft. to 10,000 ft. Davidson’s reference (Muhlenbergia 4:
66. 1908) to the occurrence of P. Palmeri in the Tehachapi Mts. is
no doubt based upon a plant of this variety.

An apparent hybrid between this variety and P. heterophyllus
from Seymour Creek, Mt. Pinos, Munz 6999 (BP) has a woody base,
the habit, and leaf-shape of P. Palmeri var. Grinnellii (though the
leaves are only slightly dentate and somewhat glaucous) and the
flower-shape, and anther-sacs of P. heterophyllus (though the flowers
are a purplish-lavender rather than blue). Only a single plant of this
sort was found; it cannot be referred to any described species.

M46. Penstemon speciosus Dougl. var. piliferus (Heller) nov. comb.
P. piliferus Heller. Muhlenbergia 2:136. 1906.

Strictly herbaceous, glabrous, green perennial with small tufts
of several ascending stems from 1 to 5 dm. high; lower leaves smooth,
oblanceolate to obiance-linear, 3 to 10 cm. long narrowed into winged
petioles; upper leaves linear or lance-linear to lance-ovate, none con-
nate; all leaves entire; lower leaves of inflorescnce quite conspicu-
ous, only the upper ones reduced to minute bracts; inflorescence a
rather dense, simple thyrse, glabrous, 1 to 3 dm. long, 4 to 6 cm. wide;
with peduncles 1- to several-flowered, 5 to 10 mm. long; pedicels 4
to 8 mm. long; sepals 5. to 10 mm. long, ovate, acute, or short-acumi-
nate, green, sometimes tinged with blue, glabrous, plainly hyaline
margined; corolla bright blue, glabrous, funnelform, quite strongly
inflated, especially ventrally, 30 to 35 mm. long, the inflation begin-
ning at 10 to 14 mm. from the base; upper lip suberect, 8 to 10 mm.
long, broad, with 2 rounded lobes about 6 mm. long; lower lip re-
flexed, spreading, 8 to 10 mm. long, with 3 rounded lobes of 6 mm.
length; anther-sacs 2.5 to 3 mm. long, glabrous, somewhat divergent,
dehiscing for most their length, but the lines of dehiscence
not confluent; filaments glabrous except for short yellow-
ish beard near summit of the included sterile filament; capsule
broadly ovate-acuminate, 12-15 mm. long; seeds black, 1 mm. long,
much lobed.

Type locality: Near Yreka, California.

Growing on dry valley-floors and gentle slopes of the Upper
Sonoran and Lower Transition Zones about the western borders of
the Mohave Desert. Sometimes very abundant locally, but known
from but few collections: Cox Ranch, San Bernardino Mts!, Parish
1848 (DS & GH); Swartout Valley!, San Gabriel Mts., Hall 1259, 1539
(DS), Abrams & McGregor 643 (DS & GH); Munz 4620, Peirson 3193
(BP); Mt. Pinos!, Munz 6976 (BP), Elmer 4003 (GH); and Tehachapi
Mts!, Davidson in 1895 (DS; cf. Muhlenbergia 4:66. 1908) and Abrams
& McGregor 437 (DS & GH).

Differing from the species in its bearded sterile filaments and
more southern range.

17a. Penstemon Clevelandi Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 11:94, 1876.

Entirely glabrous perennial with woody base and several strict
stems 4-7 dm. high and with several pairs of cauline leaves; lower
leaves petioled, ovate, 2-5 cm. long and 1-2 broad; upper ones sessile,
ovate, entire or denticulate, distinct, 1-4 cm. long and 1-2 broad, those
of inflorescence reduced to leafy bracts; inflorescence a narrow, race-
mose panicle, 1-3 dm. long, apparently secund; peduncles usually 2-
or more-flowered, 1-12 mm. long; pedicels 8-18 mm.; sepals ovate to
suborbicular, 4-5 mm. long, hyaline margined; corolla purplish-red,
tubular-funnelform, about 2 cm. long, 5-6 mm. wide, straight above,
somewhat inflated ventrally, the lobes 3-5 mm. long, rounded; anther-
sacs about 1 mm. long, divergent, opening along their entire length
by a continuous line of dehiscence; filaments white below, purplish
above; sterile filament slightly dilated; glabrous or weakly bearded;
capsule broadly ovate, 8-10 mm. long.

Type locality: “The type specimen of P. Clevelandi must have
been collected in the vicinity of Buckman’s Spring—which is about
ten miles east of Campo. I never collected in Canyon Tantillas,
Lower California” (the type locality always cited), Cleveland in lit.,.
1922. Type seen.

Growing in the Sonoran Zones along the western edge of the
Colorado Desert from Lower California to Mountain Springs!, Bran-
degee (UC) and Coyote Canyon!, Hall 2766 (UC). Occasionally get-
ting into the eastern part of the coastal drainage, as at Agua Cal-
iente!, Brandegee (UC), and near Campo!, Abrams 3619 (DS & GH).

17b. P. Clevelandi var. connatus Munz & Johnston. Bull. Torrey Club
49:357. 1923.

Habit and flowers of the species, but strongly glaucous; lower
leaves and sometimes upper jagged-serrate, the upper 3 or 4 pairs
connate-perfoliate; sterile filament well bearded.

Type locality: “Van Deventers, southeastern base of the San
Jacinto Mts.” Type examined.

On sandy banks and dry rocky slopes and mesas of the Sonoran
Zones in the Palm Springs region!, Eastwood 2979 (CA), Johnston
(BP), Parish 1216 (UC); and at Van DeVenter!, Hall 1160 & 2149
(UC), and Old Nicholas Canyon!, Munz 5931 (BP).

In almost every character this variety grades into typical Cleve-
landi. The leaves of connatus may be entire or weakly dentate. AlI-
though Clevelandi may have some beard on the sterile filament, no
specimens of connatus have been seen which completely lack connate-
perfoliate leaves.

17c. P. Clevelandi var. Stephensi (Brandegee) Munz & Johnston. Bull.
Torrey Club 49:41. 1922. P. Stephensi Brandegee. Zoe 5:151.
1903.

With the general aspect of the variety connatus; the upper pairs
of its jaggedly serrate leaves connate-perfoliate; foliage weakly glau-
cous; sterile filament glabrous.

Type locality: Providence Mts., Mohave Desert. Type examined.

Known from only two collections on high rocky slopes of the
Upper Sonoran Zone in the Providence Mts. (Munz & Johnston, 1.c.).

The plant has some of the characters of typical P. Clevelandi and
some of the var. connatus and to us represents only a variety of a
polymorphous species. We have seen the type and numerous speci-
mens of P. Clevelandi and are certain that it has purplish-red and not
scarlet flowers as insisted by Brandegee (Bull. Torrey Club 50:215.
1923). In color of corolla P. Clevelandi and the var. Stephensi are
quite similar, though the latter is not so deep in color.

18. Penstemon pseudospectabilis M. EH. Jones. Contr. West. Bot. 12:66.
1908.

A tall perennial with several erect stems from a common base;
glaucous and glabrous except in the inflorescence; 3-12 dm: high;
lower leaves 2-15 cm. long, ovate to lanceolate and oblanceolate, with
long, well-defined petioles, jagged-serrate, glaucous; upper cauline
leaves broadly ovate, connate, jagged-serrate to almost entire, glau-
cous; those of the inflorescence reduced to ovate-acuminate bracts;
inflorescence 1 to 5 dm. long, a narrow strict, racemose thyrse,
minutely glandular-puberulent; peduncles 1- to several-flowered, slen-
der, erect, 5 to 10 mm. long, glandular; pedicels 5-20 long, erect, glan-
- dular-pubescent; calyx and peduncles tending to be tinged with red;
sepals 6-8 mm. long, ovate to lance-ovate, finely pubescent, with thin
hyaline or purplish margin; corolla purplish-red, finely glandular-
puberulent, narrowly funnelform, 25-30 mm. long, the throat inflated
ventrally, 22 mm. long, 7-9 mm. wide; upper lip reflexed, parted into
rounded lobes, 3-4 mm. long; glandular-pubescent; lower lip re-
curved, divided into 3 rounded lobes 4-5 mm. long, glandular-pubes-
cent; corolla-tube mostly glabrous within; anther-sacs 1 to 1.5 mm.
long, strongly divergent, with continuous line of dehiscence; all fila-
ments glabrous; ovary ovate-acuminate, glabrous 6 to 10 mm. long.

Type locality: Chimihuevis Mts., Arizona.

Known in Califernia from only the extreme eastern part of the
Colorado Desert, where two collections have been made in the Lower
Sonoran Zone, in a sandy wash in the Chuckwalla Mts!, Chiids (UC)

and Munz & Keck 4909 (BP & GH).

19. Penstemon spectabilis Thurber in Gray Pac. R. R. Rep. 4:119.
1856.

Large glabrous and often slightly glaucous perennial with sev-
eral coarse erect stems from a woody base; up to 12 dm. high; lower
leaves ovate to obianceolate, somewhat coriaceous, petioled, mostly
coarsely serrate, 2 to 10 cm. long, 1 to 5 broad; the upper ones con-
nate-perfoliate, those of the inflorescence reduced to bracts; inflor-
escence a many-flowered, glabrous, much branched, often open panicle
with slender, spreading, 1- to several-flowered peduncles from 1 to 3
em. long; pedicels of same type and length; sepals 3 to 7 mm. long,
lance-ovate to ovate-orbicular, obtuse or acute, greenish with hyaline
margin; corolla purplish-red to bluish, finely glandular-pubescent,
broadly funnelform, with throat strongly inflated dorsally as well as
ventrally, though the latter expansion is the more prominent, corolla
25-35 mm. long, the throat 18-25 mm. long, narrow for about one-half
its length, throat 9 to 12 mm. wide; upper lip reflexed, 8 to 10 mm.
long, glandular-puberulent, with 2 rounded lobes 4 mm. long; lower
lip somewhat refiexed, glabrous except for minute hispidulous row
bordering each side of line of dehiscence, anthers strongly divergent,
lines of dehiscence confluent; filaments all glabrous; capsule nar-
rowly ovate, acuminate, glabrous, 10-12 mm. long; seeds 1.5 to 2 mm.
long, dark, strongly angled.

Type locality: San Pasqual, San Diego Co., California, acc. to
Thurber’s specimens in Gray Herbarium.

Common in recently disturbed areas, such as dry washes and
along trails, slides, and roads in the Upper Sonoran Zone. Occurring
in the coastal drainage from the southern border to the Liebre Mts!,
Dudley & Lamb 4354 (DS). Reaching the edge of the desert as at
Santa Rosa Mts!, Hall 94 (UC); Coyote Canyon!, Hall 1893 (UC);
and Warners Hot Springs!, Mrs. Coombs in 1919 (CA).

c¢ Penstemon Parishii Gray (Proc. Am. Acad. 17:228. 1882) is a

perennial herb with the habit of P. spectabilis, but it is less woody;
the inflorescence and flowers suggest those of P. spectabiiis, but the
stem and leaves are glaucous and in other respects much like those
of P. centranthifolius, although the leaves may be denticulate. The
hybrid origin of P. Parishii was originally suggested by Hall (U. C.
Pub. Bot. 1:119. 1902) and by Davidson (Bull. So. Cal. Acad. 1:141.
1902). The plant has been found only in localities where both spec-
tabilis and centranthifolius grow. We know of the following collec-
tions: Campo!, Cleveland (UC); Warners Hot Springs!, Mrs.
Coombs (CA); Banning!, Jaeger (BP); Cajon Station!, Johnston 2308
(BP); San Bernardino!, S. B. & W. F. Parish (UC), Parish 8032 (CA),
S. B. Parish in 1901 (DS); Cucamonga Mt!, S. B. & W. F. Parish 355
(UC); Cucamonga!, Wallace (GH); and San Gabriel Canyon!, East-

wood 9004 (CA).
20. Penstemon ambiguus Torrey var. Thurberi (Torrey) Gray. Proc.
Am. Acad. 6:65. 1862. P. Thurberi Torrey Pac. R. R. Rep.

7:15. 1856.

Glabrous plants with few strict somewhat shrubby stems, freely
and ascendingly branched above, and becoming 15 dm. high; leaves
linear-filiform, 0.6-2.0 mm. wide, 2.5-5.0 em. long, entire, obtuse, sessile,

all opposite, not crowded, gradually reduced up the stem; inflores-
cence falsely racemose, open, 5-15 cm. long, less than 4 em. wide,
branches ascending or spreading, 2-12 mm. long, 1- or rarely 2-flow-
ered; pedicels with subulate bracts at base, 1-6 mm. long; calyx 2
mm. long in flower, 4 in fruit, cut to near the base into ovate narrowly
scarious-margined lobes; corolla pink or rose-color, obliquely salver-
form, about 15 mm. long; tube 5-6 mm. long, 1.5-2 wide; throat fun-
nelform, about 6 mm. broad, 5 mm. long, pubescent inside; upper
edge of flower nearly straight, upper lobes about 3 mm. long, lower
ones 5, straight or slightly spreading; stamens included, glabrous,
anthers glabrous, sacs about 7 mm. long, at first weakly spreading,
later strongly divergent, dehiscent the entire length, lines in the two
sacs confluent; capsule 7-8 mm. long, ovate-mucronate; seeds elon-
gate, somewhat flattened, irregularly angled; black, finely alveolate.

Type locality: Burro Mts., New Mexico.

To our knowledge this plant has been collected in California only
at San Felipe! on the western edge of the Colorado Desert by S. B.
& W. F. Parish 1389 (DS, GH & UC; cf. Parish, Zoe 4:165. 1893)
and by Abrams, 3978 (DS).

21. Penstemon Bridgesii Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:379. 1868.

A perennial herb with strongly developed, often highly branched
caudex, almost woody at base, with several erect or ascending stems
2-5 dm. high, glabrous below, glandular-puberulent in the inflores-
cence; leaves entire, mainly near the base of the stems, lower 2-10
cm. long, 2-9 mm. broad, oblanceolate, narrowed to a winged petiole;
upper 1-3 cm. long, linear to lanceolate, sessile; inflorescence a nar-
row racemose thyrsus, 8-30 cm. long and 3-5 cm. broad, with narrow
foliaceous bracts; peduncles 1- to several-flowered, 4-16 mm. long;
pedicels 4-8 mm. long, both pedicels and peduncles glandular-puberu-
lent; sepals glandular-puberulent, ovate, 4-5 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad,
margin hyaline; corolla scarlet, tinged with yellow in throat, finely
pubescent without and within, 20-28 mm. long, 6-8 mm. broad, tube 16-
18 mm. long, weakly dilated; upper lip straight, somewhat hooded
at the end, 2-lobed; lower lip recurved, 3-parted; anther-sacs parallel,
opening by short confluent slits at the proximal end, glabrous, with
a stiff short pubescence along the line of dehiscence; filaments glab-
rous, sterile filament not much enlarged; capsule 7-9 mm. long, ovate;
seeds 1-1.5 mm. broad, minutely alveolate, irregularly winged.

Type locality: California, collected by Bridges somewhere in
the Middle Sierras. Type examined.

Often exceedingly common locally in clearings and under pines
on dry benches, ridges, and slopes of the Transition and Canadian
Zones, ascending from an altitude of about 4500 ft., Van Deventer
Flat!, Hall 940 (UC), to over 10,000 ft., ridge east of Mt. San Ber-
nardino!, Munz 6231 (BP). Ranging from our southern border, Smith
Mt!, San Diego Co., Stokes (DS), and Laguna Mts!, Randall (DS),
through the San Jacinto Mts!, (Hall, U. C. Pub. Bot. 1:119. 1902).
San Bernardino Mts!, (Parish, Plant World 20:253. 1917), San Gabriel
Mts!, Johnston 1557 & Munz 6096 (BP) to the Mt. Pinos region!,
Hall 6620 (UC), Frazier Mt!, Elmer 3747 (GH), and Tehachapi Mts.,
(Davidson, Muhlen. 4:67. 1908), and then northward and eastward.

22. Penstemon caesius Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 19:92. 1883.
Caespitose, forming clumps several dm. across and 1-5 dm. high,
glaucous, glabrous up to the inflorescence, much branched at base;

leaves mainly basal, glaucous, glabrous, subcoriaceous, the lower ones
ovate to suborbicular, abruptly contracted to a narrow petiole which
is 1-2 em. long, the blades 10-17 mm. broad, upper leaves in one or
two pairs, oblanceolate to oblong, sessile; inflorescence an open and
few-flowered panicle, largely glandular-pubescent and with narrow
leafy bracts; peduncles 1- to several-flowered, 1-3.5 cm. long; pedicels
2-8 mm. long; sepals green with purplish tinge, ovate to oblong, 3-5
mm. long, 2 mm. broad, glandular-pubescent, with hyaline margin on
lower half; corolla of a light purple color with a bluish sheen, finely
pubescent without, and within on the lobes, 18-22 mm. long, 5-7 mm.
broad, the lobes only about 3 mm long; corolla subcylindrical, grad-
ually dilated then somewhat constricted, tube doubly plicate ventrally,
the plications and two bands at junction of upper and lower lips
white, the 5 lobes quite regular, suborbicular; anther-sacs parallel,
dehiscent only over proximal end, glabrous except for stiff hairs
along line of dehiscence; filaments all glabrous, sterile filament not
dilated; capsule ovate, 7 mm. long.

Type locality: San Bernardino Mts., California. Type studied.

Common in large parts of the San Bernardino Mts!, (Parish,
Plant World 20:253. 1917); growing on dry slopes and ridges, par-
ticularly in disintegrated granite in Transition and Canadian Zones
from 6000 ft. alt. to near the summit of Mt. San Gorgonio. One col-
lection from Mt. Islip! in the San Gabriel Mts., F. Grinnell Jr. (Dav-
idson Herb.); another reported from Cucamonga Peak in the same
range (Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., p. 330. 1923). Otherwise
Known only from the Sierra Nevada of Tulare Co.

23a. Penstemon heterophyllus Lindl. Bot. Reg. 22:t. 1899. 1836.
P. leucanthus Greene, Pittonia 1:72. 1887.

Shrubby at base, forming clumps 3-7 dm. high, glabrous through-
out; leaves entire, 2-5 mm. wide, acute to obtuse; lower leaves
oblanceolate to oblance-linear, 25-65 mm. long, gradually tapered to a
petiole; upper leaves gradually reduced, linear to lance-linear, mainly
sessile; inflorescence less than 5 cm. broad, appearing spicate;
branches strict 1-10 mm. long, bearing 1-2 flowers; pedicels with linear
bracts at base, 1-4 mm. long; sepals 4-6 mm. long, oblong or lanceo-
late, usually acute, frequently reflexed; corolla 25-30 mm. long, tube
7-9 mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. wide; throat inflated, 7.5-10 mm. broad, the
lower lip 6-8 mm. long, spreading; upper lip straight, 4-6 mm. long;
stamens included, entirely glabrous; sterile one 20-23 mm. long, with
a dilated flattened rounded tip; anthers horse-shoe shaped; lines of
dehiscence ciliate with rather coarse subulate processes, confluent
at distal ends of sacs and extending down outer sides to below mid-
dle; sinus glabrous or very rarely with a few short villous hairs;
capsule ovate, 8 mm. long; seeds irregularly angled, closely tuber-
culate, blackish.

Type locality: ‘‘California,’ collected by Douglas, probably south
of Monterey.

This typical form of the species is rarely met in Southern Cali-
fornia, though common to the northward. To it we refer the following
collections: Sespe Creek!, Abrams & McGregor 164 (DS, GH); Mt.
Gleason!, Elmer 3707 (GH); and “Los Angeles, Calif.”! Wallace (GH);
and Pine Hills!, San Diego Co., Spencer 310, in part (GH, BP).

23b. P. heterophyllus Lindl. var. australis nov. var.
Stems, and, to less extent, the foliage densely puberulent.
Type: C. F. Baker 4778, Claremont, California. (Baker Her-
barium of Pomona).

This variety inciudes the bulk of the material from Southern
California, as well as much of that from further north. In our range
it flowers from May to August, and occurs in open places such as
fire-breaks, along trails and margins of woods, in both Upper Sonoran
and Lower Transition Zones over the entire coastal drainage. EHx-
tending inland to Descanso!, Munz & Harwood 7164 (BP); Cuyamaca
Lake!, Munz & Harwood 7210 (BP); Spencer Valley!, near Julian,
Abrams 3788 (DS); Mill Creek!, San Bernardino Mts., Parish in 1889
(DS); Oak Glen!, Wilder 332 (BP); and Bouquet Canyon!, Munz 6923
(BP).

Such references as that of McClatchie (Flora Pasadena & vicinity
in Reid, Hist. of Pasadena, 642, 1895) and of Davidson (List. Pls. L. A.
Co., 13. 1892), to “Penstemon azureus” no doubt refer to P. hetero-
phyllus, and for the most part to the var. australis.

24. Penstemon laetus Gray. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 7:147. . 1859.

A loosely tufted plant 2-6 dm. high, pubescent with short, coarse
strigose hairs; leaves entire, obtuse or broadly acute, 5-10 mm. wide,
lower oblanceolate, 3-6 cm. long, gradually tapered to narrow base;
upper leaves rapidly reduced up the stem and sparse, oblong or lanceo-
late, broadly sessile by a rounded base; inflorescence an open, more or
less glandular thyrse, commonly 6-8 cm. broad, branches 2-many flow-
ered, spreading and 8-35 mm. long; pedicels with small ovate, her-
baceous bracts at base and 2-15 mm. long; calyx somewhat glandular-
pubescent, becoming 7-9 mm. long, unequally cut to below the middle
with triangular to ovate herbaceous lobes; corolla bright bluish-pur-
ple, 3 cm. long, sparsely pubescent outside, tube about 8 mm. long,
throat inflated and about 9 mm. broad; lower lip 3-lobed, spreading,
8-10 mm. long; upper lip mostly erect, 7 mm. long; stamens included,
all glabrous; anthers horseshoe-shaped, sinus coarsely long-villous,
slit of dehiscence confluent over the proximal ends of the sacs and
extending to below the middle on the outer sides, slit ciliate with
subulate processes; capsule ovate, mucronate, body 8-10 mm. long;
seeds irregularly prismatic, dark brown, closely tuberculate.

Type locality: Fort Tejon or vicinity. Type seen.

Occurring on dry slopes in the Upper Sonoran and Lower Transi-
tion Zones of the northern part of our region, as: Tehachapi Mts!,
Abrams & McGregor 304 and 445 (DS, GH), Davidson 1688 (Davidson
Herb.), Hall 6268 (DS); Frazier Mt!, Hall 6609 (DS); and Cuddy
Canyon!, Mt. Pinos, Dudley 4493 (DS). The locality, “Los Angeles,”
cited by Gray (Bot. Cal. 1:561. 1876) which is vouched by a specimen
at Gray Herbarium, is probably the result of mislabeling, the locality
name being used very loosely by Gray.

BULLETINS WANTED

The Secretary would appreciate receiving copies of Parts 2 ,and
3, Volume 19 (1920) of the Bulletin, Southern California Academy of
Sciences, from members who may chance to have duplicate copies,
or do not care to retain their issues. These are needed to complete
files for two important libraries that are specializing on Californiana.

Publications of the

Southern California Academy of Sciences

The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-

cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.

|
Bulletin of the

Southern California Academy of Sciences

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the
following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy
at the appended prices:

Vol. 1, No. 1. January, TY 0 eA as in UNS ISR a $1.00
of 1, “ 2. February, GO 2g eas Ns DAN eons Wend ook 1.00
Hy 3 6 i, dulby, TD (Veet etre Uline nel aueinie as 25
e 4, “ 3. March, OEE SVR es ee A Ei a Soe ea .15
5 4, “ 5. May aL OSV ee is ac as a De 25
a 65 2. Sully, STS Cf atte Ua gh Dn aN mp le oo 25)
O 7, “ 1. January, ED Shee PUA A LS aes J15
ie 9, “ 1. January, AUST ED) ee Nr Ea ey el eal 75
bs ge Bs diulby OM (haan ecu eee a eeu 75
Sela iat 2h) wT ys BS eas SR ee EN 75
eA al, Vanes, aS) Ura ese IO A eee en 50
eon lee Janwary. GIL ciety BN sky ei ne ee corel 215
somone soo. 2). July: a a Ee a Aer ete ee NN 75
ee Al yer ATA, a ES) LS ison eee aN Stes Sea 215
mee st 2 Ly. LE AG ee ee Se a. 50
eo iG, % al Venbenay, dL OA (hres a Delle poten Wrens atcast Sa 316)
Som) Ok es 2k dulliye SUAS Sa BGA San LOUVRE Tem Suse 1.00
Se MEMEO ne oe Ben Salve: OE Rape kee eae ale ea Ee 75
“18, “ 1. January, EON) pees Ue eee are bh eben 1.00
SSN. vio) eu ul ye AL Qa Oe ate en env ele We ie tee .75
woo de vanuanys, ANS 2 Oy pote Gers eee en ed SA 25
= 19, “ 4- October, OSD ie eee tree es US ee 25
a MD, Sa Noell, Ue ea tee eR AC Se eo eT OT ee 25
ne 0 ss eee AUT SUSts OL he cnolet gow Wena et ee 225
“~~ 20, +“ 3. December, SAS 22 ar EEL ete UEP SERS OE PCL BOL 25
ae ote eeelViamelis AU la au ose einer ea ce a .25
ie Or October M1) 22 epee Ae ea A aa PEN On 25
CG We Sil, Miaieela, ODS dies Be sele eek Akl aE eer ae 25
Diy Het oan ILL ODS ane a NA te Ce ny Boer o 25
© BB, 15 deiner, IO DAG eee erotic Pa oe nee 25

The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues
and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have
no further use for back issues: Address all communications concern-
ing the above to:

Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary
Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum
Los Angeles, California.

Peer ea Ne OR yl HE

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

Vol. xxe@tmE = March-April, 1924 Part 2
CONTENTS

Page

MiIocENE FISHES FROM SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA.......----- 42
Dr. David Starr Jordan

SmumiEssei eACIEIC COAST leEPIDOPTERAL | 51
Dr. John A. Comstock

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA, PIERIDAE.......----------- Ai ao 53
Dr. John A. Comstock

AE emai eARIRIVaTe VAN EGE) S Giese ec ee Se 53

Dr. Anstruther Davidson

Marine FIsHes (TELEOSTEI) OF SO. CALIFORNIA.......- 55
Prof. Albert B. Ulrey and Paul O. Greeley

Notes on APHIDOPHAGOUS SYRPHIDAE OF SOUTHERN
(GATETISO RINT ACH Ee eee le OS MR EE Gh ten ue 59
Roy E. Campbell and W. M. Davidson

Issued April 22, 1924.

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

=
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
IDR IMPAIRS: LES BVA Gi NADP as ee eee eS ys shee President
DD RW STIEE TAIN ANG UB IRICA IN eee ene ee ate Pee Vice-President
IDR, [Orn Ae COM ISIC Se ae eae 2nd Vice-President
DRA OEIN DA COMSTOCK tse ie Sear Saul Oi laa eee Secretary
INT SSES oa) NERS Teh ie ke ta as Se ae ch eee nt ee Treasurer
Dr. WitiiaM A. Bryan Wo. SPALDING
Dr. A. Davipson Gro. W. Parsons
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER HERBERT J. GOUDGE
THEODORE PAYNE Dr. FrRanK CLARK
=
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. ArtTHuwurR B. BENTON Dry Dae MVASKER
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Dr laG{ vow,
Mr. R. F. Gross Mr. JAMEs A. LIGHTHIPE
Me R. EE Swarr
= 8
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Wm. A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
BIOLOGICAL SECTION
R. H. Swirt Dr. WENDELL GREGG
Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Dr. A. Davipson THEODORE PAYNE
Chairman Secretary

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. F. C. Crarx, Dr. A. Davinson, Mr. S. J. KEESE

Dr. Joun A. Comstock Mr. GrorGE Parsons
GEOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. EB. E, Haprey Mr. GrEorGE PARSONS
Chairman Secretary

. PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. GeorGE Parsons
| BS
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. WitiiAm A. SPAULDING, Chairman

Dr. JoHN A. Comstock ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., M.D.
Mr. S. J. KEESE

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
SoutHwest Museum Los ANGELES, CAL.

BOTAN AL

DESCRIPTION OF MIOCENE FISHES FROM
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

BY DAVID STARR JORDAN

In a recent visit: to the noted diatom beds at Lompoc, Santa Bar-
bara County, California, by Mr. Eric Knight Jordan, three new species of
fishes were discovered, in addition to the fifty or more already secured
from the same locality. In obtaining these, the collector is especially
indebted to Mr. Edward B. Starr, director of the Celite Products Com-
pany. “Celite’ is the trade name for these masses of pure diatoms
used as blankets for hot pipes and, when crushed, as filtering substance.

Family CLUPEIDZ
DIRADIAS Jordan, new genus
Type Diradias aratus Jordan.

This genus is not remote from Clupea, differing mainly in the
very deep grooving of the opercle, the stronger serrations of the belly,
agreeing in the number of vertebrae (deipas, a ridge).

1. Diradias aratus Jordan, new species.

Type No. 600, Stanford University, one specimen 14% inches long,
with caudal; cotypes 600A, counterpart of No. 600; and No. 601, 11
inches long, all these from the Miocene Diatom deposits at Lompoc,
California. Collector, Eric Knight Jordan. The specimens are im-
prints, in fair condition, the type specimen having lost the ventral fins,
and all of them with the head much injured.

Head 3 in length to base of caudal; depth 3%; dorsal rays about
12, the longest 2 2/3 in head, pectoral rays about 10, the fin 2 2/3 in
head;; anal mostly lost, its rays probably 20 or more; ventrals 3% in
head; caudal rays 15+15=—80, the lobes 1 1/10 in head; vertebrae
52 (apparently only 46 in No. 601).

Body moderately elongate, herring-shaped; head large and deep,
the mouth-bones displaced, its cleft apparently very oblique, the jaws
not long, the mandibular joint being below eye; no teeth preserved;
eye moderate, well forward; cheek region apparently deep, as in Alosa.
Opercular bones very deeply and coarsely ridged and grooved, the
furrows most distinct on anterior part of opercle where there are
about 10 short ridges, those before and behind iess prominent; the
main ridges vertical, stronger, diverging below, some sharp strie on
other bones of head, those on upper next to opercle branching.

Vertebre deeper than long, rather weak, each with 2 or 3 deep
furrows. Ribs numerous, very slender, many of them branched. Neural
and hzmal spines short and slender; interneurals and interhemals
very feeble, mostly obliterated.

Pectoral fin placed low, of very slender rays, apparently not
elongate; ventrals inserted under last rays of dorsal, obliterated in
the type, a few weak rays shown in No. 601, its insertion at a distance
behind gill opening about 4/5 length of head.

Dorsal fin short and rather low, the rays broken, its insertion at
a distance behind head equal to 2/3 length of head, the fin probably
a little higher than long, its interneurals short and slender; anal of
slender rays, mostly obliterated. Caudal nearly as long as head,
deeply forked, its outer rays about twice the inner.

Scales rather large, smooth, cycloid, some with the surface faintly
striate. Edge of belly with strong serrations in the type, these largely
obliterated in the others.

From other herrings of the Miocene, this species is well separated
by the very strongly ridged opercle.

PLATE F.

Diradias aratus, Jordan
(Type) Lompoc.

Family HIPPOGLOSSID #
HIPPOGLOSSUS Cuvier

2. Hippoglossus antiquus Jordan, new species.

Type No. 603, a large fish, 21% inches long from the Miocene
Diatom deposits at Lompoc. Collector, Eric Knight Jordan. The type
has the body well preserved, but lacks the most of the head, and the
posterior part with the caudal fin.

Head about 3 1/3 in length; depth 2 3/8; ninety dorsal rays evi-
dent, probably about 3 others making 93 in all. Anal rays 49+5=
about 54: vertebrae about 50, with rudiments ot 8 to 10 more along
top of head. Body broad, elliptical (whether dextral or sinistral can-
not be ascertained). Head probably large, with large mouth (only the
opercular region and top of head preserved). Abdomen short and
deep, the ribs very feeble, about 8 preserved, the last bounding rib
very strong, without spine at the lower end. Shoulder girdle broad,
with prominent ridges; a rounded obtuse angle at base of pectoral.
Pectoral short, of about 15 slender rays; ventral obliterated. Dorsal
fin beginning well forward on head, probably over eye, its first rays
low and slender, these progressively longer to behind middle of body,
where the longest is about one third greatest depth of body. Anal simi-
lar, beginning well forward, 90 dorsal rays counted, perhaps 3 more ob-
obliterated posteriorly; 50 anal rays counted with perhaps 75 more
(=55) lost; hypural bone rather strong; caudal fin entirely lost.

Vertebrae deeper than Ilcng, each with about 4 deep furrows. Two
interspinal bones, each with one ray for each neural or hemal process,
these strong, straight, except under anterior rays of dorsal, where the
neurals and interneurals are slender and curved; hemal bones longer
and stronger than neurals; interneurals and interhemals corresponding
to increased height of rays.

This fish is evidently allied to the halibut, Hippoglossus hippo-
glossus and no character appears by which it can be separated from
that genus. The numbers of vertebre and fin rays would seem to
separate it from Paralichthys. Until we can find out whether the
fish was dextral or sinistral, what is the character of the mouth
parts, where the dorsal fin begins and whether the caudal fin was
lunate or convex, we may refer the species to Hippoglossus.

PLATE G.

Hippoglossus antiquus, Jordan
(Type) Lompoc.

Family SPARIDZ
ERIQUIUS Jordan, new genus

Type Eriquius plectrodes Jordan.

This genus seems closely allied to Stenotomus, Lagodon and other
genera having an antrorse dorsal spine; it differs from these mainly
in the form of the short and deep body and increased number of ver-

tebrae (larger than in any living Sparoid fish), the teeth being un-
known.

ERIQUIUS PLECTRODES Jordan, new species

Type No. 602, 12 inches long, in fair condition except for the

crushed head and damaged fins. Diatom beds at Lompoc, Eric Knight
Jordan collector.

Head 2 2/5 in length to base of caudal; depth 2; dorsal rays ap-
parently XII, 14; anal rays about III, 10. Pectoral 15; ventrals I, 5;
caudal 10+10—=20. Vertebrae about 8+18=—26.

Body very short, deep, compressed, the back elevated anteriorly.
Head large, badly broken; preopercle high, slightly curved; one dis-
placed premaxillary rather short, with a few short, marginal teeth.

Vertebre rather weak, deeper than long, more numerous than in
living Sparidz, each with two deep grooves; ribs rather strong, about

PLATE H.

Eriquius plectrodes, Jordan
(Type) Lompoc.

10 in number; neural spines strong, bearing long interneurals under
the dorsal spines, these not winged; interneurais of the soft rays grow-
ing shorter and very slender backward; first interneural large, bear-
ing a strong procumbent spine, as in Stenotomus and Plectrites.

Dorsal fin with rather strong spines anteriorly, these not greatly
elevated, the number apparently 12; fin not notched, longest spines
about half head. Anal inserted under last dorsal spines, the anterior
interhzemals strong, the others rapidly shorter and more slender; the
soft rays also slender. Anal spines short, subequal, the second a
trifle longest, not enlarged. Caudal lunate, the lobes 1% in head,
the inner rays % the outer.

Pectoral fin of slender rays, little more than half head; ventrals
inserted just below pectorals nearly half head.

Some scattered scales of moderate size, nearly smooth; some
of them with the inner margin crenate, but these may belong to some
other fish.

Family CYPRINODONTID2
PARAFUNDULUS Eastman

4. Parafundulus erdisi Jordan, new species.

Type No. 605, Stanford University, from confluence of Liebre and
Piru Creeks, Section 3, Township 6 N. R. 18 W. in the Santa Barbara
National Forest, in the northern part of Los Angeles County, Cali-
fornia; elevation 2,200 feet. Collector, Eilwood C. Erdis, of El Paso,
Texas. Cotypes (606: 607) same locality.

Head 4% in length to base of caudal; depth 4 2/3. Dorsal rays
10 (12) anal rays 10 (12 in 607); caudal rays about 16 (20 in No. 606);
ventrals apparently wanting, present in No. 606; pectoral rays 10:
vertebrae 14+20—34, (length, with caudal, 3 inches, No. 606, 4 2/3
inches).

PLATE I.

Parafundulus erdisi, Jordan
(Type) Libre Creek, Los Angeles, County

The larger example, No. 606, is evidently the same, but the parts
are more obscure. 20 caudal rays may be counted. Ventrals present,
fairly large, the rays 5 or 6. A third example (607) shows a vertebral
column with the anal fin of 12 rays.

General form of Fundulus, moderately elongate, and somewhat com-
pressed. Head entirely crushed; no bones clearly to be made out, the
mouth appearing rather small. Pectoral moderate, inserted low. No
trace of ventral fins in the type example, evident however in No. 606;
dorsal and anal each rather short, not elevated, about equal, the in-
sertion of the dorsal a little in advance of that of the anal, the anal
extending a little farther back; caudal not produced, its outline rounded,
its middle ray longest. Vertebrae deeper than long, each with three
ridges and grooves; the ribs and spinal bones fairly developed, the
interspinals slender, a few scattering scales of moderate size traceable.

The three specimens were obtained by Mr. Erdis in a black, slaty
rock supposed to be relatively recent formation. As usual when the
head is all intact, the bones are obliterated, a fact which may be due
to fats or other substances within the brain, as when detached from
the brain and jaw bones, opercles and the like are very often well
preserved.

I am indebted for this material to Mr. George F. Eaton, Secretary
of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. From a letter of
Mr. Erdis transmitting the specimens to New Haven, I quote:

“The specimens are from the junction of La Liebre (Jack-Rabbit)
Creek, with Piru Creek. The geologic maps call the locality ‘Dry
Lake.” The shale formation is about 10 miles north and south and
(I think) half that in width. The whole country has been heaved,
folded, bent and broken, and all other descriptive terms of severe
physical contortions of Mother Earth. I have seen two different cliffs

PLATE J.

Parafundulus erdisi, Jordan

half a mile apart which show the strata bent at right angles, with
the fracture from six inches to two feet wide. Some of the meanest
oak brush and chapparral you ever saw. . . . Geologically it is
recent, for the cliffs and hills are sharp, and entire mountain sides
will have only two to six inches of broken shale on the surface not
enough to support a growth.”

The type specimen may have lost its ventral fins, or it may
never have had them. In some of the living desert species of Cyprino-
don (C. baileyi, C. browni) the ventral fins are often much reduced
or in C. baileyi entirely absent. It may be so with other desert
Cyprinodonts.

The species agrees in essential respects with Parafundulus neva-
densis Eastman, lately described from Lahontan beds near Hazen,
Nevada. P. erdisi has the dorsal fin less advanced, and it is probably
of later age, though this is not certain. Empetrichthys merriami Gil-
bert, from the Amargosa-Death Valley region, has no ventral fins, but
is otherwise quite unlike Parafundulus. It has probably no relation to
Orestias, a South American genus lacking ventrals with which it has
been compared.

Family SCLANIDA
LOMPOQUIA Jordan and Gilbert

5. Lompoquia retropes Jordan and Gilbert.

Lompoquia retropes Jordan and Gilbert, (J. Z.) Fossil Fishes S.
Cal., 49. Pl. XXIV Fig. 1, 1919 (Lompoc); Jordan, Fish Fauna Cal.
Tertiary, 281. Plate 47 (restoration) same specimen.

Of this species, heretofore known from an imperfect example, we
have received a fine specimen from Miocene shales at Covina, Califor-
nia, from Mr. Morris Goodwin of the Featherstone Insulation Company,
through the courtesy of Dr. James Z. Gilbert.

PLATE K.

Lompoquia retropes, Jordan and Gilbert
Covina

Length 8% inches. Head crushed, first dorsal obliterated; other-
wise in fair condition, in a rather hard sand-shale.

Body oblong, compressed, the dorsal outline nearly straight, the
ventral more curved. Head large, about 4 in length; its bones en-
tire; mouth and teeth. Vertebrae 10+14—24, besides the small
hypural, the segments rather strong, longer than deep throughout,
slightly constricted, each with two strong ridges and grooves;
neurals rather slender, rather largest mesially; hzemals quite similar.
Interneurals short and slender, not winged nor dagger-shaped, not ex-
panded at base, about as long as the neurals, decreasing rapidly back-
ward; interneurals of the soft dorsal much weaker than the neurals
and set more obliquely; one for each pair of neurals under the spinous
dorsal; two under the soft dorsal. Interhaemals small and weak,
shorter than the hemals, that supporting the second anal spine, slender
but longer and stronger than the others; two interneurals to each
pair of hemals. Ribs rather long, slender, curved backwards. Oper-
cles convex.

Spinous dorsal lost, represented by 12 interneurals, the spines
probably weak. Soft rays slender, not to be exactly counted, the fin
apparently XII-1, 12; no traces of any more, either as rays or inter-
neurals; 10 vertebrae below spinous dorsal, 5 below soft dorsal. Anal
rays apparently II, 16, the rays slender; the fin longer than the soft
dorsal, and beginning under its middle; its spine (1 or 2) relatively
weak and broken, inserted under middle of the soft dorsal; the soft
rays low, crowded; (both dorsal and anal may have had more rays
in life). With the anal are obscure traces of more interneurals in-
dicating 20 soft rays. Caudal probably lunate, the subtruncate hemals
divided, three strong rays on either side supported by stout elements
from the last three vertebrae. Ventrals (I, 5) inserted well behind
the pectorals, the pelvic bone unusually long, the insertion near middle
of the pectoral length. Pectoral unsymmetrical, of moderate length.
Small scales seen at intervals, these entire or slightly crenate.

This fish is evidently identical with the type of Lompoquia
retropes, the backward ventrals, the weak fin rays and the form of
the vertebrae leaving no doubt. Its number of vertebrae indicates
a typical member of the Scizenidae (not an ally of Otolithes, as at first
supposed). With the living California genus, Seriphus, it has some-

PLATE L.

Deprandus lestes, Jordan and Gilbert
Alhambra

thing in common, the anal being apparently longer than the soft
dorsal. This relation does not appear in our restoration of Lompoquia
retropes, the original type lacking the posterior region of the body.
But Seriphus has the vertebrae 14+10, as in Cynoscion and Otolithes.
Lompoquia is certainly 10 or 11+14 or 13=24 in all.

Family DEPRANDIDZ#
DEPRANDUS Jordan and Gilbert
6. Deprandus lestes Jordan and Gilbert.

Deprandus lestes Jordan, Fish Fauna of the California Tertiary,
1919, 252. 1921. Plates 9b; 30b; El Modena; Alhambra.

This species was originally based on two examples from Hl] Mo-
dena. These are quoted in the paper above named as having been
described in the Proceedings of the Natural History of Southern Cali-
fornia, but the account prepared by Dr. Gilbert referred to still re-
mains in Manuscript.

The specimens from Alhambra referred to above differ slightly
from the types from El Modena. They agree with two jaws from Al-
hambra since loaned to us by Dr. A. J. Tieje of Los Angeles. These
we (Jordan and Gilbert) describe as follows:

The first is a fragment of skull, upper and lower jaws, mouth
closed. Length 2 inches, slender, feebly curved upward, closely set
(25 to inch) with uniformly conical, sharp teeth at intervals’slightly
greater than the width of the tcoth at base; the row double except
in the very front where small teeth seem set among teeth of twice

PLATE L.

Deprandus lestes, Jordan and Gilbert

their size; those toward the middle and posteriorly feebly stouter;
curved inward and feebly forward. In addition to this regular outer
row of about 50 teeth is another of slightly smaller teeth alternating
with those of the outer row.

Length of second fragment 3 inches, straight except at the anterior
fourth where it is curved slightly upward; set with a double row of
teeth, sharp pointed, strong, conical curved inward and all directed
strongly forward. The teeth of the outer row (judged by the bases
clearly seen) more numerous than in inner (30 to the inch, inner 22
to inch) about 55 in all; along the middle larger, at posterior part
shorter and more slanting, anterior teeth very small. No elongate
canines.

We are not quite sure that these belong to Deprandus lestes.
The extraordinary length and slenderness of the jaw in Deprandus
justifies the recognition of a distinct family, Deprandidze, which may
prove to be related to the Murzenesocide rather than to the Murzenide.
Stanford University, February 9, 1924.

STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK

NEW RACES OF CALIFORNIA BUTTERFLIES

In the preparation of material for the author’s forthcoming book
on the Butterflies cf California, a number of interesting varieties have
been separated that are deserving of designations. A preliminary
description of these will be recorded in this publication, to be subse-
quently followed by colored illustrations.

EUCHLOE AUSONIDES Bdv. flavidalis, var. nov.

This is a color form of ausonides in which a yellow suffusion covers
the upper surfaces of both primaries and secondaries. It may be
described in detail as follows:

UPPER SURFACE.

Primaries, ground color light yellow. Costae, yellow mottled light-
ly with dark scales. Apices marked with grey brown spots of oval
form occuring in relation to the nervules and constricted at their outer
and inner edges. On the upper and lower radial and third median
veins these spots are continued inwardly to their junction with a
broad submarginal dark band, the latter extending from costae to
third median vein. A dark dash marks the outer termination of
second median vein. Fringes alternately grey and yellow, the grey
scales in relation to the marginal row of spots. An irregular semi-
lunate black dash at outer edge of cell. Basal area shaded inwardly
with grey scales.

Secondaries. Ground color yellow, of a slightly darker shade
than primaries. Ends of all nervules slightly accented by grey scales,
the color continuing out to the fringes, Basal area heavily shaded
with grey. The entire surface of the secondary has a slightly trans-
parent effect allowing the green mottlings of the under surface to
show through as delicate shadings.

UNDER SURFACE.

Primaries. Ground color yellowish white, except at apices which
are pure white. Costae and outer extent of all nervules dark yellow.
A concentration of this dark yellow color occurs in the region of the
submarginal dark band (of upper surface) dark dash at outer edge
of cell nearly as marked as on upper surface.

Secondaries. Ground color yellowish white, venules dark yellow.
Irregular blotching and mottling of wing with olive green as in other
closely related forms, but somewhat heavier than in typical ausonides.
Antennae dark grey tipped with yellow. Thorax and abdomen, grey,
covered with long white pile. Legs, yellow.

Type. One 9 collected by E. J. Newcomer at Palo Alto, Cali-
fornia, May 23, 1905, in the Collection of the author, Southwest Mu-
seum. So far as I know this form occurs only in the female.

EKUCHLOE AUSONIDES. Bdv. Semiflava, var. nov.

This form is marked practically as the above except that the upper
surface of the secondaries alone shows the yellow suffusion, and the
greenish mottling on the under side of secondaries is less extensive.

Type. One ? San Jose Mission, California, April, 1919. Collection
of the author, Southwest Museum.

It is justifiable, in our estimation, to name these forms in view
of the fact that they show a tendency within the genus toward a
dimorphism of the females. An illustration of the types of above two
color forms will be published in our forthcoming plate X, Butterflies
of California.

ANTHOCHARIS REAKIRTI Edw. Wrighti aberr. noy.

This remarkable aberration of reakirti probably represents a case
of melanism, in which the dark markings of reakirti are carried to
the ultimate degree. It was submitted by our friend W. S. Wright of
San Diego, for whom it is named.

UPPER SURFACE.

Primaries. Ground color white, heavily shaded with black in the
basal area and along the costae. All of the outer half of the wing
from a line drawn diagonally across the outer edge of cell to inner
angle is black, with the exception of a few orange-red scales, cen-
trally placed in the black area.

Secondaries. Ground color white, profusely sprinkled with black
scales. Basal area heavily shaded with black. Venules heavily and
widely margined with black in the limbal area, giving the wing a
striated appearance. This black banding is extending onto the fringes.

UNDER SIDE.

Primaries. Costae finely mottled with black, more heavily con-
centrated in the apical region. Cell, basal and discal area white,
venules beyond the outer edge of cell heavily margined with grey
leaving only minute striations of yellow in the interspaces. The orange
colored area of typical reakirti has practically disappeared except for
a minute line in the radial interspaces. The outer portion of apex
has a greenish appearance, due to the admixture of the yellow and
grey scales.

Secondaries. Much as in reakirti except for a heavier concen-
tration of the mottled areas.

Body and antennae as in typical reakirti.

The type is figured on plate XI, figure 16, of our series, ‘‘Butter-
flies of California,’ to be subsequently published. It was taken by
S. W. Monroe, at Chula Vista, California, March 7, 1919.

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA
By DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK

Continued from January-February Issue

THE WHITES AND ALLIES

Family PIERID4
Genus PIERIS

The Common White. Pieris protodice, Bdv. and Le Conte, (plate
VIL, figure 14, 15, 16, 17) is our most abundant Pierid with the single
exception of rapae. It is found throughout the entire state. In flight
it is more vigorous than the cabbage butterfly. The early spring
brood, emerging from overwintering pupae, is more distinctly marked,
“with a greenish penciling on the under surfaces, and, in the female, a
reduction and intensification of the markings on the upper surfaces.

This variety has been given the name of Vernalis. (Plate VIII,
figures 2, 3, and 6.) Protidice is a species of some economic importance
as its larvae feed on cabbage and nasturtium. More commonly it may
be taken on mustards.

This species, in common with most butterflies is variable in size,
and dwarfs or giants are not uncommon. Two of these interesting
dwarfs of P. protodice are shown on Plate VIII, figure 1 and 4. They
probably are the result of semi-starvation of the larvae.

The Western White. Pieris occidentalis, Reak. (Plate VIII, figures
5, 7, and 10) represents a western, high altitude race of the former
species which is occasionally taken in our mountains. It is distin-
guished from protodice principally by the heavier and more greenish
markings on the under side of secondaries. This form also has an
early spring race, characterized by its smaller size and intensification
of the dark markings, which has been named calyce. (Plate VIII,
figures 8, 9, 11.) The larvae feed on various species of mustards.

/ LILIUM PARRYI var. Kessleri, n. var.
A. DAVIDSON, M. D.

The shape of the bulb, character of the scales, the general habit
and color of the flowers are the same as in the type but the leaves
are large, ovate-lanceolate, 12 to 15 cm. long and 4 cm. wide, sessile
with a narrow base, thin in texture, semitransparent on drying and
glistening on lower surface; leaves below in whorls of 6, fewer and
less definitely whorled above; anthers brown, 5-7 mm. long; pistil
much longer than the anthers.

Type No. 3586. Collected by Robert Kessler at the upper end of
Little Rock Creek, San Gabriel Mts., Sept., 1923.

This is the common form of the San Gabriel Range and grows very
abundantly in the type locality and on Soldiers Creek in the same
district. The marked difference in the shape and quality of the foliage,
the coarser quality of the flowers, the smaller anthers and protruding
pistil almost warrant giving it specific rank.

PLATE M.

Lilium parryi var.
Davidson

Kessleri

THE MARINE FISHES (TELEOSTEI) OF
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA;
BY ALBERT B. ULREY

Director of the Marine Biological Station of the University of
Southern California

and

PAUL O. GREELEY
Instructor in Biology, University of Southern California

The data on which the following papers are based was secured
chiefly during the dredging and trawling expeditions of the Marine
Station launch, the Anton Dohrn. The explorations made with the
launch began in 1911 and have been continued at irregular intervals
to the present. A brief general account of this work was published
in the Bulletin of the Academy of Sciences of Southern California,
January 1917 and in six Bulletins of the Marine Biological Station of
the University of Southern California.

The general plan of these studies of Southern California Fishes
includes (1) A detailed study of certain groups of our fishes; (2)
Studies on certain economic problems; (3) The distribution of the
forms known to occur here; (4) The preparation of keys to facilitate
the identification of our groups of fishes.

For our convenience the keys have been prepared first. Then
the general distribution of all the forms known to occur in Southern
California has been summarized. Relating to the species taken in our
survey the distribution is given somewhat in detail.

The insistent request of the public for common names of our fishes
makes it seem desirable to include some of the common names of
species with some particular interest. As it is well known that there
is no uniformity in the use of these common names. It has seemed

FIRST DORSAL FIN
| (SPINOUS)

OPERCLE } SECOND DORSAL FIN
' Vy 1 (RAYED)
MAXILLARY
PREMAXILLARY

MANDIBLE

PREOPERCLE CAUDAL PEDUNCLE

PECTORAL FIN US LATERAL LINE

' ANAL FIN
VENTRAL FIN
(THORACIC)

RONCADOR STEARNSI (RONCADOR)
FAMILY - SCIAENIDAE

Fig. I

y*Contributions from the Marine Biological Station of the University of
Southern California.

DORSAL at
' (RAYS)

PREMAXILLARY SCALES
ADIPOSE DORSAL FIN

1
1‘
‘
'
'
'
1
ee
C-

Abe
we me

ae ( eee ease

% CAUDAL FIN
PECTORAL FIN |

VENTRAL FIN

(ABDOMINAL)

PHOTO PHORES

Fig. I. TARLETONBEANIA TENUA
FAMILY - MYCTOPHIDAE (LANTERN FISHES)

ANAL FIN

to us desirable to use the common names published in the standard
works on the fishes of the West Coast as far as feasible, deviating
from this rule only in cases in which the name is manifestly mislead-
ing. The preferred name is placed first, then parenthesis for other
names and quotation marks for names used which are misleading.

The study of our collections of fishes has been made largely by
graduate students and teaching fellows in the Department of Biology
of the University. Mr. Frank W. Yocom formerly in charge of the
Anton Dohrn has identified many of the species taken and has con-
tributed largely to the compilation of data. The identifications of our
entire collection have been verified by Henry W. Fowler of the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

The four large volumes by Jordan and Evermann on the “Fishes
of North and Middle America” still remains the standard work for the
study of the fishes occurring in Southern California waters. The key
to the families of fishes described in these volumes has been adapted
to the identification of the more limited groups of marine fishes off the
coast of Southern California. The use of this modified key obviously
reduces greatly the tabor of identification. The names of families in
brackets are those found in Jordan’s “Classification of Fishes’ 1923.

Other keys aiding in the identification of our fishes will be found
in the large volume by Jordan and Everman on “American Food and
Game Fishes” and in Fish Bulletin No. 5 of the California Fish and
Game Commission 1921A: “‘A key to the Families of the Marine Fishes
of the West Coast” by Edwin C. Starks.

A KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF MARINE FISHES
(TELEOSTEI) OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

1. Ventral Fins Present, Abdominal.
A. Back with adipose fins, dorsal fewer than 20 rays; body
scaly.
B. Photophores absent.
C. Head naked; branchiostegals 6-20.
D. Stomach and many pyloric ceca............. Salmonide.
DD. Stomach with few pyloric ceca............ Argentinidze.

PREMAXILLARY

FIRST DORSAL FIN
(SPINOUS)

SECOND DORSAL FIN
MAXILLARY g
‘i

' (RAYED)

VENTRAL FIN
( THORACIC)

PREOPERCLE

Fig. I. SERIOLA DORSALIS (YELLow-TAIL)

CC.

BB.

EE.

AA.

HH.

bb.

FAMILY - CARANGIDAE

Head scaly on sides; maxillary very narrow, rudimentary
CES ZODSOlS Ge ee sadn oes clues aed SORE REGU ey REST Synodontidze.

Photophores developed; no barbels at throat; vertebral
spines not exserted in front of dorsal.

Pseudobranchie present.

Form elongate, snout pointed, photophores small........
See ne hraiedeay S het Bre esha ates OS Tapia We Terevisdsh eI eater Os ener RE Paralepididz.

Form oblong, sncut not much produced, photophores con-

SDICUOUS [iii ye cf Race ee ee eT ene Ce oe M yctophidze.
Pseudobranchize absent; mouth large, with canine teeth;
scales deciduous or wanting............ Chauliodontide.

Back without adipose fin.

Back with a single dorsal fin made up of rays and not
preceded by a series of free spines or followed by finlets.

Body naked; throat without barbel; pectorals wanting;
body snake-like; dorsal long and low..... Idiacanthidz.

Body scaly.
Anal fin without distinct spines.
Pectoral fins inserted high, near axis of body.

Jaws each with long, sharp teeth mixed with smaller
OMNES ¥ cite aieneraovadinie) Sesicnd blsvsktue sacle Escocidz [Belonidz].

Jaws with small equal teeth, conic or tricuspid.
Lower jaw more or less produced....... Hemiramphidz.

Lower jaw a little produced; teeth conic; pectorals elon-
gate, forming an organ of flight........... Exocoetidz.

Pectoral fins inserted below axis of body.

Throat with long barbels. Sides with phosphorescent
SDOUS bmi Maoists, Olevia cs vawelt nese lasbatcsdie reo vcie Mirae ae tos ere Stomiatide.

Throat without barbels.

Phosphorescent spots present; teeth unequal...........
A rR AINE ere ira AISNE aren Gir ALS then Chauliodontidz.

Phosphorescent spots none.
Head scaly, more or less.

ce. Maxillaries connate with premaxillaries; jaws long......
Riagaparches dba ee eeen ice pelen ape aci wae) eRe ekcnie’s steOcta eam Synodontide.

ce. Maxillaries distinct; upper jaw protractile, its margin
formed by premaxillaries alone; no lateral line.......
Dar nah, ON ext hen SO un Gra Aen Poecilide.

Il. Head naked.

J. Dorsal fin inserted more or less before anal (rarely
slightly behind it); shore fishes or river fishes, usually
silvery in coloration with skeleton firm.

K. Gular plate none; lateral line well developed; mouth small,
horizontal; teeth present; posterior part of tongue and
roof of mouth covered with coarse-paved teeth. Albulidz.

KK. Lateral line wanting; no gular plate.
L. Mouth moderate, terminal, maxillary about three pieces.

Bre oess Cprevines MM teers Nie Notas faConlawet a neshe re wen Temi al es os) meer anol uiarade te Clupeidz.
LL. Mouth subinferior, below a tapering, pig-like snout, maxil-
lanys ViCGye WONG cea aaa enti eon LON Mele Cua: Engraulidz.

JJ. Dorsal fin posterior; opposite anal; deep-sea fishes; mostly
blackish, mouth small, with small pointed teeth......
SRC Se se uence eT einen abana lini muauene aie cee) Mrencce neta Alepocephalidz.
BB. Dorsal fin single, preceded by free spines.
M. Body scaleless, naked or with bony plates.
N. Ventral fins I, 1. The spine strong; snout moderate.....
Ard eal ence einatetgeee side ecic AGEN lawton otal domme Aeron ei Gasterosteide.
NN. Ventral fins I, 5, the spine slender; snout prolonged.
feb ae cette Ste tia ions aay Mice Te dee peneuen rate toeta reat ane Aulorhynchide.
BBB. Dorsal fins 2, the anterior of spines only, the posterior
chiefly of soft rays.
O. Pectoral fin with 5 to 8 lower-most rays detached and
LUAMVEMCOUS yee aa rene ere os ane oho er oS eee Polynemide.
OO. Pectoral fin entire; snout not tubular.
P. Teeth strong, unequal, lateral line present. Sphyrzenide.
PP. Teeth small or wanting, lateral line obsolete.

Q. Dorsal spines 4, stout; anal spines 3........... Mugilidz.
QQ. Dorsal spines 4 to 8, slender; anal spine single.......
Les Rpvattonts TUG Skee nether as otras enver teeta aigerre aut niet ote aural acts Cease io baheealte Atherinidz.

BBBB. Dorsal fin soft-rayed, followed by a series of detached
ATM CES He Py cteeereyeicue les snore Scombresocidz [Scomberesocidz].

Ventral Fins Present, Thoraric or Subjugular, the Number of Rays
Definitely I, 5.

A. Gill openings in front of the pectoral fins.

B. Body more or less scaly or armed with bony plates. (BB

near end.)
C. Ventral fins completely united; gill membranes joined to
the isthmus; no lateral line.................. Gobiidz.

CC. Ventral fins separate.

D. Suborbital with a bony stay, which extends across the
cheek to or toward the preopercle, cheeks sometimes
entirely mailed.

E. Pectoral fin with 3 lower rays detached and free; head
[DORON "1 5 eed. e-nfedalaty aiGkser ers MIeMCIelIG Bicediern Aid D-oncr a cino quote Triglidz.

(To be continued in the May-June Number of the Bulletin

NOTES ON APHIDOPHAGOUS SYRPHIDZ OF
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

ROY E. CAMPBELL AND W. M. DAVIDSON
U. S. Bureau of Entomology

(Continued from January-February Issue)

ALLOGRAPTA OBLIQUA Say.

This species ranks very close to Eupeodes volucris in abundance.
In fact, during the summer season, and on such hosts as the melon
aphis, it is much more abundant than Eupeodes, but although it can be
taken during any month in the year, it fails to maintain itself in such
numbers during the winter.

A. obliqua is one of the smaller. elongate species, the adults being
from 6 to 8 mm. long. They are bright-colored and iridescent in the
sunlight. The male has large bright red eyes, while those of the
female are brownish red. General characters: Face yellow, with a
facial stripe variable in extent and boldness, generally fading from
center laterally; color brown. Thorax deep shining green, with yel-
low or light orange lateral stripes. Scutellum gamboge, with black
pile. Abdomen brownish black: First segment, except a slender
transverse spot on each side behind, yellow; second segment with a
slender yellow anterior fascia, and a broader one in the middle:
third segment with a broad, arcuate yellow band; fourth segment
with two slender parallel stripes, leaving a slender black stripe be-
tween them, on each side a broader, oblique, oval spot, touching or

Paraqus tibialis. fallea,

LANE Ie.

All figures

enlarged.

1. Baccha clavata .Fabr.

2 Eupeodes volucris. 0.5.
59

PLATE N.

narrowly separated from the anterior end of the yellow longitudinal
stripe, and reaching to the posterior angles; fifth segment similar, but
side spots less oblique.

The egg is elongate oval, .8 mm. long, .8 mm. in diameter; chalk-
white, elevations of the chorion 3 or 4 times as long as broad, eleva-
tions about two-thirds as wide as the interstices.

The incubation period varies from 2 to 3 days in summer up to
as long as 8 days in mid-winter.

The newly-hatched larvae are pale-yellow, almost white, appar-
ently devoid of vestiture, .85 to 1 mm. long by .2 to .35 mm. wide. As
growth proceeds the color slowly deepens until toward the end of the
penultimate instar a greenish hue is visible, and after the final molt
the color is bright green.

Full-grown larvae are 10 mm. long and 2.5 mm. wide; general
color pea green, somewhat lighter at sides and anterior end. The broad
whitish-green median stripe, with narrow darker heart line showing
through, in some specimens gives the appearance of a double stripe.
Body somewhat flattened, especially so at posterior end, wrinkled;
segments showing indistinctly. Segmental spines short, white, incon-
spicuous. Posterior spiracular tubes prominent, 1 mm. long, a fused
pair, divergent at tips, length twice as much as combined width;
color light brown. In some specimens the dorsal line shows pinkish
or reddish. The general appearance of Allograpta larvae is compara-
tively smooth and slug-like.

The larvae grow rapidly under favorable conditions, and require
only from 9 to 15 days to complete their development. During sum-
mer and fall the average period of development is only 9 or 10 days.
During mid-winter, however, the development is slow, and the larval
stage is from 16 to 21 days.

Allograpta larvae feed greedily, as the following food records
will show: 174, 188, 184 Aphis gossypii (stages ii-v); 124, 155 and 188
Aphis gossypii and Chromaphis juglandicola (all stages); 210, 228
Myzus persicae (Stages i-iv); 205 M. persicae (alates).

However, larvae can mature on much fewer aphids, as the follow-
ing records show: 57 Aphis brassicae (all stages); 79 Macrosiphum
rosae (stages i-iv). Also a lack of food prolongs the larval stage.
Thus three larvae hatching at the same time had daily access, for
practically their entire life, to the following number of aphids: 4, 8
and up to 38 Myzus persicae (stages iii-v). The first one consumed a
total of 132 aphids and matured in 39 days; the second ate 154 and

In confinement larvae readily ate the mealy bug Pseudococcus citri
Risso, but refused the red spider, Tetranychus telarius Linne. They
were not reared successfully on Aphis rumicis, on several occasions
being unable to free their jaws from this aphid.

Newly-hatched larvae maintained themselves on corn and beet
foliage for three days without having access to aphid or other animal
food. On the fourth day they were observed to have slightly grown,
and aphids were fed them, whereupon they developed normally.
Older but not full-fed larvae were able to transform after as long a
fast as 5 days. A fast of 8 days did not kill them outright, but pre-
matured in 34 days; while the third larva, which had daily access to
abundant food supply, consumed 167 and matured in 16 days.
vented subsequent transformation. The fact that larvae can subsist
for several days without aphids must be of considerable assistance to
the species if the parent happens to oviposit where aphids are not
immediately available, or where those present disappear before the
egg hatches.

The larvae are better adapted to stand excessive moisture than
are those of other species, such as E. volucris, B. clavata or P. tibialis;
on the other hand they appear to succumb to drought more easily.
The larvae seek out some dark locations, as curled leaves, along mid-
ribs, and lie there when not feeding. On walnut trees they have a
penchant for resting in the obscure locations at the base of a nut
cluster. On these trees pupation occurs chiefly on the upper surface
of the leaf, but also on the lower surface, petioles and nuts. Obser-
vations suggest that in the summer broods, pupation always occurs
above ground. On melon vines, larvae congregate under the fruit at
the soil surface to pupate, but many also pupate on the foliage. (Fig. 3a)

When first formed the pupa is bright pea green, the markings of
the larva showing very distinctly. As development takes place the
larval coloration is lost, and the puparium becomes a darker green
with a brownish tinge. The anterior end is bulbous; the insect is
broadest and deepest in front of the middle, the dorsum broadly
rounded, tapering to a tip at posterior end; venter slightly concave.
Posterior spiracular tubes prominent, 1 mm. long, and longer than their
combined width, color light brown. Length 5.5 to 6 mm., width 2.5 to
2.75 mm.; height 2 to 2.5 mm.

A few days before emergence the bright reddish brown eyes and
yellow striped abdomen of the imago show very plainly through the
puparium shell.

In the summer the pupal stage varies from 8 to 10 days, while in
mid-winter it requires from 18 to 33 days.

During the period June to November many attempts were made
to induce adults to breed in confinement. Altogether 75 males and 92
females were employed in these tests, most of which occurred in large
wire screen cages where the flies were provided with honey-bearing
plants (Alyssum) and sugar-water. The flies were newly-hatched and
lived in the cages for an average of 15 days, but not a single egg was
deposited nor was copulation ever observed.

Nine gravid females were caught in the field and observed for egg-
laying records. The maximum number of eggs was 173, deposited in 6
days on screened plants infested with aphids (July). In general thirty
eggs and over were often deposited within 24 hours by these flies.
More than 90 per cent of the total number (563) were fertile.

Judging from the habits of flies kept in captivity the adults move
about but little before the sun is well up in the morning. At night
they were observed resting on the foliage and cage sides and tops.
The flies exhibit their greatest activity in full sunlight.

In the field the flies fed on blossoms, and have been observed on
many varieties; in field cages they readily fed on alyssum; in cap-
tivity they readily lapped up and gorged themselves on honey water.

Out of 145 bred flies, 77 were females and 68 males.

The figures given above for the various stages show that the
period from egg to adult varies from 19 to 25 days in summer, and
from 42 to 62 days in winter. Indications are that there are from
6 to 8 generations per annum.

A. obliqua larvae have been taken feeding on the following aphids:
Aphis atriplicis L., A. gossypii, A. maidis, A. roseus Baker, A. medi-
caginis Koch., A. nerii Fons, A. pomi DeGeer, A. prunifoliae Fitch, A.
rumicis, A. viburnicolens Swain, Brevicoryne brassicae, Chromaphis
juglandicola, Macrosiphum cucurbitae, M. pisi, M. rosae, Myzocallis
bellus Walsh, Myzus braggii, M. rosarum and Toxoptera aurantii.

The internal parasites, Diplazon laetatorius and Pachyneuron cali-
fornicum have been bred from puparia of A. obliqua.

In the fall of 1919 in Los Angeles and Orange Counties 84 larvae
and puparia were collected and reared for parasite data. Of these
but 4 yielded parasites, 1 Diplazon and 3 Pachyneuron. From the
three puparia parasitized by the latter there issued respectively 6 fe-
males, 7 males and 5 females, 5 males and 3 females. The Pachy-
neuron imagoes emerged through single holes cut in the puparia shells
of the hosts, while the single Diplazon cut a jagged hole in the oper-
culum.

The record indicates a parasitism of about 5 per cent.

ALLOGRAPTA FRACTA O. 8.

This species is very much like A. obliqua, except that it is a little
smaller. The chief differences which enable the two to be separated
are as follows: In fracta, there is a bluish-black facial stripe extend-
ing in the oral margin, while in obliqua it is brown. In fracta the
first abdominal segment is not more than half yellow above, while
in obliqua considerably more than half of the segment is yellow. The
scuteelar pile of cbliqua is all black, while in fracta it is almost all
yellow. In obliqua, on the fifth segment of the female the longitudinal
stripes are parallel, while in the fracta female they diverge anteriorly.
The immature stages are practically indistinguishable.

For Southern California generally fracta is a much less common
species than obliqua, but in the Imperial Valley fracta is very abund-
ant and obliqua scarce.

The egg is white, microscopically sculptured, elongate oval, .85
mm. x .25 mm.

The incubation period varies from 2 to 3 days in the Imperial
Valley and 5 to 6 days at Alhambra at about the same time of year.

The newly-hatched larvae are whitish, narrow, cylindrical, the
mouth parts gray; on each segment are two small fleshy conical ele-
vations. The posterior spiracular tubes are light brown, wartlike, not
contiguous. i

As growth proceeds the body becomes pea-green in color. In
younger larvae the dorsal strip has a pinkish tinge, but this gradu-
ally fades away.

The full-grown larvae are 8 to 9 mm. long, 2 mm. wide and 1.2
mm. in height, elongate oval, somewhat flattened. Integument papil-
lose, transversely wrinkled; color green with two narrow whitish
stripes flanking the dorsal vessel; posterior spiracular tubes promi-
nent, .5 mm. long, about half as wide at bases.

The larval stage in the Imperial Valley in March was from 11 to
12 days, and at Alhambra 13 to 15 days in April and May and 25 to
27 days in February.

PLATE O.

coon

IEEE ETE OTL TEES: ELLIE LLL OES LEBER LTTE LOLI EE LL EDEL BE i

Only two complete feeding records of fracta larvae were observed,
as follows: 185 and 209 Macrosiphum rosae, stages i-iv.

Pupation takes place on the plant foliage. The puparia are green
and at first show the larval markings. These gradually disappear and
the eyes and abdomen of the adult begin to show. Anterior face of
the puparium bulbous, outline of dorsum convex, curving downward
toward the base of the respiratory tubes, venter gently concave.
Length 5 to 6.5 mm.; width 2 to 2.5 mm.; height 1.7 mm. to 2.1 mm.

The duration of the pupal stage was 5 to 12 days at El Centro;
13 days in April and May, and 23 to 26 days in March, at Alhambra.

Breeding in confinement was not successful, although adults lived
as long as 18 days. Two females captured in the field laid 52 and 60
eggs in 5 and 9 days respectively.

The length of life from egg to adult for this species varies from 18
to 27 days in the Imperial Valley (March-April), while at Alhambra it
is from 31 to 34 days in April and May, and 53 to 59 days in February
and March.

A. fracta larvae were taken on the following aphids: Aphis gos-
sypii, A. maidis, A. prunifoliae, IIlinoia pisi, Macrosiphum rosae,
Myzus rosarum, Toxoptera graminum, B. brassicae.

From A. fracta have been bred the same parasites as from A.
obliqua. In the spring of 1918 Diplazon laetatorius was bred fre-
quently and Pachyneuron californicum occasionally in Imperial County.

CATABOMBA PYRASTRI L.

This species is also one of the common Syrphus flies. It is sel-
dom quite as numerous as Eupeodes or Allograpta, but ranks about
with the Syrphus species, which it closely resembles both in structure
and appearance. It is common during the cooler parts of the year,
being most abundant in the spring and fall, and scarce during June,
July and August.

The adult is the largest of our aphidophagous Syrphids, being
from 11 to 13 mm. in length, with the chief characters as follows:
Face light yellow, a brown spot on tubercle extending more broadly
to the oral margin, pile abundant, whitish. Cheeks greenish black,
Eyes of male contiguous for a distance about half as long as the med-
ian length of the frontal triangle. Thorax shining greenish black;
scutellum yellow, very translucent bluish opalescent. Abdomen black,
subopaque, with 3 pairs of arcuated whitish yellow spots, those of
each segment distinctly separated and from one another narrowly so
from lateral margins.

Occasionally there are sporadic occurrences of a melanic form of
the female in which the three pairs of whitish spots on the abdomen
are absent (var. unicolor) (Fig. 4a). In some seasons these are fairly
frequent, but in other seasons they are quite scarce or absent.

The eggs are chalk white, 1.02 x .44 mm. slightly broader at the
non-micropylar end. Hlevations barely 1/2 as wide as the interstices,
about 6 times as long as broad, irregular in outline and connected by a
network of ridges.

The incubation period varies from 3 to 10 days, according to the
season. The newly-hatched larvae are pale yellow, with rows of long
black hairs, body narrow, narrowing anteriorly from cauda. After
feeding and a few days’ growth, the larvae become greenish, some
with a pinkish tinge, and have white lateral stripes. The larvae are
very active, especially when the weather is warm, and reach maturity
in from 12 to 25 days. The full-grown larvae are from 14 to 16 mm.
in length and 3.5 to 4 mm. in width. The general color is pea green

to brownish green, paler toward the anterior end. There is a distinct
white median stripe, and two fainter and more irregular white dorso-
lateral stripes. The body is wrinkled, and the segments distinct. The
segmental spines are short and inconspicuous. The integment is beset
with fine microscopic hairs. Caudal end square. Posterior spiracular
tubes dark brown, contiguous, very short.

Catabomba larvae (Fig. 1c) attain a large size, and are capable
of eating a large number of aphids, although, as with the other species,
the number required for the larvae to reach maturity varies consid-
erably. For single larvae the following food records were obtained:
302 Illinola pisi (stage ii), 403 (stages 1-iv); 326 M. rosae (stages
i-iv), 361 (stages i-iv), 412 (stages i-iv). Another record indicated
that 2 larvae matured on 331 Myzus persicae, but produced undersize
adults. ;

Pupation usually takes place on the soil under debris, but some-
times about half an inch in the soil. When first formed, the pupa is
greenish-brown, with the whitish mid-dorsal stripe showing plainly.
After a few days the pupa becomes a light chocolate to a sordid
brown. It is broadly rounded at the anterior end, broadest in front
of middle, tapering slightly to posterior end. Dorsum broadly convex,
venter fairly straight, slightly concave toward posterior end. Seg-
mentation indistinct. Integument papillose and armed with sparse
pale hairs. Posterior spiracular tubes dark brown, shorter than their
combined width, basally contiguous, apically slightly divergent.
Length, 7 to 9 mm.; width 3 to 4 mm.; height, 3 to 3.5 mm.

The duration of the pupal stage varied from 12 to 22 days.

The adult is a strong, vigorous flier, and when confined in a cage,
flies usually injured themselves in a few days by flying against the
sides. None lived longer than 8 days.

All attempts to breed this species in confinement failed. Oviposi-
tion records of females captured in the field and placed in cages in-
fested with aphids varied from 17 to 85 eggs during a period of from
1 to 5 days. Some or all of these females may have been partly spent
when captured, and also might have laid more in confinement if they
had not injured themselves in the cages.

Oviposition was irregular, one female depositing 29 eggs in a
single day and dying 4 days thereafter. Another produced its entire
quota of 47, while in captivity, in 2 days, and died two days later.

The above figures for the different stages of this species show
that the period from egg to adult may vary from 27 to 57 days. AS
with the other species, development depends both on weather condi-
tions and food supply. There doubtless are half a dozen generations
in the year.

Catabomba larvae have been taken feeding on the following
aphids: Aphis gossypii, A. maidis, Brevicoryne brassicae, B. pseudo-
brassicae, Illinoia pisi, Macrosiphum albifrons Essig, M. rosae, Myzus
persicae, and Chromaphis juglandicola.

SYRPHUS NITENS Zett.

Both the Syrphus species occurring commonly in Southern Cali-
fornia are to be found in about the same abundance and at the
same seasons. As is the case with Catabomba, they are found during
the cooler months of the year, most commonly in the spring and fall,
and quite scarcely during the summer.

They are both large species, being a little smaller than Catabomba
but a little larger than Eupeodes. (Fig. 5b.)

Syrphus nitens adults are 10 to 11 mm. in length. The eyes are
bare, face yellow, with narrow black stripe from tubercle to mouth
cavity; cheeks blackish, thorax shining olivaceous; scutellum dull
yellow; abdomen black, with three yellow cross bands, which do not
reach the lateral margins of the segment; first band interrupted en-
tirely in center, the other two notched on lower margin in the center.
Legs yellowish, coxae and base of femora black.

The egg is chalk white, elliptic, about equally broad at either end;
elevations about 4 to 8 times as long as broad; their width 1/3 to 1/2
as great as that of the interstices, irregular in outline and connected
with a network of ridges. Length 1 mm.; width .37 mm. The period
of incubation varies from 2 to 7 days.

The newly-hatched larva is 1.25 mm. long, .25 mm. wide, pale yel-
low, elongate, and armed with black hair. On the whole the younger
larvae of this species resemble those of Eupeodes, but are more elon-
gate and lack the greenish color of Eupeodes larvae of the same age.
They are a sordid light gray with brown markings on the posterior
portion. After the first molt the general color is brown. The pos-
terior half is ridged with transverse yellow bands, the anterior seg-
ments are greenish-white. The body is laterally ridged and bears
short pale spines surmounting conical protuberances of the derm.
Spines and elevations similar to Eupeodes, but not as prominent as in
the larva of Baccha clavata.

The larvae are quite active, at least when conditions are favorable,
and reach maturity in from 13 to 25 days. The full-grown larvae are
12 to 15 mm. long and 3 mm. wide. Observed closely, the color is
greenish white, but the numerous light brown fat bodies beneath the
derm give a light brown color to the larva as a whole. The dorsal
vessel is blackish. The derm bears many areas of close-set minute
blackish papillae. Posterior spiracular tubes fuscous, slightly diver-
gent apically, each tube about as long as its basal width. Venter
greenish white; segmental hairs pale, rather short.

Individual larval feeding records were as follows: 302 Aphis gos-
sypii (Stages i-iv); 362 'Macrosiphum rosae (stages i-iv); 366, 374 and
378 Myzus persicae (stages i-iv).

The larvae pupate under debris on the ground. The puparium is
light brown, with many small blackish spots and dots, and a narrow
dark dorsal line. The dorsum is broadly convex, and the venter
slightly concave. Anterior face has abundant short white pile; else-
where each segment has a transverse row of 12 pale hairs; integument
with areas of thickly-set black papillae as in larvae. Posterior
spiracular tubes dark brown, short; basally contiguous; apically
slightly divergent.

The duration of the pupal stage varies from 11 to 48 days. Adults
bred in captivity lived from 4 to 9 days, while females captured in the
field lived as long as 17 days.

Reared specimens would not mate in captivity. Several females
taken in the field laid from 27 to 101 eggs, in oviposition periods ex-
tending from 2 to 11 days. Another female, taken in September, de-
posited 175 eggs in 8 days, dying 3 days thereafter. Deposition was
irregular, 92 being laid in 2 days, 30 on another, and the rest scattered.

The total of the various stages, leaving out of consideration a pre-
Oviposition period, indicates that the egg-to-adult period varies from
26 to 80 days. There are probably about 6 generations in the year.

Syrphus nitens larvae were taken feeding on the fcllowing aphids:
Aphis avenae, A. gossypi, A. rumicis, Brevicoryne brassicae, IIlinoia
pisi, Macrosiphum cucurbitae, M. rosae, M. perlagonii Kalt, Myzus
braggii, M. persicae, M. rosarum, and Thomasia salicola Hssig.

SYRPHUS OPINATOR O. 8.

This species (Figs. 4d, 5a) closely resembles the preceding, both in
size and appearance. The two may be distinguished by the fact that
opinator has yellow cheeks, femora of female with the proximal half
or more black, and the first pair of yellow abdominal spots reaching the
lateral margin, while nitens has blackish cheeks and only the bases
of the femora black, and none of the yellow markings normally reach
the lateral margin of the abdomen. Opinator is perhaps slightly the
larger of the two and the abdominal bands are a bright yellow.

The ovum is white, oval, with vertical elevations, appearing as
if its surface were studded all over with short stoutish spicules.
Broadest about 5/8 from micropylar end. Length 1.3 mm.; width, .6
mm. The egg sculpture is characteristic and dissimilar to that of the
3 previous species.

The incubation period varies from 4 to 7 days. The newly-hatched
larvae are light yellow, cylindrical, with somewhat long and recurvent
pale spines. Posterior respiratory tubes prominent, remote.

Full growth is reached ordinarily in from 12 to 32 days. Several
records, however, during mid-winter, were considerably longer. One
of 40, and another of 52 days were noted. Still another larva, hatch-
ing November 18th, reached full growth by January 1st, and then re-
mained in that condition without movement for 3 weeks, pupating on
January 22nd. This made a larval period of 65 days. The adult
emerged on February 15th.

The full-grown larvae are light lemon yellow or yellowish-pink in
color, paler along sides and toward anterior end. Dorsal vessel
brownish or pinkish, lighter toward anterior end. Body obscurely
ridged, pale spinose. Posterior spiracular tubes fairly prominent, 1
mm. in length, brown, fused, length equal to combined width at bases.
Integument papillose, the closely-ranked paplilae hyaline. Length 12
to 14 mm.; width 6.5 mm.

This species is another voracious eater; but only one complete
feeding record of it was obtained. An individual larva consumed 296
Macrosiphum rosae, stages i-iv.

The larvae seek some sheltered place for pupation; neue -on the
ground under leaves, etc., or in the ground. The puparia are light to
salmon brown in color, at first with a paler greenish tinge toward
anterior end. Hairs in transverse rows, pale, very short; integument
closely papillose, papillae hyaline. Posterior spiracular tubes fairly
conspicuous, fused, dark brown, reddish at tips, as long as combined
basal width. Anterior face and dorsum broadly convex, dorsum
sharply arcuate and concave before posterior spiracles, venter gently
concave. The body narrows on the posterior half more noticeably
than in S. nitens or Eupeodes volucris.

Later the color becomes a uniform light sordid brown, and a few
days before emergence the reddish eyes and yellow striped dorsum
of the imago show plainly through the puparium. Length 8 mm.;
height 3.5 mm.; width 3 mm. (Fig. 3b.)

The pupal stage varies from 16 to 27 days. Bred specimens did
not mate or oviposit in confinement, but several records of oviposition
were secured; three females taken in the field on Brassica flowers
(February) deposited 2, 12 and 24 eggs and died within two days.
Adults lived as long as 14 days.

The figures given above for the various stages show that the
period from egg to adult varies from 32 to 99 days. The number of
generations per year is probably the same as for S. nitens.

S. opinator larvae were taken feeding on the following aphids:
Aphis gossypii, A. rumicis, Brevicoryne brassicae, Illinoia pisi, Macrosi-
phum rosae, M. albifrcns and Myzus braggii. In addition larvae in
captivity fed readily on Thomasia salicola, Myzus persicae and Macrosi-
phum acrosiphum pelargonii.

SPHAEROPHORIA

There is some confusion in the present condition of the taxonomy
of this genus, due chiefly to the fact that great variations in colora-
tion and pattern exist, and that structural characters are rather weak-
ly defined. A study of the male hypopygium indicates that among the
species inhabiting Southern California S. cylindrica Say may be recog-
nized as separable from the others by reason of the long hairs of the
claspers. S. sulphuripes Thompson and S. melanosa Williston have
short hairs on the claspers. Not unlikely there are more species in
the material collected by the writers.

S. micrura O. S. is easily separable by reason of the small male
hypopygium.

Life history records were made of two species, S. cylindrica Say
and S. melanosa O. S.

All the species observed in Southern California are small and
rather slender, and superficially resemble those of the genus Allo-
grapta. They occur chiefly from late winter to mid-summer, and
abound in April, May and June.

Considering the several species as a whole, the individuals are
more numerous than Paragus tibialis, but not quite as abundant as
either Syrphus nitens or S. opinator.

From 25 to 35 per cent of the individuals are the species S$ cylin-
drica Say. About 85 per cent of the remainder are referable to S.
sulphuripes and S. melanosa together.

SPHAEROPHORIA CYLINDRICA Say.

The adults (Fig. 4c) are 7-8 mm. long, the males longer and with
a narrower abdomen than the female. The main characters are as fol-
lows: Face pale yellow, with a brownish median blotch variable in
extent. Eyes bare. Antennae light orange. Thorax with cinereous
stripes and a yellow lateral stripe from the humeri to the roots of the
wings; scutellum yellow with yellow pile. Legs yellow, the basal half
of the femora sometimes testaceous. Abdomen black, with yellow
cross-bands in the male, the posterior half often largely reddish-yellow,
in the female the bands are more arcuate and narrower.

Egg. Length, .9 mm. diameter .3 mm. Hlongate oval, chalk white,
elevations of the chorion 2 or 3 times as long as wide and about twice
as wide as the interstices.

The incubation period was 4 to 5 days in April.

The newly-hatched larvae are pale yellow, .95 mm. long and .25
mm. wide, cylindrical, devoid of vestiture.

Full-grown larva pea green, with white median longitudinal stripe
(Fig. 2b). The color is a little darker green than Allograpta, and the
body in general stouter. In shape and armature the species are very
similar. Posterior respiratory tubes noticeably shorter than Allograpta,
light brown, not divergent distally, fused, except at tips, about 11/2
times as long as combined basal width.

The larval period was 11 to 12 days in warm weather. Pupation
took place on the leaves, or under debris on the ground.

The pupae are greenish, rather narrow, anterior face bulbous,
dorsum convex, evenly descending from top of arch to respiratory
tubes; venter gently concave; the sides taper evenly from third seg-
mental region to the cauda; posterior respiratory tubes as in full-
grown larvae. Vestiture short and inconspicuous.

The pupal stage was 8 to 9 days. Attempts to breed in captivity
were not successful. One female taken in the field produced 12 eggs
in 3 days. In captivity adults lived as long as 10 days.

Larvae of this species were taken feeding on Aphis gossypii, A.
rumicis, Chromaphis juglandicola, Brevicoryne brassicae, Myzus
rosarum and Illinoia pisi.

SPHAEHEROPHORIA MELANOSA Williston.

This species occurs frequently during the summer months, but is
not so common as cylindrica. The adult female has a little larger ab-
domen than cylindrica. The abdomen has more black and the 3 cross
bands are as follows: 2nd, 3rd and 4th segments each with a slender,
gently arcuate, yellow cross band, the first and second of which are in-
terrupted in the middle.

The male has more black on the abdomen, second segment with
a narrowly interrupted arcuate yellow band, third segment with a
broader entire one, fourth with two narrowly interrupted yellow spots
in front, fifth with two smaller ones. Legs brown.

The ovum is chalk white, oval, .8 x .3 mm., the extremities more
truncate than in other Syrphid eggs, raised portion of chorion in
alternate longitudinal lines, of varied shape, asteroid, each about 3
times as long as wide, broader than the intervening hyaline spaces;
connecting ridges, very fine; dorsum of ovum convex.

The larvae and pupae are very similar to those of cylindrica.

In April and May the period of incubation was 4 to 5 days, the
larval stage 18 to 23 days and the pupal stage 10 to 12 days.

Individual larvae consumed 161, 175, 211, 240 Myzus rosarum
(stages ii-iv).

Melanosa larvae have been taken feeding on Aphis gossypii.

BACCHA CLAVATA Fabr. (Babista Walker).

This Syrphid is entirely different in appearance from any of the
others, having a long, slender abdomen, very narrow toward the base.
Moreover, it is one of the summer forms, appearing first in June, be-
coming most abundant in July, August and September, and disappear-
ing in November. Although the adults of this species are less com-
mon than Melanostoma, the larvae have been observed much more
frequently.

The adult is 10 to 11 mm. long; the abdomen itself being 6 to 7
mm. The chief characters are as follows: Eyes large and red, face
yellow, cheeks black. Thorax shining greenish blue. Scutellum yel-
low, brown or brownish across the disc. Abdomen long, slender at
second segment, rather broadly spatulate at distal end, black or
brownish black. A pair of divergent white spots occur on second and
third segments.

The eggs are chalky white, .65 mm. by .16 mm., slightly more
truncate at the non-micropylar end, somewhat depressed and com-
pressed at the narrower extremity. The whitish elevations of the
chorion are elongate oval in form, four or five times as long as broad.

The duration of the incubation period was from 2 to 3 days.

The young larvae are yellowish grey with prominent pale spines.
The larvae are not as active as those of some of the larger species,
but full growth is reached in a comparatively short time, the period
extending from § to 11 days.

Larvae in the last instar vary somewhat in color, specimens feed-
ing on Aphis gossypii being lighter than those feeding on A. medica-
ginis. The larvae are chiefly characterized by their unusually promi-
nent spines and short posterior spiracular tubes. They slightly re-
semble the larvae of Eupeodes, which, however, have shorter spines.
The general color is a greenish brown with a mid-dorsal stripe of light
orange, and the tenth and eleventh segments flesh-colored.

The full-grown larvae are sordid whitish, cylindrical; cauda trun-
cate; on the dorsum from 4th to caudal segment color varying from

green to pink and light brown; numerous whitish fat bodies show
under integument; on dorsum and along sides of integument occur
small areas of black granulations. Hach segment is armed with hya-
line spines in transverse rows, the sides markedly ridged and the derm
produced into conical spiniferous protuberances. Posterior spiracular
tubes brown, short, each as wide as long. The extended larvae are 9
mm. to 10 mm. long. They somewhat resemble those of Paragus
tibialis in shape and spine arrangement, but may be separated by their
short respiratory tubes and prominent dorsolateral stripe. P. tibialis
larvae are also flatter and the body tapers abruptly before the pos-
terior extremity. :

But one food record was obtained, in which a larva consumed 181
Aphis medicaginis Koch (stages i-iv).

Pupation takes place on the plant on which the aphid host lived.
The pupa at first is the same color as the full-grown larva and later
turns yellowish-gray. Dorsum evenly convex, anterior face bulbous;
venter concave. Sides evenly narrowing caudad of third segment.
Armature of pale conspicuous spines not unlike those of Paragus
tibialis; integument punctate and papillose, papilli fine and short;
posterior spiracular tubes short, singly as broad as long, cylindrical,
slightly divergent, not fused basally, brown. Length 4.5 to 5 mm.;
width 2 to 2.2 mm.; height 1.9 to 2.1 mm.

The pupal period varied from 6 to 10 days. In confinement adults
lived as long as ten days.

Attempts to breed reared specimens in confinement were not suc-
cessful. One female captured in the field deposited 34 eggs in 5 days.
Another laid 17 eggs in one day.

Although this species is active only about half of the year, it is
probable, due to the short time it takes to mature (16 to 24 days) that
there are 5 or 6 generations per year. The winter is passed in the
pupal stage, the adult fly not appearing until the beginning of summer.

Larvae were taken feeding only on Aphis gossypii, A. rumicis
and A. medicaginis. Pachyneuron californiconi was bred from this
host.

PARAGUS TIBALIS Fallen.

This Syrphid is one of the summer-appearing forms, being fairly
abundant around certain plants in June, July, August and September.
A few specimens may be taken in October, and one was recorded in
February. In abundance it ranks a little above B. clavata.

It is the smallest aphidophagous species, with a rather stout body.
The length is from 3 to 5 mm. Eyes black, face yellowish-white;
cheeks dark; thorax black or black green; scutellum black; first and
second segment of abdomen black, third, fourth and part of fifth red-
dish; tip black. Some individuals have the abdomen entirely black.

The incubation period varies from two to three days. The newly-
hatched larvae are cylindrical, light yellow, black pilose. The larvae
are not as active as those of the more common species, but reach
maturity in from 10 to 14 days. The full-grown larvae are light yel-
low, with the anterior third or less pink on the dorsum. Each segment
is armed with a transverse row of pale spines. The posterior spirac-
ular tubes are rather long, tipped with brown.

_ Pupation takes place on the infested leaves, on the ground under
leaves or debris, or at the base of the stem of the infested plant. The
pupae are light sordid to medium or dirty brown, darker at cephalic
end, a transverse row of six short, white spines on each segment;

integument finely punctate; posterior spiracular tubes cylindrical,
prominent, dark brown, blackish at their apices, a little longer than
combined base width. Dorsum convex, the curve sloping gently from
the highest point to the base of posterior spiracles, anterior face con-
vex, venter gently concave. The general shape is similar to Allo-
grapta, but the latter is smooth.

The duration of the pupal stage varied from 10 to 14 days.

Adults lived in captivity as long as 18 days. Attempts at breed-
ing in confinement were all failures. Females captured in the field
deposited 25 and 48 eggs in 11 and 6 days respectively.

Larvae have been taken feeding on Aphis gossypii, Aphis maidis
and Aphis rumicis. A few were parasitized by Pachyneuron.

Although this species is only present for about 5 months in the
year, its rapid development, varying form 23 to 30 days from egg to
adult, indicates that there are about 5 generations in the year.

PARAGUS BICOLOR, Fab.

This is a very similar species, closely resembling tibialis, but a
little larger, and the scutellum has a yellow border. Larvae of this
species were taken but once in Southern California feeding on
Aphis rumicis. It was also taken once not far from the south-eastern
border of the San Francisco Bay. It appears to be rare in the Sonoran
region, but may be commoner in the Sierran.

EXPLANATIONS OF FIGURES

la. Eggs of Eupeodes volucris O. S. on young cabbage seedling.
Colony of Brevicoryne brassicae.

1b. Eggs of Allograpta obliqua Say on corn seedling.

le. Eggs and larvae of Catabomba pyrastri L.

2a. Half-grown larva of Eupeodes volucris O. S. on grass blade.

2b. Full-grown larvae of Sphaerophoria on bean leaf.

2c. Half-grown larva of Allograpta fracta O. S. on grass blade.
Colony of Aphis maidis.

3a. Puparia of Allograpta obliqua Say on pods of Sterculia sp.

3b. Puparium (side view) of Syrphus opinator O. S.

3c. Puparia of Melanostoma stegnum: Say.

4a. Adult flies of Catabomba pyrastri L.; male, melanoid female
(var. unicolor), normal female.

4b. Adult flies of Eupeodes volucris O. S., female and male.

4c. Adults of four species of aphidophagous flies; Sphaerophoria
female; Hupeodes volucris, female; Syrphus nitens Zett., fe-
male; Catabomba pyrastri, male.

4d. Adults and puparium of Syrphus opinator O. S.; male and
female flies.

5a. Adult female of Syrphus opinator O. S.

5b. Adult female of Syrphus nitens Zett.

Figures la, 1c, 2c, 4b, 4c, 4d enlarged. Figs. 2a, 2b, 3b, 3c, 5a 5b

greatly enlarged.

Plate E. Larvae of Bichavata, E. volveris and P. tibialis.

GOO es

4
al
=

What is a Man’s Business Time Worth?

Do You Realize the Tremendous Value of Your Future Earning Power?

If you are a middle-aged business or professional man earn-
ing as much as $8,000 a year, and in good physical condition,
the future value of your income, based on your expectation
of life, is $254,240. Any other possession of equal value is
most zealously guarded and protected—and yet there are
those so unbusinesslike who carry their own income insurance.
Let me explain to you the new Non-Cancellable Income Con-
tract that guarantees 75% of that future income, payable at
the rate of $500 a month as long as you live and are unable
to work. Covers every disability both mental and physical.
Small incomes may be protected in proportion. Fill in the

coupon now—next week may be too late!

D. T. WILES—902 Story Bldg.,
Los Angeles, Cal.

Please send me without obli-
gation, full information about
the new Non-Cancellable In-

DOUGLAS T. WILES,

Special Representative,

2 Policv
Ore POKER. Pac. Mutual Life Ins. Co.

HN IFCASYO Caper ee coc mens te ee WW OrL eat rena Ree

902 Story Building,

PANCIGIS OSS aires sec ee et ee nen eee
: : Los Angeles, Cal.

Age _.....Occupation................. =

PRINTING

EAS BEEN OUR] BUSINESS

SINCE chee |:

Service and Quality Combined
with Just Prices is the secret
that has enabled this firm to do
business for 43 years.

McBride erie a5;

261 - 263 So. Los Angeles St.

lod

3 i
DEPEEEEEE TUTE EEE R CETTE z=
—_

TT r
SOOO OOO ss

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy.
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to the Secretary
4699 MARMION WAY,
Los, Angeles, Cal., U. S. A.

Publications of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues to date are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February;
No. 2, March-April.

-]
(se)

All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the
following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy

at the appended prices:

Vol. 1, No. 1. January,
i eee Hebruany,
e By Pl dh,
od 4, “ 3. March,
re 4, *“ 5. May
oe 6, “ 2. July,
os 7, “ 1. January,
o 9, “ 1. January,
ee Oy ee auhy
elON 25 July:
2 ee ee anvary,
“13, “ 1. January,
peels ces Ze OU;

“ 14, “ 1. January
aeetbetn ns 2. JULY:
“16, “ 1. January,
melGe we. uly,
come coe 2) nuhye
“18, “ 1. January,
emelsea tc Do: sully:
“19, “ 1. January,
“19, “ 4. October,
omer oe le April:

= 20; “ 2. August;
“20, +“. 3. December,
ee eee ee Vanehs
weecile 2s October,
ee oe eel arehs
mame ee 0 228 liv:
eR PL eae Aye
OR OD Wilerrelni,

UD OO raae ceed ce eee ee A $1.00
EUG 0 2itee Se Ree ee eo 1.00
AUG 2 Fe eeece tie Her Sea aM 25
ONS 0 Ey yet aS te BS ee 75
HD 0) yy ieiece sree cee shee Bae eee a 25
TD Ogee ee eet Ge ee 25
19.0 Sipe Se ees os 75
ON Op see Oe eet oe 75
sD EIN) eset ee etre et ee Sin Se 75
DN eee eae eee Daas pa SG tee 75
OS tae Ge eh ih Bee eats 50
QA eR ore 5 Sh ee oh eee 75
BL OA eee eso ee era Bee ee 75
TT Ua face eee areas 75
THA GI sat ore es nade de ees 50
BINH (eat see eee sete et Nc i een 75
5 LT EY tener ierett ten mere ere Aare 1.00
OIG ake Weck Me uate A a ene feo MD
De ae eee 1.00
ID AN a Sah ae Cenee epee ee ee 75
D2 0 ie Ne ee ae ea ae Ne 25
LES es es ea ere et ee 25
ND Dis ene Soe Naveed de 25
ID Qi ie ee heres nue eee a ht 25
0S eee ee i er SU Nene ee 25
0 A eae e ne ee 25
NO 2 iis Bo ese Cece Mee ene 25
9 2 Sip scl teen a Neate ee Mommas 25
OAS Clee ee eee eee ee 25
QD 4 ee eacla ie etre Gn tee nea 25
0 ES a Oi eee eee t ocr eg ee es 25

The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues
and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have

no further use for back issues.
ing the above to:

Address all communications concern-

Dr. JoHn A. Comstock, Secretary

Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum
Los Angeles, California.

MCLE aoe ee

, 7
32

Peer bale NN, Or. CoA E

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

Vol. XXIII May - June. 1924 Pant 3
CONTENTS
Page
THe HytTHercrarH: AN INSTRUMENT FoR RECORD-
TiyG@ JBlieaepiNe Agia) Wisi mien 75

Dr. Ford A. Carpenter

SoME OF THE LocaL WINDS OF THE WESTERN COAST
Gin INGORE ANG Cae ee
Dr. Ford A. Carpenter

(0,2)
(o.0)

NotTES ON THE IRREGULARITIES OF OCEAN CurRRENTS 101
Dr. Ford A. Carpenter

Tur Marine FIisHEeS oF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA.........- 103
Prof. Albert B. Ulrey and Paul O. Greeley

ESREUNB INOS, IDSYCIOVEINGUIS,, Nis SSIS sans ee ee 106
Dr. A. Davidson

Issued June 15th, 1924.

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

| @
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Din IMDNiey TESOL G aCe nee ne EN a ee President
TDR SN ec TANT NAIR Yo AUN oe. een coer ee Ne In ste Vice-President
DD pai OnuNgens CONESTOC Ks wee meas ence ans 2nd Vice-President
DRE HORN CAL COMSTOCK viok o)!coy aie lat ahead en he aloe Secretary
INDRS Seo: RBESE 2 oA oS le are OMe aay OEM eee Treasurer
Dr. WitiiAM A. BRYAN WM. SPALDING
Dr. A. Davipson Geo. W. Parsons
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER HERBERT J. GOUDGE
THEODORE PAYNE Dr. FRANK CLARK
= 8
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. ArtHur B. BENTON IDR, ID. IL, IDASisaIe
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT IDR, Is Cylboy
Mr. R. F. Gross Mr. JAMEs A. LIGHTHIPE
MiR, IRs JBL, Siwacer
|| ||
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BaumMGARDT Wu. A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
BIOLO GICNE SI Gil ©ini
IR; Jal, Sansa Dr. WENDELL GREGG
Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Dr. A. Davipson THEODORE PAYNE
Chairman Secretary

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dro Gy Cran Dryas DAvinson eRe S| eEsE

Dr. Joon A. Comstock Mr. GrorGE Parsons
GHOLOGICAIL SIXCIMOIN
Mr. B. 2. HiADEEY Mr. GEORGE PARSONS
Chairman Secretary

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. Grtorcz Parsons

COMME EON OP el GAGi@in
Mr. Witiram A. SPALDING, Chairman

Joun A. Comstock, M.A., M.D., F.E.S. Mr. S. J. KEESE
ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., M.D.
| E

OQUHMNKOE, Ole Isls, ACGAIDIBIMDY
SouTHWEST MusEuUM Los ANGELES, CAL.

ide EaCnvikgR GRAPH

AN INSTRUMENT FOR RECORDING
HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE

BY FORD A. CARPENTER, D. Sc., LL. D., F.R.G.S.
Illustrated by the Author

Need of a portable humidity-temperature recorder—For many years
there has been need of a portable instrument which would automati-
cally record temperature and humidity under the strain or jar of
rough handling in transportation of all kinds. Aeronauts, aviators,
meteorologists; refrigeration, ventilation and heating engineers;
florists, horticulturalists and traffic managers of land and water ship-
ments of fruits and vegetables—all these have greatly desired a de-
pendable instrument which would accurately register these two prime
variables of air temperature and air moisture. In order to supply the
evident need of such an instrument, the *hythergraph has been de-
signed. The temperature element in the hythergraph is the well-
known bi-metallic strip; the humidity element is the equally well-
known strand of human hair freed from the natural oils. The former
is tested by means of the mercurial thermometer and the latter by
the sling psychrometer. The indications of the hythergraph test
within 2% of the standardized instruments.

Type of temperature-humidity devices in general use—Self-record-
ing thermometers and hygrometers have been in use for a score or
more of years. During the past decade, meteorological instrument
makers have designed a-hygrothermograph which, as the name in-
dicates, registers both temperature and relative humidity. Such in-
struments are accurate and dependable in their performance as weather
indicators, but owing to their weight and size they are not portable.
It may also be mentioned that their extreme susceptibility to shock
limits their use to exposures in a stationary position. The hygro-
thermograph measures about 5 inches wide, 7 inches high and 18
inches long and weighs approximately about 20 pounds.

For strictly aercnautical work many designs of meteorographs
have been invented. A meteorograph records pressure as well as
temperature and relative humidity. Such instruments are used in
upper air investigations.1 These meteorographs are of light construc-
tion and when used where there is no vibration they give legible

“The name ‘“hy-ther-graph”’ was coined for the instrument because it
concisely conveyed the meaning of a humidity-temperature-recorder. The
designation of the record-sheet “hythergram’’ naturally followed.

The Author is indebted to Dr. C. F. Tallman, an American authority on
meteorological terms, for calling his attention to a previous use of the word
“hythergraph’’ in “The Australian Environment’’, Melbourne, 1918, p. 30,
where in quite a different sense, Dr. Griffith Taylor, a colleague of the
author’s, and an authority on meteorology, ‘‘applies the name (states Dr.
Talman) to a graph in the form of a 12-sided polygon showing the nor-
mal monthly values of rainfall and mean temperature for a station or a
region, for the purpose of camparing climates with reference to their agri-
cultural possibilities.”’

Is it not a strange coincidence that two people on different sides of the
globe should simultaneously originate a word and use it (in both instances
properly) for entirely different purposes and to convey a different meaning?

1‘‘California Climatic Conditions’’ Univ, Cal. Chron. Vol. 17, No, 1.

records. Probably the best American models for such purposes are
those designed and used by the Weather Bureau. They are light in
weight and compact in form and when they are suspended in an up-
right position and placed where they are not subject to rough handling
or vibration, their records are satisfactory. England has the lightest
upper-air meteorograph, and Germany, before the World War, manu-
factured the sturdiest instrument of this character.

Description of the hythergraph—The hythergraph is a new de-
parture in a meteorological recording apparatus. It is one-third the
size of any other registering instrument of similar purpose and weighs
from one-half to one-fourth as much. This compact design permits
registration of two or more sets of conditions over a considerable
period. These conditions can be readily interpreted at a glance and
inspected any time during the process of registration. This is ac-

COS COSLVSEOe
©0080 0008 0608808

PLATE NO: 1.
OUTSIDE VIEW OF HYTHERGRAPH (Half Actual Size)

Thermographs and hygrographs have been available for more than a
score of years. It has been heretofore, impracticable to use them in a num-
ber of situations because of their bulk and absence of portability. Owing
to their construction the recording pens are in constant contact with the
sheet making a continuous record, thus the instruments cannot be moved
without making the record illegible.

In the hythergraph the pen is on the sheet less than a minute’s time;
this makes it possible to use it in airplanes, balloons and on all kinds of
aircraft generally. Besides being small (4x8x1%4 inches) and light (weight
3 pounds) it is flat and indicates the temperature on one side and the
humidity on the other. A dual record is made possible by the use of a con-
tinuous band of recording paper feeding over two rollers placed at such a
distance from each other that the records can be readily seen.

complished by means of transparent windows on either side of the
case (see plates 1 and 3).

The instrument is both indicating and recording: the former is ac-
complished by means of graduated scales on the cover. Radium figures
are also provided so that the temperature and humidity readings may
be available in the dark as well as in the light. Such an arrangement
is not only a great convenience to industrial users of the hythergraph,
as, for example, by fumigators whose work requires them to do much
of their work at night, but to airmen during their voyages.

A gear-shift has been introduced in model C, so that the hyther-
graph may be instantly changed from a daily to a weekly record. The
driving mechanism is a standard American jewelled clock movement
with lever escapement. The design is both rugged and compact, made
to operate under all conditions.

Operation of the hythergraph—Some of the important features
of the operation of the instrument are: First, a continuous roll of
paper having ordinates representing time, and abscissa representing
chiefly the values of the two variables—temperature and relative hu-
midity (see plate 2). Second, the action of the pens. The pens which
hold a supply of ink for the period of operation (24 to 168 hours) are
actuated by a thermometer and hygrometer of standard design. The
pen arms are at opposite sides of the paper—carrying rollers and
they touch upon points on the paper which would be diametrically
opposite if the paper were removed and expanded to cylindrical form
(see pl. 3). Third, the paper is moved by clockwork at such speeds
that there is a complete rotation in 6, 24 or 168 hours representing a
quarter of a day, a day or a week, as may be desired for a particular
kind of record. In the 24-hour model the pens record simultaneously
on lines which are 12 hours apart, that is, one pen is at 2 a .m. when
the other is at 2 p. m. Fourth, to avoid confusion, the lines made by
the temperature and humidity pens are of different thickness. This
arrangement makes two colors of ink unnecessary. Fifth, in order to
render the instrument portable without disfiguring the record by
accidental jostling, vibration incident to transportation by airplane,
airship, automobile, railroad car, or other means, the pen arms are
pivoted and actuated by cams driven by the clock mechanism. The

iM [TELE ERE EF EE EEL
Fai HO PALLET a
mon pan HE ah an ie AH LHLEL
pees iif fl Pa HEHE z i
HAE a iilat ia aritsatceti
Reese ae FLERE

Halt a ae

: ce
= BEER EES

: sue att SceeRtnEETECRTEES ana ae ne
1o@ «6 2 r) . 3 Ff 7 8 9 ott @ 6 ¢

FIG. NO. 1.

HYTHERGRAM OF A NAVAL SEAPLANE FLIGHT, MAY 5, 1920.

The location of the hythergraph.

The hythergraph was slung over the mooring-bitts well forward on the
seaplane. It was unstayed and therefore subjected to the high wind velocity
and the spray when taking off and touching the water on alighting.

The temperature and relative humidity record.

Automatic registration of Temperature and Relative Humidity in a
flight in Naval Seaplane No. 4 (F4L.) between Los Angeles Harbor and
San Diego Bay. Elapsed time 77 minutes.

The vertical interval is one-quarter hour; the horizontal interval is
2° Fahr. and 2% relative humidity.

The record shows the following:

Time Temp. Rel. Hum. Summary

2:10 p.m. 54° 98% Mean temperature 53°.

2:20 50 94 Highest temp. 55° at 3:12 p.m.
2:30 52 84 Lowest temp. 50° at 2:20 p.m.
2:40 53 60 Highest rel. hum. 98% 2:10 p.m.
2:50 54 50 Lowest rel. hum. 50% 2:50 p.m.
3:00 53 53

3:10 52 61

3:20 54 62

PLATE NO. 2.
INTERIOR OF HYTHERGRAPH

The hythergraph is accessible from both the temperature and humidity
sides: the illustration shows the main working parts disclosed from the
humidity-recording side.

1. Temperature element in the form of a bi-metallic strip.

2. Relative humidity element as strand of human hair.
3. Record tension spring.

4. WHygrograph recording pen dotting every minute for a seconds
duration.

5. Pen-lifting device. operating both temperature and humidity pens.

6. Lever to lift both pens when changing record sheets, ete.

eeovececeece - o0999908

PLATE NO. 3.
OPPOSITE (Temperature) SIDE OF HYTHERGRAPH

1. Gear shifting device: the indicator in its present position shows
that the hythergraph will make a daily hour record. By sliding the lever
down one notch the hythergraph will make a weekly record.

2. Clock escapement: the movement is inclosed in a strong case.

3. Winding stem.

operation is somewhat similar to that employed in the well-known
Richards barograph. The object of the cams is to lift the pens at
one-minute intervals and so produce a dotted line which is thus prac-
tically vibration-proof, and, owing to the proximity of the dots, is,
to all intents and purposes continuous. There is also the added ad-
vantage of the lines being less liable to smear than in the case where a
continuous record is made. Sixth, the hythergraph has special utility
in that the character of both the recording mechanism and motor
are such that the instrument operates in any position with equal fa-
cility; this is essential in a pocket instrument. Seventh, the instru-
ment is indicating as well as recording. Furthermore, the instrument
is of convenient and small size, measuring 8 inches in length, 4
inches in width and 1% inches in thickness and weighs about 3 pounds.

Additional modifications of the instrument—lIn the additional modi-
fications each possesses the same fundamental features except that
the clock movement is geared for a fast revolution of the paper-roll,
as in the case of the aircraft model where the abcissa have a value
of 4 minutes, or in the case of the industrial or meteorological design
where the value is 4 hours.

Special aeronautic model—It is also proposed to incorporate in
a special aeronautic model a simple aneroid barometer cell so that
an attached pen will mark the altitude. The ruled horizontal lines
on the sheet will then represent value of 500 feet, the instrument
having a range of 25,000 feet. Work is now being done on yet another
model which will have a wind measuring device. This is accomplished
by carrying an ordinary pressure-plate lever within the case and
there operating another pen-arm which traces directly on the sheet
the varying wind pressure in pounds per square foot and miles per
hour.

TT TT ATTTETTEL] LEED ETE ETT TTT? TL LLL
aimmenneain SOE ee at i
LETHE eos Eeetfnaieedsce> LE asregseSeestee HIE
EcESTSERLAEIEHEdjeset fara liad

HATE FH FredrsatsHRTHTETITTINTTE
PEE REECE EEE ee a auunill HELE
sipeebeeeietees ee re fae
ates a SULuate ete atatutuatbassticutinteuruitaat
Stutuie RETeETERS aEERERREEERSES nat eee seen ueallit
an SATUS — USUCT STEEL LUMI UCESEEELLEEELECVEEL EULA)

FIG. NO. 2.

10 ite

HYTHERGRAM, CAMPUS, SOUTHERN BRANCH, UNIVERSITY
OF CALIFORNIA

The tracing to the left is Temperature, to the right Relative Humidity;
the former is a thin line, the latter a heavy line. The reproduction of the
hythergram is nearly actual size.

HYTHERGRAPHS ON AIR-CRAFT

Lighter-than-air Craft—In lighter-than-air craft, which includes
balloons and airships, it is necessary for the pilot to know at all
times during the flight, the humidity as well as the temperature of
the air. The hythergraph proves a ready means whereby the pilots
may observe the tendency of the air to become warmer or colder,
drier or wetter. As aeronauts deal with expansion and contraction

INSTRUMESTAL TRACINGS( Automatic) DURING BALLOON FLIGHT
10:07 a.m. to 12:27 Benes Jane 8,

LTE 2
mel A Pen Uae
neg PEELE TEESE ot annanacaamaaa ,
eI TET ee TE LE FNTRTEI

pale PE BUTT SATA EEEA VE
Hed SUTTON, sitll Cet We

: Soe
atacs= :

HERTHA Nuant\ueleat aU

ul aay 2" ys 10 a

fhermometric tracings Hypromatria tracings
degrees Fehr. percentage saturation

The time element is in houre and quarters, as indicated;
the horizontal values are in 2 degree and 2% values,
temperature (Fahr) and relative humidity (percentage in
saturation) respectively. The dots are made instru-
mentally every minute.

RES
UEREUER tan ehukeutuat
AME ey a

- 9h
Fig 3

BAROGRAPH (Richards)

The time elem6nt is in ten-minute intervals, the flight
is embraced in the brackets. The horisontal values
are in 500 ft. intervals, the whole scale being 15,000
feet; all data is above mean sea-level.

The dots sre made every minute by clock action.

FIG. NO. 3.
HYTHERGRAM OF BALLOON FLIGHT FROM CAMPUS

As part of the instruction of the meteorological class of the Southern
Branch, University of California, a U. S. Army Service military balloon flight
was made from the campus. The hythergraph formed part of the equipment.

The upper record sheet is from the balloon flight and shows the auto-
matic readings from the hythergraph.

The lower record sheet is from a Richard’s barograph and shows the
varying altitude and time.

Model C, Hythergraph, is designed to show altitudes similar to that
shown on this page by the insertion of an aneroid barometer element within
the case; the instrument showing an extreme altitude of 25,000 feet by
500 feet intervals.

changes in volume of the lifting gas-envelope, they should have within
easy observation a reliable and readily observed temperature and hu-
midity instrument. The multitude of instruments which now find a
place on the instrument-board of an airship, or are suspended from
the concentration-ring of a balloon, should not be unnecessarily in-
creased, for they would confuse the navigator. For this reason a
small, compact, sensitive recording apparatus such as the hythergraph
for use during the voyage, and as a record at its completion is con-
sidered essential by many air-pilots. It must not be supposed that
such an instrument means an additional care; it entails no responsi-
bility to the pilot or observer after the clock is wound and the re-
cording pens are set (see pl. 7, fig. 5). The hythergraph has been used
on airship and balloon voyages with marked success. Aeronauts find
that a steady increase in humidity presages fog or cloud formation.
Should the temperature trace show a slow but steady increase, ballast-
ing may be dispensed with in case ascension is desired.? On the con-
trary, a persistent fall in temperature, as is best shown by a record-
ing thermometer, would prevent undue valving to accelerate descent.
The instrumental tracings of the hythergraph make an invaluable ad-
dition to the log of a balloon or dirigible flight.

HNeLIILATE TL IAI

, ee “
Lill E dP | | L aa I} i
ee eee eee
eit Ri li
pe OTE CNEL FEET THTLTLANTVGUESGOATUSEEE i :
SR en

4 :
HYTHERGBAM OF JULY 26,1920. +

The solid line represents the temperature variation by degrees
from 0 to 100; the time element is by 15 minutes, the hours are
marked on the lower margin of the sheet. The dotted line shows
the relative humidity in percentages in saturation, the scale
running from 0 to 100%.

Temperature: It will be observed that there was a steady increase

in temperature from 7:30 a.m.(time of leaving Los Angeles on trolley
to just before leaving the ground at March Field at 2:00 pom. The
subsequent variations in temperature synchronized with the elevation
of the plane, tne lowest temperature, 54° occurred at 10,000 feet, at
3:15 pem.; the highest temperature, 100°, on landing at Fresno.

FIG. NO. 4.

HYTHERGRAM OF AIRPLANE TRIP, LOS ANGELES TO
SAN FRANCISCO, JULY 26, 1920

SO leied-4

ground. The least humidity (12%) likewise occurred near the ground, and
the highest, (75%) in entering the elevated mountain passes. The varia-
tion in temperature registered between 38 and 3:30 p.m., and between 4:45
and 5:20 p.m. was caused by the differing character of terrain encountered
with characteristic changes in reflection and absorption.

3“Solo Flight in a Spherical Balloon,’ Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sei, Apr. 1921.
$1

Exposure of hythergraph on a free-balloon flight—In operation, the
instrument is suspended from the concentration-ring of a balloon.
This is a wooden ring to which is attached the net encompassing the
gasbag. Below the concentration ring is suspended the basket. Fig.
3 shows such a record which was made during a voyage from the
campus of the Southern Branch of the University of California on
June 8, 1920. This free-air flight was part of the instruction tendered
the classes in meteorology by the writer. This interesting and in-
structive demonstration of the effectiveness of meteorological know-
ledge in guiding a balloon to a previously designated location was made
possible through the courtesy cf the Chief of Air Service, War Depart-

12 1 2 3 4 Ss 6 7 8 9 10 i 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 10 "

FIG. NO. 5.
HYTHERGRAM OF A U. S. ARMY DIRIGIBLE FLIGHT
On July 8, 1921, the U. S. Army Airship C-2 made a voyage from Langley

Field to Portsmouth, Va. a return in order to test the hythergraph. The
above reproduction shows the record sheet made on that trip.

The record shows the following data:

Time Temperature Relative Hum. Time Temperature Relative Hum.

9:00 a.m. 882 88% 9:40 a.m. 88° 718%
9:10 a.m. 82° 82% 9:50 a.m. 91° 63%
9:20 a.m. 80° 84% 10:00 a.m. 89° 64%
9:30 a.m. 82° 88%

Maximum temperature, 91° at 10:02 a. m., Minimum temperature, 80°
at 9:20 a. m.; Maximum relative humidity 88% at 9:00 a. m.; Minimum
relative humidity, 619% at 10:02 a. m.

ne TTD FTF ij BESIESULSEES Fei Fe zs FesE Lees ransrees, Dg EEE Ere

= SetieeesEeeeeuat Nl
3

HIGa eNO 6:
HYTHERGRAM OF A STROLL OVER OFFICIAL WASHINGTON

On July 12 the author put the hythergraph in his pocket and walked
about the ci-y of Washington. The portions of the record inclosed in arrows
show the temperature and relative humidity of the United States Senate
Chamber during President Harding’s speech (2 p.m. to 3 p.m.). It is be-
lieved to be the first time shat a record was made of the air temperature
and air moisture in this building during a presidential address.

The record shows that the temperature during President Harding’s speech
ranged from 80° to 82°, and the relative humidity from 78% to 83%

ment. During the flight the temperature ranged from 66° to 90°, or
passed through a range of 24° Fahr. The relative humidity covered
an amplitude of 20%, ranging from 48% to 68%. The hythergram of
the journey is shown by Fig. 3A. The changes in altitude during
the journey are shown by Fig. 3B: the maximum altitude during the
ascent was 2,500 feet above sea level and the average altitude of the
flight was 2,000 feet.

i ae

ny es
eel

FIG. NO. 7.
WEEKLY HYTHERGRAM, RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA

As a meteorolegical instrument, the hythergraph is useful in that it
accurately records temperature and relative humidity in a compact and
easily accessible manner. The temperature record is indicated by a light
line and the dates of the temperature are entered above. The relative
humidity trace is shown by means of a heavy line and corresponds to the
dates at the bottom of the sheet.

PLATE NO. 4.

CAMPUS OF SOUTHERN BRANCH, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

The hythergraph was exposed on the campus of the Southern Branch,
University of .California, in the vicinity of Millspaugh Hall, corridor of
Room 218, (where the Meteorological lectures are given), with the record
in Fig. 2.

Hythergrams of airship voyages—The hythergraph can not well
be dispensed with when it has once been used in either airship or
balloon flights. Airships (dirigible-balloons) travel in no such leisure-
ly manner as a balloon; the pilot must have a thermometer and a hy-
grometer within reach. The manner in which a hythergraph was

PLATE NO. 5.
BALLOON VIEW, CAMPUS OF SOUTHERN BRANCH,
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

The temperature slowly dropped, as shown by the hythergraph and
the humidity rose. An automatic record was made by the hythergraph
throughout the flight of three hours.

PLATE NO. 6.
HYTHERGRAPH ON AN AIRSHIP OFF THE VIRGINIA CAPES

On a test flight with the U. S. Army Airship C-2, the hythergraph was
suspended by a cord beneath the strut which supported the wind-recorder
as shown in the photograph.

This position insured good exposure for the hythergraph and it also
permitted the pilot to readily observe the changing atmospheric temperature
and relative humidity.

exposed on a recent (1921) airship flight over the Atlantic ocean and
along the eastern coast of the United States is shown cn plate 6, and
a record of such flight in an Army dirigible is shown by Fig. 5. It
will be noticed also from plate 6 that the hythergraph was exposed
in the air-stream well forward just beneath the speed indicator.

HEAVIER-THAN-AIR INSTRUMENTAL BEHAVIOR

In heavier-than-air craft, such as airplanes and seaplanes, the
hythergraph is useful in giving the same definite warning—through
the medium of the humidity trace—of the approach of thick weather.
The temperature trace shows changes of temperature incident to eleva-
tion (see Fig. 4) and, also directly, the character of the ground as to
whether it reflects or absorbs the sunlight during the flight.

Fig. 4 shows that unlike the changes in temperature and humidity
which occur on the surface of the earth, the humidity decreases with
the temperature. This is owing to the fact that the relative humidity
as well as the temperature is normally lower in increased altitude.
On the surface of the earth, especially is this marked in California
(see Fig. 7) the humidity decreases as the temperature increases.

Tests conducted during the past four years, have demonstrated the
practical value of the hythergraph in general aeronautics. In such
work it is important to differentiate between experimental and routine
records. Both are essential to aircraft operation for the newness of
the science makes it imperative that complete automatic records be
available whenever possible.

PLATE NO. 7.
U. S. ARMY AIRSHIP C-2, CARRYING HYTHERGRAPH

This historic airship has the interesting record of having flown from
New York to Newfoundland and return, and also from the Atlantie to the
Pacifie Coast.

This photograph was made while the ship was on a cruise over Hampton
Roads, Virginia: during this flight the hythergraph was suspended on the
starboard bow (see pl. 6).

One of the model A hythergraphs is owned by the U. S. Air Service
and has been used at western and eastern air fields. It is now part
of the instrumental equipment at Scott Field, Illinois, which is the
central lighter-than-air station of the U. S. Air Service.

HYTHERGRAPHS IN WEATHER STUDY

It has been found that in the application of meteorology to agri-
culture it is necessary to use selfrecording thermometers and hy-
grometers. In practice the utilizing of automatic records is needful
in studying the idiosyncracies of local climates. Eye observations of
temperature and humidity are useful but chiefly so to check up re-
cording instruments. With automatic data at hand it is feasible to
make profitable comparisons of climatic areas and thus intensively
apply the information directly to the problem.

HYTHERGRAM OF THE CAMPUS, SOUTHERN BRANCH,
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA

As an experiment, the hythergraph was exposed in one of the
courts on the campus of the Southern Branch of the University of
California. The general location of the instrument is shown by plate
4, and the resulting instrumental traces are shown by Fig. 2. This
is an example of the ease with which a “cross-section of local climate”
may be secured. It is often desirable to secure a 24-hour record of
temperature and humidity, and by comparing such records with those
from established stations, it is practicable to make a fairly good
meteorological reconnoissance.

Weekly hythergram, Riverside, California—The weekly record of
temperature and humidity is far more valuable than the daily record in
the study of weather affecting agriculture. Such a record is shown by
Flg. 7, and the hourly variations, shown for the last week in February.
are those occurring at Riverside, Cal. During this period the tempera-
ture varied from 37° to 93°, and the relative humidity from 3% to 88%.
It may be said in passing, however, that such records are not unusual.
For example, during the last week in October, 1921, in Riverside
county, the temperature variation as shown by the hythergraph ran the
gamut of seventy-one degrees in 24 hours, or from 29° to 100°. During
such considerable temperature changes and corresponding humidity
changes (in such instances amounting to nearly 100%) it is essential
to have automatic registration of the time as well as the range other-
wise the affect of air conditions on plant growth could not be properly
studied.

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF THE HYTHERGRAPH

Perhaps the most practical field for the hythergraph is among the
various industries affected by changes in air temperatures and air
moisture. In the textile mills, for example, where the proper per-
centage of humidity of the air determines the success or failure in
spinning, the hythergraph should be extensively used. Temperature
and humidity play a most important part in the majority of industries
and a study of these elements is economically essential.

To keep the air dry as well as cool in summer, and to maintain
warm air in winter that is not so robbed of its moisture as to be com-
parable to that over a desert is the dispair of heating and ventilating
engineers. Selfrecording apparatus that cannot be interfered with is
essential to such studies. The need of a modern and efficient cooling

system for the United States Senate Chamber could not be more
graphically represented than by the hythergram (Fig. 6) which was
made during the Presidential address of July 12, 1921.

The hythergraph is an aid to florists and warehousemen—Florists
and others dealing with those twin necessities—heat and moisture,
require accurate data on which to note the growth of plants. Fruit
and vegetable packing-houses are generally without the means of
determining whether their rooms are dry or moist: the thermometer
alone is no indication of atmospheric moisture. There has long been
desired an instrument which could not only be locked up within the
greenhouse or warehouse and which would render a truthful report,
but which would also indicate to the supervisor the exact degree of
temperature or humidity so that imperfect heating or hygroscopic
control might be corrected.

Observations on refrigeration and cold-storage—Retrigeration and
cold-storage engineers have long desired a satisfactory portable in-
strument which would give a dependable record of temperature and
humidity. The shipment of perishables in refrigerator cars or ships
is always attended by much risk if great care is not exercised in the
control of temperature and humidity. The cause of damage to ship-
ments in transit may be directly traced if the shipment is accompanied
by a hythergraph.

The use of fruit steamers to handle the immense citrus fruit crop
of California between Pacific and Atlantic ports would appear to in-
dicate that this newer method of transportation must be studied with
great care. Mistakes in one cargo should be corrected, and the only
safe way is to use recording instruments.

Temperature and humdiity records for fumigation of orchards—
One of the direct applications of the hythergraph for use in citrus
orchards is its use in obtaining an automatic record of temperature
and humidity simultaneously in the fumigating tents, in the trees, etc.,
all such exposures being subject to the usual field conditions requiring
extreme portability combined with accuracy when used by field-fore-
men as well as county inspectors. It is believed by many that this
application of the hythergraph will fill a long felt want.

Eye observations of air conditions are at best subject to consid-
erable error, as they are often matters of personal equation, whereas
automatic registration gives a dependable basis for investigation. It
has the unquestioned advantage of giving continuous records of the
chief meteorological elements to be studied, namely Temperature and
Relative Humidity in an ffective, accurate and portable manner.

Acknowledgements—The writer acknowledges many valuable sug-
gestions and material assistance in design and calibration of the hy-
thergraph among them may be mentioned the aeronautic instrument
section of the U. S. Bureau of Standards and the U. S. Air Service:
the Mount Wilson Observatory Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution
of Washington; the Pioneer Instrument Co.; Starr Engineering Cor-
poration; and John VY. Frederick.

io)
-1

SOME OF THE LOCAL WINDS OF THE WESTERN
COAST OF NORTH AMERICA
BY FORD A. CARPENTER, D. Sc., LL. D., F.R.G.S.

Illustrated by the Author

Of all the interesting phenomena connected with weather on the
sea and in the mountain districts of the western coast of North
America none yields more readily to observation and study than
the wind. Meteorologists, like other investigators and experimentalists
in the realm of natural science, are always on the lookout for records
of actual conditions which illustrate a well defined law. From the
multitude of types of atmospheric movement, four examples are
selected of general and three of local circulation.

Of the Pacific coast winds there are those directly associated
with barometric gradients and others of more local origin such as
the Chubasco, the “wooley” and the “Wilmington’’* wind.

FIG. 8.

TYPICAL DISTRIBUTION OF WIND VELOCITIES

The lines show approximate wind velocities in miles per hour. The
line of 11 miles per hour which extends from Redondo to Point Fermin is
again repeated to the northeast. From this locality, however, the winds
gradually decrease as the San Gabriel mountains are neared: the wind
velocity at Los Angeles is 5 miles per hour. The letters (‘‘H,”’ “C,” ‘‘H’’)
refer to the meteorological stations on Fig. 9.

*It should be borne in mind that the ‘‘Wilmington wind,’”’ like the
“Santa Ana wind,’ does not have its origin in the town of the same name.
The “Santa Ana’”’ originates from the Santa Ana canyon, and the ‘‘Wilming-
ton” owes its nomenclature to a topographic depression (Wilmington
Slough) northeast of Los Angeles Harbor (See Fig. 1.)

Of the mountain winds observed, there are those of glacial and
avalanche origin which are herein briefly described and discussed.
It is a matter of record that long before the advent of meteorologists
and aviators, birds and sailors knew and took advantage of coast
winds and mountaineers studied how to avoid the icy gales from
glacier and avalanche.

Until the atmospheric vertical components were encountered by
aviators, meterologists were dependent upon the horizontal measure-
ments of anemometers; the existence of local winds in the southern
littoral of California and Mexico has been long known, but until
airplanes navigated the air, and increased numbers of anemometer
stations made possible the charting of the lower currents, the cause,
extent and effect of these local winds were all but unknown.

-Miles Per Hour-
i)
P ae)

lal S402 SR RS RUSS. aS
Sn es
i ist a |

OrFrFNA KF ODI ® O

FIG. 2
COMPARATIVE SUMMARIES FOR MAY 1916
(All Data from Standard Anemometers, Weather Bureau Type)

Palos Verdes Stations Los San
Sta.C Sta. E Sta. H Angeles Pedro

Total Movement for Month (miles) ....4290 7913 6397 4409 8232
Average Hourly Velocity (MPH) .... 5.8 10.5 8.6 5.9 it)
Greatest Daily Movement (miles) ..... 357 590 611 202 547
Movement (miles) and Date .......... 24th 24th 24th 23rd 24th
Highest Hourly Velocity (MPH)........ 26 hishaee seen 26 39

Palos Verdes (‘‘C’’) dotted line; Los Angeles, dashes; San Pedro, solid
line. For location of stations see Fig. 8

Of the winds of the coast of Central America, Mexico and Califor-
nia, the chubasco, the “woolly” and the “Wilmington” are among those
best known by their effects, and least studied so far by meteorologists.
Of avalanche and glacial winds attention has been given to them
by travelers in Switzerland, South America and India and moun-
taineers in Alaska and in the Canadian Rockies have observed their
effects and studied their causes.

The Chubasco—This is a storm wind accompanying some of the
local disturbances of the southern coast of California and Mexico
and is characterized by gusts of quickly varying direction. This
wind is generally experienced in thunderstorms and always attains
considerable velocity.

The history of the word chubasco begins with the log of the
navigators of the fifteenth century; the ancient nautical term
chubazo which defined a squall, has been replaced in the Spanish
navy by the term ‘‘chubasco” and is now in general use among
navigators of all nationalities on the lower California and Central
American coast.

As is well known, the waters of the Pacific coast of southern
California, Mexico and Central America are uniformly calm; the
winds are light and storms infrequent. In fact, sailing craft should
have auxiliary power on account of the prevailing calms in these
waters. It is for this reason that squalls are notable occurrences and

PLATE 8.

MOUNT RAINIER, WASHINGTON
(Photographed by Ford A. Carpenter, July, 1900.)

According to the U. S. Geological Survey, Mount Rainier, in 1913 had
an altitude of 14,408 feet above sea level. Owing to the variation in the
thickness of the snowcap, this mountain is continually changing in eleva-
tion. This telephotograph was made from Vashon Island, Puget Sound,
55 miles north of the peak. The side of Rainier shown herewith has been
little explored owing to its extreme ruggedness. Ascents and explorations
are ordinarily carried out on the south, or opposite side of the Mountain.

PLATE 9.

AVALANCHE CONDITIONS SOUTHERN SLOPE OF MOUNT RAINIER
(Photographed by Ford A. Carpenter, August, 1916.)

The meteorological conditions depicted in this photograph followed a
series of avalanches. The path of the more notable snowslides followed the
course of the Nisqually glacier which is the most prominent glacier in the
photograph. This photograph was made from the northern slopes of the
Tatoosh range.

have been differentiated in a manner unknown on the stormy Atlantic
coast. An interesting example of the velocity of the wind during a
chubasco occurred during one of the voyages of the American steam-
ship “Missourian,” Captain William Lyons, master. This ship was caught
in a chubasco and such was the force of the succession of squalls
that she was compelled to lay to. Heavily laden with sugar and
high-powered the ship was using full steam ahead. During the height
of the chubasco the steamer’s whistle sounded a long wailing blast.
“Why did you signal?” asked the captain of the quartermaster. The
man denied that he had touched the whistle cord. Shortly after-
wards the whistle blew again and both men noticed that it was the
pressure of the wind on the whistle cord that operated the valve.
After the storm, the vessel’s master found that under the same steam
pressure it was possible to operate the whistle valve by placing an
18-pound weight in the middle of the 200-foot one-eighth inch steel
cable which formed the whistle cord. From this experiment the
master calculated that the wind during the chubasco exceeded 100
miles per hour in velocity.

The “Woolly’—The term “woolly” is applied to a descending wind
in a local squall which churns up the sea in a flocculent manner.
Flocculence is noted especially when a promontory deflects the wind
upward and descends on a lee shore. Woollies have been observed
at Cape Colnett off the Lower California coast, at Point Loma, and
at Point Firmin, off the California coast.* The origin of the name
“woolly” is interesting and the name is apt. The water is churned
by the wind into isolated waves which look like tufts of wool. The
downy, and wool-fine masses of water are often the first indications
the yachtsmen have of proximity of these dangerous winds. The
down-beating squalls have been known to carry away topsails from
too closely venturing schooners. To airmen “woollies” are never
failing signs of perilous air conditions in their vicinity. The history
of the term ‘woolly’ shows it to have been used by seafaring people
of all of the southern coast in Hurope as well as in America. The
late Dr. Hector Alliot, the brilliant curator of the Southwest Museum,
and sincerely mourned director of this Academy, once told the writer
in a conversation on local weather conditions that “ ‘La mer mou-
tonneuse’ describes the sea when it is foamy, fleecy like sheep—hence
woolly. In Spanish ‘el mar lanudo’ is a woolly, fleecy sea; a colloquial
expression of fishermen in the Gulf of Gascony, is ‘el mar carneruno’
the sea resembling sheep.”

What is the vertical thickness of the “woolly”? For a decade
and more the writer observed and studied this wind, but not until
1915 did an occasion present itself for its close acquaintance. In
making some investigations of meterological conditions in an air-
plane at an elevation of 3,500 feet the writer directed the ship above
the peninsula of Point Loma, and the note-book has the following
entry:

“Carrying out my suggestion as to investigating the “woolly” the
pilot drove the machine straight for Point Loma and those unseen
aerial breakers. At an elevation of 2,000 feet we suddenly felt two
distinct ‘wallops’ and I felt the fuselage beneath me respond as if
struck by a stuffed club. There was evidently first a surge, then a
drop, and it was the descending current of air that deprived the
airplane of the supporting medium, hence the shock. © Point Loma
itself, from this altitude and seen directly from above, looked like

*“Woollies**’ were encountered by the round-the-world airplane flyers
of the U. S. Air Service on May 16, 1924, at Attu Island of the Aleutian
archipelago, and greatly hindered their progress.

PLATE 10.

DESCENDING WINDS ON THE SOUTH SLOPE OF MOUNT RAINIER
(Photographed by Ford A. Carpenter, August, 1916.)

One of the most comprehensive views of Mount Rainier may be had
from the summit of Pinnacle Peak (altitude 6,562 ft.). It was during mid-
summer of 1916 that descending winds on the south shoulder of Mount
Rainier were made visible by cloud masses. The lowest altitude shown in
this picture is 4,572, and Mount Rainier rises nearly ten thousand feet above
that level in the five miles which separate the two mountains.

a barracuda backbone—long, low and ugly. Although this penin-
sula is less than 500 feet high it so effectively deflects the prevailing
northwesterly wind that the upward surge has been noticed by
aviators at an altitude of 4,000 feet.’*

The “Wilmington” Wind—This is the appellation given the wind
that sometimes sweeps northwesterly into Los Angeles Harbor from
the north of Redondo Beach. During the past few years it has been
possible to obtain continuous and reliable wind observations over
much of the region. The Palos Verdes district thus meteorologically
studied is situated between Los Angeles Harbor on the east and
Redondo Beach on the west (See Fig. 8). As a further identification
it may be stated that the coast of the Palos Verdes is some twenty-
five miles south of Los Angeles. The plotting of the anemometrical
records over the Palos Verdes coast and hills shows graphically the
geographical limits, the rise, and diminution of the Wilmington wind
(See Fig. 9). It probably reaches its greatest velocity at Wilmington
Slough, and its width does not exceed 10 miles. The variation in the
velocity of this wind is worth considering. Records from Wilmington
are not available so the nearest station is used, that of Los Angeles
Harbor, which is a sub-station of the United States Weather Bureau
established by the writer in 1913 when he was official in charge
of the Weather Bureau office at Los Angeles. This sub-station is
southwest of Wilmington Slough. The time of the greatest velocity
of wind is 3 P. M., there being a gradual increase in air movement
from 6 miles per hour at 7 A. M. The wind decreases at a regular
rate until midnight, when it touches 5 miles per hour. The charts
and map (Figs. 8 and 9) are computed from the data for May, 1916.
During that month the average velocity of the wind at Los Angeles
Harbor was 12 miles per hour, as compared with half that velocity
on the Palos Verdes coast and at Los Angeles. The maximum velocity
of the wind on the coast (11 miles per hour) is attained at 2 P. M.,
and the minimum of 3 miles per hour, at 6 A. M. This, it will be
observed, is different from the times of occurrences of the maximum
and minimum at Wilmington. At Los Angeles the maximum wind
occurs simultaneously with that of the harbor, only slightly less in
velocity, but the minimum of 4 miles per hour occurs 4 hours later,
or at 4 A. M. Another very interesting feature is the very narrow
limits of the Wilmington wind. The chart of average wind velocity
(Fig. 8) shows that the wind steadily decreases as the southern
coast is approached. On the outskirts of the northern boundary of
the Palos Verdes, the 200-foot topographic contour practically marks
the curve of the maximum hourly velocity of 11 miles. The limita-
tions of the chart shown as Fig. 8 does not permit the carrying out
of the succeeding contours which diminish at a regular rate towards
the northeast until the city of Los Angeles is reached where the
wind decreases to a secondary minimum of 5 miles per hour. The
first minimum, it will be remembered, was directly on the seacoast.
It is also a fact that the increase of wind with altitude is more
marked to the west of Wilmington Slough than to the east. The
writer has found that flying over the western district towards Re-
dondo Beach choppy and “bumpy” air has been noted when the
altimeter registers four thousand and upwards. To the east of
Wilmington the gusty nature of the wind is observed only below
the 1000-foot level. Aviators have found that they may avoid the
pernicious effects of this wind by flying only a few miles to the
northeast or southwest of the locality where it debouches seawards
east of Point Firmin.

*The Aviator and the Weather Bureau: Ford A. Carpenter. Mt. Pleasant
Press, Harrisburg, Pa. 1917. Pp. 19, 20.

PLATE 11

PATHWAY OF THE GLACIAL WINDS OF THE NISQUALLY
(Photographed by Ford A. Carpenter, August, 1916.)

Glacial winds sweep down the canyon of the Nisqually glacier with con-
siderable velocity, at times equalling a gale. At Panorama point where
this photograph was taken, the glacier is half a mile in width and the
western edges have an altitude of 7,000 feet above sea level. Within the
limit of view, as shown by the photograph, the glacier has a variation of
1,000 feet in altitude.

t=)
oT

Glacial Winds— During the first decade in August, 1916, the
writer made a number of observations of glacial and avalanche winds
near the summit of Mount Rainier. Mount Rainier, it will be remem-
bered, is situated in the northwest corner of the United States, in
the state of Washington, on the shores of Puget Sound. Although
the literature of mountaineering has many references to glacial and
avalanche winds it is seldom that they have been studied by a
meteorologist. Therefore the conditions under which the observations
noted in this paper were taken, may not be without interest.

The writer spent five days and nights on or within a hundred
yards of one of the largest glaciers in the United States. Living in
such close proximity it was but natural that accompanying meteoro-
logical conditions should be readily studied. It is not generally known
that not less than twenty-eight glaciers originate within a radius
of ten miles from the peak of Mount Rainier. Hight of these glaciers
have their birth at the summit of the mountain. One of the most
spectacular is the celebrated Nisqually glacier, on which most of the
observations were made.

Although Mount Rainier is but second in height to Mount Whit-
ney (the highest mountain in the United States) it is second to none
in impressiveness. On unclouded days the mountain is easily the
most picturesque object in the northwest. Viewed from Puget Sound
it rises majestically nearly three miles into the air. (See PI. 8.).

The northern face of the mountain has never been sealed;
nearly all of the ascents have been made from the south side of the
peak.

Glacial Winds—lIt is from the southern slope of the mountain that
the Nisqually glacier proceeds for a distance of about six miles.
This glacier is about three-quarters of a mile wide at the widest
part and flows through a self-carved valley, the walls of which reach
a maximum height of one thousand feet. (See Pl. 11.) The mean
wind direction was northerly throughout the period of observations
which were made a short distance away from the glacier itself. Where
observations were taken even a quarter of a mile distant from the
glacier, on either side, the glacial drift of air was not noticeable.
Owing to the lack of self-recording instruments it was not possible
to determine the variation in hourly velocity, but eye observations
showed that the wind attained greatest strength in the afternoon,
confirming the general principles of air-drainage. During certain
nights the downward trend of the air current was distinctly noted.

In traversing the glacier it was noticed that the glacial wind
made a distinct obstruction in walking up stream. (See Pl. 12.)
The air currents were variable in velocity and of constantly low
temperature and high humidity. The strongest winds were between
Panorama Point and the thousand foot cliffs on the opposite side.
Other climbing parties reported these winds of so violent a nature
as to make the ascent of the mountain very laborious, and, during
much of the time experienced guides were detained at temporary
camps on the face of the glacier by violent icy winds.

Avalanche Winds—Two avalanches were observed while in the
Rainier district. Both occurred at three in the afternoon and the
amount of snow displaced was estimated in one instance to have
covered an area of three, and in another five acres (See Pl. 9
and 10). Both occurrences followed snowstorms of the night before.
The time of the avalanches, with attendant winds, was within an
hour of the daily maximum temperature of the afternoon. The roar
of the avalanche sounded like railroad trains thundering along a
canyon. The air that these masses of snow and rock push ahead
of them was observed at a considerable distance, and their breath

was felt more than a thousand feet distant. Strangely enough it
reminded one of the backward thrust of an airplane propeller from
a stationary machine. In climbing over the rocky backbones (‘“‘cleay-
ers’) which separate the glaciers, the effect of avalanche winds on
loose friable rock was observed. There were other occular proofs of
the wind havoc in the groups of broken pine trees, pinyon cedars
and other stunted growth with undamaged trunks and roots, but
with broken and blasted limbs and branches, showing that the wind
was the chief factor in destruction.

CYCLONIC WINDS

The mechanics of glacial and avalanche winds is comparatively
easy to comprehend, for we have only a few factors to remember,
and the story of their cause and effect Nature writes in large letters
for us to read. Not so with the cyclonic winds; here we deal with
unseen differences in air pressure and we have to rely on simultaneous
readings of the barometer over a large area, for the air-waves which
produce these winds are sometimes five hundred or more miles in
diameter. One of the best examples of the cause and effect of storm
winds occurred during the early days of December, 1923. Here is the
account:

Cyclonic Winds—An example of relationship between barometric
areas and wind—As a matter of fact, all winds result from barometric
gradients, but data is seldom available to demonstrate it. On Decem-
ber 8, 9 and 10, 1923, southern California was visited by a severe

PLATE 12.

EFFECT OF GLACIAL WINDS
(Photographed by Ford A. Carpenter, August, 1916.)
The glacial wind was so severe at the time this photograph was made

that it necessitated bending the body at a considerable angle to counteract
the downward-driving, icy blast of air.

windstorm. It was the most notable storm that has been recorded
in a generation in this district. The nearest approach to these high
winds occurred in this vicinity 32 years ago. Winds such as the
accompanying chart discloses are of common occurence in many other
parts of the United States for it will be noticed that the maximum
hourly velocity of the wind during this storm of several days did
not exceed 28 miles per hour. It is to be remembered that winds
exceeding an average of 10 miles per hour are so infrequent as to
cause local comment; the records of the Weather Bureau indicate
that on an average of five days in the year does the wind at Los

FLV OARAAAARY
Se

26777
5 a ‘
cefe #—_t y j=]
77a Seas =
Seg e!
SSqoss as
: [ eee | ee | ee J Oe ees] ee
feo} +t +t re
> x
=F eae .
sié a . 7 :
2
: 5S
{te=sSsect
3! T [ov]
2S eee
[en ea | Ea] es
el e. | MT |
BE") =
Cam See cos SESS] ea ea
Se SSS] SSessoSsss
Seas cs P=
a
$69 369

Sour: a Datd: Publica ‘ane of U. S. Weather Bur.

IDE, Ns

DIAGRAM ILLUSTRATING ACTUAL EXAMPLES OF RELATIONSHIP
BETWEEN AREAS OF LOW AND HIGH PRESSURE AND
DIRECTION AND VELOCITY OF WIND

The upper half of the diagram shows Pacific Coast sections of the
morning daily weather map for five consecutive days. Beneath each map
is a diagram showing the progressive variations in wind direction and
velocity. The arrows fly with the wind, and the dotted curves represent
fiuctuations of wind velocity in miles per hour.

Special attention is directed to the second, third and fourth sections of the
diagram as they graphically illustrate the actual flow of air from the HIGH
to the LOW. The arrows under the second section show a distinct north-
westerly drift, for the HIGH is northwest of the LOW. The arrows of the
third section show a northerly drift with similar disposition of the pressure
areas, while the fourth section depicts a northeasterly movement of the
air from the HIGH to the LOW.

Angeles blow more than 25 miles per hour, while the average hourly
velocity of the wind is 5.0 miles, and of the month of December, 5.1
miles. It is necessary to bear these facts well in mind to appreciate
the unusual character of the winds of the three-day storm period
which averaged 16 miles per hour, with a maximum hourly velocity
of 28 miles per hour. In many other places such winds would be
the usual afternoon program. In a locality then, where the imper-
turbability of weather is a by-word and the climate a matter of
extraordinary evenness (but, it should be clearly borne in mind, with
tremendous ranges within comparatively short distances) a study
of the causes and effects of this windstorm will prove enlightening.

While the wind at Los Angeles was actually of moderate velocity
it was relatively high, having a force of five or six times the normal.
The wind was proportionately severe throughout the southwest; at
Los Angeles Harbor the wind attained a velocity exceeding 60 miles
per hour. Such was also the case at Newport harbor, part way to
San Diego, and at Mount Wilson, where the anemometer was blown
away and the wind record interrupted. Well-found and high-powered
ships were forced to ride out the gales along the southern coast.
The interior and mountain communities suffered from demolished
electric power and communication lines. Land transportation in such
districts was rendered almost impossible by the force of the wind;
one instance is recorded of the wind impeding further progress of
a powerful truck. When the throttle was opened wide the front
wheels of the truck were lifted clear of the ground by the combined
force of the wind and motor.

In order to understand the mechanics of the windstorm it is
necessary to refer to Fig. 10. From the chart and diagram it will be
seen that there is a truly remarkable agreement between the dis-
position of the isobars shown on the weather maps and the actual
velocity and direction of the wind. The weather map depicts a
portion of the North American coast of the United States east of
the Rocky Mountains. Beneath each map is a graph showing the
direction and velocity of the Los Angeles winds in bi-hourly periods.
The arrows fly with the wind and thus show the prevailing directions;
the lower half of the figure shows the variation in wind velocity
in miles per hour.

A glance at the upper part of the chart shows that the weather
map of December 7 indicated a dominating low over the greater
part of the United States wtth the usual incoming high off the
California coast. Over southwestern Arizona, however, the tell-tale
“pocket” of low barometric pressure showed signs of forming. The
wind was normal, as shown in the wind graph, both in its direction
and velocity, exhibiting the usual effect of a combination of the
valley-mountain, and land-and-sea breeze. At 8 P. M. of December
7th it will be noted that the wind suddenly increased to five times
its normal movement, blowing steadily from the northwest. This
continued during the next day, where the weather map of that date
graphically shows the cause of both the change in direction and in
the increase in velocity. The change in direction was occasioned
by the shifting of the axes of the pressure area, and the increased
velocity by the increase in the height of the high and the propor-
tionate deepening of the low over Arizona. With this chart before
one, it takes but little imagination to picture the winds blowing from
the area of high pressure into the area of low pressure. This is an
ideal circulation and one not always met with in weather maps;
needless to say, the weather map that we are considering is of surface
conditions. In the study of the pressure conditions of December
8th it will be noted that the high mover inland, still increasing in
intensity, the low remaining practically stationary. This arrange-
ment gave the very high winds a markedly northerly drift, for, it

will be remembered, the high was directly north of the low. On
the 10th the high increased in intensity, and, on the next day the
low gradually filled up. The high then moved further eastward and
the winds dropped to nearly normal velocity and direction.

Unlike most weather maps, as students will testify, the windstorm
of December 7-11, exhibited ideal relationship between areas of low
and high barometric pressure and wind. Practical students of the
daily weather map,—business men, farmers and air-pilots, having
direct interest in drawing their own conclusions from these data
may be benefited by perusal of this diagram. In it there is explanation
in simplest form of the first principles of wind control by areas of
barometric pressure.

NOTES ON THE IRREGULARITIES OF
OCEAN CURRENTS

BY FORD A. CARPENTER, D. Sc., LL. D., F.R.G.S.

(With illustration by the author)

It is generally admitted by oceanographers that wind and sun
are the causes of ocean currents. The most powerful cause of Ocean
currents is the wind. Among other contributing causes is the action
of the sun on the tropical waters of the globe, increasing density by
evaporation, thus leaving the water even more salty. In other lo-
calities within the limits of torrential downpours, heavy rains freshen
the ocean; the difference between the heavy, salty water, and the
lighter, fresher water is one of the causes of ocean currents. It is
generally agreed, however, that whether it is the wind, or the vary-
ing densities of the water, it is doubtful if wave motion extends
downward more than 500 fathoms. In other words, ocean currents
may be considered to be surface drifts.*

Ocean currents are irregular in extent and velocity—Ocean cur-
rents are always irregular in position and speed; only in most ex-
ceptional instances may ocean currents be compared to rivers. Gen-
erally speaking, vast movements of seawater depend upon the time
of the year, and the distribution of storms over the region. Meteorolo-
gists are not in agreement that ocean currents produce weather;
rather, a majority believe that ocean currents are caused by weather.
On the North Pacific coast of the United States, for example, during
winters of unusual dryness, the absence of rain is always associated
with steady north winds, and mariners during such seasons experience
ocean currents down the coast. During wet winters, when the winds
along the Oregon-Washington coast are from the south, shipmasters
count On up currents, or a decided northerly drift. A decade or more
ago, when vessels used to ply regularly between Puget Sound and

*The velocity of surface drift is found to be directly proportional to
the wind producing it. --C. S. Durst, B. A., in ‘Relationship Between Current
and Wind’ Proc. Roy. Meteorological Soc. April, 1924, p. 116 Vol. 50.

100

Salinas Cruz, it was not unusual for a ship to experience a favoring
current on the southern voyage, and, after a fortnight’s discharge
of treight in the Mexican port of Salinas Cruz, encounter a likewise
favoring current on the northern voyage as well. Such a reversal
of the drift of the water was occasioned solely by the fair weather
north winds and the rainy south winds.

Severe storm winds and tidal waves change beach lines—High
winds blowing shorewards throw up quantities of sand as do also tidal
waves. In this way stretches of sand will wash away and the waves
will deposit the sand at other places along the shore. The disinte-
grating effect of such wave action is shown all along the southern
California coast. Plate 13, accompanying this article is an example
of the disintegrating effect of wave action; it also shows in a very
interesting manner the circular wave motion produced by a rocky
island. Shortly after the great Japanese earthquake disaster of the
autumn of 1923, changes in the shore line of the western coast of
America were noticed. The shape and size of the beaches were thus
changed overnight, accomplishing what would otherwise require years
of ordinary tidal action. Such instances are rare and their effect is
sporadic. The impulses of such wave motion is entirely incidental
and have no relation whatsoever to ocean currents.

PLATE 13.
LONG POINT FROM POINT VINCENTE, PALOS VERDES COAST

(Photographed by Ford A. Carpenter, February, 1916)

The erest of the point as shown in the photograph, has an elevation
exceeding 100 feet above mean tide, and the rocky pinnacle which is shown
surrounded by water even at low tide, rises 30 feet above the water-level
and 70 feet above the bottom of the sea.

Particular attention is directed to two things in this photograph; Ist,
the spectacle of rapid disintegration by ocean current, and 2nd, the effect
of a rock pinnacle in producing widening wave circles resulting from on-
shore currents.

101

THE MARINE FISHES (TELEOSTEI) OF

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA+

(Continued from the February-March Issue of the Bulletin)

BY ALBERT B. ULREY

Director cf the Marine Biological Station of the University of

Southern California
and
PAUL O. GREELEY

Instructor in Biology, University of Southern California

KE.

Pectoral fin entire. Slit behind fourth gill small or want-
ing.
Dorsal spines 8 to 17.

Analvspinesysi bodyescalliyamyn see ee ee Scorpzenidz.
Anal spines obsolete; ee partly or wholly naked.......
EE Clic pie imi MR Lcoie SECC et Nie Lene Ua Asa eeu At tren 1X Cottide.

Slit behind fourth gill tee: body scaled.
Nostril single on each side, a small pore above it; dorsal

fine COMtLIMUOUS sae: aren oneee ee eee ee Hexagrammide.
Nostrils two on each side; dorsal fins two, separate, ex-
cept in the genus Hrilepis. ............ Anoplopomidz.

Suborbital stay wanting, cheeks not mailed.
Spinous dorsal transformed into a sucking disk on top of
head, composed of 8 to 30 transverse plates. Echeneidz.

Spinous dorsal (if present) not transformed into a sucking
disk.

Dorsal spines all or nearly all disconnected from each
other.

Body oblong or ovate, compressed.

Caudal peduncle very slender, the fin widely forked; pre-
OPEL CIO emt i ieee aha call ee en ee OP Carangidez.

Caudal peduncle stoutish, the fin little forked.

Gill membranes broadly united to the isthmus; preopercle
C2) OTLBID lo) aly enee een n i i Ne Uy or hme Niele Ephippidz.

Dorsal spines (if present) all, or most of them, connected
by membrane.

Pectoral fin with 4 to 9 lowermost rays detached and
UAT ORIN he are eee Re sie ee ae ee er eo Polynemide.

Pectoral fin entire. :
Dorsal and anal, each with 1 or more detached finlets.

Anal preceded by 2 free spines............... Carangidz.
Anal not preceded by 2 free spines; caudal peduncle
IS OVS UE yee aise coetetenc ees oie eos eaves een ae amare as Scombridz.

Dorsal and anal without finlets.

Lateral line armed posteriorly with a series of keeled
plates; 2 free anal spines; gill membranes free from
the: IStHMUS! <a)04 eee conenck ieee nee rene eueene Carangidz.

Lateral line unarmed.
Anal fin preceded by 2 free spines (these obsolete in the
very old, joined by membrane in the very young).

102

XX.
VV.

ZZ.

mm.

Preopercle entire; teeth moderate if present. Carangide.

Anal not preceded by free spines.

Nostril single on each side, lateral line interrupted;
lower pharyngeals united.

ANAT PSDIMNE Sie 2i a ota. Sle cease es heresies wecees Pomacentridae

Nostril double on each side.

Lateral line extending to the tip of middle rays of caudal.

Anal spines 3, the second strong.

Dorsal fin continuous........ Haemulidae (Pomadasidae)

Anal spines 1 or 2, the second large or small. .Sciaenidae

Lateral line not extending beyond base of caudal fin.

Gills 34%, the slit behind the last very small or wanting.

Mouth not verticle, the lips not fringed; dorsal fin con-
tinuous, the spines 8 to 18; scales cycloid; lower pharyn-
geals united.

Teeth distinct or nearly so, the anterior usually more
OMMIESSCaMin ee aii ake eee a ee cis aioe et ie uae ae Labridae

Gills 4, a long slit behind the fourth.

Teeth setiform, like the teeth of a brush; body elevated;

longer than deep, the soft fins completely scaled; gin
membranes attached to the isthmus.

Dorsal fin divided........ -

Teeth not setiform.

Body longer than deep.

Gill membranes broadly joined to isthmus, body long and
low;-novlaterali line js. oe see oe Gobiidae

Gill membranes free from the isthmus or nearly so.

Premaxillaries excessively protractile, their basal pro-
cesses very long, in a groove at top of cranium.

Teeth small; scales large silvery; spines strong. Gerridae.

Premaxillaries moderately protractile or not protractile.

Lower pharyngeals united; scales large; anal fin with
three spines and more than 15 soft rays; preopercle en-
tire. (Viviparous fishes of the California fauna).....
Pete De CREP ae oh ac Pe ees ach Meer pea eli a ReunUson sn MOAR E MME aI nue Embiotocidae

Lower pharyngeals separate.

Body other than elongate, compressed, or covered with
hard grooved scales.

Lateral line incomplete or interrupted, running close to
dorsal fin; dorsal spines very slender, continuous with
the soft rays; body low, covered with small scales; anal
fin very long.

Anal rays more than 30; Maxillary not produced be-
PEIN ices cuslls Shs eal ees eyeas Sra au aldaueeeas waliay ete sonps Bathymasteridae

Pseudobranchiae wanting or covered by skin. Dorsal fin
of soft rays, only beginning as a crest on the head;
caudal widely forked. Pelagic fishes. ..Coryphaenidae

Pseudobranchiae developed.

Spinous dorsal of 2 or 3 short spines only; anal without
spines; scales small, smooth............... Serranidae

Dorsal fin continuous, the spines few, slender; maxillary
usually with an enlarged tooth behind; nape sometimes
with an adipose appendage; anal fin long, even.....
RMSE A fica Gye talicirac ama stra tianel Pace en ob eisoh outertene wae Gogaetenma ie Malacanthidae

Be ra ecu Oe aici Cee Ephippidae

oo.

tt.

pp.

XX.

BB.

Dorsal fin continuous or divided, not as above.

Perch-like fishes, the caudal peduncle not very slender,
scales well developed, ctenoid or cycloid; the dorsal
with distinct spines, the anal with at least one spine,
its soft rays usually few.

Anal spines 3, never 2 nor 1; dorsal fin continuous or
divided.

Vomer, and usually palatines also, with teeth.

Anal fin shorter than dorsal; head not everywhere cov-
ered with rough scales; postocular part of head not
SHOTCO MOG egress Sowers Hala seen Se eee ae Serranidae

Fishes carnivorous; teeth in jaws not all incisor-like.

Vomer with teeth, these sometimes very small; maxillary
OTN Fase kee taco a ease Uae ope arc Wee es ee ea Lutianidae

Vomer without teeth; palatines and tongue toothless.

Teeth on sides of jaw not molar; maxillaries formed es-
sentially as in the Serranidae; preopercle mostly ser-
PAC aes Spares ernie ene eae Haemulidae (Pomadasidae)

Fishes herbivorous; anterior teeth in jaws incisor-like;
no molars or canines; premaxillaries moderately pro-
ELACTIS Aer eis OCR Sees Cees eee Kyphosidae

Mackerel-like fishes, with the caudal peduncle usually very
slender, the fin widely forked, the scales various, usually
not ctenoid; the dorsal spines various, anal fin long.

Dorsal spines mostly low, not more than 2 of them fila-
mentous.

Dorsal fin very long, all the rays soft; skeleton soft....
Icosteidae

Dorsal spines 3 or 4, the fin not divided.

Seales rather large, firm; body broad, ovate, the shoulder
girdles ‘very Strong sere ce ose cia ae Bramidae

Body scaleless, smooth or armed with tubercles, prickles
or scattered bony plates.

Breast with a sucking disk.

Gill membrane free from the isthmus; no spinous dorsal;

large sucking disk between the ventral fins..........
SIO ESTA Sa MAS AEA hela Belardes tna RCs Warns Coren Gobiesocidae

Gill membrane joined to the isthmus; a sucking disk
formed of the ventral fins.

Skin perfectly smooth; spinous dorsal not distinct....

Liparididae

Ce DD

Breast without sucking disk.
Gill membranes broadly attached to the isthmus.

Ventrals completely united..................... Gobiidae

Gill membranes nearly or quite free from the isthmus.

Anal preceded by 2 free spines (these lost with age; con-
nected by membranes in the very young). .Carangidae

Anal without free spines.

Dorsal and anal fins followed by finlets.......Scombridae

Dorsal and anal without finlets.

Suborbital with a bony stay; no free anal spines....
RRO a See Tecan RRC ECE ICT SRN sr UMN rtarsT ener ac ta, 8 6 Cottidae

Gill openings small in or behind lower axil of pectoral
fins, which are more or less pediculate; mouth large;
head compressed; no pseudobranchae....Antennariidae

104

3. Ventral Fins Present, Thoracic or Jugular, the Number of Rays
Not Definitely 1, 5.
A. Eyes unsymmetrical, both on the same side of head.
B. Eyes large, well separated; edge of preopercle usually

(ei KOI(23 01] Paclaney Sasi cx ARMIES CWO IS ROCHE Cac eR IC NCIC aaa Pleuronectidae
BB. Eyes small, very close together; edge of preopercle hid-
den by skin; mouth very small.............. Soleidae

AA. Eyes symmetrical, one on each side of the head.
C. Ventral rays with or without spine, the number of soft
rays more than 5.
D. Caudal fin wanting; scales spinous.......... Macrouridae
DD. Caudal fin well developed.

E. Tail isocercal, the vertebrae progressively smaller to base
of caudal; ventrals jugular; no spines in any of the

fins.
F. Jaws and vomer with strong canines; second dorsal and
anal deeply notched, no barbel............Merlucciidae

EE. Tail not isocercal, the last vertebrae not reduced in size.

G. Ventral rays about 15, dorsal fin single, elevated.....
Beate etek aban enaeatcliewee) aie oceania se uaier Ste eaans [ouanauegaeuse s,s yanaie Lampridae

GG. Ventral rays I, 6 to I, 10; dorsal with spines.
H. Dorsal fin continuous; spines 2 to 8; chin without barbels.

Suborbitals narrow, not covering the cheeks; opercular
bones usually spinous; pseudobranchia present.......
SUPER oes telse Wake ch enenreb side etiaieiie eV SRaAS lalla neo spite okie obec axe sates Berycidae

—

(To be Continued in the July-August Issue of the Bulletin)

V4 ZYGADENUS DIEGOENSIS n. sp.
DR. A. DAVIDSON

Plant rather stout, 4 dm. tall; bulb ovoid 20 mm. thick; basal
leaves 5 or 6, all sheathing at base, 3 dm. long. 9 mm. wide, smooth,
not scarious at margin; stem leaves 2; bracts herbaceous, narrow,
attenuate; pedicels 2-2.5 cm. long, erect in fruit; perianth segments
white, 5 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, broadly ovate, truncate at base;
claw 1 mm. long, yellow; gland with upper margin toothed and ill
defined; stamens equalling the perianth; capsule 12 mm. long.

Type No. 3592. Palomar Mts., San Diego Co.

The original bulb was gathered by F. Fultz and cultivated by
R. Kessler, the description given is from this cultivated specimen.

This plant differs from Z. venenosus Wats. in possessing leaves
quite smooth, bracts herbaceous instead of membranaceous and gland
ill defined above instead of well defined.

All recent floras have accredited Z. venenosus to San Diego Co.
Presumably this plant has been confused with the species above as
the typical Z. venenosus while common enough in the north has not
been found in Los Angeles or the neighboring counties.

A CORRECTION

At the foot of page 60 of our last issue, in Campbell and Davidson's
article on ‘‘Aphidophagous Syrphidae’’ the following lines were omitted:
“matured in 34 days, while the third larva, which had daily access to
abundant food supply, consumed 167 and matured in 16 days.”

105

af
=

DEEEPDE DUCED DEC EPER DEPT ODT EPPE EE OE DEDUCED EDDC TEEPE EEE DEE =
=

What is a Man’s Business Time Worth?

Do You Realize the Tremendous Value of Your Future Earning Power?

If you are a middle-aged business or professional man earn-
ing aS much as $8,000 a year, and in good physical condition,
the future value of your income, based on your expectation
of life, is $254,240. Any other possession of equal value is
most zealously guarded and protected—and yet there are
those so unbusinesslike who carry their own income insurance.
Let me explain to you the new Non-Cancellable Income Con-
tract that guarantees 75% of that future income, payable at
the rate of $500 a month as long as you live and are unable
to work. Covers every disability both mental and physical.
Small incomes may be protected in proportion. Fill in the
coupon now—next week may be too late!

D. T. WILES—902 Story Bldg.,

Los Angeles, Cal.

Please send me without obli-
gation, full information about
the new Non-Cancellable In-
come Policy.

DOUGLAS T. WILES,

Special Representative,

SIN aUYIN G se a a es ire

902 Story Building,
WAV GIES S geese son ee reece aa ese ee a ae Los Angeles, Cal.
INE soporte OCBOWIOE NOON ee ie

PRINTING

HAS BEEN OUR BUSINESS

SINCE 1881

Service and Quality Combined
with Just Prices is the secret
that has enabled this firm to do
business for 43 years...

McBride Printing (a

261 - 263 So. Los Angeles St.

106

Pac. Mutual Life Ins. Co.

POUUUUUUUU CUCU COU CORLCOU COR LOOUCCOUUCOO COU UCU RULOUUCU MOCO UU U is

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy.
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to the Secretary
' 4699 MARMION WAY,
Los, Angeles, Cal., U. S. A.

Publications of the

Southern California Academy of Sciences

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCHEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the

Southern California Academy of Sciences

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; -Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, Mareh; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues to date are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February;
No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June.

107

All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the
following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy
at the appended prices:

Vol. 1, No. 1. January, TG 2 ee oad Ueda aD eee $1.00
3 i, @ 2a INSITE, AME Ap aac u Nee yaeer ame ieee eS nL 1.00
os Seema LOLLY OO Deiter iN Beer SoA eel i ana NemaoN 25
A eB, Mle. TOO ies Se uses aoa ol gi aoe 15
si Ay PG &..,. Mey AED OS esse tees ciety eS ce eee 5)
ee Cate oes liye NO Oe ON NEES 2 SINS eee 25
ts to 7 Als ~~ Ua, AO Sees eae eee wlan tee Mian ais 2) Cameo 30)
i OAL. JaNBUAy, HOA gators ae ete Sane Sea 15
is De Bo Sully SUSY Do ce Maret ee ea ee ENO eA 75
Feces 2 ae asialiye SIO elle Nes ON Nass run ee eee SHB
oda OY Ldn AY, EONS LN ee ie Nae eet 50
oo RS aly alm, SE) WES ay ag ya rata IT .15
SS idl ay 2 uray labia aL BEA UE eee Ds te ie S75)
oe al aL Salter ARO SNES FSU A A ra ee eee 5s)
pi LD ae oan eULye ALLO LEG Ska eaias 8 ai are Ne 50
eG, aL, dean SUAS Lease aan nu Seah URW ok Oi 1! 55)
WIG BO Be afelly, NSH Ube Paar alae hs ace SIA ba 1.00
Son (i eet ec DSTA TQS Hoe eon Vs eink ss eM elle 15
a 1S, al > dehatbieNAy, HAY LAS pee Ml aa eben ert 2 Lies 1.00
SOP EEN RE so eee UL SEAS Ly eam a Ee PA oe CI HS
6 WG al annEny, BUSS PA OY OM Ss eee aaa Bs cee EK 25
Ig, oe al O@wolner, ATED 2 sen Raise SP sees i a 25
DOs 8 al. Noone, AES ia lige nies pa eine ote NM ee .25
OB OX) PT NRSC, a EASY Ue aA ae are see ce CE Cala ya CIN 25
«20, “ 3. December, UAL eters esp eae Vanes Na i .25
Bile SS als. IMI rels),, Aes aete ena e euee ay Nyce city 25
ee MO CLODe Ts AE ZA ieee rca try CU a ae NS el Td 25
CO Ba ale I eeelal, BS AAR ares Seer atten CE em) 25
See inno eer UNiyg AIRS AAS te Sta ea eA AEs Me a BS
Heed Sie quae Blea TUTTE HIRO DA ises sce Kaela aloe aa ae 25
Bo yay 8 Mlaneela, (3G 2A Ee ENS Ss a eae .25
SB SF Bo IME, TRON DA ina Say Wisner etcd cies tide ee 25

Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary

Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum
Los Angeles, California.

108

meee et N: OF THE

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

Vol. XXIII July-August, 1924 Pare4

CONTENTS
Page
A PRELIMINARY REpoRT ON THE Parasitic ENEMIES
ORMMEE CUERTCOL AVS CAT Bi eset es ee eee oe alu
Harold Compere
BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA—Continued............. Pastas 122

Dr. John A. Comstock

CaLocHoRTUS LANTERNUS AND ALLIUM GRANDISCEP-
PTV AW ENING GE sie ces cle 20s ces ch ea abet ne eer ce Leen 124
Dr. Anstruther Davidson

SOurnignaiis (CMLipORuNON, Lea Aisap ING wnsG. 125
Prof. Philip A. Munz

Tue Marine FIsHES OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA—
Gone lerdeder este. Peis Be ESI ieee pets Be ae ReA Sy
Prof. A. B. Ulrey and Paul O. Greeley

Issued September 12, 1924.

Woe

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

=
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
1D eee WIEN RISes CB AUIMGARIDD) 2526 Ses ee President
IRR RRIEISTANT A SBRVAN 2 2p oe. eee Vice-President
Drmemormne A. COMSTOCK 22.2 As. 2e sek: 2nd Vice-President
DPM OMEN NO OMSTOCK ©: 2c Ue Secretary
Wit Seeme | POLE EGE Ss 20ek eh ste ea Treasurer
Dr. WiLLi1AM A. Bryan Geo. W. Parsons
Dr. A. Davipson HERBERT J. GOUDGE
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Dr. FRANK CLARK
Wo. SPALDING Mr. R. H. Swirt
ie =
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. ArtHurR B. BENTON Dye, JD), IL, WASTaIR
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT IDE, I C, ILowr
Mr. R. F. Gross Mr. JAMES A. LIGHTHIPE
THEODORE PAYNE
= 8
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Wm. A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
BIOLOGICAL SECTION
R. H. Swirt Dr. WENDELL GREGG
Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Dr. A. Davipson THEODORE PAYNE
Chairman Secretary
FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. F. C. CLarx, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. S. J. KEESE
Dr. Joon A. Comstock Mr. GrEorGE PARSONS
GEOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. E. E. Hapiry Mr. GrorGe Parsons
Chairman Secretary

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. GEorGre Parsons

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. WitiiamM A. SPALDING, Chairman

Joun A. Comstock, M.A., M.D., F.E.S. Mr. S. J. KEESE
ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., M.D.
=

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
SoutHwWwEst MusEuM Los ANGELES, CAL.

‘ Aa
eae

EP 29 1994

LIBRARY)
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL

GARDEN

A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE PARASITIC
ENEMIES OF THE CITRICOLA SCALE
[Coccus pseudomagnoliarum (Kuwana) |
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO

NEW CHALCICOID PARASITES.
Ee
HAROLD COMPERE
University of California, Citrus Experiment Station.

ABSTRACT

The so-called citricola scale has been found by Clausen to
be synonomous with Coccus pseudomagnoliarum (Kuwana). In
California this scale is preyed upon by at least four species of
primary parasites, which are the same species attacking Coccus
hesperidum Linn. The latter scale is held in check almost en-
tirely by these parasites and it is the opinion of the writer that
their lack of effectiveness on the citricola scale is due to the fact
that pseudomagnoliarum has but one generation per year while
hesperidum has several. Several hyperparasites are found in con-
nection with the soft brown scale. Biological notes and descrip-
tions of two new parasites are given.

According to Mr. C. P. Clausen, the citricola scale was first de-
scribed by Dr. S. I. Kuwana as Lecanium pseudomagnoliarum from
specimens taken at Oji near Tokyo, Japan.2 In the same year, 1914,
supposedly the same species was described by Mr. Roy Compbell as
a new scale from California and given the name Coccus citricola.
Clausen has placed the name C. citricola in Synonymy and the name
now stands as Coccus pseudomagnoliarum (Kuwana). Professor H. J.
Quayle states that in California this pest was first noticed in Clare-
mont in 1909, and at about the same time near Riverside and in
certain sections of San Bernardino county. In recent years the cit-
ricola scale has greatly extended its range, and has become very
abundant, so that it now ranks as one of the major pests of the
citrus in the interior districts of southern California, and in certain
citrus areas of central California it takes first place.

In California the citricola scale is preyed upon by at least four
species of internal parasites. According to previous records and
our rearings there are Aphycus luteolus Timb., Microterys flavus
(How.), Coccophagus lecanii (Fitch), and Coccophagus lunulatus How.

One is immediately struck by the fact that this aggregation of
parasites is the same complement which in California effectively con-
trols the soft brown scale Coccus hesperidum Linn. The soft brown
seale is an insect from which the citrus grower of today has little
to fear, yet in the early days of citrus culture it is said to have been

1This paper is a result of work carried on while the writer was in the
employ of the California State Department of Agriculture.

2The Citricola Seale in Japan, and its Synonymy, C. P. Clausen, Journal
of Economic Entomology, Vol. 16, No. 2, p. 225, April 1928.

113

Figure 1.

Anicetus annulatus Timb. Female.

one of the worst pests and to have vied in destructiveness with the
black scale, Saissetia oleae (Bern.) The question immediately arises,
if the soft brown scale is held in check entirely through the influence
of parasites, why is not the citricola, a cogeneric host favored by
the same parasites also controlled? If what we have learned re-
garding the seasonal history of the black scale in its relation to
that of the parasites can be used as a basis for comparison one ex-
planation may be offered. So far as we know, the parasites of the
soft brown and the citricola scales, like those of the black scale, can-
not long survive a dearth of suitable-sized hosts. The scales may be
present in enormous numbers, but if they are of a size rendering
them invunerable to attack they cannot be utilized as food by the
parasites. At certain seasons of the year they are immune to certain
of their enemies because of their small size, not containing enough
substance to nourish the parasitic larvae to maturity. Later their
large size and toughened derm makes them unattractive to some of
their parasites. To our knowledge, none of the parasites are capable
of attacking the scales in all of their different life stages, each para-
site showing a marked predilection for certain sizes.

In southern California with its even, temperate climate, the para-
sites are active throughout the entire year if provided with the proper
host material. The only difference is, that in the winter months
their growth is slower, and the adults are not so active, but at no sea-
son is their activity entirely suspended. If the parasites have the
ability to long survive a dearth of suitable-sized hosts, this fact has
not been recognized. With some species it appears, however, that
such is the case, for at certain seasons some parasites suddenly appear
in considerable numbers just at the time when their hosts become
vulnerable. In the case of the species under consideration, a domi-
nating number of parasites accumulate only as the result of uninter-
rupted multiplication. In the absence of suitable-sized scales in which

114

Figure 2.

Ys il

Newly laid egg with tip of stalk projecting through integument of host
and the egg before oviposition.

to propagate they perish after a month or so, without having laid
their quota of eggs.

Bearing in mind the limitations of the parasites, the seasonal
life history of their hosts must be considered. The soft brown scale
produces three or four annual generations, the hatch of young being
very uneven and the different broods overlapping, so that the various
stages of the pest are always present at any season of the year.
When working on an infestation of this sort, the parasites always
find some of the scales of a proper size to nourish their larvae, and
a continuous increase of parasites usually results. In the case of the
soft brown scale, the parasites when once given a start propagate
continuously, finally reaching dominating numbers and producing sat
isfactory natural control. In comparison, the citricola scale matures
only one annual generation, and the development of the brood is
more or less uniform, so that the scales are all parents at the same
time, and the young grow up together.

When working on an infestation of citricola scales, the parasites
able to prey only upon individuals of about a certain size, are placed
under a handicap, for the nature of the food supply permits only a
limited period for propagation each year. When the scales become
vulnerable the parasites commence to increase, but before they ac-
cumulate in sufficient numbers to control the pest, the scales de-
velop an immunity by reason of their increased size, or by passing
into the younger stages, as the case may be. At times the parasites
of the citricola scale become rather abundant, but not soon enough
to result in satisfactory control. What has just been stated applies
to the conditions and parasites which exist in California. In Japan
the conditions may be different, as the citricola scale is compara
tively scarce, supposedly due to the influence of parasites. A care
ful study of the seasonal history of the citricola scale in Japan in
its relation to that of its parasites would probably result in showing

115

Figure 3.

Characteristic appearance of a palm scale Eucalymnatus tessellatus
(Signoret) when inhabited by the pupa of Anicetus annulatus Timb.

just what to expect from the establishment of the Japanese parasites
in the California fauna.

In 1913 a preliminary study of the California parasites of Coccus
hesperidum was made by Mr. P. H. Timberlake, who reared them on
the soft brown scale.* The life history of these parasites when at-
tacking the citricola scale is supposedly the same as when attacking
the soft brown scale. Aphycus luteolus Timb., mentioned by Tim-
berlake under the name Aphycus sp. near flavus How., holds first
place as an enemy of the citricola scale in California. Coccophagus
lecanii (Fitch) is probably entitled to second place, followed by Cocco-
phagus lunulatus (How.) and Microterys flavus (How.). A fifth species
Aphycus alberti (How.) mentioned by Timberlake as Aphycus DR. sp.
in his paper and said to be extremely rare, has recently been reared
in considerable numbers from the soft brown scale in Pasadena. It
seems likely that this species will be found working on the citricola
scale also.

There are several hyperparasites in the local fauna which will
probably prove detrimental to certain of the parasites ofthe citricola
scale if they ever become very abundant. Timberlake records six
hyperparasites, four of them obligatory internal parasites of Micro-
terys and Aphycus. The other species, one determined as Perissop-
terus javensis How. and the other Pachyneuron sp., were reared from
the soft brown scale but their host was not determined. Mention is
also made of an Anicetus sp. which was taken at Sacramento. Ac-
cording to Mr. Timberlake it is the parasite mentioned as Anicetus
annulatus Timb. in this paper. In addition to Timberlake’s record,
Tetrastichus blepyri Ash. can be listed as one more species actually
reared from the soft brown scale. All of these hyperparasites, and
probably many more, will undoubtedly attack their hosts when in-
habiting the citricola scale as well as they do when they locate them
in the soft brown scale. Some of the hyperparasites mentioned by
Timberlake under their generic names have since been described, and

*Preliminary Report on the Parasites of Coccus hesperidum in Cali-
fornia. P. H, Timberlake, Journal of Economie Entomology, Vol. 6, No. 3,
June, 1913.

116

Figure 4.

Aphyeus orientalis n. sp. Female.

a new genus has been erected for one of them. The list of hyper-
parasites brought up to date is as follows: Quaylea whittieri (Gir.),
Eusemion californicum Comp., Eusemion longipenne Ash., Cheiloneurus
inimicus Comp., Tetrastichus blepyri Ash., Perissopterus javensis
How., Pachyneuron sp.

For the past two years, the Bureau of Pest Control of the Cali-
fornia State Department of Agriculture has been attempting to intro-
duce into California additional natural enemies of the citricola scale.
With this idea in view, a request was made that Mr. C. P. Clausen,
of the Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agri-
culture, who is stationed at Yokohama, Japan, be on the lookout for
any natural enemies of the citricola scale which might occur in that
country. As a result of this request, Mr. Clausen has made several
shipments of parasitized scale material to California. From this ma-
terial four different species of primary parasites have been reared,
namely, Coccophagus yoshidae Nakayama, Anicetus annulatus Timb.,
and the two species described as new in this paper, Aphycus orientalis
nN. sp., and Coccophagus japonicus Nn. sp.

ANICETUS ANNULATUS TIMB.

Mr. Timberlake has informed me that Anicetus annulatus is the
species referred to in his paper on the parasites of Coccus hesperidum
in California (loc. cit.). In a later paper Timberlake described the

117

species as new, and supplemented the description with the statement
that an examination of the host remains indicated that this species
is unquestionably a primary parasite.* The description was made
from specimens reared from the tessellated palm scale, Eucalymnatus
tessellatsu Sig.

The first specimens of Anicetus, obtained by me issued from
Coccus hesperidum infesting a small Aralia plant. This plant was
taken from the Taiyo Maru, a Japanese steamer plying between the
Orient and San Francisco. The plant, which was a decorative fixture
of the boat, was observed by a horticultural quarantine officer who
noted that the scales which infested it were parasitized. At the Whit-
tier laboratory, where the plant was sent, ten females and several
male Anicetus issued. These parasites were carried through three
generations at the laboratory, but with each generation there was
an increase in males, while the females decreased, despite the fact
that they are given an opportunity to mate. This strain finally
perished when only males issued. At a later date a few males and
females were reared from Coccus hesperidum and Coccus pseudo-
magnoliarum, received from C. P. Clausen, Yokohama, Japan. A few
pairs were liberated on soft brown and palm scales on plants at the
Huntington Estate, San Marino, California.

A few observations were noted when handling this parasite in the
laboratory. Although very meager, it seems worth while to publish
them, as our knowledge of coccid parasites accumulates so slowly.

OVIPOSITION

A few palm scales, Eucalymnatus tessellatus, were placed in a
vial with a female Anicetus. The parasite made the usual preliminary
examination by palpating the scales with her antennae. During the
inspection the antennae were swayed from side to side, sweeping the
victim. At last, after making at least a dozen preliminary inspec-
tions, and exploratory insertions with her ovipositor, she was seen
to deposit an egg. The victim was a small waxy semi-transparent
individual. When about to oviposit, the parasite stands over her
victim and extrudes the ovipositor, which easily penetrates the derm.
In all cases this female selected the smaller stages of the scale. The
time which elapsed from the insertion of the ovipositor to withdrawal
was about one minute.

THE EGG

The ovarian eggs are double-bodied, consisting of two bulbous en-
largements connected by a long slender neck or stalk, and are quite
similar to the ovarian eggs of other Encyrtids such as Microterys,
Aphycus, Blastotrix, etc. After deposition the newly laid eggs are
located in the mid region of the scale, each suspended by a long
stalk the tip of which protrudes through the derm. When the egg
hatches the larva probably utilizes this stalk as an air line. The
body of the egg is elongate oval, in lateral view the dorsal side is
slightly convex and the under side slightly concave. They measure
15 mm. in length by .055 mm. in width. The suspending stalk is
slightly longer than the bulb.

THE LARVAL AND PUPAL STAGES

The larval stages were not observed further than that they
brought about a blackening of the hypodermal tissue in the mid dorsal

*Observations on the Source of Hawaiian Encyrtidae. P. H. Timberlake,
Proceedings of the Hawaiian Entomological Society, Vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 227-231,
June, 1919.

118

Figure 5.

Aphyeus orientalis n. sp. Female. A—Antenna; B
forewing; C—Basal portion of forewing, male; D—Antenna

Stigmal vein of

region of their hosts. This is a characteristic of Coccophagus lecanii
and the new species described in this paper. No observations were
made on the pupae. They are easily located lying face downward
under the black-pigmented areas. The value of this parasite as an
enemy of the citricola scale is doubtful. It has never been taken in
California, except on one occasion by Timberlake, and it was the least
abundant of the parasites inhabiting the citricola and soft brown scales
received in the shipments frem Japan.

COCCOPHAGUS YOSHIDAE NAKAYAMA*
This is a large black species with the legs partly marked with

-yellowish brown. It was originally described from specimens reared

from Cocus hesperidum taken in the vicinity of Shizuoka, Japan.
Several adults issued from citricola and soft brown scales received
from Japan, all being of the female sex. These did not reproduce at
the laboratory, although given an opportunity to work under what
were supposedly ideal conditions. One female was observed in the
act of oviposition; she selected a “rubber-sized” black scale in pre-
ference to some soft brown scales which were near. The method of
procedure was similar to that of the other species of Coccophagus
which have been studied. An examination of the host remains re-
ceived from Japan indicate that this species is a primary parasite.

*Specimens determined by A. B. Gahan and P, H. Timberlake.

119

Figure 6.

Coccophagus japonicus n. sp. Female. A—Forewing; B—Antenna;
C—Mandible; D—Thorax.

APHYCUS ORIENTALIS N. SP.

I am indebted to Mr. P. H. Timberlake for determining the species
herein described as new. In a letter under date of October 3, 1922,
he also states that this species can be separated from a somewhat
similar undescribed species from China by the scutellum, which in
this species is as wide as long by actual measurement, while in the
undescribed Chinese specimen the scutellum is wider than long. In
Timberlake’s key** to the species of, Aphycus the female of this form
runs to californicus How. Timberlake has also verbally informed
me that californicus How. as well as oregonensis How. are synonyms
of pulvinariae How. The female of this species, although quite similar
to pulvinariae in coloration, is very distinct structually, the antennae
being proportionately wider. In pulvinariae the club is one-half as
wide as it is long, and from one-fourth to one-third wider than the
preceding funicle joint; while in this species the club is almost two-
thirds as wide as long, and one-half wider than the preceding funicle
joint. The club of pulvinariae is only as long as the last four or five
funicle joints combined, while in this form it is fully as long as all the

**Revision of the Parasitic Hymenopterous Insects of the Genus Aphycus
Mayr. with Notice of Some Related Genera. P. H. Timberlake, Proc. U. S.
National Museum, pp. 588-590, May 31, 1916.

120

funicle joints combined. Also, in this species the scape is wider, it
being fully one-half as wide as long, and as wide as the club. In
comparison the scape of pulvinariae tends to be less than one-half as
wide as long, but as wide as the club, which is more slender. The
male form runs best to oregonensis, from which it greatly differs in
both structure and coloration.

Female

Frontovertex very slightly more than twice as long as wide;
ocelli arranged in an acute-angled triangle, the posterior pair about
one-half their own diameter from the eye margins, and about one and
one-half times their diameter from the occipital margin, the median
ocellus placed in the center of the frontovertex; antennal scape ex-
panded below, widest just beyond the middle, one-half as wide as
long, aS wide as the club; pedicel as long as the first three funicle
joints combined, measured across greatest thickness as wide as the
fourth funicle joint; first four funicle joints of nearly equal length
and all gradually increasing in width distally so that the fourth is
almost one-third wider than the first, the fifth longer than the pre-
ceding and about one-fourth wider, the sixth longer and wider than
the fifth and twice as wide as the first; club broadly ovate, more
than one-half wider than the preceding funicle joint, as long as all
the funicle joints combined (fig. 2a). Wings uniformly ciliated; the
oblique hairless streak interrupted below, the cut-off portion separated
from the basal hairless streak by about two rows of irregular cilia
(fig. 2b, c).

Coloration—Front, vertex and mesonotum orange yellow with slight
infusion of brownish; face and cheeks paler yellow merging to pallid;
the latter with blackish-brown blotch of variable degree extending
from the base of the cheeks upward and more or less merging with
the dark coloration of the occiput, tegulae, underparts ,and collar
of the pronotum sordid white, except as follows: tegulate with a
brown spot on the posterior margins, collar of pronotum with a black-
ish-brown dot on either corner, and the venter of the abdomen dusky;
occiput broadly across the center, concealed part of the pronotum,
the metanotum, propodeum, and dorsum of the abdomen blackish,
the latter fading to soiled white on the sides behind the vibrissae.
Antennal scape shining black, with the base, apex and a narrow line
on the dorsal margin whitish; base of pericel black, the apex whitish;
first four funicle joints, and first two joints of the club blackish brown,
last two funicle joints and apical joint of the club brownish yellow.
Legs in ground color similar to the whitish underparts; middle tibia,
at either extremity, slightly tipped with brownish black, a more or
less interrupted annulus of the same color on the upper third, and
another less well defined but of greater extent on the lower third;
the corresponding coloration of the fore and hind tibia faint, some-
times obsolete on the forelegs; last tarsal joints tipped with dusky.

Male

Antennal scape less than one-half as wide as it is long, as wide
as the club which is considerably narrower than that of the female;
the first four funicle joints subequal in length, the fifth almost one-half
longer than the fourth, the sixth one-fourth longer than the fifth, all
gradually increasing in width so that the sixth is twice as wide as
the first, and about one-fourth wider than the preceding; club elon-
gate, hardly wider than preceding funicle joint, rather pointed at apex,
about as long as the last four funicle joints taken together. (fig. 2d).
Length 0.7 mm. to 0.9 mm.

Coloration—Vertex, occiput broadly across the upper half, dor-
sum of the thorax and abdomen black; frons orange yellow; face,

121

cheeks and inferior half of the occiput chrome yellow to pallid; oral
margins framed in dusky cheeks with a black blotch extending from
near oval margin upword behind eyes merging with dark coloration
of vertex and occiput; pronotum yellowish on sides with a black
blotch near either corner; mesoscutum, propodeum and lateral sides
of the abdomen behind the vibrissae brownish orange yellow: tegulae
yellow with a black blotch on the outer posterior corners. Scape of
antennae somewhat like that of female; base of pedicel black, apical
half yellow; funicle and club blackish brown. Legs similar to those
of female excepting the dark coloration, which is not so well defined.

Described from ten females and five males (type, allotype, and
paratypes) found in the debris of shipping boxes, received June 5,
1922, from Mr. C. P. Clausen of Yokohamo, Japan.

Biological Note

Specimens obtained from Coccus pseudomagnoliarum (Kuwana)
and C. hesperidum (Linn.) received as noted above. An inspection
of the host remains resulted in the finding of two scales containing
remnants of the parasites, and in one cell a well preserved adult
clearly determinable. The old shells exhibited a honeycombed in-
terior like that of a mature black scale (Saissetia oleae) when in-
habited by several Aphycus lounsburyi. The scales were large in-
dividuals, which in life probably contained an abundance of ovarian
eggs at the time of attack. The interiors were partitioned off by
membranous walls forming individual pupal cells. In the pupal cham-
bers thus formed the castings were found, and in one case an adult
which had failed to issue. The other parasites had emerged through
a number of exit holes which perforated the dorsum. One of the
shells exhibited evidence of secondary parasitism, the pupal cases
of some black species occupying the cells formed by the Aphycus
larvae. However, this may have been only accidental parasitism,
the usurper having been a Coccophagus of essentially primary habits.
If speculation may be permitted on the basis of this evidence, it
seems the mode of development Aphycus orientalis must follow very
closely that of its congener Aphycus lounsburyi Howard, thus assur-
ing strict primary parasitism.

COCCOPHAGUS JAPONICUS N. SP.*

This form is briefly characterized for the purpose of recording
its introduction into California from Japan and to establish its place
of origin should it later be recovered from this state. It is with
hesitancy that specific rank is accorded this form as in all structural
characters known to me it resembles C. lecanii (Fitch), it being sepa-
rated merely on the basis of the difference in coloration of the legs.
C. lecanii is subject to considerable variation in color and a large
series from different parts of the world may reveal intergradations
which will necessitate synonymizing this species or at least reducing
it to a geographical variant. In addition to the twenty-five museum
specimens from which the characterization has been drawn more
than four-hundred living adults were handled, all of these being
separable at a glance from the specimens of lecanii which have so
far been taken from California. In coloration this form resembles
C. lunulatus How. but is easily distinguished by the vestiture of the
scutellum, the latter having a number of scattered hairs, while in
this form the scutellum is clothed with only three pairs of strong
bristles.

*In a letter under date of July 18, 1922, Mr. P. H. Timberlake stated that
apparently this is a new species.

122

Female

Posterior two-thirds of the scutellum yellowish, the remainder of
body blackish; antennal scape blackish, the funicle and club fuscous
brown; all coxal joints with some blackish, sometimes entirely black:
trochanters pallid; hind femora blackish, the extremities yellowish
white; apical tarsal joints dusky; remainder of legs usually entirely
yellowish white; in a few specimens the femora and tibiae of the
forelegs are in part slightly fuscous, the suffusion being more pro-
nounced on the femora.

Holotype and two paratypes to be deposited in the U. S. National
Museum, also, a series of three paratypes to be deposited in the
Museum of the California Academy of Science in San Francisco,
California.

Described from 25 females (holotype and paratypes) reared from
Coccus pseudomagnoliarum (Kuwana) and from specimens found. dead
in the debris of shipping boxes, received June 2, 1923, from C. P.
Clausen, who presumably, collected the material in the vicinity of
Yokohama, Japan. Specimens of this species were obtained from an
earlier shipment made by Clausen but no specimens retained.

In the larvel stages and in the mode of development this species
seems to resemble C. lecanii very closely. The derm of the parasitised
host takes on the characteristic black pigmented appearance. Some
four hundred adults were colonized in several districts of southern
California as a result of Clausen’s shipment. Whether or not they
have become established is not known at this writing.

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA
By JOHN A. COMSTOCK, m.a., M.b., F.E.S. —
Continued from May-June Issue
The Whites and Allies
GENUS PIERIS

The MUSTARD WHITE, (Pieris napi, L.) is a remarkable species
for the number of distinct geographic races and seasonal forms which
it has developed during the course of its evolution. No less than six-
teen of these are recorded for America, north of Mexico, of which five
occur in California. To these we add a sixth, as noted at the end of
this paper.

The species is of some economic importance in the fact that the
larvae feed on turnip and cabbage. The favorite food-plants, however
are the Mustards and Toothworts, and the species is never sufficiently
abundant to be a menace. Two or more broods of each race usually
occur,—the earliest to emerge from overwintering chrysalids showing
heavier markings and lineations.

The PALLID WHITE (Pieris napi pallida, Scud.) is a race occur-
ing in the northern coastal region, distinguished by its nearly immac-
ulate superior wing surfaces in the male. The female shows a slight
barring of the veins in the apical area, and usually a round spot be-
low the third median vein and a bar along the inner margin of pri-
mary. The under surface in both sexes shows a slight powdering along
the veins in the basal and discal areas. Figures 15 and 16 of Plate
VIII show the upper and under surfaces of the male, and Figure 17
depicts the under side of tne female. This form may be taken in the
late spring and early summer.

The MARGINED WHITE (Pieris napi marginalis, Scud.) is a
large northern form occuring on the Oregon border that shows a nar-
row distinct veining on the under surfaces, and a fine narrow, almost
indistinguishable marginal line on the upper side, completely encircling
the wings. The basal area on upper surface is more heavily marked
than in the preceding species. It is an early spring butterfly. Plate
IX, figures 1 and 2 will serve to identify the male. Marginalis is a
rare form that is represented in few collections.

The VEINED WHITE, (Pieris napi venosa, Scud.) is the most
boldly and clearly marked of all our California races of napi. The
figures 3 to 5 on plate IX will serve to identify it. Unfortnately two
of our labels were transposed in the plate. Figure 3 is the upper sur-
face of the female, and figure 5 the under surface of the male. This
form occurs from central California northward, and is never common.
It is an early spring butterfly.

REAKIRTS WHITE, (Pieris napi castoria, Reak.) is a large, light-
ly marked form, representing the second brood, emerging in the late
spring and early summer. The immaculate under surfaces, and, in
the male, the discrete points on the upper side of primaries will serve
to distinguish this race, which is accurately depicted in figures 6, 7 and
8 of Plate IX. Reakirt’s White occurs in the same territory as the
preceding form.

HARRIS’ WHITE, (Pieris napi oleracea, Harr.) has been rarely
met with in the Sierras. Lightly marked specimens are difficult to
separate from the Pallid White, but the typical examples are more

124

heavily shaded along the veins on the under side of secondaries, and
are lightly penciled in the same areas of the upper surface. The fe-
male particularly is heavily shaded above, along the nervules, and has
a heavy band on the posterior border of the primaries. This race is
shown on Plate IX, figures 9, 10 and 12.

A new race, differing markedly from any thus far described occurs
in a restricted area of Sonoma County. I have called this the SMALL
VUINED WHITE. It may be technically described as follows:

PIERIS NAPI MICROSTRIATA, race noy.

MALE. Superior Surface.

Primaries: ground color white. Costae heavily powdered with black
seales in the basal area and at the apex. Extremity of all nervules heavily
shaded with black, expanding toward margins and thus creating conical
points, which are largest at the apex and diminish to a mere point at the
first median nervuie. Base heavily shaded. A broken submarginal line is
suggested, most heavily accented below the third median nervule where it
is formed into a round black spot. A similar, though fainter spot occurs
below the first median nervule.

Secondaries: ground color white. A minute black point at outer angle.
Basal area heavily shaded. Minute black points at ends of nervules. A
Suggestion of grey shading follows the nervules, due to the heavy lineation
of the under side showing through.

INFERIOR SURFACE.

Primaries: ground color white, shading to delicate yellow near apex
and outer margin. Nervules clearly margined with brownish black scales,
on which the nervule itself forms a fine yellow line causing the lineations
0 gppear as double narrow bands heaviest at apex and posterior margin
of cell.

Secondaries: ground color lemon yellow. All nervules heavily bordered
with brownish-grey, and, as on primaries, appearing as double lines. A
bright orange dash appears on the basal portion of costa.

FEMALE.

Marked much as in the male, but with heavier shading in the basal area
of primaries, and a broad band following the posterior margin to a point
of juncture with the spot below first median nervule.

Head, black. Eyes, reddish brown. Antennae, black, tipped with yel-
low. Thorax, black with delicate grey pile. Abdomen, grey above, white
below.

Holotype; expanse 39 mm. Taken at Eldredge, Sonoma County, Califor-
nia, March 13, 1911, by J. August Kusche.

Allotype; expanse 40 mm. Taken at same locality and on the same
date by Mr. Kusche.

Paratypes; one male—same locality and date.
In collection of Southwest Museum.

The types and cotype No. 1 are accurately pictured on Plate IX, figures
12, 18 and 14, to be subsequently published in the Bulletin.

’ Calochortus lanternus n. sp.

Stem somewhat flexuous, branching, glaucous; basal leaves lan-
ceolate, acuminate, 3-5 dm. long, 10-30 mm. wide; bracts foliaceous,
acuminate, 5-15 mm. long; flowers subglobose, nodding on slender
pedicels; sepals 25 mm. long, more or less acuminate, greenish-white;
petals white (occasionally rosy) ovate-lanceolate, 3-5 ecm. long, 20 mm.
wide, incurved and strongly arched, clothed above the gland with
white hairs; gland crescent shaped with 4 transverse upwardly im-
bricate scales; anthers oblong 5 mm. long; capsule 25 mm. long, short
beaked; seeds white. Type No. 3596. Fish Canyon, San Gabriel Mts.
were noted. The northern species from which the original descrip-
tion of C. albus was drawn has a much smaller flower, has a fringe
of pink hairs above the gland and the latter is shaped like the seg-
ment of an oval. In @C. lanternus the gland is shaped like a Turkish
crescent; the capsule too is longer and has not the somewhat quadrate
shape of C. albus. This plant is known locally as the Fairy lantern.

’ Allium grandisceptrum n. sp.

Bulb round about 1.5 em. long with a very thin outer coat without
definite reticulation; scapes 2.5-3 dm. high, sometimes in pairs, terete
or occasionally slightly 2-edged; leaves 3 or 4, flat, 6-8 mm. wide and
form from Placerville and cultivated them other points of difference
jthat species in having white seeds. Mr. F. Burlew called my attention
‘to this and when Mr. R. Kessler secured specimens of the northern
vabout 2 dm. long; umbel open, 15-20 flowered; pedicels 20 mm. long;
perianth pink or light rose colored, the outer segments 12 mm. long, 6
mm. wide, lanceolate, acute, the inner about half as wide; stamens 2/3
the length of the perianth; filaments all slightly dilated at base, the
alternate ones less so; pistil 4 mm. long, stigma single; ovary smooth
with rounded lobes.

Type No. 3595. Garberville, Humboldt County. Bulbs collected
at this locality by Mrs. W. W. Hutchinson and cultivated here. This
same species has been cultivated by Mr. R. Kessler, the bulbs having
been collected in the Tehachapi Mts.

In general appearance this plant resembles A. bisceptrum. It
differs in showing larger perianth segments, bulbs without reticulation
and fruits without crests. It likewise shows the first leaf as a brown
sheathing structure about 25 mm. long without any blade. Whether
this is a characteristic of this plant or is common and usually over-
looked on account of its withering early I have not observed sufficiently

This has hitherto passed as C. albus Doug]. but it differs from
to render an opinion.
ADDITIONS TO THE LOCAL FLORA

Clarkia xantiana Gray. This plant hitherto unknown south of
the Tehachapi has been collected by R. J. Dobbs near the Colby Ranch
in the Tuhunga, May 1924.

Mimulus Breweri (Greene) Coville. Bear Valley.
Dr. A. Davipnson.

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PLANT NOTES—II.*
PHILIP A. MUNZ

Unless otherwise indicated all specimens cited in this paper are
in the C. F. Baker Herbarium of Pomona College.

4 Cupressus Forbesii Jepson. Madrona 1:75. 1922.

Our native cypress of Southern California differs from 0. guada-
lupensis Wats. in having ascending branches without drooping branch-
lets. The foliage is juniper-green and not glaucous, the bark is cinna-
mon-brown rather than grayish-brown. This cypress, for which three
stations have been published, all of them in San Diego Co. (Jepson,
l.c.; Parish, Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sei. 13:11-13. 1914 is to be reported
also from Orange County. Here it grows abundantly on the west side
of the Santa Ana Mts., in the second large side-canyon south of the
Orange-Riverside County line, which is crossed as one drives down
the Santa Ana River Canyon. Specimens from this canyon are:
W. M. Pierce, March 10, 1922; Munz & Johnston 5566; and Munz 7327.
The trees grow in alluvial soil on the canyon bottom and on the upper
slopes of the canyon, and extend over a distance of at least a mile
and a half. In habit and choice of habitat, the colony agrees well
with Parish’s description of the grove at Tecate Mt. (Parish, l.c. ;
Saunders, Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 15:21. 1916). The largest tree seen was
between 30 and 40 feet high; the crown is usually conic and peaked.
The branches begin near the base and are slightly ascending, and forma
crown from two-thirds to three-fourths as broad as high. The wood
is brittle and splits easily. On May 18, 1922 the trees were with
abundant fruit. Several years previous to this visit a fire had killed
most of the trees in the upper and more narrow parts of the canyon,
and at the time of the visit, the old dead trees were still standing and
holding cones. However, seedling trees, many of which were five or
Six years old and as many feet high, occurred in great numbers.

Orcuttia californica Vasey. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 13:219. 1886.

The first collection for Southern California, and the third for the
species, was made in Menifee Valley, 10 miles northeast of Murietta,
Riverside County, in May 1922, Mune & Johnston 5375. The grass
was locally abundant and covered an area of about an acre on the
bottom of a dessicating winter pool.

Allium obtusum Lemmon. Pittonia 2:69. 1890.

A form of this onion is locally abundant on gentle stony slopes on
the north edge of Thomas or Garner Valley in the San Jacinto Mts.,
about two miles north-west of Kenworthy, Mune & Johnston 5512,
First collection south of the Tehachapi Pass, according to Dr. Abrams,
who kindly identified the collection (Illus. Flora Pac. States 1:388.
1923). The plant is distinguished from the other montane Alliums of
Southern California by its broad, oblong and obtuse perianth lobes.

Calochortus flexwosus Wats. Am. Nat. 7:3038. 1873.

Specimens with the characteristic sinuous stems of the species,
were found by M. French Gilman on rocky slopes in a high gorge in
the Chuckwalla Mts. on the Colorado Desert, Mune & Keck 4838. This
collection extends the range southward some 200 miles, the nearest
known station being in the Death Valley Region.

“The first paper in this series appeared in the Bull. So. Calif. Acad.
Sei. 22:7-11, Mareh 1923.

127

Nolina Parryi Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 14:247. 1879.

Locally abundant in the chaparral of the coastal slopes of the
Santa Ana Mts.; Santa Ana River Canyon, Munz & Johnston 5315, &
Munz 7329; Modjeska’s Ranch, Munz 7728; and extending on south
into Trabuco Canyon. Reported from the eastern slopes of the same
range by Parish (Muhlenbergia 7:73. 1911, and Erythea 7:90. 1899).
These plants of Orange County tend te have a less well developed claw
on the perianth-lobes and shorter style than do plants from the
desert. These characters, however, seem too inconstant for nomen-
clatorial recognition. In fruit and habit of growth, the coastal and
desert plants seem quite similar.

Eriogonum nodosum Small. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 25:49. 1898.

Not only in the eastern parts of the Mohave Desert as given by
Jepson (FI. Calif., 416. 1914), but common for miles in the desert
region along the north base of the San Gabriel Mts., growing on open
stretches and ascending the washes to 4,500 ft. alt., as at Sheep Creek,
Munz 7720, where it grows with FE. Heermannii D. & H. It was bloom-
ing abundantly on Sept. 1, 1923 with a characteristic growth-habit of
erect stems and storied horizontal branches bearing white flowers.

Tetragonia expansa Murr. Comm. Goetting 6:13, t. 5. 1788.

Well established on the beaches of Los Angeles and Orange Coun-
ties, as at Hermosa Beach, Feudge 52, and Laguna Beach, Munz 73821.
Previously reported from Santa Barbara by Parish (Bull. So. Cal. Acad.
Sci. 19:15. 1920).

“ Silene verecunda Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 10:344. 1875.

Jepson (FI. Calif., 508. 1914) refers to the northern VS. verecunda
much of our southern material. Study of our plants in the field leads
me to follow his treatment and to refer to the species such plants as
are low and compact in growth, mostly not more than 2 dm. high, with
fairly compact inflorescence, and with leaves from 2-6 mm. wide. For
the most part such plants occurring in Southern California have a
purplish cast, and the petal-blades are frequently almost as broad as
long. Here I would refer such collections as the following: Little
Baldy, San Gabriel Mts., at 9,500 ft., Munz 6119; Mt. San Antonio, at
9,000 ft., Johnston 1671, at 9,250 ft., Peirson 2284; Ontario Peak at
8,000 ft., Johnston 1528; Blue Ridge, Swartout Valley, at 8,450 ft.,
Munz 7683; and San Gorgonio Peak, from 11,000 to 11,500 ft., Munz 7596.
The collections by Johnston and by Munz from Mt. San Antonio and
Blue Ridge are quite canescent; the others all heavily glandular.

Silene verecunda var. platyota (Wats.) Jeps. Fl. Calif., 509. 1914.

To the var. platyota belong the more slender and open light green
plants, ranging from 2-5 dm. high, and with leaves mostly 2-3 mm.
wide. The petal-blades are usually distinctly much longer than wide.
These plants frequent lower altitudes for the most part and extend
further south: Mt. Pinos, 7,000 ft., Munz 7045; Vincent Gulch, San
Gabriel Mts., 6,500 ft., Munz 6842; Swartout Valley, 6,700 ft., Munz
7704; Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mts., 6,500 ft., Harwood 4316;
Deep Creek, Abrams 2039; South Fork of Santa Ana River, 8,200 ft.,
Munz 6246; Tamarack Valley, San Jacinto Mts., 9,200 ft., Munz 6401;
Idyllwild, 5,400 ft., Spencer 1607 July 9, 1921, and 2184; Keen Camp,
5,000 ft., Munz 5772; Santa Rosa Mts., 6,500 ft., Munz 5844; Pine Hills,
San Diego Co., 4,200 ft., Spencer 1607, June 24, 1920; Santa Ana Mts.,
5,000 ft., Munz & Keck 7074; Cuyamaca Mts., 5,000 ft., Munz & Harwood
7278.

Glaucium flavum Crantz. Stirp. Austr. 2:131. 1763.
This immigrant can now be reported from California. On May

128

22, 1923, it was found well established on the south side of Lake Elsi-
nore, Dr. H. Baer.

Diplotaxis tenuifolia (LL) DC. Syst. 2:632. 1821.

Santa Ana, Orange Co., Johnston 1927 in May, 1918; and between
Tustin and Santa Ana, J. Vaile in Jan., 1924. Growing as a vigorous
weed with 12 to 20 stalks from one root. Reported by Parish for Los
Angeles Co. (Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 19:18. 1920).

\Y Eruca sativa Mill. Gard. Dict. Ed. 8, No. 1. 1768.

A few plants on a vacant lot on “H” St., San Bernardino, April
8, 1923, J. B. Feudge. First Southern California record.

Parnassia californica (Gray) Greene. Pittonia 2:102. 1890.

Occasional in the San Bernardino Mts., in wet meadows along the
South Fork of the Santa Ana River, at about 8,000 ft. alt., Munz 6269.
An excellent match for material from the Sierras, and quite distinct
from P. cirrata Piper, our other southern species, in lack of fringe on
the petals and in the larger flowers and oblong rather than subcordate
leaves. I have seen specimens of P. cirrata from both the San Ber-
nardino Mts. (Vivian Creek, Munz 7615) and San Gabriel Mts. (Cold-
brook, F. Grinnell Jr. in 1917).

Sibbaldia procumbens L. Sp. Pl. 284. 1753.

The first record for Southern California is from the Foxesee Creek
in the San Bernardino Mts., at 9,000 ft. alt., F. W. Peirson 3492.

Polygala Fishiae Parry. Proc. Davenport Acad. Nat. Sci. 4:39. 1884.

Apparently widely distributed over the coastal drainage in scat-
tered stations. Aside from the localities mentioned for Ventura and
Los Angeles Counties by Abrams (Fl. Los Ang., 211. 1917) and David-
son & Moxley (Fl. So. Calif., 216. 1923), I have seen material from
several additional stations: West Fork, Matilija Canyon, Ventura Co.,
Hall 7843 (Univ. Calif. Herb. & Pomona); Rincon Creek, Ventura Co.,
Baer in 1922; Temecula Canyon, Riverside Co., Munz 7127; Dulzura,
San Diego Co., Valentine in 1908, Stokes in 1901, and Mrs. Hagenbock
(all three at Univ. Calif.).

“ Ceanothus papillosus T. & G@. Fl. No. Am. 1:268. 1888.

Locally abundant in dense chaparral at about 3,250 ft. alt. on the
trail from Holy Jim Canyon to Santiago Peak, on the Orange County
side of the Santa Ana Mts., F. W. Peirson 3492. The previously reported
range of this species is from the Santa Lucia Mts. northward. Our
material agrees well with that from the north, though somewhat less
pubescent.

Cornus Nuttallii Audubon. T. & G. Fl. No. Am. 1:652. 1840.

This species has a wider distribution in Southern California than
is commonly realized. It is credited to the San Bernardino Mts. in
many references (Abrams, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6:429. 1910; Parish,
Pl. World 20:247. 1917; Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 267. 1923;
Sargent, Man. Trees No. Am., 788. 1922). Others add to this range
the San Jacinto Mts. (Sudworth, Forest Trees Pac. Slope, 415. 1908;
Jepson, Univ. Calif. Mem. 2:271. 1910; Hall, U. C. Pub. Bot. 1:99.
1907). It can now be reported from the San Gabriel Mts., where two
trees were found in Cascade Canyon at 4,400 ft. alt., 7. M. Johnston,
June 28, 1924. In the Palomar Mts. it is common in Doane Valley,
Munz 8245, and in the Cuyamaca Mts. it occurs on the trail to Cuya
maca Peak, at 6,200 ft., Mune 7257.

' Pyrola asarifotia var. incarnata (Fisch.) Rhodora 6:178. 1904.

A large colony, with its piants scattered over perhaps half an
129

acre, was found on Aug 22, 1923 by F. W. and Mabel Peirson and my-
self; it occurred on the wet banks of a springy hillside at 8,000 ft. on
Vivian Creek in the San Bernardino Mts., Munz 7593. First record for
Southern California.

Pyrola minor L. Sp. Pl. 396. 1753.

First found in Southern California in moist places along the
stream below Dollar Lake, San Bernardino Mts., Peirson 2587 in 1920.
It occurs there fairly plentifully at 8,900 ft., Munz 6239, and along the
edge of wet meadows on the South Fork of the Santa Ana River at
8,700 ft., Munz 6189. Occasional also in the San Jacinto Mts., at
the base of trees and on moist banks at the edge of the meadow in
Round Valley, Munz 6049 and 6395.

Pyrola secunda L. Sp. Pl. 396. 1758.

This Pyrola can also be reported from Southern California, having
been collected, as long ago as 1906, at 6,700 ft. on Lost Creek in the
San Bernardino Mts., J. & H. H. Grinnell 330 (Cal. Acad. Herb.). It
occurs sparingly in Round Valley in the San Jacinto Mts., at 9,000 ft.
on the raised edge of a wet meadow, Jaeger 1171 and Munz 6396.

Trichostema lanatum Benth. Lab. Gen. & Sp. 659. 1835.

The typical form of the species, as pointed out by Abrams (Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club 34:265. 1907) is a coastal plant. Coming from the
north into our range, it extends south at least into San Diego Co.
and is characterized by a narrow woolly thyrsus, with flowers 10-15
mm. long and stamens 30-40 mm. long, and by a tendency to a heavy
white tomentum on the under side of the leaves. It is represented
from Southern California by such specimens as: Sespe Creek, Ven-
tura Co., Dudley & Lamb 4787; Saugus, Hall & Chandler 7404; Mint
Canyon, Peirson, 176; Topango Canyon, Munz & Harwood 3997 and
Hitchcock 12; Santa Ana River Canyon, Orange Co., Munz 7328; Del
Mar, Spencer 2266; and San Diego Co., Brandegee in 1898.

Trichostema lanatum var. denudatum Gray Syn. Fl. 2:459. 1886.
T. Parishii Vasey. Bot. Gaz. 6:173. 1880.

The inland form, the var. denudatwm, has a more open and less
woolly inflorescence, with flowers 8 to 10 mm. long, stamens 17-24 mm.
long and the leaves scarcely or not woolly below. It ranges from the
San Gabriel Mts. eastward and southward, and in its extreme form is
quite distinct from the species. A study of a series of specimens con-
vinces me that it is only varietal in rank, many plants approaching
the species in one or more characters, for example such collections as:
San Antonio Canyon, Johnston 2041; Cajon Pass, Munz, Johnston &
Harwood 4079; Foxesee Creek, San Bernardino Mts., Munz 6315; San
Jacinto Mts., Hall 2155; Warners Springs, Mrs. Coombs in 1915. More
typical of the variety are: City Creek, San Bernardino Mts., Johnston
& Williams 2936; Mill Creek, Crawford; Hemet Valley, San Jacinto
Mts., Munz 5819; Santa Rosa Mts., Munzg 5825; Laguna Mts., Spencer
155; Ramona, Purpus in 1899; between Jacumba and Campo, Abrams
3692; Alpine, Munz & Harwood 7149.

Mimulus Clevelandi Brandegee. Gard. & For. 8:134. 1895.

Though this has been known only from the mountains in eastern
San Diego County, it is common along trails and in cleared places on
dry slopes in the chaparral belt of the Santa Ana Mts. The plant is
extremely viscid and is only very slightly frutescent. On the Orange
County slopes it is common at from 3,200 ft. to 5,200 ft. along the
trail from Holy Jim Canyon to Santiago Peak, Munz 7768. On the
Riverside County slopes it is common at about the same elevations
on the Glen Ivy trail to Santiago Peak, Munz 7062.

130

Y Pedicularis semibarbata Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:385. 1868.

This species, which is so common in the pine belt of our mountains,
has interesting ecological relations. On August 31, 1923 along the
high ridge between Swartout Valley and the Prarie Fork of the San
Gabriel River, I had opportunity to make some observations on its
habits. At that season whenever the leaves were plucked from a plant,
they all came off together and apparently had been cut off from the
fleshy caudex. This was true of plant after plant; the cut ends
were brown and healed over, and in most cases the rather thick leaves
had not yet wilted.

Great numbers of seedlings were everywhere visible, having cotyle-
dons and from one to three leaves. Careful digging of these showed a
remarkable development of root-system for one season, the rather fleshy
whitish roots going into the soil, almost without branching for some
8 to 10 inches, and generally ending in a firm attachment to roots of
Pinus ponderosa or Abies concolor. Search failed to reveal many
plants at any distance from pines or firs, indicating apparently that
its distribution is determined partly at least by its opportunity to form
the semiparasitic relations with the conifers.

Penstemon Clevelandi Gray var. Stephensi (Brandegee) Munz & John-
ston. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 49:41. 1922.

The varietal status of P. Stephensi Brandegee (Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 50:215. 1923) as insisted on by Munz & Johnston (Bull. So. Cal.
Acad. Sci. 23:36. 1924) is supported by specimens recently received
from Mr. HE. C. Jaeger, collected by him in 1923 at Keyes Ranch in the
Little San Bernardino Mts. It will be remembered that Stephensi is
known only from the eastern part of the Mohave Desert and Clevelandi
from the western edge of the Colorado Desrt. These specimens coming
from the border line between the two deserts are intermediate in
character. They agree with the former in the grayish cast of the plant,
in the size and color of the flowers, and in the jagged-serrate con-
dition of the leaves. They are like typical Clevelandi in the ab-
sence of connate-perfoliate leaves; and like the var. connatus in having
a bearded sterile filament. The whole inflorescence is much more
strongly glandular-pubescent than in any other specimens that I have
seen for the whole group. Representing a combination of characters

as they do, they confirm me in my opinion that P. Stephensi is not a
distinct species.

Parishella californica Gray Bot. Gaz. 7:94. 1882.

A rarely collected plant, but apparently fairly well distributed on
the Mohave Desert. The type locality is Rabbit Springs. A fine col-
lection was made in May, 1922, two miles south of Crutts Postoffice,
where it was locally abundant in gravelly soil, Johnston 6576.

/ Anaphalis margaritacea (lL) B. & H. Gen. 2:303. 1873.

Hall, reviewing the reported occurrence of this species in Southern
California, was forced to the conclusion that all such reports were
based on misdeterminations (U. C. Pub. Bot. 1:115. 1907). It was
reported in 1922 from Barton Flats, San Bernardino Mts., by Davidson
(Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 21:27). We also now have undoubted speci-
mens from a narrow side-canyon which is tributary to Mill Creek
Canyon in the San Bernardino Mts. This canyon is on the south side
of Mill Creek and about one mile east of Forest Home. It is very nar-
row and precipitious and in its upper parts has much loose talus. It
was in such a situation at about 6,200 ft., that A. margaritacea was
found by F. W. and Mabel Peirson and myself in August 19238, Munz

7608. It occurred in a few scattered colonies and had the fairly nar-
row, revolute ascending leaves of the typical form.

131

Lepidospartum latisquamum Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 25:1338. 1890.

L. striatum. Coville. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 7:73. 1892 and Contr.
U. S. Nat. Herb. 4:140. pl XZ. 1893.

This species can now be reported from our region, two collections
having recently been made: Swartout Valley, San Gabriel Mts., at
6,650 ft., Sept. 1, 1923, Muwnz 7,700; and Lone Pine Canyon, San Gabriel
Mts., at 5,300 ft., W. M. Pierce on Oct. 15, 1923. It forms a broom-like,
irregularly tufted, erect shrub, 5 to 6 ft. high, and grows in dry, rather
gravelly places with such plants as Artemisia tridentata and Chryso-
thamnus nauseosus var. viridulus Hall.

Lygodesmia spinosa Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. N. S. 7:444. 1841.

The first report of this species in Southern California can now
be made. A small plant, not in flower, but with the characteristic
tuft of wool at the base, was collected by Peirson in 1922 in the
Swartout Valley region. A visit on Aug. 30 and 31, 1923 to the same
region by Peirson and myself, resulted in our finding it fairly abundant
on dry slopes and ridges both north (at 7,300 ft. Munz 7665) and
south (at 8,450 ft., Munz 7670) of Swartout Valley. On the north
ridge it was associated with such plants of the pine belt as Hriogonum
microthecum Nutt. (Munz 7661), H. wmbellatum var. stellatwm Jones,
Galium multiflorum Kell. var. parvifolium Parish. On the south ridge
occur Hriogonum pusillum T. & G. (Munz 7676) and H. Parishii Wats.
(Munz 7680), both unknown previously in the San Gabriel Mts.

Senecio occidentalis (Gray) Greene. Pittonia 4:122. 1900.

The first collection made in Southern California was by F. W. and
Mabel Peirson and myself, Munz 7590, near the summit of San Gorgonio
Peak in August 1923. There it is locally abundant about rocks from
11,000 ft. to 11,400 ft. along the trail from Vivian Creek. Det. by
Greenman.

THE MARINE FISHES (TELEOSTEI) OF

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA;

(Continued from the May-June Issue of the Bulletin)

BY ALBERT B. ULREY

Director of the Marine Biological Station of the University of

Southern California
and

PAUL O. GREELEY

Instructor in Biology, University of Southern California

NNN.

7 ©

RR.

VV.

MM.

Ventral fins with or without spine, the number of soft

rays fewer than 5.
Gill opening before the pectoral fin.
Anal fin present; caudal fin not directed upward.
Upper jaw not prolonged into a sword.
Dorsal fin with some spines or simple rays.
Dorsal fin without soft rays, composed of spines only..

BEERS, salsa ienT State ees LoWatiga sia lentes anise Hapiak Po teviod ae sles feito clastic: Saree Blenniidae
Dorsal fin with soft rays anteriorly, with spines poster-
iorly; gill membranes joined to isthmus..... Zoarcidae

Dorsal fin or spines anteriorly, with soft rays posteriorly.
Dorsal spines connected by membrane.

Suborbital with a bony stay, extending across the cheek,
to or toward the preopercle, the cheek sometimes en-
tirely covered with a coat of mail.

Pectoral fin not divided.

Body entirely covered with an armour of bony plates;
ME a WOM is seh neteusmene ehaes OW ceoea tsi eucicl shee soe rsagi@auussarene Agonidae

Body naked, or more or less rough or scaly, not entirely
covered by bony plates.

Gill opening large, extending downward nearly or quite
the lowest pectoral ray....................... Cottidae

Suborbital without bony stay.

Dorsal spines 2 to 4 only; head very broad, depressed;
gills 3; gill membranes broadly united to the isthmus.

Ventrals not reduced each to a single spine. Batrachoididae

Dorsal spines numerous; gills 4.

Gill membranes separate, free from the isthmus.

* Body greatly elongate; lower jaw with a slit at base to
permit free motion; lips not fringed. Soft dorsal and
anal without anterior lobe; continuous with spinous
DAG aye steciloneeecoieisicie woes element Lepidopidae (Trichiuridae)

Gill membranes broadly united, attached to the isthmus
or not.

Gill openings moderate or large.............. Blenniidae
Dorsal fins of soft rays only.

133

VOC

ZZ.

a §

4. Ventral
A.

Breast with a large sucking disk between ventral fins..
Gobiesocidae

Breast without sucking disk.

Body covered with a coat of mail; dorsal very short...
Agonidae

Body not mailed; dorsal many-rayed.

Lateral line and base of dorsal beset with prickles; skele-
ton very soft; body compressed............ Icosteidae

Lateral line unarmed.

Tail isocercal, the vertebral column pointed behind, the
last vertebrae very small; hypercoracoid not perforate;
no pseudobranchiae.

Caudalitineaweantin separ eee near ee Macrouridae.

Tail not isocercal, truncate at base of caudal; hypercora-
coid perforate.

Gill membranes joined to the isthmus; pseudobranchiae
present.

Ventral fins under shoulder girdle............ Zoarcidae.

Gill membranes free from the isthmus.

Ventral fins inserted below or before the eyes; pseudo-

branchiae generally well developed.........Ophidiidae
Ventral fins inserted below shoulder girdle; no pseudo-
RANCHI Ce ie coos boca er Oe ea ee eee Brotulidae
Upper jaw prolonged into a bony sword; dorsal fin long
and! high: (size Wareennic. cave socom eros Istiophoridae

Anal fin wanting; caudal fin distorted or directed up-
ward; body ribbon-like.

Ventral fins each reduced to a long slender filament...
BMA eran Rani arena ee itn aio iad oy onion Regalecidae

Gill openings behind the pectoral fins.

Gill openings below and behind pectorals; mouth large,
nearly averticalls ssa scatter eran Antennariidae

Fins Wholly Wanting.

Premaxillary and maxillary wanting or grown fast to the
palatines; body greatly elongate, eel-shaped; gill open-
ings restricted to the sides; scales minute or wanting;
scapular arch not attached to the skull. Eels.

Gill openings not very far behind cranium; gape not in-
ordinately distensible; gill arches 4 pairs.

Gill openings well developed, leading to large inter-
branchial slits; tongue present; opercles and branchial
bones well developed; scapular arch present.

Scales wholly wanting; eggs (so far as known) of mod-
erate size, much as in ordinary fishes.

Tip of tail with a more or less distinct fin, the dorsal and
anal fins confluent around it; the tail sometimes ending
in a long filament. Coloration almost always plain,
brownish, blackish, or silvery, the fins often black-mar-
gined.

Pectoral fins wholly wanting; snout and jaws much
produced, the upper longer; jaws straight; skin thin
and skeleton weak; tail ending in a filiform tip; gill
openings small, subinferior; teeth sharp, subequal, re-
curved, a long series on the vomer. Deep-sea eels, soft
in body, black in color. .Nettastomatidae (Nettasomidae)

134

EE.

CC.

AA.

arto

JJ.

NNN.

SS.

RR.

UU.
ae

MM.

Tip of tail without rays, projecting beyond the dorsal and
anal fins (not filiform); posterior nostril on the edge
of the upper lip; anterior nostril near tip of snout,
usually in a small tube; tongue usually adnate to the
floor of the mouth; coloration frequently variegated. .

SR aTS eSBs RP Na omatetele pants Me Poste to Pollo oytattehresGiharea lelvan eyes) folie se Ophichthyidae

Gill openings small, roundish, leading to restricted inter-
branchial slits; tongue wanting; pectoral fins (typi-
cally) wanting; opercles feebly developed; fourth gill

arch modified, strengthened, and supporting pharyngeal
jaws. |

Scapular arch obsolete or represented by cartilage; heart
not far back; pectorals wanting; (skin thick; colora-
tion often variegated)..................... Muraenidae

Premaxillary and maxillary present, often immovably
united to rest of cranium.

Gill openings not united in a longitudinal slit.

Dorsal fin present.

Body not truly eel-shaped.

Gill openings far behind pectoral fins; mouth oblique,
very large; spinous dorsal represented by fleshy tenta-
ON ESR eG eo: cron eval Ore NOTE ERE ct Suc Ee oligo PR eat enens Ceratiidae

Gill openings before pectoral fins.

Gill membranes broadly united to the isthmus, restricting
the gill openings to the sides.

Snout tubular, bearing the short, toothless mouth at the
ends body, mailed: 6 ossh feiss oe See wee) < Syngnathidae

Snout not tubular.

Breast without sucking disk.

Dorsal fin single, of spines or undivided rays only.
Jaws and vomer with coarse molar teeth. Anarhichadidae
Jaws and vomer without molars.

Mouth not nearly vertical; dorsal spines moderate or low,
some or all of them usually pungent........ Blenniidae

Dorsal fins 2, the anterior of spines, the posterior of soft
rays; body short and deep.

Spinous dorsal of 2 or 3 spines; scales rather large, rough
OT ADO: cropyear ora M Cre aoe oe ond Seal Balistidae
Dorsal fin continuous, of soft rays only.

Body oblong or elongate, the back not elevated; dorsal and
anal joined to caudal.

Pectoral rather narrow, the lower rays similar to the

OUMEN Sievert rewonen ee aet lai Teco boln atures serious nya eterna Zoarcidae
Pectorals very broad, the lower rays procurrent and pro-
GUucedV party, stipe crusts ree ctere cue eres aartetoveke ote Liparididae

Body short, not elongate; dorsal and anal free from
caudal.

Teeth in each jaw confluent into 1.

Body compressed, rough........................ Molidae
Body not compressed, spinous.............. Diodontidae
Teeth in each jaw confluent into 2. Back broadly
TOUM MO) ors arereuel oe yates cornet leven ekese Soeeaie, settee Tetraodontidae
Breast with a sucking disk; skin perfectly smooth; dor-
sal continuous or slightly notched......... Liparididae

135

KK.

V.
W.

aa.

Gill membranes free from the isthmus.
Vent posterior, not at the throat.
Caudal fin present.

Upper jaw prolonged into a sword; size very large...
SEN Cs coy ah aystee ck ar tebier WMO Vetecueral ice aire ch ar aie eitc Aenea Reon aes acetone Xiphiidae

Upper jaw not prolonged into a sword.
Belly with a series of bony scutes along its edge; body

MUCH iCOMPLeSSeG aos eles ok Ske lio eee Clupeidae
Body ovate, much compressed.
Scales small, cycloid, silvery.............. Stromateidae

Body oblong or elongate, much longer than deep.
Gill membranes broadly united; teeth present.
Dorsal fin of spines only..............-....... Blenniidae

Dorsal ,n single, the posterior half of soft rays, the an-
terior of spines; body elongate, covered with small

SCAT Sa oreo Stee ae nt Dal ar Blenniidae
Dorsal fins 2, the anterior of slender spines, posterior soft,
bOdyiNaked ey ke pce eens cies, seek gees anata ee eroR eee Cottidae

Gill membranes separate.
Jaws with teeth. Body naked, without folds of skin;
no pseudobranchiae..................... Lycodapodidae

SAUUPEUUUDEDERERCCEDDDORECCED POC CECETEO DEE CEREE REC TEEER DOT E CETTE R ERD R ACERT ETE

What is a Man’s Business Time Worth?

Do You Realize the Tremendous Value of Your Future Earning Power?

D. T. WILES—902 Story Bldg.,
Los Angeles, Cal.

Please send me without obli- DOUGLAS T. WILES,

gation, full information about . .
the new Non-Cancellable In- Special Representative,
come) Policy. Pac. Mutual Life Ins. Co.
INIGN OOS: | ae eenepes se mee eee Ree eas ena eeeeceeeeeee ees

902 Story Building,
Los Angeles, Cal.

= =
STULL CCU UU CUE CCU OU U OEE OU ORO E ORO rs

CECT ECCT EEUU
=

PRINTING

HAS BEEN OUR BUSINESS

SINCE 1880

Service and Quality Combined
with Just Prices is the secret
that has enabled this firm to do
business for 43 years. . .

McBride fe ae Cai

261 - 263 So. Los Angeles St.

SU COU LU
=!

137

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy.
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to the Secretary
4699 MARMION WAY,
Los, Angeles, Cal., U. S. A.

Publications of the

Southern California Academy of Sciences

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues to date are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February;
No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June.

All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the
following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy

at the appended prices:

Vol. 1, No. 1. January,
ef 1, ‘“ 2. February,
oR a5) le Abu ay,

Sf 4, “ 3. March,
e 4, “ 5. May

sf Ro PA Afi,

re 7, “ 1. January,
9, “ 1. January,
“s Oy Be df
Ore an 25 olive
ol, 3, Jamueay,
1s, al, Henney,
Sere mee as hy:
a ale Veni Ay
cee las. 2. uly,
“16, “ 1. January,
Sel Ose mr2en nr Ulye
ampli SO Jul ye
Senn eel ne amuallye
Co UB Oe Be afl
Ee CUE Eh aig
“19, ‘ 4. October,
Oh en ele VAT:
«20, “ 2. August,
“20, +‘ 3. December,
oer eee le aren:
2 2 October
eee, «1 1a Mareh,
Mae eles. xe ULye

eC i, le ena ebay
PB IB),
Co By ss ey,

We iets Se Ae Ae

OS ieee ee ee ane a $1.00
BD Di ee eee eo ee 1.00
IS 2p en Se ee 25
BLO 0) Fy ae a ee eee ake eae 75
9 Digests nee eee 25
NES O fiir bates ee UES oa eee og eh 25
UDO Sys Bh ee ch ce tee ee Bris)
TAS a Dae eee ee 15
OQ ae eee eee ete 75
ga ea eee rarer 75
OILS ee ee ee eee. 50
BO Ape eaten ans ears Peete eee 75
SDA ra Ne ee ee lea 75
OMG ae Cet eee eee kee oe 75
TLE G foe ea ras ee 50
UN OUI Tieton meee A erat eee See a 75
ST iL pee nese eerie es Shee 1.00
HOT Sip Cee reece a a ce ee ee 75
SES) a eae a ee a 1.00
TO ee ee lee er eee ee 75
BO 2 Once sees ene ee ea 25
SO Ose nee ene ek ene tee 25
IPAM eee eee ee eee 25
D2 Na Ree ne ye ee 25
BLO Tig 3 ates ea oe ne 25
1G PAC ee eee oe ote PER EP 25
DL Aa SE ste ec esea ssh Mee ser 25
D6 ree eee nee eee ee 25
HL 2a aS Ae ein ot ee 25
BSD 2 Ar eed Sed lark ate co ee vate 25
ND DAG eee eel A wie catenins Cokes ve 25
9 2A ip So ele ee iL a eee 25
AOD AS fe ieee 88 ee eee 25

The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues
and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have

no further use for back issues.
ing the above to:

Address all communications concern-

Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary

Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum
Los Angeles, California.

Peer be ti N OF, THE

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

Vol. XXIII September-October, 1924 Part 5
CONTENES
Page
QUATERNARY AND RECENT MoLituscan FAUNAS OF
THE West Coast or LOWER CALIFORNIA.............. 145

Eric Knight Jordan

Be ooRneiES Ohl GAbTEORINTA——Continied= a. es 57;
Dr. John A. Comstock

AX INiaigi’ IRs) Ino (CAib InN Ne. oe 157
Dr. John A. Comstock

Re NeEweNocrum WiOnE: iRO MT ARIZONA eee 158
@has. Aj Ei
Whonists Oi Souaisnsieny (GirinnOwisin eee 159

Vesta Marie Newsom

Issued October 25, 1924.

BUTTERFLIES

EDWARDS WHITE

PALLID Ww HITE

Prerts apt pee. a

All figures slightly reduced.

OF CALIFORNIA

PLATE VIII.

The COMMON WHITE
(P protodice) Dwarf 3

VERNAL WHITE

ccidentaus
provedice vernadis a ~

The WESTERN WHITE

occidentalis calyce. (Dyarys occidentalis.)

MALL VEINED WH

FP reap raccrostriata a

. PALLID WHITE
Vader

THE WHITES

LLID D WHITE
Brapt pallida

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

a
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

DRAM OARS: BAWIMGARDD: 22-00 22. Be President
DRA VETTISRAVCO A. RYAN 2S Vice-President
Drm OE A. COMSTOCK 2. ee et. 2nd Vice-President
ID em EWN Avy COMSTOCKes s.r sn ee Secretary
SEER, So AG a GSTS ois ace ule eee Treasurer
Dr. WittiAM A. BRYAN Gero. W. Parsons
Dr. A. Davipson HERBERT J. GOUDGE
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Dr. FRANK CLARK
Wo. SPALDING IDR, IR, JBL, Synz
= 8
ADVISORY BOARD

Mr. ArtTHuR B. BENTON Din, ID IL, TASKER
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT IDR, Ie Ge ILO
Mr. R. F. Gross Mr. JAMEs A. LIGHTHIPE

THEODORE PAYNE

= #8
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Wma. A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary

BIOLOGICAL SECTION

IR, IBIS Syyagase Dr. WENDELL GREGG
Chairman Secretary

BOTANICAL SECTION

Dr. A. Davipson THEODORE PAYNE
Chairman Secretary

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. F. C. Crarxk, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. S. J. KEESE

Dr. Joun A. Comstock Mr. GrEorGE PARSONS
GEOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. E. E. Haviey Mr. GrorGE Parsons
Chairman Secretary

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. A. Davinson, Mr. GEorGE PARSONS

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. WitiiAm A. SPALDING, Chairman

Joun A. Comstock, M.A., M.D., F.E.S. Mr. S. J. KeEsE
ANSTRUTHER Davinson, C.M., M.D.
=

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
SoutHWEsT MusEuM Los ANGELES, CAL.

LiBgRARY
MEW YORK
BOTANICAL

GARDEN

QUATERNARY AND RECENT MOLLUSCAN FAUNAS
OF THE WEST COAST OF LOWER CALIFORNIA

BY ERIC KNIGHT JORDAN
(Of Stanford University)

INTRODUCTION

The Quaternary and Recent life of the West Coast of North
America offers peculiar advantages for the study of climatic and
faunal relations. Not only is the representation of species very
large in each horizon, but the division into distinct faunas, mainly
dependent upon conditions of temperature, is pronounced and
sharp. The relations between the Recent and Quaternary of Upper
California have been made well known through the works of Ralph
Arnold, James Perrin Smith, William Healey Dall, and many
others. Smith* has recently published a general summary of the
subject. To lower California, however, no such intensive study
has been given. Smith, in the above cited paper, included a briet
discussion of Lower Calfiornian faunas, and listed a few species
from one of the Quaternary localities here discussed. Papers
by Carpenter, Dall, Stearns, Bartsch, and others, contain descrip-
tions of living shells taken here and there along the coast, and
Dall** has recently recorded species from the Quaternary at Mag-
dalena Bay and San Quentin Bay. Yet our present knowledge
of the recent and extinct life of the west coast of the peninsula is
not at all comparable to that of the region farther North, although
the problems in Lower California are of no less interest and
significance. Furthermore, when our acquaintance with the West
American Recent, Quaternary and Tertiary is complete, we shall
probably discover them to offer one of the finest laboratories
existing for the study of the development of species and of their
adaptations to changing environment, and, again, the principles of
highly refined correlation here developed will hold for Cenozoic
stratigraphic work in any region.

The present paper is intended as a contribution toward the
general end ; it comprises notes on three marine deposits of Quater-
nary age on the west coast of Lower California, including an
attempt at correlation with the already defined horizons of Upper
California, also a list, based upon the Henry Hemphill and other
collections now at Stanford University, of extensions in range,

*Climatic Relations of the Tertiary and Quaternary Faunas of the
Californian Region. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th Series, Wol. IX, 1919,
pp. 128-178.

**Magdalena Bay, Nautilus, Vol. XXXII, 1918, pp. 23-26.

San Quentin Bay, West American Scientists, Vol. XIX, 1921, pp. 17-28.

145

previously unreported, of numerous Lower Californian Mollusks.
It is to be hoped that we shall soon know the entire living fauna
of Lower California, with the full distribution of all of the species,
for it is only through such accurate knowledge that the relations
between the recent and fossil faunas become clear. As yet, how-
ever, much remains to be done in the way of extensive and care-
ful collecting.

I make grateful acknowledgment of the help given by Dr.
James Perrin Smith, who first interested me in this study, also
to Mrs. Ida Shephard Oldroyd, for frequent aid in the determ1-
nation of species, and for continued assistance in other ways.
Finally, I am indebted to Dr. William Healey Dall and Dr. Paul
Bartsch, who have very kindly determined a number of difficult
species, as later indicated.

The marine life of the west coast of North America may
be divided into several distinct faunas, each consisting of an as-
semblage of species of which a large number are confined to a
certain definite region. It is true that there are many forms not
so confined, some even ranging from the tropics northward into
the cool temperate zone. But each fauna as a whole reveals a
decidedly characteristic aspect, and many of the component species
exist successfully only under the climatic conditions prevailing in
the particular faunal zone. Species so limited thus become diag-
nostic. In any assemblage of species, the presence of many such,
even with the inevitably large number of forms of unconfined
range, indicates the fauna and faunal zone, and consequently, the
climatic conditions under which the assemblage lived.

Two distinct faunas exist on the west coast of Lower Cali-
fornia. The Southern Californian now ranges southward from
Point Conception to Cedros Island in Lower California. It prob-
ably extends a little farther around the great bend at Cedros, and
reaches perhaps to San Hipolito Point. Beyond this general
limit the characteristic species are rapidly eliminated. The fauna
of the Gulf of California ranges to the north on the west coast
of the peninsula approximately to Scammon’s Lagoon, which is a
little farther up than Cedros Island. Thus, north of Scammon’s
Lagoon we find living only the species of the Southern Califor-
nian fauna; between Scammon’s Lagoon and the neighborhood
of San Hipolito Point there is an overlapping of the Southern
Californian and the Gulf faunas, both probably existing almost
complete, and in about equal numbers, together, on Cedros Island.
South of San Hipolito Point, or, at most, south of San Ignacio
Lagoon, we find living under present climatic conditions only the
warmer-water types of the Gulf of California, with none of the
characteristie northern species of the Southern Californian fauna.
Species of unconfined range, of course, are to be considered com-
mon to both faunas, and characteristic of neither.

146

Arnold* has recognized two distinct horizons in the Quater-
nary of Southern California. The Lower San Pedro series car-
ries a cool water fauna marked particularly by Pecten islandicus
Mull., Pecten caurinus Gld., Venericardia barbarensis Stearns,
Cardium corbis Mart., Saxidomus giganteus Desh., Trophon multi-
costata Esch., Natica clausa Brod. and Sby., and other northern
species. There are very few truly southern types in the assemblage.
Thus the climate of the Lower San Pedro was distinctly less
warm than the present, and a southward displacement of the iso-
therms brought a northern fauna down into the San Pedro region,
where, however, it now no longer exists. Above, and in general
unconformity with the Lower San Pedro, lie the Upper San Pedro
beds. In these the distinctly northern forms of the older horizon
are practically absent, and the fauna closely resembles that now liv-
ing in Southern California, though with a small but evident influx
of warmer water types from the Gulf. Pecten subnodosus Sby.,
Pecten dentatus Sby., Cardium procerum Sby., Chione gnidia Sby.,
Dosinia ponderosa Gray, Eupleura muriciformis Brod., Mellita
longifissa Mich., ete., are characteristic species. It accordingly
becomes evident that the Upper San Pedro was a warm time, a
little more tropical than the present.

In the Southern Californian Quaternary, therefore, we find
beds of two distinct horizons, deposited under quite different cli-
matic conditions, as indicated by comparison of the fossil faunas
with the recent. Further, we may reasonably expect that along
the Lower Californian coast to the South of San Pedro, there
existed in Quaternary time similar conditions of deposition and
of climatic change, and we may well look there for two distinct
quaternary horizons, one with a fauna of cooler-water aspect than
that of the region at present, the other similar to the living fauna,
or perhaps of a slightly more tropical character. These differ-
ences should become less sharp as one goes south, for faunal
zones are broad and ill-defined in the tropics, but the displace-
ment should be more or jess apparent for a considerable distance
beyond San Pedro.

LOWER QUATERNARY OF MAGDALENA BAY

At Stanford University we have collections made by E. Call
Brown and Richard C. McGregor from the Quaternary at Magda-
lena Bay. Unfortunately, no notes accompany the collections,
and no locality more definite than “Magdalena Bay,” is given.
It is sure, however, that most of the material came from the same
place, and quite probable that it is all out of the same horizon,
although of the latter fact one cannot be entirely certain. The
general conclusions as to the relations of the fauna would, never-
theless, not be greatly altered by the presence in the list of a few
forms not properly belonging with the others.

«The Paleontology and Stratigraphy of the Marine Pliocene and Pleisto-
cene of San Pedro, California. Mem. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, 1905.

147

I give below a list of the species obtained, accompanied by
the living range of each as far as it is known. These ranges are
important to the extent that they locate the species in one fauna or
the other, or indicate a position common to both. They should,
however, not be taken to be of greater significance, for they are
undoubtedly incomplete. Those species belonging only to one or the
other fauna are designated by a letter after the name. N (north-
ward) shows that they are characteristic of the Southern Califor-
nian fauna; S., that they belong only to the Gulf fauna. Others
apparently non-diagnostic are unmarked. Species determined by
Dr. Dall are indicated by the asterisk (*) ; the imperfect specimen
of Bittium laruwm was doubtfully named by Dr. Bartsch.

List OF SPECIES FROM THE LOWER QUATERNARY
AT MAGDALENA Bay
ECHINODERMATA

SPECIES
Encope grandis Agassiz S
Encope micropora Agassiz S

LIVING RANGE

Magdalena Bay, to Gulf of California.
Magdalena Bay, to Gulf of California.

PELECYPODA

Leda taphria Dall N
-Leda penderi Dall N

Leda* sp. aff. callimene Dall (young)
Area* solida Broderip and Sowerby
Arca tuberculosa Sowerby S

Ostrea palmula Carpenter

Peecten subnodosus Sowerby S

Pecten latiauritus Conrad N

Pecten circularis Sowerby

Hinnites giganteus Gray N

Pododesmus macroschismus
Deshayes N

Septifer bifurcatus (Conrad) Reeve

Modiolus fornicatus Carpenter N

Cardita subquadrata Carpenter N

Chama pellucida Sowerby
Diplodonta orbella Gould
Diplodonta sericata Reeve
Phacoides *cancellaris Philippi S
Phacoides *lamprus Dall S
Phacoides approximatus Dall
Phacoides nuttallii Carpenter
Phacoides *mazatlanicus Carpenter
Phacoides richthofeni Gabb
Divaricella perparvula Dall S
Kellia laperousii Deshayes N
Cardium substriatum Conrad
Cardium consors Sowerby S
Cardium procerum Sowerby S
Cardium biangulatum Sowerby
Cardium elatum Sowerby
Cardium graniferum Sowerby S
Tivela stultorum Mawe N

Macrocallista squalida Sowerby S
Macrocallista aurantiaca Sowerby S
Saxidomus nuttallii Conrad N
Chione fluctifragra Sowerby
Chione mariae Orbigny S

Chione undatella) Sowerby

Chione succincta Valenciennes
Paphia staminea Conrad N

Paphia grata Say S

Bodega Bay, California to Lower
California.
Queen Charlotte Islands, B. C. to Santa

Barbara Islands.

San Pedro, to Paita, Peru.

Ballenas Lagoon, L. Cal., to Peru.

San Diego to Gulf.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. to
Guayaquil, Ecuador.

Monterey to L. Cal.

Monterey to Paita.

Aleutian Islands to Magdalena Bay.

Alaska to L. Cal.

Crescent City, Calif. to Gulf.

Trinidad, Cal., to Cortez Bank, off
San Diego.

Queen Charlotte Islands to Pt. Santo
Tomas, L. Cal.

Oregon to Chile.

Alaska to Gulf.

Santa Catalina Island to Panama.

Cedros Island, to Panama.

Gulf of Cal.

Monterey to Panama.

Santa Barbara to Mazatlan.

Mazatlan.

San Pedro to Cape San Lucas.

Cape San Lucas to Ecuador.

Bering Sea to Pt. Santo Tomas, L. Cal.

Santa Catalina Island to Acapulco.

Gulf to Guayaquil.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L, Cal. to Peru.

San Pedro to Guayaquil.

San Pedro to Panama.

Gulf to Guayaquil.

Halfmoon Bay, Cal. to Socorro Island,
off West Coast of Mexico.

Scammon’s Lagoon to Peru.

Gulf to Guayaquil.

Humboldt Bay to San Diego.

San Pedro to Gulf.

Gulf to Guayaquil.

San Pedro to Guayaquil.

San Pedro to Panama.

Alaska to Soccorro Island. ;

Turtle Bay, L, Cal. to Antofagasta,
Chile.

148

SPECIES
Tellina bodegensis Hinds
Tellina carpenteri Dall
Tellina rubescens Hanley S
Metis alta Conrad N
Macoma nausta Conrad N
Macoma secta Conrad
Semele rubropicta Dall N
Donax punctatostriata Hanley
Donax conradi Deshayes
Tagelus californianus Conrad

Solen sicarius Gould N
Mulinia *coloradoensis Dall

Cryptomya californica Conrad
Corbula porcella Dall

LIVING RANGE

Queen Charlotte Islands to Gulf.
Forrester Island, Alaska to Gulf.
Scammon’s Lagoon to Tumbes, Peru.
Santa Barbara to San Diego.
Alaska to Scammon’s Lagoon.
Vancouver, B. C. to Gulf.
Forrester Island to Tia Juana, L.
San Pedro to Paita.
San Pedro to Central America.
Santa Barbara to Gulf of
Techuantepec,
Vancouver Island to San Quentin Bay,
L. Cal.

Calif.

Alaska to Topolobampo, Mexico.
Santa Rosa Island to Panama.

SCAPHOPODA
Dentalium neohexagonum Sharp and Monterey to Guacomayo, Central
Pilsbry America.
GASTROPODA

*Acteocina culcitella Gould N
Terebra larvaeformis Hinds S
Tereba robusta Hinds S
Yerebra specillata Hinds
Terebra variegata Gray S

Conus *puncticulatus Hwass S

Conus *tornatus Broderip S

Conus *interruptus Broderip S
Conus ecalifornicus Hinds N
Conus purpurascens Broderip S

Turricula *burragei Bartsch
Cryptoconus carpenterianus Gabb N
Clathrodrillia ophioderma Dall N

Oliva angulata Linnaeus S
Olivella biplicata Sowerby
Olivella dama Mawe §S
Olivella porteri Dall
Kellettia kellettii Forbes N
Macron aethiops Reeve
-Solenosteira pallida Broderip and
Sowerby 8S
Cantharus elegans Gray S
Alectrion mendica Gould N
Alectrion cerritensis Arnold
Alectrion tegula Reeve
Alectrion perpinguis Hinds N
Aleectrion fossata Gould N
Alectrion californiana Conrad N
Columbella strombiformis
_ Lamarack S
Columbella carinata Hinds
Nitidella ocellata Gmelin S
Triremis festiva Hinds N
Thais biserialis Blainville
Acanthina lugubris Sowerby
Bursa californica Hinds N’
Ficus decussatus Wood S
Strombus gracilior Gray S
Strombus granulatus Gray S
Cerithium gemmatum Hinds S
Cerithium ocellatum Bruguiere §S
Cerithium adustum Kiener S$
Bittium larum (?) Bartsch N

Cerithidea californica Haldeman N
Cerithidea montagnei Orbigny S
Turritella goniostoma Valenciennes S
Turritella cooperi Carpenter, N
Hipponix tumens Carpenter N
Crepidula *lingulata Gould
Crepidula onyx Sowerby
-Crucibulum spinosum. Sowerby
Crucibulum imbricatum Sowerby

Alaska to Manuel's Lagoon, L. Cal.

Gulf to Panama.

San Pedro to San Blas, Mexico.

Scammon’s Lagoon to Galapagos
Islands.

Gulf to Costa Rica.

Cedros Island to Ecuador

Magdalena Bay to Panama

Farallones Islands, Calif. to Ballenas
Lagoon, L. Cal.

Magdalena Bay to Paita

Bodega Bay to San Pedro

Bolinas: Bay to Ballenas Lagoon, L.
Cal.

Magdalena Bay to Peru

Vancouver Island to Central America.

Gulf

Redondo, Calif. to Magdalena Bay.

Santa Barbara to San Quentin Bay

San Quentin Bay to Gulf

San Ignacio Lagoon to Panama

Pt. Abreojos to Peru

Alaska to Magdalena Bay

Long Beach to Gulf

San Francisco to Mazatlan

Puget Sound to Cedros Island
Puget Sound to San Ignacio Lagoon
Coast of Oregon to Magdalena, Bay
Cape San Lazaro, lL. Cal, to Paita

San Francisco Bay to Cape San Lucas
Magdalena Bay to Guayaquil
Santa Barbara to San Ignacio Lagoon
La Jolla to Peru
San Diego to Galapagos Islands
Monterey to Cedros Island
Gulf to Heuador
Gulf to Manta Ecuador
Gulf to Guayaquil
Gulf to Panama
Magdalena Bay to Galapagos Islands
Magdalena Bay to Galapagos Islands
San Pedro to San Bartolome

Bay, L.. Cal.
Bolinas Bay to San Ignacio Lagoon
San Ignacio Lagoon to Chile
Secammon’s Lagoon to Peru
Monterey to San Diego
Crescent City to San Diego
Bering Sea to Panama
Monterey to Panama
Trinidad to Chile
La Jolla to Peru

149

SPECIES LIVING RANGE

Polinices lewisii Gould N British Columbia to San Pedro
Polinices recluziana Deshayes Crescent City to Tres Marias Islands
Lottia gigantea Gray N Crescent City to Cedros Island
Turbo fluctuosus Wood S Cedros Island to Peru
Astraea undosa Wood N Laguna Beach, Cal. to Cedros Island
Norrisia norrisii Sowerby N Monterey to Cedros Island, L. Cal.
Tegula aureotinecta Forbes Santa Barbara Island to Magdalena
Bay, L. Cal.
Tegula ligulata Menke Monterey to Acapulco
Calliostoma gloriosum Dall N San Francisco to San Diego
Calliostoma *eximium Reeve Santa Catalina Island to Mazatlan
Calliostoma tricolor Gabb N Santa Cruz, Cal. to Magdalena Bay
Megathura crenulata Sowerby N Monterey to Cedros Island
Lucapinella callomarginata Bodega Bay to Magdalena Bay
(Carpenter) Dall N
TIschnochiton conspicuus Carpenter Monterey to Gulf
Resumé
1 BEN (SYONt/| OXOXG | un Ne ay tre SNE MME ey cee RS SL Tay oe Te RING oN eR RE DIR AER og 6 57
SCADMOD OG aE\ or aricckss sestiehaaite owner eet AY Sl Saya eR nee or er Th 1
(RASENO DOM aaa ee SR SIS Ep ores > eee er ee 66
INOUE! TSDC io becoochoecononbsousodesuadsuteosouoobadoeocoss 124
Species characteristic of Gulf of California Fauna............... 37
Species characteristic of Southern California Fauna............. 38
Species not characteristic of either Fauna...................... 49

The above resumé clearly shows the character of the assemblage.
Excluding those forms of wide range not particularly characteristic
of any fauna, the others are about equally divided between species
characteristic of the Gulf fauna and those of the Southern Californian.
This condition prevails at present about Cedros Island, where the
two faunas overlap, with large representation of each. It is not the
condition now prevalent in the latitude of Magdalena Bay, for, as
previously stated, practically all of the characteristic cooler water
types are eliminated some distance north of the Bay and the Gulf
fauna alone exists there.

It thus appears that when these quaternary beds were laid down
there was a southward displacement of the isotherms sufficient to
carry the conditions today prevailing at Cedros down as far as the
latitude of Magdalena Bay. This was not a large displacement, and
it would be most surprising to find any such violent changes in tem-
terature here, approaching the tropics, as occurred in the San Pedro
region, but the indication of a somewhat cooler period is certainly
strong. Again, if we assume the displacement, the beds at Magdalena
should be correlated in a general way with the Lower San Pedro
Series of Upper California, which belonged to the cool time of the
Quaternary. Not, of course, that these deposits are to be put into
the San Pedro series proper, for here, far to the south, we have a
fauna quite different from that of the Lower San Pedro, but an equival-
ence in time is certainly indicated.

Out of the foregoing list the following species may be selected
as most suggestive of the cooler conditions: Leda taphria Dall, Modio-
lus fornicatus Cpr., -Saxidomus nuttallii Conr., Paphia staminea Conr.,
Solen sicarius Gld., Cryptoconus carpenterianus Gabb, Kellettia kellet-
ii Forbes, and Polinices lewisii Gld.

UPPER QUATERNARY OF MAGDALENA BAY

The Quaternary fossils reported from Magdalena Bay by Dall
were collected on Magdalena Island. Sixty-five species, in all, were
recognized by him—not a great number but surely enough to indicate
in a general way the character of the fauna. Dall concludes that
“on the whole the assembly has a more tropical aspect than that
of the recent fauna.’ It is at least certain that these species lived
under conditions no cooler than those now obtaining at Magdalena,
and the assemblage appears quite different from that collected by

150

Brown and McGregor. Dall’s list contains only two or three species
characteristic of the Southern Californian fauna; the remainder are
all either of wide distribution, or are distinctly Gulf of Californian,
of which latter type the percentage is very large. It therefore seems
that the beds in question should be correlated with the warm Upper
San Pedro, or Upper Quaternary,—again not as the same formation,
but as one of similar age.

It is hoped that with farther field work the presence of two dis-
tinct Quaternary formations in the Magdalena Bay region may be
verified. More extensive collecting, with coincident study of the geo-
logic relations would settle the question. There is always an element
of doubt entering into conclusions such as these when the field con-
ditions are imperfectly known.

UPPER QUATERNARY OF SAN IGNACIO LAGOON

A small collection was made by C. R. Swarts and T. J. Cullen
from Quaternary deposits near San Ignacio Lagoon. According to
a note accompanying the material, it came from a raised beach some
five to seven miles inland. The following are recognized:

PELECYPODA
SPECIES LIVING RANGE
Glycimeris giganteus Reeve S Gulf of Cal. to Peru
Ostrea palmula Carpenter San Diego to Gulf.
Pecten circularis Sowerby Monterey to Paita.
Phacoides nuttallii Conrad Santa Barbara to Mazatlan.
Cardium procerum Sowerby S Scammon’s Lagoon to Peru.
Cardium substriatum Conrad Santa Catalina Island to Acapulco
Chione succincta Valenciennes San Pedro to Panama.
Chione gnidia Broderip and Cedros Island to Paita.
Sowerby S
Tellina modesta Carpenter N Vancouver Island to L. Cal.
Tellina reclusa Dall S San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. to Gulf.
Macoma inquinata Deshayes N Alaska to San Pedro.
Macoma yoldiformis Carpenter N Puget Sound to San Diego.
Anatina undulata Gould San Pedro to Panama.
Mactra californica Conrad N Coast. of Washington to Manuel's
Lagoon, L. Cal.
Corbula luteola Carpenter Monterey to Acapulco,
SCAPHOPODA
Dentalium pretiosum Sowerby N Forrester Island, Alaska to San Diego.
GASTROPODA
*Turricula burragei Bartsch S Gulf.
Olivella pedroana Conrad Puget Sound to Cape San Lueas.
Olivella dama Mawe S Gulf.
Olivella inconspicua C. B. Adams S Gulf to Panama.
Oliva angulata Linnaeus S Magdalena Bay to Peru.
Oliva spicata Bolten S San Ignacio Lagoon to Peru.
Fusinus dupetithouarsii Kiener S La Paz, L. Cal. to Galapagos Islands.
Nitidella ocellata, Gmelin § Magdalena Bay to Guayaquil.
Phyllonotus bicolor Valenciennes S Guaymas to Paita.
Phyllonotus radix Lamarck S Scammon’s Lagoon to Paita,
Eupleura muriciformis Broderip S Gulf to Colombia.
Strombus graoilior Sowerby S Gulf of Cal. to Manta, Heuador.
Cerithium ocellatum Sowerby S Magdalena Bay to Galapagos Islands.
Cerithidea californica Haldeman N Bolinas Bay to Scammon's Lagoon.
Polinices recluziana Deshayes Crescent City to Tres Marias Islands.
Calliostoma tricolor Gabb Santa Cruz to Magdalena Bay.
Resume
IPSNSOW DCO salah sees stack aie crokene Sia aarecne hi ica Iie nue rots a eitenel a Mlaun as pect g kas 15
SCA IOP OGew) 6 cake Sy uae aayenetin el ok eve Sy Se nseA SG ast eaalee Me ieee a nie u
Gastropoda f.5 seen ae cee ns EON eA cea TIS EEA Ci ee RIG IRIS Eee o 16
OUEST CG CLES! Ver cueticraey.( cnerstensaie ena.e cue sl cuero sl manasa TERS cece eeaM eps wer erro 32
Species Characteristic of Gulf of Californian Fauna.............. 16
Species Characteristic of Southern Californian Fauna............ 6
Species not Characteristic of either Fauna........................ 10

151

The above list is rather short to serve ag a basis for any definite
conclusions. San Ignacio Lagoon lies north of Magdalena Bay, and is
at present about the southern limit of the Southern Californian faunal
zone. Taking the list for what it may be worth, however, the assem-
blage appears very like what would be expected in the Recent fauna
of the Lagoon. There is no excess of northern species over those now
living in the region, and there is little doubt that the beds are younger
than the cold Lower Quaternary. Lacking fuller knowledge of the
fauna, the correlation seems to be with the upper beds of Magdalena
Island.

UPPER QUATERNARY OF SCAMMON’S LAGOON

In 1921, B. F. Hake collected the following Quaternary fossils
from raised beaches near Scammon’s Lagoon:

PELECYPODA
SPECIES LIVING RANGE
Area pacifica Sowerby §S Scammon’s Lagoon to Paita.
Pecten circularis Sowerby Monterey to Paita. :
Phacoides nuttallii Conrad Santa Barbara to Mazatlan, Mexico.
Cardium procerum Sowerby S Secammon’s Lagoon to Peru.
Macrocallista squalida Sowerby S Scammon’s Lagoon to Peru,
Chione succincta Valenciennes San Pedro to Panama.
Chione fluctifragra Sowerby San Pedro to Gulf.
Tagelus californianus Conrad Santa Barbara to Gulf of Tehuantepec.
Mactra californica Conrad N Coast of Washington to Manuel’s
Lagoon.
GASTROPODA
Bullaria punctulata A, Adams S Gulf to Peru.
Turricula maculosa Sowerby S Gulf to Guayaquil.
Olivella dama Mawe S Gulf.
Macron aethiops Reeve San Quentin Bay to Gulf.
Columbella strombiformis Lamarck S Cape San Lazaro, L. Cal. to Paita.
Murex recurvirostris Broderip S Scammon’s Lagoon to Ecuador.
Phyllonotus radix Gmelin §S Scammon’s Lagoon to Paita.
Phyllonotus bicolor Sowerby S Guaymas to Paita.
Cerithium ocellatum Bruguiére S Magdalena Bay to Galapagos Islands.
Cerithidea californica Haldeman N Bolinas Bay to San Ignacio Lagoon.
Turritella goniostoma Valenciennes S Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. to Peru.
Crucibulum imbricatum Sowerby La Jolla to Peru.
Polinices recluziana Deshayes Crescent City to Tres Marias Islands.
Modulus cerodes A. Adams S Gulf to Galapagos Islands.
Turbo fluctuosus Wood S Cedros Island to Peru.
Resumé
Pelecypoda ....... SA ayaee cay Siac shes SMES, SRSU Eee He ta es EE ee 9
Gastropoda aiesisiia wovsa testa 6 oe Nae Nee Oe nee a ne 15
MOtalSWECISS bico sii ee as, ee a
Species Characteristic of Gulf of Californian Fauna............... 14
Species Characteristic of Southern Calfiornian Fauna............. 2
Species not Characteristic of either Fauna....................... 8

This list is very short; the Gulf of Californian aspect is neverthe-
less most striking. With but two exceptions, indeed, the characteristic
species are all of the south, yet Scammon’s Lagoon is well within
the present range of the Southern Californian fauna, and it is some-
where near there that the Gulf fauna is now extinguished. While no
definite conclusions can be based on this small number of species,
what we have would indicate conditions warmer than the present,
and would provisionally correlate the deposits with the Upper San
Pedro and with the beds of Magdalena Island.

EXTENSIONS IN RANGE OF LOWER CALIFORNIAN MOLLUSKS

The remainder of this paper comprises a list of ranges of some
Lower Californian mollusks as extended by previously unreported
localities from material at Stanford University mainly obtained from
Mr. Henry Hemphill who made considerable collections at various
points on the West Coast of the peninsula. While many of Hemp-
hill’s localities have been recorded in one way or another, no general

152

report was ever made.

His material and notes more or less extend

the known range of some one hundred and fifty species, as given be-
low together with a few records based on various small lots from

different sources.
is given for each species.
appears with the new locality.

The other extreme of the range as far as known
In every case the name of the collector
An attempt has been made to keep

in accord with the latest accepted nomenclature, though where a
species is not listed in any of Dall’s recent papers, this has in some

cases been found difficult.
marked H.

Species from the Hemphill collection are

PELECYPODA

SPECIES

Area labiosa Sowerby

Arca
Arca

reeviana Orbigny
pacifica Sowerby

Area reticulata Gmelin
Pinna rugosa Sowerby

Melina chemnitziana Orbigny
Margaritiphora sterna Gould

Ostrea amara Carpenter
Ostrea conchaphila Carpenter

Pecten subnodosus Sowerby

Lima pacifica Orbigny
Spondylus crassisquama Lamarck

Modiolus modiolus Linnaeus
Modiolus mutabilis Carpenter
Thracia curta Conrad

*The
question.

Lyonsia californica Conrad

localities of San Diego in
Mytilimeria nuttallii Conrad
Crassatellites marga.ita Carpenter

Cardita affinis Sowerby
Cardita subquadrata Carpenter

Kellia laperousii Deshayes
Rochefortia tumida Carpenter
Serridens oblonga Carpenter
Cardium procerum Sowerby
Cardium aspersum Sowerby
Tivela byronensis Gray

Tivela planulata Broderip and

Sowerby
Transennella tantilla Gould
Macrocallista squalida Sowerby

Cyclinella singleyi Dall
Chione kellettii Hinds
Paphia grata Say
Petricola cognata C. B. Adams

Petricola tenuis A. Adams

Petricola robusta Sowerby

LIVING RANGE

Scammon’s Lagoon (H) to
Peru.

Manuel’s Lagoon (H) to Tumbes, Peru.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Tumbes, Peru.

San Pedro, Calif.

Tumbes,

(O) to Ecuador.

Manuel’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Panama.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Panama.

San Diego, Cal, *(Kelsey) Scammon’s
Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to Panama.
San Diego, Cal.*

San Diego, Calif.* (I<) San Ignacio
Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to Mazatlan.
Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to

Guayaquil, _
Lower California (C) to Guayaquil.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Guayaquil.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Bering Sea.

San Ignacio Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Ecuador.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to
Ecuador.

Kelsey's collection may be open to

Manuel's Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Bering Sea.

Round Island, lL. Cal.
Vancouver Island.
Santa Catalina Island, Cal. (H), San
Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to Mazatlan.
Pequena Bay, L. Cal. (H) to Panama.

(H) to

Pt. Santo Tomas, L. Cal. (H) to
Queen Charlotte Island.

Pt. Santo Tomas, L. Cal. (H) to
Bering Sea.

Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to

Shumargin Island, Alaska.

San Hipolito Pt. L. Cal. (H) to San
Pedro, Calif.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L, Cal. (H) to
Lobos Islands, Peru.

Manuels Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Guayaquil.

Lagoon Heads, L. Cal., (H) to
Guayaquil, Ecuador.

Magdalena Bay, L. Cal. (H) to

Coquimbo, Chile.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to Sitka,

Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Peru.
Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to

Gulf of California.

Todos Santos Bay, L. Cal. (U. S. N. M.)
to Panama.

Turtle Bay, L. Cal., (H) to Anto-
fagasta, Chile.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal, (H) to
Panama.

San Ignacio Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Panama.

Cane San Lueas, lL. Cal. (C) to

Guayaquil.

153

SPECIES
Tellina crystallina Wood

Tellina ochracea Carpenter
Tellina rubescens Hanley
Macoma indentata Carpenter

Semele decisa Conrad
Semele flavescens Gould

Semele venusta A, Adams

Mactra californica Conrad
Spisula hemphilli Dall
Spisula falcata Gould
Schizothaerus nuttallii Conrad
Panopea generosa Gould

Corbula luteola Carpenter
Gastrochaena ovata Sowerby

Barnea pacifica Stearns
Zirfaea gabbi Tryon

Pholadidea penita Conrad

LIVING RANGE

Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal.,
Guayaquil.

San Ignacio Lagoon (H) to Gulf of
California.

(H) to

Seammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal., (H) to
Tumbes, Peru.
Seammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to

Puget Sound.
Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to San Pedro.
San Pedro (Oldroyd) Scammon’s La-
goon, L. Cal. (H) to Callao, Peru.
Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
West Colombia.
Neah Bay, Washington to Manuel’s

Lagoon, L. Cal. (H).

Todos Santos Bay, L. Cal. (H) to
San Pedro.

Manuel's Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Puget Sound.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L, Cal. (H) to

Wrangel, Alaska.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Puget Sound.

Acapulco, Mexico (Arnold) to Monterey.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to La
Plata Island, Ecuador.

Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) San
Francisco Bay.
Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to

Bering Sea.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Alaska.

GASTROPODA

Acteocina culcitela Gould
Williamia vernalis Dall
Terebra variegata Gray
Terebra pedroanum Dall
Terebra larvaeformis Hinds
Conus fergusoni Sowerby

Conus scalaris Valenciennes
Conus regularis Sowerby
Cymatosyrinx pudica Hinds
Pseudomelatoma torosa Carpenter

Pseudomelatoma moesta Carpenter
Philbertia sculpta Hinds

Mangilia hamata Carpenter
Cancellaria obesa Sowerby
Cancellaria goniostoma Sowerby

Oliva spicata Bolten
Olivella anazora Duclos

Olivella volutella Lamarck
Harpa crenata Swainson
Marginella jewettii Carpenter

Marginella subtrigona Carpenter
Cypraeolina margaritula Carpenter

Macron lividus A. Adams
Galeodes patulus Broderip
Solenosteira anomala Reeve

Cantharus lugubris C. B. Adams

Cal. (H) to
‘Oo1p9q ues

San Ignacio Lagoon, L.

Galapagos Islands.
01 (H) 18) “1
Manuel's Lagoon, L. Cal.
Kodiak Island, Alaska.

City. Calif.
San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) Crescent

‘Uu00seT S [enUB]T
(H) to

Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Guayaquil .

Magdalena Bay, L. Cal. (H) to
Galapagos Islands.

Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Gulf of California.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal, (H) to
Panama.

Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Central America.

San TIenacio Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to

Monterey.
Pt. Abreojos. L. Cal. (H) to Monterey.
Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal, (H) to
Panama. -
San Diego, Calif. (Gripp) Pt. Abrejos,
L. Cal. (H) to Panama.
Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Guayaquil,
Ecuador.
Pt. Abreojos, L.
America.
Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Guayaquil.
Pequenia Bay, L. Cal. (H) to Xipixapi,
Colombia.
Magdalena Bay, L. Cal. (H) to Paita.
Margarita Island, lL. Cal. (Johnson) to
Panama.
LeaCale

San Hipolito Pt.,
Monterey.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Monterey.

San Hinolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to
Mazatlan.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Farallones
Islands, Cal.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L.
Eeuador.

Magdalena Bay, IJ.. Cal. (H) Ecuador
(Stanley Herold) to Mazatlan.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L, Cal. (H) to
Panama.

Cal. (H) to Central

(H) to

Cal. (H) to

154

SPECIES

Cantharus elegans Gray
Sistrum ferrugineum Reeve

Aleetrion californianum Conrad

Alectrion fossatum Gould

Alectrion tegula Reeve

Anachis coronata Sowerby

Anachis fuscostrigata Carpenter

Anachis gaskoinii Carpenter

Anachis humerosa Carpenter

Anachis subturrita Carpenter

Anachis tinecta Carpenter

Anachis pulchrior C. B. Adams

Anachis

fluctuata Sowerby

Columbella gausapata Gould

Columbella strombiformis Lamarck
Aesopus hemphilli Stearns

Nitidella gouldii Carpenter

Nitidella ocellata Gmelin

Strombina recurva Sowerby

Murex
Murex
Murex

Murex

recurvirostris Broderip
elenensis Dall
trialatus Sowerby

leeanus Dall

Triremis gemma Dall

Triremis festiva Hinds

Phyllonotus radix Lamarck

Tritonalia hamata Hinds

Tritonalia interfossa Carpenter

Purpura nuttallii Conrad

Thais patula Linnaeus

Thais triangularis Blainville
Acanthina lugubris Sowerby

Hpitonium acapuleanum Dall
Epitonium propehexagonum Dall

Melanella abreojosensis Bartsch

Melanella baldra Bartsch

Turbonilla castanea Keep

Turbonilla paramoea Dall and
Bartsch

Turbonilla cora Orbigny

Turbonilla panamensis C. B. Adams

Odostomia astricta Dall and Bartsch

Odostomia grammatospira Dall and
Bartsch

Odostomia navisa Dall and Bartsch

LIVING RANGE

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Paita.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Gulf of
California.

Magdalena Bay, L. Cal. (H) to Coast
of Oregon.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal, (H) to
Puget Sound.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
San Francisco.

Scammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Panama.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to Cape
San Lucas.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to
Mazatlan.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to
Acapulco.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to San
Pedro.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to Cape
San Lueas.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to
Panama.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Paita.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to Port
Etches, Alaska.

Cape San Lazaro, L. Cal, (H) to Paita.

San Diego, Cal. (H) to Pt. Abreojos,
L. Cal. (HA).

Manuel’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Kodiak Island,

Magdalena Bay, L. Cal. (H) to
Guayaquil.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Guayaquil.

Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Ecuador.

Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Guayaquil.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Bodega Bay, Calif.

Secammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Cedros Island,

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to Santa
Barbara.

San Ignacio Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Santa Barbara.

Scammon’s Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Paita.

San Ignacio Lagoon, Ll. Cal, (H) to
Paita.

Pt. Santo Tomas, L. Cal. (H) to
Semidi Islands, Alaska.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Monterey.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Galapagos
Islands.

Margarita Island, L, Cal. (H) to Paita.

San Diego, Calif. (Ritchie) Todos
Santos Bay, L. Cal. (H) to
Galapagos Islands.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Acapulco.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to
Mazatlan.

San Hipolito Pt., L, Cal. (H) to Pt.
Abreojos, L. Cal. (H).

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to San
Hipolito Pt., L. Cal.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to San
Pedro.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Panama.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to Paita.

Round Island, L. Cal. (H) to Panama.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to
Monterey.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to Cape
San Lucas.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to San
Pedro.

155

SPECIES

Odostomia aequisculpta Carpenter

communis C. B. Adams
inflata Carpenter

Odos*tomia
Odostomia

Cymatium wiegmanni Anton
Cypraea annettae Dall

Cypraea arabicula Lamarck
Erato vitellina Hinds

Malea ringens Swainson

Cyphoma emarginata Sowerby
Cerithiopsis antefilosa Bartsch
Cerithiopsis berryi Bartsch

Cerithiopsis gloriosa Bartsch

Cerithiopsis neglecta C. B. Adams
Cerithiopsis pupiformis Carpenter
Metaxia diadema Bartsch
Cerithium adustum Kiener
Cerithium interruptum Menke
Cerithium ocellatum Bruguiére
Alabina diomedeae Bartsch
Bittium asperum Gabb
Bittium rugatum Carpenter
Bittium interfossa Carpenter
Cerithidea californica Haldeman
Cerithidea montagnei Orbigny
Vermiculum anellum Morch
Turritella goniostoma Valenciennes
Turritellopsis stimpsoni Dall
Littorina cognata Hemphill
Littorina varia Sowerby

Littorina aspera Philippi

Modulus disculus Philippi

Diala acuta Carpenter

Cingula kelseyi Dall
Rissoina firmata C. B. Adams
Natica unifasciata Lamarck
Polinices uber Valenciennes
Acmaea depicta Hinds

Nerita scabricostata Lamarck

Neritina picta Sowerby
Margarites parcipicta Carpenter

Calliostoma supragranosum
Carpenter.
Calliostoma tricolor Gabb.

Cyclostremella californica Dall and
Bartsch
Ischnochiton corrugatus Carpenter

LIVING RANGE
San Diego, Calif. (H) to Cape San

Lucas
Pt. Abreojos, L, Cal. (H) to Panama
Monterey, Cal. (H) San Hipolito Pt.,

L. Cal. (H) to Neah Bay, Wash.
San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to

Paita
Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal.

Bay, Peru. *
San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to Paita.
Pt. Santo Tomas, lL. Cal. (H) to

Bodega Bay.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal.

Paita.

Magdalena Bay, L. Cal. (H) to

Guayaquil.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal.

Pedro.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Monterey,

California.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to San Diego.
Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Panama.
Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Mazatlan.
Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to Monterey.
Magdalena Bay, L. Cal. (H) to

Galapagos Islands.
Pt, Abreojos, L. Cal.

Ecuador.

(H) to Sechura

(H) to

(H) to San

(H) to Manta,

Magdalena Bay, L. Cal. (H) to
Galapagos Islands.
Scammon’s Lagoon, l. Cal. (H) to

Gulf of Cal.
Ballenas Bay, L. Cal.
Catalina Island.
Santa Barbara, Cal. to Todos Santos

(H) to Santa

Bay, L. Cal. (H).

Todos Santos Bay, L. Cal. (H) to
Monterey.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Bolinas Bay.

San Ignacio Lagoon, lL. Cal. (H) to
Chile.

San Hipolito Point, L, Cal. (H) to
Monterey.

Seammon’s Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Lobos Islands, Peru.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Nunivak Island, Alaska.

Manuels Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to San

Hinolito Pt. (H).
Magdalena Bay, L. Cal, (H) to Casma,
Peru.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to
Panama.

Magdalena Bay, L. Cal. (H) to
Acapulco.

San Hipolito Pt., L. Cal. (H) to
Monterey.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal. (H) to San
Diego.

San Hipolito Pt. L. Cal. (H) to
Panama.

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal. (H) to
Panama

San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Cal, (H) to
Callao, Peru.

San Hipolito Pt... L. Cal. (H) to
Santa Barbara.

San Ignacio Lagoon, .L. Cal. (H) to

Ecuador.

Soledad, L. Cal. (H) to Panama.

Todos Santos Bay, L. Cal. (H) to
Sitka, Alaska.

Pequena Bay, L. Cal. (H) to San
Pedro.

Magdalena Bay, lL. Cal. (H) to
Santa Cruz.

Pt. Abreojos, L. Cal, (H) to San

Pedro.
Magdalena Bay, lL. Cal. (H) to Santa
Catalina.

156

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA—Continued
By
JOHN ADAMS COMSTOCK, M. A., M. D., F. E. S.

GENUS PIERIS.

Cabbage Butterfly (Pieris rapae, L.) This is one of the most
serious pests of North America. It feeds upon members of the
cabbage family, with a resulant loss of millions of dollars to the
truck gardeners of the United States. Like many other pests it is
polygoneutic, or in other words produces many generations in a
season. The mild climate of California allows it to propagate through-
out practically the entire year.

Rapae is not a native of the Americas, but like the English
sparrow, is an undesirable migrant from the old world. It was
first reported in Quebec about 1860, and rapidly spread over the
entire continent.

An aberrant yellow form of this species occurs in the north
eastern portion of North America, which is sufficiently distinct to
have been given the name of novangliae Scud, (The Tinted Cabbage
White). It has not, thus far, been recorded from our state, but the
boreal environment of our uplands may not unlikely produce it in
time, and it is, therefore, pictured in plate IX, figure 14. The normal
form is shown in figures 13 and 15 of the same plate. This will be
subsequently published in the “Bulletin.”

Color plate VIII shown in this issue is illustrative of the text
published in the “Bulletins” for March-April 1924, and July-August 1924.

A NEW RECORD FOR CALIFORNIA

The writer has received from Dr. Frank Clark of Santa Monica
a specimen of Papilio polydamas, Linn. which was taken in the
Miramar Hotel gardens on September 16th of this year. This Papilio
has not previously been recorded for California. It’s normal habitat
is the West Indies, Mexico, Central and parts of South America. The
only points in the United States from which it has heretofore been
recorded are Florida and Texas, where it is by no means common.

It is possible that this specimen was introduced as a chrysalis on
some exotic plant and that it will remain an isolated record. On
the other hand it may have come north from Mexico and may now
have a foothold in the States. If so we may consider that the
environment is not conducive to its permanent establishment since
the normal food plant of this particular group of Papilios is Aristolo-
chia. So far as we know this Genus of plants is not native to
southern California although a few of the vines may have been used
here, as in the east, for trellis and porch-shading purposes.

Another Papilio which feeds on the same genus of plants is P.
philenor. This Papilio has frequently been recorded for southern
California and may have adopted some new food plant. The Mexican
immigrant therefore, may be able to change its feeding habits in the
same manner.

Our lepidopterists are asked to be on the lookout for this southern
visitor, and to send their records to the Southwest Museum. In this
manner we may be able to determine whether or not it has become
established in the state.

JOHN A. COMSTOCK.

A NEW NOCTUID MOTH FROM ARIZONA
By CHAS. A. HILL, Glendale, Calif.

Chamoclea benjamini, sp. nov.

Antennae finely ciliated, red-brown; head deep purple brown:
collar and patagium rich orange; shaded to creamy white on thorax;
abdomen orange-brown. Primaries—basal area rich orange brown.
T. A. line narrow scallop and cream white. T. P. line sharply defined
by the creamy white area extending to outer margin and fringe.
Reniform defined by a white line interiorly, the center having a slight
mixture of blue scales, this blue scaling continuing intermittently
along costal margin centrally. Median area rich purple brown, ter-
minating along vein III, being orange-brown from vein III to inner
margin. Secondaries, uniformly smoky brown; fringes white.

Beneath shiny smoky, secondaries rather paler with fringes
whitish. Expanse 22 to 28 mm.

Habitat: So. Arizona (August).

Types in Coll. Hill.

Described from 8 specimens, 5 ¢, 3 9, ¢ holotype, 9 allotype,
4 $ paratypes and 2 9 paratypes, paratypes marked No. 1 to 6, incl.
Paratype No. 1 ¢ to be deposited in collection of Dr. Wm. Barnes.

There is no similarity between this distinct, little beauty and
the other two species thus far described in the genus. A figure of
this insect will appear in the next issue of this Bulletin.

The author takes pleasure in naming this gem for Dr. Foster H.
Benjamin whose kind help and enccuragement is greatly appreciated.

VIOLETS OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

Vesta Marie Newsom*
INTRODUCTION

Brainerd’s recent revision of North American Violets (Vt. Agric.
fHxp. Sta. Bull. 224:1—172. 1921) presents a very workable treatment
and would make such papers as this one quite unnecessary, were it
not that so little mention is made of the occurrence of any species of
Viola in our region.

In the preparation of this paper, assistance has been given by
several, to whom I hereby acknowledge my indebtedness: Dr. Philip
A. Munz, of Pomona College, under whose direction this study was
made, and Dr. N. L. Gardner and Mr. S. B. Parish, of the University
of California, and Dr. Ezra Brainerd, for supplying material and in-
tormation.

All but one of the species have been studied in the field and
careful notes made of color and habit. material has also been avail-
able from the following herbaria, for which the abbreviations indi-
cated below are used in citing specimens:

Herbarium of the University of California (C), and
Baker Herbarium of Pomona College (B).

KEY TO THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
SPECIES OF VIOLA+

Plant acaulescent or without manifest stems; flowers with a short
saccate spur; cleistogamous flowers present.

Petals violet-purple; rootstock thickened, without stolons..........
0.0 116 BCR Ee i PE EROS SCRE CRTC eae Rn aurea erg Sarre 1. V. nephrophylla Greene.
Petals white, with dark purple lines present on the 3 lower ones;

rootstock slender, with stolons.......... 2. V. Macloskeyi Lloyd.

Plant caulescent, or with manifest stems; spurs on flowers various;
no cleistogamous flowers present, with exception of V. adunca.
Leaves cut or lobed.

Leaves bipinnately disected; lateral petals bearded..............
5-Dia SESS BIOS OAGED ROE CREE DREN Ras OR Ene OR conn canRa 6. V. chrysantha Hooker.
Leaves palmately parted or divided; bearding various.

Lateral petals bearded; leaves palmately 38-5 parted, with parts
2-5 lobed or only dentate............... 8. V. lobata Benth.

Lateral petals not bearded; leaves palmately trisected, with seg-

ments 2-5 parted and each part irregularly 2-5 lobed or cleft.

A AC a Hak NG BERS IE OE RRO NEDO DLC Te, a. UNC RE RRR A a 7. V. Sheltonii Torr.

Leaves not cut or lobed, but entire, with margin entire to serrate-
dentate.

*Contribution of Department of Botany, Pomona College, Claremont, Calif.
fin addition to species herein given, V. arvensis DC. has been reported as
escaped at Seven Oaks by Davy idson & Moxley (Fl. So. Cal. 288. 1923).

159

Flowers yellow; spur not over 3 mm. long.

Leaves thin, deltoid to hastate-cordate; stems erect, 1-3 or -4
from a rootstock. Cuyamaca Mts....... 8. V. lobata Benth.

Leaves mot-espectally-thin;- leaves: lanceolate to-ovate or cordate;
stems decumbent to ascending, but not erect, numerous.

Capsule glabrous; rootstock 1-2 em. long, soft, pale brown; roots
fascicled; plant a bright green; pubescence not retrorse;
Ot Mowe albitudesm aca. se soe ae 3. V. pedunculata T. & G.

Capsule pubescent, rootstock 3-10 cm. long, woody, dark brown;
roots scattered, fibrous; pubescence at least tending to be
retrorse; of altitudes above 2,000 ft.

Leaves broadly obovate to ovate, 2-342 cm. long and 11%4-3
em. wide; margin usually dentate; found in altitudes
from 2,000-7,000 ft............. 4. V. purpurea Kellogg.

Leaves broadly lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, with a few
tending to be ovate, 2-64 cm. long and 3-12 mm. wide;
margin entire to undulate; found in altitudes from
6,000-10,000 ft....5. V. purpurea var. pinetorum Greene.

Flowers blue; spur 8-10 mm. long........... 9. V. adunca Smith.

TREATMENT OF SPECIKS.

1. Viola nephrophylla Greene. Pitt. 3:144-5. 1896.

Acaulesecent; rootstock short, thick, with many fine roots; leaves
erect, round cordate to cordate-deltoid; base cordate to reniform; tip
obtuse in early leaves, acute in later ones; margin crenate to crenate-
serrate; younger leaves usually finely pubescent, becoming glabrous
with age; blades 2-7 em. long and 2-7 cm. wide; petioles 2-15 cm. long,
glabrate; stipules’ small, 1-2 mm. long, ovate-lanceolate, entire or
slightly toothed; cleistogamous flowers present on peduncles 2-7 cm.
long, usually prostrate; flowering peduncles 7-20 cm. long, much ex-
ceeding leaves, glabrous; sepals 5-8 mm. long, ovate to lanceolate, gla-
brous; margin scarious; corolla 13-16 mm. long, violet, lighter near the
throat, with dark veinings present; lateral petals densely bearded near
base; upper petals often slightly bearded; lower petal glabrous, with
a short saccate spur, 3-4 mm. long; stigma beardless; capsule ovate-
oblong, glabrous, green-yellow,,8-9 mm. long.

In shaded swamps, along small streams, and about springs of the
coastal area at altitudes scarcely exceeding 5,000 ft. Los ANGELES Co.:
Los Angeles (Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Cal., 238. 1923); Claremont,
1897, Chandler (C). SAN BERNARDINO Co.: Lytle Creek Canyon, Street
2770 (B), 1918, Street (B), Hall 892 (C); Mill Creek Canyon, Smith
4 (C), Munz 7578 (B); Seven Oaks (Parish, Pl. World. 20:223. 1917);
Edgar Canyon, Hall 99 (C). Rtversipe Co.: Coahuilla Valley, Hall
1928 (C). San Dirco Co.: Palomar Mt., 1921, Snyder (B), Munz 8240
(B); Cuyamaca Mt., Munz & Harwood 7251 (B).

Our material differs from typical V. nephrophylla in having the
spurred petal glabrous, but it is referred to this species by Brainerd
(in lit.). In literature on Southern California this species has gone by
a number of names, V. cucullata Ait., V. obliqua Hill, and V. palmata
var. cucullata Gray. ;

160

/
V 2. Viola Macloskeyi Lioyd. Erythea 3:74. 1895.

A small, low, acaulescent plant, forming dense patches by stolons
from a slender rootstock with many, long, fine roots; leaves sub-orbi-
cular to cordate, thin, usually broader than long; margin crenulate; tip
round to obtuse; lamina slightly decurrent down petiole; lower surface
of leaves glabrate to sparsely villous; blades 1-2% cm. long and 114-3
em. wide; petioles 2-10 cm. long, villous-pubescent; stipules entire,
ovate, acute, glabrous, 5-8 mm. long; flowering peduncles usually about
twice the length of the petioles; cleistogamous peduncles one-half the
length of the petioles, all sparsely villous; sepals ovate-lanceolate, dis-
tinetly 3-veined, glabrous, 4-5 mm. long; margin scarious; petals
cuneate, white, the upper and lateral ones 8-10 mm. long; lateral petals
bearded, sparsely dark purple veined; lower petal quite conspicuously
dark purple veined, 9-11 mm. long, with a short saccate spur 2-3 mm.
long; stigma not bearded; capsule ovoid to oblong, glabrous, green,
5-7 mm. long.

In boggy meadows and wet places from 7,000-9,000 ft, altitude.
VENTURA Co.: Mt. Pinos, Munz 7025 (B). San BerNarpIno Co.:
Kelley’s Cabin, San Antonio Mts., Munzg 6082 (B; Munz, Bull. So. Cal.
Acad. Sci. 22:9. 1923); Bear Valley, Munz 5627 (B); South Fork of
Santa Ana, Munz 6167 (B); High Creek, San Bernardino Mts., Craw-
ford (B). Rtiversmpr Co.: Round Valley, San Jacinto Mts., Munz
6053 (B).

The V. blanda Willd. of Southern California literature refers to
this species.

3. Viola pedunculata Torr. & Gray. Fl. No. Am. 1:141. 1838.

Rootstock very short, thick, soft, light brown, 1-2 cm. long, with
numerous fascicled, fleshy roots; stems branching, decumbent, partially
subcaulescent, glabrate, tending to be purple in color, 15-35 em. long;
leaves a bright green, cordate to deltoid-ovate, often abruptly narrowed
at base and decurrent down petiole, sparsely pubescent to glabrate:
tip acute to obtuse; margin undulate to slightly crenate; blades 114-
4 em. long and 114-414, cm. broad; petioles somewhat pubescent, 4-12
cm. long; stipules lanceolate, 6-8 mm. long; margin entire or incised;
peduncles much exceeding petioles, pubescent, 8-20 cm. long; sepals
lanceolate-oblong, acute to obtuse, glabrate, 6-9 mm. long, margin
scarious; petals a bright yellow, with brown-purple lines or blotches on
face near throat within, and usually quite brown-purple or with brown-
purple lines without, especially on the 2 upper petals and the spur;
lateral petals clavate bearded;. lower petal with a short saccate spur,
2mm. long; stigma slightly bearded, capsule glabrous, yellow-brown,
oblong-ovoid, 8-11 mm. long.

Common on grassy slopes and occasional in open rocky places in
the chaparral. Type locality: “California.” It occurs at low alti-
tudes of the entire coastal drainage; and a citation of specimens is
hardly necessary. It is on the islands in a rather pubescent form,
with deeply colored flowers: Santa Cruz Is., 1924, M. BF. Jones (B);
Santa Rosa Is., (Brandegee, Zoe 1:133. 1890); Santa Catalina Is.,
(Brandegee, 1. c.; Millspaugh & Nuttall, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. 5:174.
1923); San Clemente Is., Munz 6660 (B; Trask, Bull. So. Cal. Acad.
Sei. 3:92. 1904).

The glabrous capsule, the exceedingly short thick rootstock, the
brighter green foliage, the scarcely, if at all, retrorse pubescence, and
the occurrence at lower altitudes, make this species quite distinct from
V. purpurea Kellogg.

4. Viola purpurea Kellogg. Proc. Cal. Acad. 1:55. 1855. V. aurea
Kellogg. Proc. Cal. Acad. 2:185. t54. 1862.

Rootstock often slender, perpendicular, dark brown, woody, 3-15
cm. long with scattered fibrous roots; plant varying from glabrate
in the shade, to canescent, with a white, often dense, retrorse pubes-
cence in exposed forms; stems clustered, low, branching, somewhat
subcaulescent, ascending; leaves sub-orbicular to lance-ovate, tapering
to petiole; tip broadly obtuse to acute; margin undulate to lobed-
dentate; blades 2-3% cm. long, 142-3 cm. wide; petioles 3-5 cm. long;
stipules linear-lanceolate, entire to slightly dentate at tip, 8-10 mm.
long; peduncles usually exceeding leaves, 4-8 cm. long; sepals lanceo-
late, acute, 5-7 mm. long; margin scarious; petals pale yellow within
with dark purple lines on the three lower ones, all more or less brown-
purple without, 11-13 mm. long; lateral petals clavate bearded; lower
petal with a short saccate spur, 114% mm. long; stigma with a long beard
at sides; capsule green, strongly pubescent, globose, 7-9 mm. long.

On dry slopes and ridges at altitudes from 2,000-7,000 ft., occurring
in the open or under oaks or pines. The following specimens may
be cited as fairly typical of the species: Inyo Co.: “Among the sage-
brush in the Pinon belt,’ Hall & Chandler 7129 (C). Ventura Co.::
Mt. Pinos, Munz 6973 (B). Kern Co.: Mojave, Davy 2615 (C).
Los ANGELES Co.: Bouquet Canyon, 1917, Shaw, Spaulding & Walton
(B); north base, San Antonio Mts., Hall 3024 (B), Vincent Gulch,
Munz 6850 (B), Baldy Lookout, Johnston 1734 (B), Swartout Valley,
Munz 4630 (B); Big Rock Creek, San Gabriel Mts., Munz 6806 (B).
San BERNARDINO Co.: Cajon Pass, Munz 5710 (B); Dark Canyon,
Pinecrest, Munz, Street & Williams, 2816 (B); Little Bear Valley
(Arrowhead), G. Corwin (B); Forest Home, Munz & Harwood 3837
(B & C); Oak Glen, R. J. Smith 3 (C). Rtiverstpe Co.: Kenworthy,
San Jacinto Mts., Munz & Johnston 5471 (B). San Dteco Co.: Palo-
mar Mt., 1921, Snyder (B), Munz 8315 (B); Julian, 1906, MW. H. Jones
(B); Cuyamaca Peak, Munz & Harwood 7263 (B), Munz & Newsom,
in part, 8113 (B); Descanso, 1906, 7. S. Brandegee (C); Laguna Mts.,
Munz 8371 (B).

At comparatively low altitudes, occasional shade plants have the
lax habit and general appearance of V. pedunculata, e.g., Munz &
Newsom 7991 (B), Lion’s Valley, San Diego Co.; but a careful exami-
nation of such shows that the technical characters of the long, brown
rootstock, pubescent capsule, and heavier retrorse pubescence can be
relied on to distinguish V. purpurea.

In Southern California literature, references to V. praemorsa
Doug]. and V. praemorsa var. venosa Gray apparently refer to V. puwr-
purea and its variety pinetorum Greene.

5. Viola purpurea var. pinetorum Greene. FI. Francise., 243. 1891.

V. pinetorum Greene Pitt. 2:14. 1889.

Like the species but leaves longer and narrower, lance-ovate to
lance-linear, 2-64% cm. long, 3-12 mm. wide; margin of leaves with
fewer teeth, undulate when lanceolate, dentate when lance-ovate; tip
acute; leaves often more pubescent, especially on lower surface; petals
sometimes smaller than those of the typical form but otherwise the
same.

Range and habitat that of species, but distributed mostly from
6,000-10,000 ft. altitude. Type locality: Tehachapi. Type seen. Rep-
resentative of the variety may be cited the following specimens:

162

Kern Co.: Tehachapi, 1889, Greene (C), Dudley 317 (C). Venrura
Co.: Mt. Pifios, Munz 7020 (B). SAN Bernardino Co.: San Antonio
Peak, Wilder 593 (C); Ontario Peak, Johnston 1281 (B & C); near
Bluff Lake, San Bernardino Mts., Munz 5621 (B). Rtiversme Co::
near Tamarack Valley, San Jacinto Mts., Munz 6048 (B).

Intermediates in respect to leaf shape between V. purpurea and
the variety pinetorum are as follows: VrENtTuRA Co.: Mt. Pifos, Munz
7036 (B). Los ANGELES Co.: Brown’s Flats, San Antonio Mts., John-
ston 1760 (B). San Bernarpino Co.: Mt. San Antonio, Abrams 2669
(C); Cucamonga Canyon, Johnston 27m (B); San Bernardino Mts.,
Fredalba, Munz 2939 (B); Saw Pit Canyon, Wilder 26 (B). RtiversipE
Co.: Strawberry Valley, San Jacinto Mts., 1901, Jepson & Hall (C);
Santiago Peak, Santa Ana Mts., Mune & Keck 7072 (B). Sawn Dreco
Co.: Cuyamaca Mts., Munz & Newsom, in part, 81138 (B), 1896, 7. S.
Brandegee (C); Descanso, K. Brandeyee (C).

6. Viola chrysantha Hooker. Icones Plantarum. t. 49. 1837.

Stems sparsely pubescent, 6-10 cm. long, clustered from a thick,
erect rootstock with many fascicled, fibrous roots; leaves ovate in cir-
cumscription, 144 cm. long, 2-5 cm. wide, bipinnately 3-5 parted with
3-5 cleft linear lobes, which are 5-10 mm. long and 2-3 mm. broad,
villous pubescent to ciliate-pubescent and at times even glabrate;
petioles sparsely pubescent, 3-7 cm. long; stipules small, lanceolate,
entire, 6-10 mm. long; peduncles at least twice as long as petioles,
sparsely pubescent; sepals 4-7 mm. long, lanceolate, ciliate pubescent;
petals broadly cuneate, a deep yellow, the two upper ones brown-purple
without, edged with yellow, 8-i2 mm. long; the two lateral petals
bearded near base, brown-purple lines present within; lower petal gla-
brous, 10-15 mm. long, with a short succate spur 2 mm. long; stigma
bearded on sides; capsules ovoid, glabrous, green, 7-10 mm. long.

About meadows and low grassy places at altitudes from 3,000-
8,000 ft. Kern Co.: Tehachapi, Heller 7834 (C). Los ANGELES Co.:
San Gabriel Mts., between Pine Flats and Chilao, Peirson 2447 (B).
San BERNARDINO Co.: Bear Valley, Munz 5653 (B), 1922, Pierce (B),
Parish 1488 (C). San Dieco Co.: Mesa Grande, 1895, 7. S. Brandegee
(C); Julian, 1906, M. EL. Jones (B), 1901, T. S. Brandegee (C); David-
son 3593 (B); Cuyamaca Lake, Spencer 1440 (B), Munz & Harwood
7282 (B), Munz & Newsom 8102 (B); Laguna Mts., Mune 8430 (B).

Southern California references to V. Douglasii Steud. apparently

refer to this species.

7. Viola Sheltonii Torr. Pac. R. R. Rep. 4:67 pl. 2. 1856.

Stems glabrous or finely pubescent, ascending or spreading, 5-20
cm. long, from a thick rootstock with numerous fleshy roots tending
to be fascicled; leaves reniform-cordate in circumscription, 3-5 em. long
and 5-7 cm. wide; segments nearly sessile, each often palmately tri-
divided with 2-5 parted segments irregularly 2-5 cuneate cleft or lobed,
each lobe rounded at tip and very slightly mucronulate, ultimate
segments fused and fan-like at base, finely puberulent, appearing
glabrous, with very short, fine ciliation; lamina slightly decurrent
down petiole; petioles 3-15 cm. long, sparsely puberulent; stipules small,
3-4 mm. long, ovate to obovate, deeply cut or incised at tip, appearing
like long hairs, rarely almost entire; peduncles slightly longer than
petioles, finely puberulent or glabrate; sepals lanceolate, glabrate, 8-10
mm. long; margin slightly scarious; petals elliptical to obovate, yel-
low with brown-purple veinings without; upper petals 12-15 mm. long;
lateral petals 11-14 mm. long, not bearded; lower petal 15-17 mm. long,
with short saccate spur 1-2 mm. long; stigma not bearded; capsule
ovoid, pubescent, yellow-brown, 7-10 mm. long.

Shaded banks and canyons from 4,000-6,000 ft. altitude: Los
ANGELES Co.: Brown’s Flats, San Antonio Mts., Johnston 1759 (B);

163

Cucamonga Canyon Johnston 1303 (B) and April 1, 1917, Johnston
(B). ORANGE Co.: Santiago Peak, Peirson 3496 (B).

The collections from the San Antonio Mts. were reported as V.
lobata Benth. by Johnston (Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 17-65. 1918) and
by Davidson & Moxley (FI. So. Cal. 238. 1923) and referred to VY.
Sheltonii Torr. by Munz & Johnston (Bull. Torr. Club. 49:353. 1922)..

8. Viola lobata Benth. Pl. Hartweg. 298. 18389.

Rootstock short, thick ascending, with many fascicled fleshy
roots; stems erect, glabrate, 7-25 cm. long, solitary, or in groups of
not more than three, with upper internodes of stem short; leaves
cordate to hastate in outline, 2144-6 cm. long and 3-414 cm. wide, vary-
ing from leaves entire with margin crenate to dentate, to leaves
palmately 3-parted, with central part sinuous lanceolate, and the lateral
parts narrowly 2-5 lobed; surface often densely pubescent, becoming
short hirsute; base moderately reniform; tip acute to acuminate;
petioles pubescent, 3-12 cm. long, the basal ones being much the longer;
stipules 5-9 mm. long, lance-ovate, slightly dentate; peduncles pubescent,
3-7 ecm. long; sepals lanceolate, glabrate, 5-7 mm. long; margin slightly
searious; petals broadly cuneate; upper petals 11-15 mm. long, a clear
yellow, brown-purple without, darkening with age; lateral petals 11-15
mm. long, a clear yellow with 2 dark brown-purple lines within, more
or less brown-purple without, clavate bearded near base; lower petal
13-17 mm. long, a clear yellow with dark brown-purple lines present,
often very faintly brown-purple without; stigma short bearded; cap-
sule ovoid-oblong, glabrous, yellow-brown, 8-10 mm. long.

Locally abundant in leaf mold under firs aand oaks, at from 5,000-
6,000 ft. altitude in the Cuyamaca Mts., San Diego Co. Other Southern
California localities for this species apparently refer to V. Sheltonii, q. v.

Specimens have been found in the following localities in Southern
California: San Dirco Co.: Cuyamaca Peak, 1896, 7. S. Brandegee
(C), Munz & Harwood 7252 (B), Munz & Newsom 8121 (B); Scenic
View, south of Julian, Munz 8328 (B).

Our material differs from northern material in its smaller stipules.

Field observation would indicate that the variety integrifolia
Watson (Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2:185. 1863) is nothing but a minor
variation and not deserving of varietal rank. However, according to
Brainerd (Vt. Bull. 224:1238. 1921), “it is evident in the light of recent
discoveries, that we have here a case of dimorphism, where a species
and its variety for Successive generations interbreed.”’

9. Viola adunca J. EK. Smith. Rees’s Cyclopedia 37, Viola No. 63. 1817.

V. canina var. adunca Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 8:377. 1872.

Rootstock often slender; stems clustered, 4-10 cm. long, downy
pubescent; leaves oblong-ovate to cordate, somewhat flatly crenate,
downy pubescent to glabrate; blade 1144-31% em. long, 1-3 cm. wide;
tip round obtuse; petioles finely pubescent, 1-10 cm. long; stipules
rather large, foliaceous, linear to lanceolate, 10-15 mm. long, with mar-
gin more or less incised; peduncles almost twice the length of petioles,
glabrate; sepals lanceolate, glabrate, 5-7 mm. long; margin slightly
scarious; petals a deep blue with dark veinings, paling with age, 12
mm. long, eliiptical to obovate; lateral petals bearded near base; lower
petal with a long and at least slightly hooked spur which is 8-10 mm.
long and 2-3 mm. wide; stigma with a distinct, persistent, long beard;
capsule glabrous, greenish-brown, oblong, 7-9 mm. long; cleistogamous
fruit abundant in late summer.

On gentle slopes at the edges of meadows in the Transition Zone,
from about 5,000 to 8,000 ft. altitude. Specimens have been seen
from but two counties: San Brernarpino Co.: Talmadge’s Mill, San
Bernardino Mts., Parish 3398 (C); near Bluff Lake, Munz 5628 (B).
San Dieco Co.: Palomar Mts., 1921, Snyder (B), Doan’s 1896, Me-
Clatchie (C), Munz 8246 (B).

164

GOO TO OT OO

tT
=

Cee
es

What is a Man’s Business Time Worth?

Do You Realize the Tremendous Value of Your Future Earning Power?

coupon now—next week may be too late!

D. T. WILES—902 Story Bldg.,
Los Angeles, Cal.

Please send me without obli-
gation, full information about
the new Non-Cancellable In-

DOUGLAS T. WILES,

Special Representative,

come Policy. Pac. Mutual Life Ins. Co.

902 Story Building,
Los Angeles, Cal.

PFRINILNG

BIAS SEEN OURSSUSINESS
SINCE 1880

Service and Quality Combined
with Just Prices is the secret
that has enabled this firm to do
business for 44 years.

McBride ance Ce

261 - 263 So. Los Angeles St.

165

=
PTT CUU CL LOU COP COUE LOU LCOULCORCOURCO OL CORLCULL OU CULLORUU RL OL LL

=
DOO OO OOO Oo OO CCC OU LOCO:

od |

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy.
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to the Secretary
4699 MARMION WAY,
Los, Angeles, Cal., U. S. A.

Publications of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern Calitornia Academy of Sciences

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues to date are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February;
No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5,
September-October.

166

All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the
following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy

at the appended prices:

Vol. 1, No. 1. January, ALS Ape ens Lae er ee et ee $1.00
ie 1, “ 2. February, RIND Dieser eve ers an IE 1.00
a ee a ere anal HbULiS BUCK 230 eras ne nae Aa eerinne an .25
i A 3a) Manche TURKU) sere cr a te a Bi)
rin 4 5. Maly; AES IO) Sy a ok te ae ee Ee 25
i G % Be dwiby, AO ON pieces oes res Ouse eda teens 225
"8 U, ~~ do cdamini, ALOK OSS eae Mae Beli ewe ee Oe a 5
ef 9, “ 1. January, ARTE uaees meren Os tlle heath eee 15
HY Qo Be Mule TNL ita arse Oe ante Roe ea W5
smnaili() vines my 2h a ality HT NT a cet cee eel eh Te weld ee eee 506
Cc UA, Gl HeIMAIAY, GAO UTR atte NI ae wea oe dE 50
ce 6g, Sl. Maines, HIRO AEA Seem sane EM ce db alee CONOR os
pamelor 2.0 Tui, ALE STA Be Se ee eae Arc ae ut Pele 15
C4 6 aL, UaaErAy TSI LISY ee 2 A te eet Bees AN aD ae OL 15
men etre Oh neu Ve IROL Gui cee ts Soe evn Oe Plier eRe 50
eS 6G, al. Jeminaiey, ALU @ Meee Ba ee aie ae recs ln ae AYE ob)
e 916 ° 2 dulby, US) ef i eis NE onan ae Cr A lg 1.00
SB ale ecm crume hills aS ese ecaelay AES eee ey cee, a
ce 18, % i. Jamuary, ae) EEG Scceaeca ley hAE ang ae PE Oe 1.00
GS) AUS avis Rees Ata iis ho des IEG ELG wcmtieestns ss ree tee tot W 75
ec 19, © il, Jaeimnuennay, AUS VPA oreo Nant ee Be ee ae oe eras teen 25
Oe | 4 Octobe»r HED): Oe otic aceecee awl Moet ne RE Le 25
cS RO, «6 aL, ANF, RS IE NAN oe eR See 25
eC 20, 6 2B JAWEUIST, SEAS /2/ Lele 225
«20, ~“ 3. December, BSS AD Li ek ey oc 7 ana ae ee elit 25
ce As °° ale. | IMleiieeln, A 2/2 pie eae cree Sata eee ai, 25
eee sO ClOber, nA Aa eee Re MN RT te .25
co Om SL IMeRe lo, TLS Ae apes A ks Cah ele apett te it 25
SND De theca ey we Ulli LOD Biever A eae cea ei SE sue .25
cc BB, ST, MAY, EG DA ican Anes athe a ot te CMR 25
CR a INE E@)01, 1 DAR Un Re irae NUE eats eran 25
CPB. MS Be Wiley. AS) 2 ie Rep Poreenk Be Ss EONS, ein are eet 25
eo olen Aes Ue GEG) Aig Me ates sepa eens ts Cee 5)
Be Oras One CHOU CIN Clan eA 2 he Ree ata Me el weed aeedienes 25

Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary

Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum
Los Angeles, California.

167

Paw oe Ee tN OF ;l AE

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

Vol. XxII_ November-December, 1924 Part 6
CONTENTS
Page
STupmas my Race Coasr iLimemoreme. 2 = = = 7s

Dr. John A. Comstock

BurTERELMeS OF CALIRORNTA = = = 5 =a = = = 77
Dr. John A. Comstock

LARVA AND Pura oF DESMOCERUS CALIFORNICUS.
Horn, ((CommortpRAa)) wu =e =) a LD

Alonzo Davis and Dr. J. A. Comstock

Somrt APPARENTLY New Spectres or Motus - - - 183
Chas. A. Hill

Issued December 30, 1924.

iil

Lee, RT aR
aS Oe ee

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA PLATE IX.

MARGINED WHITE © MARGINED WHITE
Prapt marginalis. Under § & rape EE see ref

NEINED WHITE

P rapt verrosa.

REAKIRTS WHITE = __- REAKIRT'3. WHITE
Preapt castoria.S REAKIRT'S WHITE. oe Sh cat nacelle g
S Under side. Re : ai : s

HARRIS’ WHITE. | Plesss pap oleracea Pprercs rapes e
Prapt oleracea.G Under side. -. "Under 5¢

LD LOT IO

BAG BUTTERFLY a NTED CABBAGE E WHITE | FCAGEAGE BUTTERFLY 3
" CABBAG apae OF -_ £ rapae hovangliae | Fierts rapae @ ee

All figures slightly reduced.

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

= 8
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Dee RSW BVO MGNRIDD ftir ewer Ne ee President
DRM Wene WANT AC IBRV ANP Rc el Vice-President
Drememonin ve COMSTOCK, i a 2nd Vice-President
ID EMAOEUN No COMSTOCK 200th i Sel Secretary
ITI, Sho. fe SERIO ai rele re rae et Treasurer
Dr. WiLtiAM A. BryAn Gro. W. Parsons
Dr. A. Davipson HERBERT J. GOUDGE
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Dr. FRANK CLARK
W mM. SPALDING ID, IR. Jal, Syywiner

= 8

ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. ArtHurR B. BENTON ID, 1D), IL, IANS ica
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Dyn, We Ce Lowy
Mr. R. F. Gross Mr. JAMes A. LIGHTHIPE
THEODORE PAYNE
= #8
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Wma. A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
BIOLOGICAL SECTION
ike Jal, Sayan Dr. WENDELL GREGG
Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Dr. A. Davipson THEODORE PAYNE
Chairman Secretary

FINANCE COMMITTEES

Dr. F. C. Crark, Dr. A. Davinson, Mr. S. J. KEESE
Dr. Jonn A. Comstock Mr. GrEorGE Parsons
GIOLOGICAML SIC WIKOIN
Mr. E. E. Hapiry Mr. GrorcGe Parsons

Chairman Secretary

PROGRAM COMMITTEE

Dr. Joun A. Comstocx, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. Grorce Parsons

| B
CONV hE ON eURETCATTON
Mr. Wiruram A. SpaALpING, Chairman

lon Aw COmisitorenc; UWigales WIIDNS, Ter Ie SJ Mr. S. J. KeEsE
ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., M.D.
|_| |

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
SoutHWEST MUSEUM Los ANGELES, CAL.

MAY | 5 1926

LIBRARY
NEW YORE
BeTANICAL

GARDEN

STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA

Continued
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK

A NEW MELITAEA FROM OREGON

Collecting in the vicinity of Crater Lake, Oregon, in the late
summer of 1923 was productive of a generous list of diurnals, one of
which proves to be a new species.

MELITAEA BRIDGEI. sp. nov.

Male. Superior surface.

Primaries. Ground color, brownish black, fringes black inter-
spersed with a few yellowish scales; a narrow orange brown or fer-
Truginous marginal line, interrupted at nervules; internal to this a
series of six to eight lunate or irregular spots, the largest being placed
between the second and third median nervule; internal to this a
sinuous row of six to eight quadrate or irregular spots a shade lighter
in color than the previous two rows. Internal to this is a fourth row
of still lighter quadrate spots, seven in number; those in the radial
interspaces tending to fuse with equivalent spots of the third row.
This row is formed in a sinuous line, the upper portion strongly con-
cave medially. Two small orange-brown spots are placed lateral
to the discocellulars. Two elongate spots occur in the lateral por-
tion of cell, the medial one being lighter in color. Three or four small
irregular spots occur in the basal portion of cell and one or two
round or irregular spots are placed just below the cell.

Secondaries. Ground color and series of spots of same shade as
corresponding rows in primaries. Fringes, creamy yellow, interrupted
with black at ends of nervules; marginal row of six or seven narrow
elongate spots; submarginal row of lunate or irregular spots, largest
in second and third median interspaces; internal to this a row of five
or six irregular spots. A fourth row of seven or eight quadrate or
irregular spots in the limbal area, concave medially. Basal area
completely brownish-black except for two spots in outer portion of cell,
the lateral of which is lunate, while the medial is a mere point of a
lighter color.

Male. Inferior Surface.

Primaries. A submarginal line corresponds to the same line on
superior surface, but is more clearly defined, and interrupted at ner-
vules by narrow black lines; internal to this a row of eight lunate,
yellowish spots, shaded internally by a wide black band. The third
and fourth rows of spots have fused so as to form a continuous bard
covering most of the limbal area, with fine black streaks on the ner
vules, dividing it into elongate quadrate spots. The ground color of
this band is orange-brown, but medially it shades to a creamy buff
Medial to this are numerous irregular spots on a black ground. The
cell is orange brown, except for a band of creamy buff crossing the
outer third, and edged with black, and an irregular spot in the inner
third, similarly colored and edged.

173

Secondaries. Narrow submarginal line as on primaries, with
similar interruptions at nervules; internal to this seven lunate spots
of a clear creamy yellow, the largest placed between the second and
third median nervule. Internal to this a black irregular line medial
to which is a row of seven quadrate or irregular spots, the two nearest
costa, creamy yellow, the remainder orange-brown; internal to this
a broad band of irregularly quadrate creamy yellow spots separated
by the black lines of the nervules, and also crossed transversely by
two sinucus black lines, one laterally, the other medially placed.
Basal area orange-brown with from four to six irregular creamy-
yeliow spots, bordered with black.

Head, thorax and abdomen; black above, creamy yellow below.

Antennae; black, finely annulated with yellow, club tipped with
yellow buff.

Expanse. Male 1% in. (35 mm.) Female 1% in. (39 mm.)

The female differs from the male principally in the fact that the
series of lighter colored spots are more pronounced and of a lighter
shade.

Types: Holotype, male. Crater Lake, Oregon, August 2, 1923.
Allotype female. Crater Lake, Oregon, August 2, 1923.
Paratypes Nos. 1 to 11, all taken at Crater Lake, Oregon,
August 2, 1923. Ten males. One female.

The holotype, allotype, and eight paratypes, in the collection of
the Southwest Museum, Los Angeles, California.

Paratype No. 9, deposited with Dr. Wm. Barnes, Decatur, Illinois.

Paratype No. 10, deposited with the National Museum.

Paratype No. 11, deposited with the Canadian National Collection,
Dr. McDunnough, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. The holotype, allotype
and paratype No. 1 to be subsequently shown in colors on plate No. 38.

This species is intermediate between whitneyi Behr. and hoffmani
Behr. It is darker than either species. From hoffmani it may be
distinguished by the fact that the lighter yellowish band of spots in
the limbal area, superior surface, is only half the width of hoffmani.
This band, in the last named species tends to fuse with the third
band throughout almost its entire length. The colors are very close
in both these species, whereas in whitneyi, they are of a more ruddy
hue.

I take pleasure in naming this species for Dr. Norman Bridge,
whose interest in and support of science receives all too little recog-
nition in proportion to the good works for which he and Mrs. Bridge
are responsible. This, I make bold to do without asking his permis-
sion.

Notes on the Genus Cercyonis
By John Adams Comstock

In the “Bulletin” for January-February 1924 we published a paper
on Cercyonis stephensi Wright, in which it was demonstrated that the
“species” was only a color form of the insect which has been held in
collections under the name gabbii. In order to fix the place of the
latter species reference was had to Boisduval’s original description
and also to Oberthur’s excellent figure of the types in his Volume IX
Etudes de Lepidoptérologie Comparee. We were at once impressed
with the fact that his figure ¢ 2180 represented the species that we
have been calling gabbii, while the 9 2181 more nearly approaches C.
boopis. In order to make certain of our point, a specimen of our so
called gabbii was sent to Drs. Barnes and Benjamin at Decatur for
determination, and a series was sent to Dr. Oberthur, together with one
specimen of our so called ariane.

Dr. Benjamin reported that “the Satyrid you sent I have been
calling S. gabbii. We have five from Dr. Lindsay’s trip through
Modoc County.”

174

Dr. Oberthur’s reply was so enlightening on several points that
his entire letter is here incorporated.

October 31, 1923.
“Dear Dr. Comstock:

Thanks for the documents which I received from you recently.

I can give you the following information concerning Satyrus ariane
Boisduval:

On page 21 (Lepidoptera of California, Brussels, 1869) Boisduval writes
as follows:

‘Wings black- brown, forewings have dark eyes on both sides with brown
iris and white pupil, kind wings underneath with two dark wavy streaks,
six eyes many small faded ones worn out.’*

This is exactly the ¢@ which I have. I am showing the Boisduval type
under the No. 2180 on plate CCLX in Vol. [IX of ‘Etudes de Lepidoptero-
logie Comparee.’

The female No. 2181 (many small worn out faded eyes) does not seem
to be typically like the male No. 2180. Isn’t that a very large female of
another species?

On page 62 of the mentioned book, ‘Lepidopteres de la California’
Boisduval says, ‘Mr. Lorquin sent us, as a new species, a variety smaller
than the type which we described. It does not differ from the ordinary
specimens, except that the females have eyes with less pronounced iris
and the design on the under side is less clear.’

Boisduval has not named this new species of which he has two males
and one female in his collection next to the ariane.

_ Lorquin was right in saying that he sent a new species different from
ariane.

From all this the result is that the real ariane Boisduval shown under
No. 2180 (plate CCLX Vol. iX Lepidoptera Comparee) is the species which
you sent me under the name gabbii.

The name gabbii should be changed to ariane.

With regard to the Satyrid which you sent me under the name ariane,
this is exactly the new species, according to Lorquin, not named by Boisduval,
but which he mentions on page 62 of his book, ‘‘smaller, design on under-
side less clear.

Regarding the ocelli with the iris less pronounced in the females, (just
as in the ¢o¢ it is certain that ariane Boisduval ¢ (fig. 2180) has much
stronger ocelli on the underside of the lower wings (secondaries) than the
new species of Lorquin.

To conclude, ariane Boisduval ¢ originally described, is the one shown
in fig. No. 2180 and only the flies which are corresponding with this fig.
2180 should be named ariane and your ariane, should have a new name.

The pictures which I have published from ‘Specimina typica americana
Boisduvaliana’ have given rise to many interesting corrections in regard to
the naming of the Californian species of Lepidoptera and the pairing of
the sexes in the Hesperidae.

Mr. Lindsay writes me as follows and I think that he is right:

According to my notes, the figure 2088 (plate CCXL Vol. IX Lepid.
Comparee) pratincola ¢@ appears to be nemorum as you Suggest, while 2089
is the 2 of sylvanoides Boisduval. Your fig. 2085, one of Boisduval 2 sylvan-
oides represents campestris 2 while your figures 2083 and 2084 represent the
two sexes of sylvanoides. The @ type should of course fix the species.’ (1
believe he should have said “‘represent two males of sylvanoides’’).

There is no doubt that it would be very instructive to publish more
about the synonymy of the different Californian species of Lepidoptera
deseriked by Boisduval and the errors which this author might have made.

To-morrow begins the New Year 1924. Please accept my best wishes of
good luck for you and all those who are dear to you.”

Cordially yours,
Charles Oberthur.

Boisduva] evidently drew his description from a mixed series
containing two forms, since the female chosen by Dr. Oberthur is
obviously the form boopis. It is reasonably certain also that this
series does not contain the dark form that has been considered as
ariane by most of the American lepidopterists. Dr. Oberthur’s letter
strongly suggests the desirability of restricting the type to the speci-
men which he has figured, (2180) and I propose in this revision to so

*The original description is as follows

“59. Satyrus Ariane, Boisd.

Alae nigro—fusce; antice utrinque oculis duobus atris, pupilla alba
iride fulvo; postice subtus strigis duabus undulatis obscuris, ocellis sex
plus minusve obsoletis.

il a la port et la taille de notre Phedra, et droit étre placé entre cette
espéce et l’Alope des autres parties des Etats-Unis.

Commun en juillet dans les forets herbenses.”’

175

restrict it. This leaves for our consideration the true status of the
dark form above referred to. In this connection I have received from
Dr. Benjamin a letter which throws valuable light on the subject
and from which I quote.

“We have a specimen marked typical incana X. T. Edw. Coll J.
McD. This is your incana, apparently common in Plumas Co.”

Incana was placed by Dr. McDunnough as a synonym of ariane
Bdv. after having made this comparison. Incana is therefore avail-
able to cover this dark form, without the necessity of erecting a new
hame as suggested by Dr. Oberthur.

I have long suspected that C. wheeleri was only a form of what
we have been calling gabbii, (the true ariane Bdv. as above) in which
the anterior ocellus was paired. The following quotation from Dr.
Benjamin (in litt) confirms this. “I have examined the types of
hoffmani Strkr.—not a hurried examination with lack of material
at Chicago, but a careful study here.

Mr. Gerhart brought them to me and I had the chance to com-
pare them with all our material. There can be little doubt but that
hoffmani was named from type material which also supplied the types
of wheeleri and that both of these names are synonyms, wheeleri hav-
ing priority. . . . . . with a long series of gabbii before us we
are inclined to regard wheeleri, (judging from the types of hoffmani)
as simply a local race of gabbii, with an extra spot on the primary.
Specimens of gabbii from Modoc County, California, are otherwise ex-
tremely close to the types of hoffmani. The elongation of the spots
on the underside of the secondaries are practically duplicated in Ooc-
casional gabbii.’

Grinnell’s description of C. behri would seem to place it in the
paulus sylvestris group although we have no specimens from Mt.
Tamalpais that exactly tally with the description.

The California Cercyonids would therefore be grouped as follows:

1. Cercyonis alope ariane Bdyvy.
gabbu. Edw.
form 9 stephensi Wright.
wheeleri Edw.
hoffmani Stkr.
. boopis Behr.
form incana Hdw.
form baroni Edw.
2. C. sthenele Bdv.
3. C. silvestris Edw.
okius Oberth.
paulus Edw.
. behri Grinnell.?
. oetus Bdv.
charon EHdw.

[Sy

Qqye

Notes on the Genus Pieris and Eurymus

In a previous paper* I called attention to the fact that the yellow
form of Pieris sisymbrii had been named flava by Edwards notwith-
standing the fact that he had used the same name within the
genus for a yellow form of P. napi. This raises the point as to
whether it is permissible to use the same name for forms of two
closely related species within a single genus. I have felt that a
practice of this type would lead to considerable confusion and since
the primary purpose of creating names in order to differentiate be-
tween certain conditions is only one devised for greater clarity, I
considered it justifiable to rename the form flavitincta.

*Bulletin Southern California Academy of Sciences, Vol. XXIII, Part 1, 1924.
176

In a recent letter from Dr. Benjamin he has pointed out that
there is no definife rule thus far created to establish the point, and
some authorities may differ on the propriety of the new name.

I would, however, point out that Dr. McDunnough has stated in
a letter to me that “ ‘flava’ is preempted in the genus for a form of
napi and is therefore not available,’ which would seem to lend his
concurrence in my opinion.

In the case of EHurymus we have the albinic female of eury-
theme named alba Edw. and the same name has also been applied
to the white female of the sub-species amphidusa. This well illus-
trates the confusion that would arise were this practice to be gen-
erally followed. I believe, therefore, that we should use the later
designation for the albinic female amphidusa which was given to it
by Cockerell, namely pallida. While I have not used these names in
labeling my plates I propose to include them in the text of my forth-
coming work on the Butterflies of California.

It is to be hoped that a ruling will be incorporated in the inter-
national code determining this point.

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA
=== By
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK

(Continued from September-October Issue)

The last issue of the “Bulletin” concluded our treatment of the
Genus Pieris. One exceedingly common variety has not been included
in the colored figures, but is briefly mentioned here—i. e., the spring
form of the Cabbage Butterfly. This was named immaculata by Skinner
and Aaron. It may be distinguished from the typical rapae by its some-
what smaller size, and lack of spots on the upper and under side of pri-
maries. It represents the brood that emerges from overwintering pupae.
Color Plate IX of this issue, illustrates the species which were included
in our text of the July-August and September-October issues, pages 124,
125, and 157. The footnote on page 125 should be corrected to read—
The types and cotype No. 1 are accurately pictured on Plate VIII,
figures 12, 13, 14, to be subsequently published in the Bulletin.

GENUS NATHALIS Boisduvyal.
The Dwarf Yellows

The Dwarf Yellow (Nathalis iole Bdv.) occurs in the southern por-
tion of the state, and has been reported sparingly as far north as
Inyo County. It is a lowland and foothill species, with a tendency
to confine itself to restricted localities, and to be erratic and irregu-
lar in appearance. It is on the wing from February to September,
with probably two or more broods to account for its long season.
The larval foodplants are Erodium (alfilerilla) Dyssodia (fetid mari-
gold), Helenium (sneezeweed) et cetera. The species is pictured on
Plate X, figures 1 to 3.

GENUS EUCHLOE Hubner
The Marbles

Edward’s Marble (Euchloe creusa hyantis Edw.) and the Southern
Marble (E. creusa lotta Beut) represent two races of a species of
butterfly, the typical form of which does not occur in California.
Both varieties are rare. They should be sought in the early months

177

of spring. The Southern Marble particularly, is one of the first but-
terflies to appear on our desert uplands, such as the Mojave, and
the San Gorgonio Pass. Edward’s Marble is usually later in appear-
ance, due to the retarded season at higher altitudes, where it seems
to be the characteristic form. At elevations of eight thousand feet
or more it may not appear until July. Little is known of the early
stages, but they are probably similar to other nearly related species
in the genus. The two forms are pictured on Plate X. HEdward’s
Marble may be distinguished from the Southern Marble by the heavier
green mottling on the under side of secondaries, and the narrower
spot at the end of the cell in the primaries.

The Large Markle (Euchloe ausonides Bdv.) occurs in California
only on the coastal plains and in the Sierras of the central to northern
counties. It is never abundant. In the lowlands it is most frequently
taken in April and May, but the retarded seasons of the alpine regions
hold back its appearance in our mountain districts until mid-
summer. Two color forms have been distinguished. The Yellow
Marble (EH. ausonides flavidalis) is characterized by a complete suf-
fusion of dull orange yellow, and the Half-Yellow Marble (EH. ausonides
semiflava) has the secondaries suffused, while the primaries are
white.

The larval foodplants include various cruciferae, of which the
tower and hedge-mustards are most favored. All of the above are
pictured on plate X which will be subsequently published in the “‘Bul-
letin.”’

PLATE 1.

sie pee 2 By ealeteas ;

sate Ss
a

Head of Desmocerus californicus. (Horn.)
Ventral Aspect Greatly Enlarged.

LARVA AND PUPA OF DESMOCERUS
CALIFORNICUS. (HORN)

BY ALONZO DAVIS
and
JOHN ADAMS COMSTOCK

This uncommon Southern Californian insect was first described by
Dr. George Horn in 1881. (Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. IX, 1881, p. 7.) His
description is as follows:

D. calitornicus—black opaque, elytra bluish or greenish black,
narrowly margined at base and sides with orange-red. Head and
thorax densely and moderately coarsely punctured, the latter with the
surface regular, and with a slight tinge of bluish-green. HElytra densely
punctured, the punctures near the base coarse and deep, becoming
gradually finer and denser toward the apex, surface black opaque and
with a bluish, violaceous or greenish tinge, the lateral and basal mar-
gins narrowly orange-red, scutellum and a small spot on each side
black. Body beneath and legs densely and rather finely punctured,
the metasternum very finely pubescent. Length .646—.849 inch:—
16-20 mm. ;

The adult insects emerge in late March or early April, and
may be occasionally taken resting upon the leaves of the food plant,
the elder (Sambucus glaucus), usually at midday, resting on leaves
exposed to the sun. They are not very wary, and when seen may be
secured without much difficulty.

In December 1923, I secured two pupae and four larvae of this
insect from elders growing in a canyon wash near Pasadena.

Larva: Form elongate, subcylindrical, the thoracic segments
flattened above and beneath, integument shining, almost glabrous,
color yellow-white, head light yellow-brown, mandibles black.

Head: Sub-orbicular, somewhat flattened, tapering in front, in-
serted into the prothorax about half its length. Exposed portion
chitinous, yellow-brown, minutely alutaceous, sparsely clothed with
brown bristles on front and sides. A brown depressed median line
at the basal two-thirds, frontal sutures depressed, yellow, a trans-
verse yellow suture just back of the epistoma. Epistoma dark brown,
heavily chitinized, somewhat thickened at anterior edge into a trans-
verse ridge, bearing a small transverse depression each side of the
median, from which grows a single seta. Two other setae spring from
small round pits close together on the anterior edge near the dorsal
mandibular articulation. Clypeus thin, trapezoidal, transverse, shin-
ing yellow-white, brown along anterior edge. Labrum transversely
oval, about 2% times as wide as long. A dense mat of short brown
bristles conceals the anterior margin. Antennae very short, three-
jointed, retractile. Three black, beadlike ocelli. Submentum trans-
verse, subcordate, whitish. Mentum trapezoidal, nearly square, with
fine striae on the anterior half. Ligula ovate, almost hidden by stipes
and palpi, several coarse brown setae on surface, anterior edge
rounded and very finely ciliate. Labial stipes prominent, brown at
basal half. Palpi two-jointed, short and stout, joints oval, brown, the
first a little longer than and about twice as wide as the second.
Mawnillae: cardo diamond-shaped, white, separated from the maxillary
sclerite by an indistinct depressed line. Stripe transversely oval; pal-
pifer nearly square, lacinia stout, cylindrical, length equal to first
joints of palpus, brown, rounded at tip, bearing many coarse brown
bristles, especially on the inner apex. Palpus three-jointed, the second

179

equal in length to, and about half as wide as the first, the third nar-

rower, conical, rounded at tip. Anterior margin of hypostoma dark
brown, retracted at middle. Gula not distinct.

Prothorax transverse, tapering in front, widest at middle. Prono-
tum shining, anterior third yellowish, marking insertion of head,
sparsely punctate except on extreme antérior margin, and alutaceous
between punctures. A few leng, brown hairs, especially at sides.
Posterior quite strongly reticulate, an oblique depression in the pos-
terior half, about two-thirds laterally from the median.

PLATE 2.

Larva of Desmocerus Californicus. (Horn)
Larva of D. Californicus, Dorsal Aspect.
Pupa of Same, Ventral Aspect.

Pupa of Same, Dorsal Aspect.

All figures enlarged.

Lateral Aspect.

A.
B.
(Or
D.

180

Meso and metanotum short, broad, surface not shining, the former
bearing the first spiracle, which is vertically elongate, about twice
as long as wide. Legs well developed, robust, anterior pair shortest.
Coxae widely separated, short, conical; trochanter short and broad:
femur stout, widest at basal third. The inner face of trochanter and
femur bear several brown hairs. Tibia subequal in length to the
femur, but narrower, apex brown, chitinous; tarsus long, (equal to
% the tibia) acute, tip chitinous, recurved. Metathorax larger than
mesothorax. Husternum somewhat transverse, triangular, broadly
rounded anteriorly, glabrous except for a few brown hairs, surface dull.

Abdomen—Ampullae (segs. 1-7) broad, somewhat flattened, tuber-
cles large, confluent, a transverse lateral impression just back of
the middle on segments one to five, and an oblique line anterior on
all segments cutting off a small triangle next to the anterior median
on each side. Posterior: borders of ampullae ill-defined on most seg-
ments. Hpipleurum distinct on all segments. Pleural tubercle nar-
rowly oval, bearing, on segments one to six, two long setae and one
or two fine hairs below; and on segmnets seven and eight, three long
setae and from one to four fine hairs. HWighth segment smooth and
shining dorsally. Ninth with tergum broad, bearing numerous setae,
especially along the raised posterior and lateral margin. Anal lobes
projecting slightly, the dorsal one bearing several long setae on each
side, dorsally and laterally. Spiracles oval, deep, peritreme thin.

Pupa: White, head and thorax resembling adult except that they.
are impunctate, or nearly so. At base of head, dorsally, two small
tubercles, one just each side of the median, which apparently do not
appear in the adult insect. Head bent under the prothorax so as to
be hardly visible from above. Anterior region of Pronotum tuberculate
centrally, and bearing a few brown hairs. A deep median groove in
the basal two-thirds with a group of brown hairs on either side.

Meso and metathoracic segments visible from above, the latter
impressed along the median, and both alutaceous, with a series of
short impressed lines extending laterally from the median. Scutel-
lum prominent, nearly circular. Elytra veined, bent beneath the
thorax between the middle and hind legs. Legs folded. Several long
brown hairs near the tip of each femur.

Abdominal segments one to six bearing numerous short, straight
spines at sides and on transverse raised areas just forward of the
posterior margins. Segments seven to nine bearing long attenuate
hairs from chitinous pores. Ninth with two short, widely separated,
conical, chitinous tipped spines extending posteriorly and slightly
laterally from the dorsal apex.

Antennae bent under the thorax between the second and third
pair of legs, thence curled forward and outward. The apical joint
has an impressed ring at about the center, appearing almost as two
joints, as is the case, though less noticeably so, in the imago.

The larvae evidently work underground in the roots, until ready
to pupate, since only pupae and fully grown larvae were found in
the trunk and limbs.

The pupal chamber is in the center of the limb, the pith being al-
most entirely removed for two or three inches. About four inches
above the chamber there is a short transverse burrow, leading al-
most at right angles to the outside, where the bark is reduced to
paper thinness, but never entirely broken through.

The coarse crass from this burrow is used by the larva to form
loose plugs for about three inches below, and one inch above the pupal
chamber. The pupa is in the bottom of the chamber, head toward
the exit hole, the cast-off larval skin forming a sort of cushion for
the tip of the abdomen.

181

PLATE 3.

singe

LEI NEE IEE

182

PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA No. 1 (Noctuidez)

SOME APPARENTLY NEW SPECIES OF MOTHS OF THE
FAMILY NOCTUIDAt AND ONE SATURNID ABERRATION

—— From
THE SOUTHWESTERN UNITED STATES

By CHAS. A. HILL
Glendale, California.

List of Species described in this paper as being new to science.
Plate No. 3.

Figure 1—Trichoelea edwardsi deserticola. form nov.
2—Huxoa difformis. Smith.

3—Stiria dyari. sp. nov.

4—Huxoa cinibarina. sp. nov.

5—Namangana funeralis, sp. nov.

6—Chamoclea comstocki. sp. nov.

7—Pseudchazis hera marcata, aberration gunderi. ab. nov.

8-—Huxoa obscura. sp. nov.

9—Oncocnemis wilsonensis. sp. nov.

10—Litoprosopus coachella—Hill. “Hut. News,” April, 1921,
pp. 105.

11—Chamoclea benjamini. Hill. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sc.,
Sept.-Oct., 1924, pp. 158. ;

12—Mycterophora geometriformis. sp. nov.

13—Schinia coolidgei. sp. nov.

14—Plusiadonta compressipalis, suffusa. form nov.

15—Schinia silveroides. sp. nov.

16—Perographa palomarensis. sp. nov.

17—Cirphis februalis. sp. nov.

Fig. 1. Trichoclea edwardsi deserticola.

Head, collar, thorax, abdomen, and antennae concolorous with
primaries, a delicate flesh tint. All the ordinary spots obsolete. T. P.
line indicated by a row of black dots, as is the terminal:line. The
reniform in some specimens is slightly defined by a somewhat darker
shade. Secondaries white, shading to a darker wide band from ex-
terior line to fringe which is white.

This form differs from typical edwardsi in that the habitus is
more obscure, flesh tint in place of grey, and secondaries white to
flesh tint in place of grey smoky in edwardsi. Expanse 35 mm. De-
scribed from sixteen specimens about equally divided as to sex.

Type locality Indio, Riverside County, California, October 16 to
30th, by E. Piazza, at light.

4 holotype, @ allotype and fourteen paratypes all in coll. Hill.

Fig. 2. Euxoa difformis—Smith.

This species seems referable to above name and the author hesi-
tates to describe a new “Euxoa” for the present, this genus being
in an unstable State, according to Mr. F. H. Benjamin.

Fig. 3. Stiria dyari.

Antennae finely ciliate, head yellow, collar heavily tufted with
greyed lavender scales. Primaries deep to light cadmium, yellow
primaries with a quadrate lavender patch on inner margin centrally,
and an irregular broad patch of same color along outer margin, be-

183

coming broadest from vein VI to III. Fringe concolorous, with mark-
ings and thorax.

There is a faint indication of the reniform T. A. and T. P. lines.

Secondaries clearly white except a faint line of a luteous shade
before fringes, which are white.

Expanse 31 to 35 mm. Sexes similar.

Described form 5 ¢ and 3 Q.

Types in coll. Hill.

é holotype, San Diego, Calif., April 12. 9 allotype, Palm Springs,
Calif., April 19. Paratypes 4 ¢@ and 2 9 Palm Springs, various dates.

This species has its closest ally in S. rugifrons with the following
points of distinction:

Basal dash is absent, secondaries are clear white as against a
luteous shade in rugifrons is slightly smaller and patch on inner mar-
gin is quadrate, not rounded.

Fig. 4. ‘Euxoa’” Cinibarina.

Antennae finely ciliate. Head and thorax concolorous with pri-
maries which are brownish purple, giving the insect a coppery aspect.
Ordinary spots obsolete, basal line and S. T. line defined by light
scales. T. A. and T. P. lines black. -Secondaries smoky to white
inwardly.

Expanse 38 mm.

Described from two specimens ¢ holotype and @ allotype taken
on Mt. Wilson, 6000 feet elevation, Los Angeles County, Calif., at
light by E. Piazza.

Types in coll. Hill.

I am in doubt as to the exact generic position of this species.

Fig. 5. Namangana funeralis.

Anntenae ciliate. Head, thorax and abdomen concolorous with
primaries, a shiny grey black to black and the reniform only visable,
being defined by lighter scales. All the other ordinary marks else
obsolete.

Secondaries white with contrasting exterior line, of a smoky shade
which also defines the venation inwardly.

Expanse 28 mm.

Described from six specimens. ¢ holotype, 9 allotype and four
paratypes, ¢ and Q.

Types in coll. Hill.

Type locality, San Diego, Calif., in November.

This may prove to be N. andrena—Smith, but is much darker.

Fig. 6. Chamoclea comstocki.

Antennae ciliate. Head, thorax and abdomen yellow.

Basal area purple; median area shiny, creamy white, thence
smoky grey to and including fringes with purple defininatherenation.
There is a purplish irridescence to the entire insect.

Secondaries smoky, shading into yellow at inner margin.

Expanse 30 mm.

Described from 2 ¢s taken in Southern Arizona, July 21, 1923.
g holotype and 1 ¢ paratype in coll. Hill.

It is a pleasure to name this little beauty in favor of Dr. John
A. Comstock to whom I am indebted for the photographic plate of
these moths, as well as many other favors and encouragement.

Fig. 7. Pseudohazis hera marcata aberration gunderi.

The figure is an exact reproduction of this striking abberation:
The black markings contrasting with the ground color in white. Main |
points of distinction from typical marcata are, the basal line and
T. P. lines are entirely absent, the white on patagium is absent, as
is also the yellow banded abdomen except on the last four segments.

184

Named in honor of my friend Mr. Jeane D. Gunder of Pasadena,
to whom I am indebted for this lovely insect. This is the only moth
described in this paper not belonging to the family noctuidae, now
known as Phalaenidae.

The specimen is a ¢ marked holotype, coll. Hill, taken on July
3, 1924 in Modoc County, Calif., flying with the normal form, of which
I have a small series from the same source.

Fig. 8. ‘‘Euxoa” obscura.

Antennae simple, ciliate. Head, collar, patagium and primaries
concolorous smoky, shiny grey, reniform, orbicular, basal line and T. P.
line faintly traced by darker scales. Secondaries evenly smoky.

Expanse 31 mm.

4 holotype, 9 allotype and 10 ¢ and @ paratypes in coll. Hill. Type
locality, San Diego, Calif., in June.

Fig. 9. Oncocnemis wilsonensis.

The author prefers to withhold the description of this odd noctuid
until it is more certainly placed generically. In order to insure type
will give it a ms. specific name until more and perfect specimens are
taken. I have since learned that Mr. HK. Piazza has a perfect speci-
men of this species.

Fig. 10. Litoprosopus coachella—Hill.

Described by the author in the Hnt. News, April, 1921, pp. 105
and herewith figured for the first time.

A male paratype was deposited in coll. of Dr. Wm. Barnes in
appreciation of courtesies shown. There were four specimens, all
males before the author at time of description, not two as it stated
in error in publication noted above, all specimens having been taken
in June at Palm Springs, Calif., by E. Piazza and K. Coolidge who
kindly presented me with two of them.

I recently saw two specimens of this species in coll. of EK. D.
Jones, taken on his front porch here in Glendale, Calif., and Mr.
Piazza took another in San Diego, June. This specimen now is in coll.
of Mr. W. S. Wright, so that there are now seven specimens known
of this distinct species. Dr. Dyar states it probably feeds on palm.

11. Chamoclea benjamini, Hill.

Bulletin California Academy Sciences, September-October, 1924,
pp. 158.
This is a figure of the above as noted therein.

Fig. 12. Mycterophora geometriformis.

Antennae finely bipectinate. A quadrate patch of light yellow at
apex which joins a broad band of same color along costal margin
extending to base.

T. A. and T. P. lines black, parallel and extending across
secondaries. The wings are sprinkled with a brown scale.

Expanse 19 mm.

Described from three specimens, ¢ holotype, 9 allotype and one
@ paratype in coll. of author. All taken at Mt. Lowe, 5,000 feet
elevation, Los Angeles County, Calif., at light.

This insect has all the habitus of a geometer, but according to
Dr. Dyar is placed in the Noctuidae, on the basis of its venation.

Fig. 13. Schima coolidgei.

Antennae ciliate. Head, thorax and abdomen, white. Primaries
white with maculation in yellow brown. There is a quadrate spot be-

185

fore apex; basal line and T. P. line defined by brown scaling. Reni-
form reduced to a small black dot.

Secondaries creamy white, with band before margin of a smoky
brown. ¢ holotype and two ¢ paratypes in coll. Hill. Holotype,
Jacunba, San Diego County, Cal., Sept.; paratypes, Victorville, Cal.,
Sept.

Expanse 24 mm.

Named for Mr. Karl R. Coolidge to whom I am indebted for two
of the above specimens.

Fig. 14. Plusiodonta compressipalis suffusa. form nov.

A single male specimen holotype ¢ befcre me from the Babo-
quararia Mountains of Southern Arizona in July, differs from the nor-
mal form so markedly in color and general habitus, that it is deserv-
ing of a form name. All the maculation can be traced somewhat
similiar to compressipalis, but of a purple shade. The basal line is
sharply defined and differs in its course from the normal species. -

Secondaries smoky. Expanse 22 mm.

There is no trace of golden markings as in the normal form.

Fig. 15. Schinia silveroides.

Antennae ciliate. Head, thorax and abdomen grey white, shiny;
primaries silver grey. All the maculation obsolete except a T. P.
line straightly oblique, defined by a white shading of scales.

Secondaries shiny, greyed white. ¢ holotype, @ allotype in coll.
Hill taken at Uvalda, Texas, March 9, 1923. (H. Piazza.)

Expanse 26 mm.

Fig. 16. Perographa palomarensis.

Antennae bipectinate. Head, thorax, abdomen and primaries dull
mouse-grey, heavily scaled. Orbicular, reniform and median area a
rich chocolate brown, the veins for 2 mm. of their length of same
color, from median area outwardly. Secondaries even smoky.

Expanse 36 mm.

This beautiful species, a unique in the author’s collection is
designated ¢ holotype and was taken in February at Nellie, San Diego
County, Calif., at the base of Palomar Mountain.

Fig. 17. Cirphis februalis.

Antennae ciliate. Head, thorax, abdomen and primaries concolorous
sand yellow. The ordinary marks obsolete. Median vein sharply de-
fined by black scales from base to outer margin, with black dot before
branch of veins II and III. Veination along outer margin smoky. Scaled.

Secondaries shiny white, slightly greyed, on outer margin spotty.

EXxpanse 85 mm. Described from 7 specimens ¢ holotype, @ allo-
types, 5 paratype @ and 9s in coll. Hill taken in February at San
Diego, Calif.

The author is indebted to Dr. Harrison G. Dyar for the generic
determinations of the majority of the above new species and deter-
mining four of the species as new, also the loan of specimens, the
following being returned to him for deposit in U. S. National Museum
as paratypes so labelled:

Stiria dyari, Namangana funeralis, EHuxoa obscura and Cirphis
februalis. Paratypes of the remainder in case of sufficient material
will be placed in the National Museum.

Also paratypes of all the above where possible will be deposited
in collection of Dr. Wm. Barnes of Decatur, Illinois, a list of these to
be published at an early date, in appreciation of courtesies shown.

This is the first of a series of papers on the Noctuid Moths of
the Southwest, which the author hopes to publish from time to time
in this publication.

186

TEE T 2:

XU
a

What is a Man’s Business Time Worth?

Do You Realize the Tremendous Value of Your Future Earning Power?

If you are a middle-aged business or professional man earn-
ing as much as $8,000 a year, and in good physical condition,
the future value of your income, baSed on your expectation
of life, is $254,240. Any other possession of equal value is
most zealously guarded and protected—and yet there are
those so unbusinesslike who carry their own income insurance.
Let me explain to you the new Non-Cancellable Income Con-
tract that guarantees 75% of that future income, payable at
the rate of $500 a month as long as you live and are unable
to work. Covers every disability both mental and physical.
Small incomes may be protected in proportion. Fill in the
coupon now—next week may be too late!

D. T. WILES—902 Story Bldg.,
Los Angeles, Cal.

Please send me without obli-
gation, full information about
the new Non-Cancellable In-

DOUGLAS T. WILES,

Special Representative,

FOUME IPClNCy. Pac. Mutual Life Ins. Co.

INERT Gey teets cute, anit Lee te ec as ee

902 Story Building,
Los Angeles, Cal.

PRINTING

EinSeo ee NFOURS BUSINESS

SINCE 1880

Service and Quality Combined
With UStelnicesm is) tle Secret
that has enabled this firm to do
business for 44 years.

M_eBride Printing Ce.

MO = W)3 SO LOS AMBeEleES SE.

187

DEPT U EERE DATE OT EEE CEE
=

LOS TD OO OO OOOO U CTU CETTE ss

id |

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy.
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to the Secretary
4699 MARMION WAY,
Los, Angeles, Cal., U. S. A.

Publications of the

Southern California Academy of Sciences

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

Began issue with Vol. I, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in
1902, nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—-
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and Octo-
ber) in 1920.

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues to date are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February;
No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August: No. 5,
September-October; No. 6, November-December.

188

All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the
following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy

at the appended prices:

January,

Vol. 1, No. 1.
me 1, “ 2. February,
oa By i, aby,
i a 8, CINleee)al,
o A Oey
i BG, “Bo diwilby,
a t “ i, damiaiaAy,
wv 9, © il, Jammer,
i go Be Away
cee Peres Wy es Uys
Sz, Pl, HeMETAY,
6 1b, @ i, VJamuary,
pete ste | 2. ' ANUILY:
oe ilé ok amie Tay
pamela 2 Sly
ce 616, 6 @intwaresy,
iu Gne 2 Juullys
CF aetna 2 fib la
«18, “ 1. January,
pe NS hoot eo J Milye
“Ag, © iL Jamia,
“19, “ 4. October,
SB ADS al Novel
ean, () ener SPA TSits
“20, “ 38. December,
al al, IN TeKetOl
2h 2 OChOber
SC Be, Il IIe Re IN,
OB Pa tee aeasly mel Ibu Ne
S23, 8 I, dJaimmacy,
CC RB, BA MIR,
8, Be IMI,
a BS SAS MARTINA
“23, “ 5. September,
“23, “ 6. November,

ULES 2 ee uieneer ae eer Te $1.00
MNES (2 ote eterna atest 1.00
ALS (a penesercoies fe alu Sue Fae 25
TES (geese ee eterna ev afer ae 75
ETO 0) Sees se ets ee 25
ALND O sips hae Rete eee ae eee 25
UD 0S eee re eee eee 75
aM Oi eel ee ee apes Si eed ee He 75
EASY pesos eer erate re Ty eee ay 75
STO Nie Lie easier es 75
AS Me serie eee ee Ie ce ie 50
BLE TA i oe a ee ee rss cones eae ema a 75
WIE HIE A epee sepa a ee a oes 2 75
IS) U Sy ateeeeen Oe ee eee 75
aE FLAG eeeeoccaceeets ee nines 50
ALIN (pie eee eese eect eat ane cte eters 75
SS (ole cehe An eh aps 1.00
LMI eerie tes eked Saree 75
IO Merete recent: lee ahs Vane 1.00
DS Us ee Saeco oe eater se ae 75
EDV (i ee eae Oa ene ee a 25
sLt9)2; (ips emeteteneiee Leak Pana debe ee 25
HO 2 ltayhecrhearnts tee Je Nak cc Wine oe 25
AU ODES eee eerie ety ee Seles a 25
TS PAI ics caresoee gs ne feet ee 25
AO 2 ike seat see ek oS ee 25
i) 2 2 fe eae an el eve es 25
EL) i eer eee ee 8 Ein 25
ED 273 Mere rater esti seas ct eee ies 25
DO a A ee ek eee ee 25
MG 2 A aise Ses) ne ge ee 25
IN AU ston meee ed ee Ee 25
ENB Age Se lee es see Spe sare eee 25
GAEL oi linge he Acta ee A 25
Eb 2A ape ees ean a ron Cee See 25

The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues
and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have

no further use for back issues.
ing the above to:

Address all communications concern-

Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary

Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum
Los Angeles, California.

189

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences

JUNIDIEDG, OIL, 23) 2 Op

Allium grandisceptrum_____........ 126
ss obtusum ....... sss oParal Va 127
Allograpta obliqua.................... 4, 59
Ei Amacai wees 2 Pee 62
Anaphalis margaritaceae .......... 131
Anicetus annulatus..................... 117
Anthocharis reakirti.................... 52
Aphycus orientalis —............._.. 120
Baccha clavata........................-..... 64
Calochortus flexuosus ................ 127
oa lanternus -............. 126
Catabomba pyrastri _.................. 64
Ceanothus papillosus.................. 129
Cercyonis stevensi ................ 14, 174
Chamoclea benjamini__..___.. 15, 181
a comstocki ................ 184
Cirphis februalis —..........._.... 186
Citricola scale parasites............ 113
Clarkia Xantiana.......................... 126
Coccophagus japonicus _........ 122
me WORIONGIE, — ceeccecesesceece 119
Crassitellitis lomitensis _......... 10
Cupressus Forbesi ..................... 121
Deprandus lestes......................-.-- 49
Dimocerus californicus -............. 179
Diradias aratus ....................-......- 42
Empeodes volucris ..................---- 7
Eriogonum crocatum _................. 17
fs nodosum ................ 128
Eriquis plectrodes.........-......__.. 44
MnuGae Sabivia.. 2. ee 129
EHKuchloe creusa hyantis.............. 177

3 ausonides
flavidalis _........... 51,178

sf ausonides
semiflava —................. 51
Euxoa cinibarina....................-....- 184
. GUSTO NOMI ee 183
ee obscura) 222)... 185
Fishes marine, key to.......... 55, 102
Glaucum flavum __.........-.-....... 128
Hippoglossis antiquus _.............. 43
Hytherograph The ..................... 75
Ixobry chis hesperis.................... 11
Lepidoptera, Pacific coast _...... 183

Lepidospartum latisquamum....132

Lilium Parryi Kessleri .......... 53
Lompoquinia retropes _........... 47
Lygodesmia spinosa................... 132
Melitaea bridgei ................._____. 173
Mimulus Breweri....................--.. 126

ri clevelandi _................. 130
Molluscan Flora of L. Cal......... 145

Cs quaternary “ __.... 145

Mycterophora geometriformis..185

Namagana funeralis_................ 184
Nathaliss 10ley ee Ife
Neophasia menapia .................... 18
a Misnacostas = 19
INOUE, TEC cece eee 128
Ocean Currents _.................-.-....- 100
Onscnemis wilsonensis 185
Orcuttia californica —............. D7
Papilio polydamas ...................... 157
Parafundulus erdisi 45
Paragus bicolor.....................-.... 71
i RUDTAISE See ae 70
Parishella californica —.............. 131
Pentstemons of So. Cal............. 21
is Clevelandi
Stephensi -....... 131
‘ heterophyllus
australis —........ 40
ee linaroides
californicus ... 31
ue ternatus
septentrionalis 28
Perographa palomarensis.......... 186
ers bee ke rie 19
of flavitincta —............. 14,176
sf s VATS yen 124
¥ TTA) en ann Vi CLS Cee 124
2 protodicee 3
ne TAD s = tee Se UST, TE)
a SPISAAGM ONAN sonecerccereeenemcemeece 19
Plusiodonta compressipalis
SUAS eat 186
Pseudohazis gunderi .................. 184
IPyinOlanil Gallina tapes seen ene 129
ss MUM TY ie ee ne 130
ee SCCUNG aie cee 130

New species listed in bold face.

eens NS ee

‘BULLETIN ‘OF -T HE

Southern California
_ Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

Vol. XXIV.———s January-April, 1925. Part 1

CONTENTS

Page
STUDIES IN Pactric GOAST. LEPIDOPTERA?!) | - 0) 20 1-33
: Dr. John A. Comstock
BUTTERFLIES }OF CALIFORNIA. - 09> )-) =e -. 4
Dr.. John A. Comstock
PoreNTILLAS OF SOUTHERN. CALIFORNIA. - _- ‘ 5

Philip A. Munz and Ivan M. Johnston

Issued May. 20, 1925.

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA

UNDER 3S!
_ kothatis ie

Euchioe theaad (otra

Euchice GULSORIAES
: LAGE oc.

HALF-YELLOW MARBLE

THE LARGE MARBLE.
E qusonides semilava

EFuchtoe AUsorides. Has :

CUES MARBLE
Agthochares lanceolata

RINN ELLs MARBLE -

GRIN
ralis.o

A lanceolata Guster

“COLORADO MARBLE. 3

E. @usotudes coloradensts

- BOISDUVAL’S MARBLE
Under side 4

GRINNELL'S MARBLE
Caer He

MORRISON'S ORANGE TIP
A, cethura - MOTHS Of Under s,

FELDER $0 C ORANGE :
Bs Aathochacis cofhura é FELDERS ORANGE UF

ll figures slightly reduced

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

= 8
OMENS AINIDY IDIDRIECIIOIR'S
DREN Set wyAT MGARDE S212 se ay. Stare Wee President
DRA SIIB AN BRAIN Ue ee iL eo ee ea Vice-President
DRMMLOLONG A s| COMSTOCK 22s) We 2nd Vice-President
IDR, JOTI JA GOM Sino Ci eee ee ee eee Secretary
WHR, Si Ys IRIS See eae ey he ere ieee a Treasurer
Dr. WitLtiAM A. BRYAN Geo. W. Parsons
Dr. A. Davipson HERBERT J. GOUDGE
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Dr. FRANK CLARK
WM. SPALDING IDn, IR, iets Syywater
os @
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. ArtHur B. BENTON IDR, IDL IL, IAG
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT IDR, 1D, Ce Ibony
Mr. R. F. Gross Mr. JAMES A. LIGHTHIPE
THEODORE PAYNE
»
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT ° Wma. A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
BIOLOGICAL SECTION
R. H. Swirt Dr. WENDELL GREGG
Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Dr. A. Davipson THEODORE PAYNE
Chairman Secretary

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. F. C. CLark, Dr. A. Davinson, Mr. S. J. KEESE

Dr. Joun A. Comstock Mr. GEORGE PARSONS
CEOEOCIECNEESE CHi@N
Mr. E. E. Hapiey Mr. GEorGE PARSONS
Chairman Secretary

PROGRAM. COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. Georce Parsons

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. Wititiam A. SPALpING, Chairman

Joun ‘A. Comstock, M.A., M.D., F.E.S. Mr. S. J. KEESE
ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., M.D.
= 8

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
SouTHWEST MusEuUM Los ANGELES, CAL.

JUN 1 - 1925

LIER A pry
NEW vorx
BOT A NIC Al

GARDEN

STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA

(Continued)

JOHN A. COMSTOCK, M.A., M.D., F.H.S.

A New Variety and Two New Aberrant Forms of
California Butterflies

Eurymus behri Edw. form canescens. var. nov.

Most of the collectors and students of West American butterflies
have long been familiar with the fact that the female of Hurymus
behri Hdw. occurs in two forms, a yellow and a white. This follows
a rule occuring in many members of the genus, in which albinism of
this sex is common. The albinic females of our more common sul-
phurs have received names, but the white female of E. behri has thus
far escaped a designation.

I propose for this form the name canescens and fix as the type
the specimen shown on plate XVI, figure 4 of my forthcoming “Butter-
flies of California.” This plate will be subsequently shown in the
“Bulletin.”

The form differs in no particular from typical EH. behri 9 except
that the ground color is white instead of yellow or greenish yellow
as in the typical examples.

Type, Tioga Pass, Yosemite, Calif., Aug. 4, 1922.
Six paratypes. Same place and date. In the collection of the

Southwest Museum.
Danaus berenice aberration kerri, aber. nov.

An interesting aberrant example has come to us through the
courtesy of Mr. Laurance T. Kerr of Orange, Cal., which I take
pleasure in naming after him. It is a male, somewhat dwarfed but
normally formed, and differs from D. berenice in the fact that all
of the white spots occuring in both the primaries and secondaries
of the typical insect are totally suppressed on both upper and under
surfaces of the wings. A colored reproduction of the type will be
shown on Plate XVII, figure 6, thus rendering a detailed description
unnecessary.

Type. ¢ Taken at Blythe, Calif., Oct. 28, 1921, in the collection
of the Southwest Museum.
Argynnis apacheana, Skinner. aberration hermosa, aber. nov.

A remarkable aberration of this beautiful fritillary was captured
by the writer in Inyo County, California, along with numerous examples
of the typical insect.

This unique specimen is a male, and may be described as follows:

Ground color, and all markings as in typical male apacheana, ex-
cept as follows:

Primaries, superior surface.

The submarginal row of sagittal spots slightly heavier and tend-
ing to join the marginal line. The basal and discal.portions solid
black, except for three’ brown spots as follows: one oblongate bar
across the centre of cell, one small triangular spot beyond outer
edge of cell; one oval spot below first median nervule. A very slight
brown powdering suffuses the inner portion of basal area.
Secondaries, superior surface.

No variation from the normal maculation of the species.
Inferior surface, primaries and secondaries.

The butterfly does not differ on the under surface, from the nor-
mal markings.

Expanse: Two and five-eights inches (67 mm.).

Type: One male, Round Valley, Inyo County, California, July 30,
1922. In the collection of the author, Southwest Museum, Los Angeles.

I venture to describe this interesting aberration because of its
suggestive approach toward the eastern A. diana. It is possible that
we may have here a hint as to the phylogenetic affinities of the
species. This will be subsequently illustrated in colors on plate 23
in our forthcoming “Butterflies of California,” figure 4.

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK
(Continued)

GENUS EUCHLOE Hubner
The Marbles

The Colorado Marble (EHuchloe ausonides coloradensis Hy. Hdw.)
represents the alpine race of the Large Marble, and is distinquished
from it principally by its somewhat smaller size, and the reduction of
the spot at end of cell to a narrow dash. The marbling on underside
of secondaries usually contains less of the yellow scaling.

GENUS ANTHOCHARIS Bav.
The Marbles and Orange Tips

Boisduval’s Marble. (Anthocharis lanceolata Bdv.) is one of our
mountain dwellers, occuring at suitable elevations throughout the
Sierras. A southern race, Grinnell’s Marble, extends the range into
our southern Sierras, and differs from the typical form only in the
greyish shade of the marbling on under surface of wings, crescentic
shape of the discal spot, and the darker markings in the apical region
of the primaries. In the lower transitional zone one may find the
species in March and April, but with an increase in altitude, there
is a corresponding retardation in its emergence. The larvae feed on
the tower and hedge mustards. The species are figured on plate X.

Felder’s Orange-Tip (Anthocharis cethura Feld.) is one of our
rarest orange-tips, occuring very sparingly throughout. Southern Cali-
fornia. Its favorite haunts are barren mesas and the summits of small
desert hills. Like all of the orange-tips, it is an early spring form.
Nothing is known of the early stages. Colored illustrations of this
and also the following variety, are shown on plate X, in this issue
of the Bulletin.

Morrison’s Orange-tip. (Anthocharis cethura morrisoni, Edw.) is
a form of the above in which the green mottling of the under surface
is much darker and heavier. Figure 17 of plate X clearly illustrates
this rare insect.

Two other varieties of this delicate and beautiful butterfly have
received names. The Desert Orange-tip (A. cethura deserti. W. G.
Wright) is an exceedingly rare form found on our southern deserts.
It may be distinguished by the reduction of the orange spot on pri-
maries, as may be seen by reference to plate XI, figures 1 and 3. This
plate will appear in the next issue of the Bulletin. The Tinted Desert
Orange-tip (A. cethura caliente, W. G. Wright) is also a desert form
in which a yellow suffusion covers both wings. It is by far the rarest
member of the group. See plate XI, figure 2.

THE POTENTILLAS OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
——= Jey ==
PHILIP A. MUNZ* and IVAN M. JOHNSTON}

The Potentillas of Southern California have never been the sub-
ject of a special paper. The student interested in the species found
in Southern California has had to rely on accounts of them given in
the Botany of California by Brewer and Watson, which is quite out
of date, or on those in the several generic monographs which vary
widely in scope and specific concept. In the present paper an at-
tempt has been made to supply an account of the local species of
Potentilla, this study being based on field work and careful con-
sideration of a large amount of herbarium material. Although we
have treated only those species which grow in the eight southern-
most counties of California, repeated consideration and study have
been given to the related extralimital species and it is hoped that a
practical and logical classification has been obtained.

The genus Potentilia is here taken in its broadest sense, includ-
ing not only such genera as Drymocallis, Stellariopsis, and Argentina,
which are maintained by Rydberg, but even Horkelia, Ivesia, and
Sibbaldia, generic segregates kept up by Gray, Watson and Wolf. Our
study of the group convinces us that there is no intermediate stand;
either Potentilla should be completely broken up into small genera,
or it should be accepted in the inclusive sense once argued for by
Greene, Pittonia 1:95-106, 1887. The inclusive genus, well defined as
it is by technical details and characterized even to the amateur by
its readily recognized habit, we feel is preferable to a galaxy of small
and intergrading technical genera, hence we are content to follow
such authority as Bentham and Hooker, Gen. Pl. 1:620 (1865), Hall,
Univ. Cal. Pub. Bot. 1:86. (1902), and Jepson, Fl. West. Mid. Cal., 208.
(1911), thus defining Potentilla in its broadest sense.

During the preparation of this paper, we have had opportunity of
studying Southern California Potentillas in most of the important
local as well as national herbaria. The California collections examined
are those at Pomona College (Po), University of California (UC), and
Stanford University (St), and the private herbaria of Mr. Frank
Peirson of Pasadena (FP) and Dr. A. Davidson of Los Angeles (D).
The material at the Gray Herbarium (G), New York Botanical Gar-
den (NY), Philadelphia Academy (Ph), National Museum (US), Field
Museum (FM), and Missouri Botanical Garden (Mo) has also been
examined. The manuscript was first roughed out in California on the
basis of the California material mentioned above, and was subsequently
finished at the Gray Herbarium where we had more authentic material
at hand and where complete library facilities were obtainable. Later
the conclusions arrived at were checked in the other herbaria men-
tioned. We are very glad to acknowledge our gratitude to the cura-
tors of the various herbaria visited for their courtesy and permission
to examine specimens under their care. Particular acknowledgment
we feel due to Mr. Frank Peirson for valued opinions and suggestions.

In previous papers, which we have written, we have felt a lack in
exactness in describing habitats of various species in the groups in
which we have worked. The old system of life-zones, valuable as it
has been, leaves much to be desired in the amount of information it
gives when designating habitat. In casting about for something more
suitable for our purposes, we have decided to make use of the classi-
fication of plant communities worked out by Clements on pages 114
to 236 of his Plant Indicators (Carnegie Institution Pub. 290. 1920).

*Pomona College, Claremont, Calif. +Gray Herbarium, Harvard University,

The genus Potentilla has species growing in almost everyone of the
major divisions employed by Clements for Southern California and
may serve as a good example of the practicability of using this classi-
fication, which can be summarized for our region as follows:

(1) Desert Scrub Climax (Larrea-Prosopis Formation), repre-
sented in our California deserts by the Western Desert Scrub
(Larrea-Franseria Association) with such dominants as: Larrea
divaricata, Franseria dumosa, Parosela spinosa, Fouquiera splen-
dens and Olneya tesota.

(2) Grassland Climax (Stipa-Bouteloua Formation), weakly
represented in Southern California by poorly defined relics of
Bunch-Grass Prairie (Agropyron-Stipa Association), which is char-
acterized by Stipa pulchra and S. lepida.

(3) Sagebrush Climax (Atriplex-Artemisia Formation), with two
associations in Southern California.

(A) Basin Sagebrush (Atriplex- Artemisia Association),
with such dominants as: Artemisia tridentata, Chrysotham-
nus nauseosus, Grayia spinosa, Tetradymia spinosa, and
Gutierrezia Sarothrae.

(B) Coastal Sagebrush (Salvia-Artemisia Association), with
such dominants as Artemisia californica, Salvia mellifera,
S. apiana, S. leucophylla, and Eriogonum fasciculatum.

(4) Chaparral Climax (Quercus-Ceanothus Formation), repre-
sented in our region by the Coastal Chaparral (Adenostoma-
Ceanothus Association) and with such dominants as: Adenos-
toma fasciculatum, A. sparsifolium, Ceanothus cuneatus, C. divari-
catus, C. verrucosus, Arctostaphylus glauca, Rhamnus crocea, R.
californica, Rhus ovata, Photinia arbutifolia, and Prunus illicifolia.

(5) Woodland Climax (Pinus-Juniperus Formation), in South-
ern California divided into:

(A) Pinon-cedar Woodland (Pinus-Juniperus Association),
the association of Juniperus utahensis and Pinus monophylla
occurring in our mountains in the eastern part of the Califor-
nia deserts.

(B) Pine-oak Woodland (Pinus-Quercus Association), char-
acterized by Pinus Sabiniana, Quercus Wislizenti, Juniperus
californica, Pinus monophylla, and Yucca brevifolia.

(6) Montane Forest Climax (Pinus-Pseudotsuga Formation)
with one association in Southern California, the Sierran Montane
Forest (Pinus Association), having such dominants as: Pinus
ponderosa, P. Lambertiana, P. Coulteri, Abies concolor, Pseudo-
tsuga macrocarpa, and Libocedrus decurrens.

(7) Subalpine Forest Climax (Picea-Abies Formation) repre-
sented by the Sierran Subalpine Forest (Pinus-Tsuga Associa-
tion) and with Pinus Murrayana and P. flexilis dominant.

(8) Alpine Meadow Climax (Carex-Poa Formation), the Cali-
fornian representation of which, the Sierran Alpine Meadow
(Carex-Agrostis Association) is barely suggested on our highest
Southern California peaks by such species as: Ranunculus Esch-
scholtzii, Festuca supina, Juncus Parryi, and Oxyria digyna.

In general, it can be said that the first of the divisions treated
above is about the same as the Lower Sonoran Zone; the second,
third, fourth, and fifth together are comparable to the Upper Sonoran,
the sixth to the Transition, the seventh to the Hudsonian-Canadian,
and the eighth to the Arctic-Alpine.

KEY TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA SPECIES OF POTENTILLA

Annuals or biennials; weedy plants of wet soils; inflorescence usually
leafy and many flowered.

Petals about as long as the sepals; calyx more or less enlarged

THT), “TEVPLDLN GS vesteaes eee eee rea eee aoe tach le eee 9. P. norvegica var. hirsuta.
Petals about half as long as sepals; calyx scarcely enlarged in
fruit.

Stems erect or strictly ascending; herbage dull green, some-
what glandular; leaflets of cauline leaves cuneate-obovate. ..
51010 GUE Ee Ga IE OT RRR ERD EOE ROC CREP Rae ER RAE 8. P. biennis,
Stems spreading and diffusely branched from base; herbage
light green, not glandular; leaflets of cauline leaves cuneate-
DION ONE Sra ley Sane CREME ORC ERR PURER UTR EI in Dee 10. P. millegrana.

Perennials; inflorescence usually inconspicuously leafy.
Basal leaves palmate or practically so.

Lower leaves 3-foliolate; stamens generally 5..17. P. Sibbaldi.

Lower leaves 5- to 7-foliolate; stamens generally 20.
Stems prostrate; leaves subpalmate, with a suggestion of
of a pinnate condition; pubescence silky, tawny........
eG see nateene seal ndy <M art My epbndewed eee a cis MES arom an uTe Biase cle 12. P. Wheeleri.
Stems ascending, at least toward the apex; leaves truly
palmate; pubescence rarely silky, not tawny...........
5 OOO 'S OE EOD CO OOO Ot oho Beene rte EEO CRO PEO ONCE 11. P. gracilis.

Basal leaves evidently pinnate.
Flowers solitary on naked, axillary peduncles; spreading by

stolons.
Achenes corky, conspicuously dorsally grooved; pubes-
cence more or less lustrous............... 15. P. Anserina.
Achenes firm, rounded dorsally, not grooved; pubes-
Ganee WRU ChINle os escccucdocaunocosduuc 16. P. pacifica.

Flowers cymose; stems not stoloniferous.

Leaflets very numerous (20 or more pairs), densely im-
bricated, conspicuously silvery-silky.

Inflorescence congested; pistils about 6; stems

loosely decumbent..................5. P. argyrocoma.
Inflorescence diffusely paniculate; pistil one; stems
SUDERECTES eaete teas cys aes silena Mals cae maneananey 7. P. santolinoides.

Leaflets less than 15 pairs, usually not densely imbricated,
and not silvery-silky, though occasionally white-tomentose.
Outer filaments conspicuously dilated.

Leaflets flabellate-dissected; stems widely spread-

ing; petals about 2 mm. long...... 1. P. Wilderae.

Leaflets more or less toothed; stems erect to
ascending; petals mostly over 4 mm. long.

Leaflets of basal leaves few, 1-3 pairs; ter-

minal leaflet petiolulate, not lobed; petals

broadly obovate or orbicular...4. P. truncata.

Leaflets of basal leaves 5-many pairs; ter-

minal leaflet lobed; petals oblong-spatulate.

Herbage dark green, oily, strongly glandu-
lar; leaflets. over 1 cm. long; valley
DITAMUS rata seers aeaceeesarcuenets 2. P.. cuneata.
Herbage light green to canescent, not
oily, sparsely if at all glandular; leaflets
mostly less than 1 cm. long; montane
Plantsi Weeesserce Creer 3. P. Bolanderi.

Outer filaments not conspicuously dilated.

Style not inserted near the base of the achene.
Leaflets bi- or tri-lobed, in about 7 crowded
pairs; stamens separated from the receptacle
by an open space...............-. 6. P. callida.

Leaflets not bi- or tri-lobed, not crowded.

Petals elliptic-oblong, 2-3 mm. long; her-
bage glandular; of desert mountains....
ers Pag Te 2 ec Petr Seu gS 13. P. saxosa.
Petals broadly obcordate, 5-6 mm. long;
herbage not glandular; of coastal swamps
EO tens chee Ae aide ee Reuse 14. P. multijuga.

Style inserted near the base of the achene.

Styles fusiform, about twice as long as ma-
ture achenes; petals not erect in anthesis;
leaflets usually merely dentate.

Stems and leaves commonly viscid-gland-
ular and strongly pubescent; leaves dark
green above, evidently lighter below;
stems generally reddish. 18. P. glandulosa.
Stems and leaves glabrate or incon-
spicuously glandular, not viscid; leaves
light green, scarcely bicolored; stems
lig htVereemiys ics Pewee 19. P. Hanseni.

Styles almost filiform, about 3 times the
length of the mature achenes; petals erect
in anthesis; leaflets generally cuneate-fla-
bellifonmwaseres oe ae ee 20. P. cuneifolla.

TREATMENT. OF SPECIES

1. Potentilla Wilderae (Parish) n. comb.

Horkelia Wilderae Parish, Bot. Gaz. 38:460. 1904. Rydberg, No.
Am. Fl. 22:272. 1908. Parish, Pl. World 20:220. 1917. Davidson &
Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 174. 1923.

Pale green perennial from perpendicular root, with several caes-
pitose widely spreading slender stems, 1-3 dm. high, finely glandular-
pubescent throughout, diffusely branched above; stipules of lower
leaves 1-1.5 cm. long, with free tips ca. 3 mm. long, lanceolate, some-
times toothed; upper stipules lance-ovate, 3-8 mm. long; basal leaves
pinnate, 5-10 cm. long; petioles 1-4 cm. long; leaflets 13-21, 5-10 mm.
long, cuneate, deeply incised into few oblong lobes; cauline leaves
much reduced, the uppermost unifoliolate, dissected; flowers numerous
on slender recurving pedicels 5-14 mm. long; hypanthium cupulate ca.
2 mm. in diameter, glandular-puberulent and somewhat ciliolate;
bractlets oblong, 0.7-1 mm. long, becoming reflexed; sepals triangular-
lanceolate, erect, ca. 2 mm. long; “petals obovate, white, about equal-
ing the sepals;”’ achenes several, only 1 or 2 maturing and these Ca.
1.8 mm. long, subapically bearing a scarcely thickened smooth style;
filaments 10, deltoid, borne on hypanthium somewhat above base of
receptacle; receptacle villous.

Distribution very local; known only from the vicinity of the type
locality, i. e., the highest point (7,500-7,600 ft. alt.) on the trail from
Barton Flats to the South Fork of the Santa Ana River, San Ber-
nardino Mts. Growing as scattered colonies-in small clearings about
shrubs and under pines in the Montane Forest Climax. Specimens
studied: San Bernardino Co.: Trail to South Fork of Santa Ana
River, “elev. 8,000 ft.” June 27, 1904, Mrs. Wilder 237 (type, St:
isotype, U. C.), Aug. 28, 1905, “7,200-8,000 ft.,’ Mrs. Wilder 238 (G, Po):
above Seven Oaks, 7,500 ft., July 6, D. L. Crawford (Po); Barton Flats
Trail, 7,600 ft., F. W. Peirson 3114 (FP, Po), Barton Flats, Peirson
4277 (FP, Po).

An interesting species far removed geographically from its near-
est relative, P. Parryi Greene (Pittonia 1:102. 1887), of Amador
County, Calif., and distinct from the latter in having much smaller
flowers and in lacking a horizontal rootstock.

v2. Potentilla cuneata (Lindl.) Baill. ex Hook. & Jackson, Ind. Kew.
3:612. 1894.

Horkelia cuneata Lindl., Bot. Reg. 23: sub. pl. 1997. 1837. Rydb.,
Monog., 132, pl. 66. 1898. No. Am. FI., 22:275. 1908. Horkelia cali-
fornica var. cuneata Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 6:529. 1865. Potentilla
Lindleyi Greene. Pittonia 1:101. 1887. Potentilla puberula Greene,
Pittonia 1:102. 1887. Davidson, List Pls. L. A. Co., 5. 1892. David-
son, Cat. Pls. L. A. Co., 8, 1896. Horkelia puberula (Greene) Rydb.,
Bull. Torrey Club 25:55. 1898. Monog., 131, pl. 65. 1898. No. Am.
Fl. 22:275. 1908. Abrams, Fl. L. A., 201. 1904 and 181. 1917. David-
son & Moxley, FI. So. Calif., 175. 1923. Horkelia platycalyx Rydb.,
Monog., 131, pl. 64. 1898. No. Am. Fl. 22:274. 1908. Abrams, Bull.
So. Cal. Acad. 1:88. 1902. Fl. L. A., 201. 1904. Davidson & Moxley,
Fl. So. Calif., 174. 1923. Potentilla multijuga of Greene, Fl. Fran.
1:66. 1891 and Jepson, Fl. W. Mid. Calif., 209. 1911. Horkelia capi-
tata of Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep. 4:84. 1857. Horkelia californica of
Wats., Bot. Calif. 1:181, 1876 as to plants of So. Calif. Potentilla cali-
fornica of Davidson, List Pls. L. A. Co., 5, 1892. Cat. Pls. L. A. Co.,
8, 1896. McClatchie. Fl. Pasadena, 638. 1895. Horkelia sericea of
Abrams, Fl. L. A., 201, 1904 and 181. 1917. Rydb., Monog., 128. 1898
for So. Calif. Abrams, Bull. So. Cal. Acad. 1:88. 1902. Horkelia Kel-
loggii of Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 174. 1923. Rydb. No. Am.
Fl. 22:273. 1908 for So. Calif.

Perennial with more or less horizontal rootstock, covered with
persistent leaf-bases; stems mostly several, ascending, leafy, 2-7 dm.
high, strongly glandular-pubescent throughout; lower stipules 1-3 cm.
long, pubescent to glandular-pubescent, free portion 5-15 mm. long,
lanceolate to lance-linear, usually entire; upper stipules lanceolate
to ovate, somewhat smaller, entire or toothed; leaves pinnate, dark
green, oily, strongly glandular-pubescent, lower leaves 5-30 cm. long;
petioles 2-12 cm.; leaflets 11-25, 5-35 mm. long, cuneate to obovate
to orbicular, dentate to almost cleft; terminal leaflet not distinct,
but somewhat merged with the nearest ones and appearing lobed;
cauline leaves reduced and subsessile; cymes at first congested, but
in age loosely and ascendingly branched, rather rigid; pedicels be-
coming 5-15 mm. long, erect; hypanthium saucer-shaped, 4-7 mm.
broad, glandular-pubescent; bractlets 3-4 mm. long, oblong-lanceolate
or narrowly ovate; acute, erect; sepals triangular-lanceolate, 4-6 mm.
long; petals oblanceolate, rounded at apex, white, a little surpassing
sepals; filaments 10, triangular or lance-oblong, borne on hypanthium
somewhat above base of villous receptacle; achenes numerous, bear-
ing below apex a subfiliform style 2-3 mm. long.

Entering our region from the north and occurring west of the
mountains from Santa Barbara County to San Diego County. Most
collected near Santa Barbara and between Los Angeles and San Ber-
nardino. A member of the Coastal Sagebrush Association, growing
in gravelly soil below 3,500 ft. alt. in middle stages of the succession.
Specimens studied: Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Barbara, Brandegee in
1888 (FM), I. H. Diehl 24] (Po), Brewer 380 (UC), Rothrock 19 (FM,
G, US), 2] (FM); Santa Barbara County, M. S. Baker in 1895 (UC),
Elmer 3793 (G, St, NY, US), Wheelock in 1893 (NY); Ellwcod, East-
wood 5, in 1903 (G, NY, UC, US); Dutard’s Ranch, Hastwood in 1896
(G); Blochman’s Ranch near Santa Maria, Hastwood 476 (G, US);
Santa Inez Mts., Dunn in 189] (UC, US). Ventura County: Ojai Val-
ley, Hubby in 1896 (UC); Casitas Pass, Hall 3209 (UC); Ojai, Peck-
ham in 1866 (US). Los Angeles County: Los Angeles, Nevin (UC),
Gambel (G), Wallace in 1854 (US); Hasse in 1888 (FM); Ballona
Harbor, Abrams 1237 (St); Glendale, Hasse in 1888 (St); Lincoln
Park, L. A., Grant 2202 (St); Garvanza, Grant in 1902 (UC), Davidson
in 1890 (D); Sierra Santa Monica, Hasse 3794 (NY); Altadena, Peir-
son 362 (FP); Pasadena, Hall 3750 (FM, Mo, NY, UC), Grant 599 (St,
US), Abrams 1423 (St); San Gabriel, Antisell 80 (G), Bigelow (G);
‘Glendora, Grant & Wheeler 599-6258 (FM, G, UC); Pomona Valley,
Barber 146 (UC); North Pomona, Braunton 205 (UC, US); Claremont,
Robinson 8 (Po), Baker 4760 (FM, G, NY, Po, St, UC), Peirson 4278
(FP). San Bernardino Co.: San Antonio Canyon Wash, Johnston 1892
(NY, Po, St, US); Upland, Johnston 56 (NY); Deer Canyon Wash, Eti-
wanda, Johnston 1887 (NY, Po, St, US); Bloomington, Hall 169 (UC),
Hall 4963 (FM, G, Mo, Po, NY, St, UC, US); San Bernardino Valley,
Parish 6893 (Po, UC); Parish 4742 (NY, St), Parish 279 (FM, G, US),
Parish 3651 (FM, G, UC, US); Colton, Parish 2036? (FM, G, NY, Po),
Parish 2208 (NY, US); San Bernardino Mts., Vasey 164 (US). San
Diego Co.: Carlsbad, Parish 4474 (FM, G, NY, St, US).

The taxonomy and synonymy of this species have been so involved
as to be most confusing. We are convinced after careful work on much
material that the Southern California plants which have gone com-
monly under the names of Horkelia puberula and H. platycalyx have
no constant distinguishing features. Certainly corolla-size and depth
and width of hypanthium do not distinguish them. Furthermore, our
southern plants cannot well be separated from the northern ones, and
we must take up for the whole concept, the oldest specific name,
cuneata. In reducing all the plants of this general type to cuneata,
we admit frankly that it is difficult to separate them by technical
characters from the montaine plants which have been classified as
Cleveland, bernardina, and Rydbergiit. And yet it is our feeling that
there are two general groups: the more oily, glandular, darker green
plants of the low aititudes (cuneata), and the lighter green, not oily,
and scarcely glandular plants of the montane region, which, particu-
larly in San Diego County, run into forms resembling the valley plants.
For these montaine plants the oldest specific name is Bolanderi and
we refer our southern plants to varieties under that species.

3. Potentilla Bolanderi (Gray) Greene. Pittonia 1:103. 1887.

Horkelia Bolanderi Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 7:338. 1868.

Light green to hoary-pubescent perennial from heavy perpendicu-
lar root with branching crown and 1-several erect or ascending stems
0.5-5. dm. high; stipules of lower leaves 10-25 mm. long, free tips 5-12
mm. long, linear, mostly entire; upper stipules 8-12 mm. long, lance-
ovate, generally dentate; leaves pinnate, mostly clustered at base of
plant; lower leaves 3-15 cm. long; petioles 1-6 cm.; leaflets 11-19, 3-10
(15) mm. long, cuneate to cuneate-obovate to suborbicular, toothed or

cieft at apex; cauline leaves reduced, uppermost sometimes unifoliate,
dissected; inflorescence loosely but rigidly branched, bearing more or
less congested few-flowered cymules; pedicels erect, 2-5 mm. long;
hypanthium cupulate, 2.5-4 mm. broad; sepals lanceolate, 3-4 mm. long,
erect; bractlets lanceolate, 1-2 mm. long; petals white, oblanceolate,
rounded at apex, slightly exceeding sepals; filaments 10, triangular,
borne on hypanthium above somewhat villous receptacle, filiform,
almost 2 mm. long; achenes numerous.

Our southern montane plants are very near Potentilla Bolanderi
of Central California and apparently deserve only varietal rank. They
are distinguished from the typical form by less shaggy pubescence,
perhaps more cupulate hypanthium, and widely separated range. They
fall readily into two varieties:

Herbage canescent, not at all glandular...P. Bolanderi var. Parryi.

Herbage merely pubescent, sparsely glandular. P. Bolanderi var.
_ Clevelandi.

3a. Potentilla Bolanderi var. Parryi (Wats.) n. comb.

Horkelia Bolanderi var. Parryi Wats. Bot. Calif. 1:182. 1876. Da-
vidson, Cat. Pls. L. A. Co., 8. 1896. Horkelia Parryi (Wats.) Rydb.
Monog. 1:129. pl. 62.1898. Davidson, Erythea 2:64.1894. Horkelia
bernardina Rydb. No. Am. Fl. 22:273.1908. Parish, Pl. World 20: 217.
1917. Davidson Moxley FI. So. Calif., 174. 1923. Horkelia Rydbergiu
Elmer, Bot. Gaz. 39:50.1905. Rydb. No. Am. FI. 22:273.1908. David-
son & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 173.1923.

Not Horkelia Parryi Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. 2:416.1887 nor Po.
tentilla Parryi Greene, Pittonia 1:102. 1887.

Herbage canescent, conspicuously strigose, glandless.

Growing in moist soil about meadows, under pines, and along
banks of streams at elevations from 4000 to 9500 ft., in the mountains
from Ventura to San Bernardino Counties. Type locality, San Ber-
nardino Mts. A plant of the Montane Forest Climax. We have seen
the following material. Ventura County: “Santa Barbara,” Rothrock
2]. July 1875 (Yale) probably Mt. Pinos (See Rothrock 210 under P.
santolinoides); Cuddy Valley, Mt. Pinos, Hail 6353 (Po); Frazier Mt.,
Hall 6610 (UC); Coville & Funston 1198 (US); Lockwood Valley, Dud-
ley & Lamb 4674 (Po, St); Griffins, Hlmer 397] (NY, St). Los An-
geles Co.: Pine Flats, San Gabriel Mts., Peirson 2448 (FP, Po); Kess-
ler in 192] (D); Mescal Creek, San Gabriel Mts., Munz 7694 (Po),
Peirson 4026 (FP); Big Rock; Davidson in 1893 (D). San Bernardino
Co.: Holcomb Valley, Pierce in 1922 (Po); Head of Devil’s Canyon,
Parish 2368 (NY); in 1900 (St); Little Green Valley, G. R. Hall 6 (St,
UC); Doble, Bear Valley, Parish 10888 (G, NY, St); Bear Valley, Hall
7560 (NY, UC), Jones 6299 (Po); Abrams 2837 (FM, G, NY, St), Peir-
son 1966 (FP); Strawberry Peak, Abrams 2000 (NY, Po, St); Mohave
River, Palmer in 1876 (G); Round Valley above Barton Flats, Wilder
416 (Po); South Fork of Santa Ana, Munz 6256 (Po); Peirson 3286
(FP), J. & H. W. Grinnell 22] (US); Upper Santa Ana Canyon, Hall
7540 (NY, St, UC), 7541 (NY, Po, UC); Big Meadows of Santa Ana,
Munz 6132 (NY, Po); Grayback, Lemmon in 1879 (FM, G); Between
Vivian and High Creeks, Munz 7598 (NY, Po), Peirson 3976 (FP); High
Creek, Crawford 892 (Po); Seeley Flat, Parish 2368 (FM, UC); San Ber-
nardino Mts., Parish 3706 (G, UC), Hall 1300 (NY, UC). Blasdale in
1891 (UC), Parry in 1875 (G), Nevin in 1880 (G), S. B. & W. F.
Parish 607 (St, US); So. Calif., Parry & Lemmon 103 (FM).

Plants west of Cajon Pass are rather more canescent than those
of the San Bernardino Mts. and were described by Elmer as Horkelia
Rydbergii, but we find insufficient grounds for maintaining this even
as a variety distinct from Parryi.

3b. Potentilla Bolanderi var Clevelandi (Greene) n. comb.

Potentilla Clevelandi Greene, Pittonia 1:102. 1887. Hall, Univ.
Calif. Pub. Bot. 1:187.1902. Horkelia Clevelandi (Greene) Rydb., Bull.
Torrey Club 25:54.1898. Rvydb., No. Am. Fl. 22:273.1908. Davidson &
Moxley, Fl. So. Calif. 174.1923. Horkelia californica of Brandegee, Zoe
4:204.1893.

Herbage light green, more or less pubescent, sparsely glandular.

Ranging from the San Jacinto Mts. southward to the San Pedro
Martirs in northern Lower California. Fairly frequent in situations
similar to those of var. Parryi. Commonly forming dense matted
colonies in the Montane Forest Climax at elevations from 4200 to 7200
ft. Type locality, Laguna Mts., San Diego Co. The material listed
below has been studied. Riverside Co.: San Jacinto Mts., 8S. B. & W.
F. Parish 1107 (FM), Orcutt in 1890 (US), Orcutt 2104 (UC), Anthony
in 1895 (UC); Strawberry Valley, San Jacinto Mts., Hall 229], (NY,
St, UC), 648 (UC), Hasse 5650 (NY), F. Grinnell Jr. in 1908 (Po, St);
Idyllwild, Spencer 1202, June 15, 1921 (NY, Po), 1202, June 19, 1919
(G, Po), 2199 (Po); Keen Camp, Munz 5766 (Po); .Tahquitz Valley,
Munz 6011 (Po); Hall 738 (US), San Diego Co.; Mrs. Gregory in 189]
(UC); Palomar, Brandegee in 1893 (UC), Hall 1966 (UC), Pewrson 4780
(FP), Stokes in 1895 (St), Chandler 5392 (NY, UC); Noble Mine, Chan-
dler 5490 (NY, UC), Parish 4529 (NY, St); Cuyamaca, 7. S. Brandegee
in 1894 (UC); Abrams 3922 (FM, G, NY, Po, St, UC, US); Laguna Mts.,
T. S. Brandegee in 1904 (UC); Eastwood 9219 (G), Spencer 951 (G),
Cleveland in 1886 (UC), Mearns 3523 (US), Lower California: Han-
sens, Orcutt in 1883 (US), Orcutt 905 (UC); Cantillas Mts., Orcutt
in 1883 (G); San Pedro Martir, 7. S. Brandegee in 1893 (UC, US).

4. Potentilla truncata (Rydb.) n. comb.

Horkelia truncata Rydb. No. Am. Fl. 22:274. 1908. Davidson &
Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 174.1923.

Yellowish-green perennial from a short root; glandular-pubescent
throughout; stems several, erect, leafy, 3-7 dm. high, branching only
near the top; lower stipules 1-2 cm. long, over half free, more or less
cleft; cauline mostly ovate, cleft or toothed, uppermost smaller, some-
times entire, ovate to lanceolate; leaves pinnate; lower ones few,
6-15 cm. long; petioles 3-5 cm.; leaflets 5-9, oblong to obovate-cuneate,
lateral ones 1-3 cm. long, sometimes rather finely dentate except for
the coarser teeth at the end; terminal leaflet larger, petiolulate, not
lobed; cauline leaves somewhat reduced, the uppermost 1- to 3- folio-
late, leaflets narrower; cyme few flowered, with a few strictly as-
cending branches bearing somewhat congested floral clusters; pedicels
becoming 5-30 mm. long, ascending or erect, glandular-pubescent;
hypanthium saucer-shaped, ca. 5 mm. broad; sepals triangular, 4-5 mm.
long, glandular-pubescent; bractlets ovate, acute, ca. 4 mm. long;
petals white, orbicular, clawed, ca. 5 mm. in diameter; filaments 10,
outer very broadly triangular, inner ones triangular-ovate, borne on
hypanthium somewhat above base of glabrate receptacle; achenes
numerous, bearing just below apex a slender style 2-3 mm. long.

A little known but distinct species, apparently from the Coastal
Chaparral of eastern San Diego County and northern Lower California.
We know of the following collections: San Diego Co.: Mesa Grande,
Spencer 1160, June 1, 1919 (G, NY, Po); near Ramona, Chandler 5321
(NY). Lower California: Guadalupe Mine, Orcutt in 1883 (FM, NY);
Guadalupe Mts., Orcutt 840 (G).

5. Potentilla argyrocoma (Rydb.) n. comb.

Horkelia argyrocoma Rydb., Monog., 144, pl. 84.1898. Ivesia
argyrocoma Rydb. No. Am. Fl. 22:284.1908. Parish, Pl. World 20:218.
1917. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 175.1923. Ivesia unguiculata
of Wats., Bot. Calif., 2:444.1880.

Perennial, silvery-silky throughout; caudex short, with yellowish
or brownish, hairy, persistent leaf-bases; stems several, generally with
reddish tinge, 1-3 dm. high, spreading, leafy, branching freely; basal
stipules ca. 1 cm. long, the free portion 2-3 mm. long, subulate; cauline
stipules 4-10 mm. long, lanceolate to lance-ovate, often toothed; leaves
with very numerous, closely imbricate leaflets, so as to be almost
vermiform; lower leaves numerous, 3:10 cm. long; petioles 1-3 ecm.
long, with wide-spreading silvery hair; leaflets 1-3 mm. long, divided
almost to base into 2 ovate lobes; upper leaves gradually reduced
and shorter petioled; cymes congested, usually subcapitate; pedicels
1-2 mm. long; hypanthium deeply cupulate, 3-4 mm. broad; sepals
oblong or cblong-lanceolate, ca. 3 mm. long; bractlets oblong 2-2.5 mm.
long; petals white, clawed, obovate, retuse, 3-4 mm. long; filaments
20, lanceolate or wedge-shaped, borne on the hypanthium somewhat
above the hairy receptacle; achenes several, bearing below the apex
a subfiliform style ca. 2 mm. long.

Known only from dry meadows and lower slopes of Bear Valley,
at 6500 to 6900 ft. alt., where locally frequent in the Montane Forest
Climax. Material seen, from San Bernardino Co.: Bear Valley, S. B.
& W. FF. Parish 15] (FM, US), 8. B. Parish 3764 (G, UC), in 1896 (St.),
151 (G), in 1894 (UC), 3173 (US), 19279 (G, UC), 2362 (FM, NY,
UC), 4948 (NY, US). Pierce in 1922 (Po), Harwood 4361 (Po), Munz
5650 (Po), Jones 6298 (Po, US), Abrams 2903 (NY, St.), Parry &
Lemmon 104 (G, Mo), Leiberg 3306 (US); no locality given, Parry &
Lemmon in 1876 (FM, G, NY).

6. Potentilla callida Hall. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 1:86.1902.

Ivesia callida (Hall) Rydb. No. Am. Fl. 22:286.1908. Davidson &
Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 175.1923.

Perennial, villous throughout, glandular above; root ca. 2 mm.
thick, somewhat woody; stems several, slender, simple, erect or
ascending, 3-5 cm. high; stipules ca. 1 cm. long, the free portion
lanceolate, 2-3 mm. long, entire or toothed; leaves villous, pinnate,
mostly basal; lower leaves 2-3 cm. long; petioles 0.5-1 cm. long; leaflets
in ca. 7 pairs, crowded, 3-4 mm. long, divided to base into 2 or 3 oval
segments; upper leaves reduced, with 1-5 leaflets; “flowers sometimes
solitary on ends of stems, but usually 3 to 6 in a simple raceme”;
pedicels slender, 4-10 mm. long; hypanthium saucer-shaped, 3-5 mm.
wide, glandular-villous; sepals lance-ovate, ca. 2.5 mm. long; bractlets
narrow, 1:5 mm. long; “petals white, oblong, obtuse or acutish, nar-
rowed at base but not clawed, a little longer than the calyx” (ca. 3
mm. long); stamens ca. 20; filaments filiform; receptacle hairy; “pis-
tils several, styles laterally attached slightly longer than the glabrous
achenes.”’

Known only from Tahquitz Peak, San Jacinto Mts., where it
grows in rock-crevices at about 8000 ft. alt.,. Montane Forest Climax.
Riverside County: Tahquitz Peak, Hall 261] (NY, UC), Kessler in
192] (D).

7. Potentilla santolinoides (Gray) Greene. Pittonia 1:106.1887.

Ivesia santolinoides Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 6:531.1865. Wats., Bot.
Calif. 1:184.1876. Parish, Zoe 4:163. 1894. Pl. World 20:218. 1917.
Stellariopsis santolinoides (Gray) Rydb., Monog. 155, pl. 95, 1898. No.
Am. Fl. 22:292.1908. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 175. 1923.

Perennial, with deep root and short erect caudex covered with
hairy dead leaf-bases; stems several, suberect, slender, 1-4 dm. high,
freely branched, almost leafless, with spreading silky hair at very
base, otherwise quite glabrous except at the axils; basal stipules 10-15
mm. long, silky, with free linear tips 4-5 mm. long; those of lower
cauline leaves ca. 5 mm. long, somewhat ovate, often divided; upper-
most reduced; leaves terete, worm-like, white silky, of exceedingly
numerous, very closely imbricate leaflets; lower leaves 2-10 cm. long;
petioles 0.5-2. cm. long, with spreading silky hair; leaflets divided al-
most to base into several oval lobes; cauline leaves much reduced and
quite sessile; inflorescence diffusely paniculate, open; pedicels very
slender, 5-30 mm. long; hypanthium deeply saucer-shaped, 2-3 mm.
in diam., glabrous; sepals spreading, deltoid-ovate to ovate-oblong,
acute, 1-1.5 mm. long; bractlets ovate, small, very much shorter than
the sepals; petals white, orbicular, ca. 2 mm. long; stamens 15, in-
sertion on disk somewhat separated from pistil; filaments filiform;
anthers purplish-brown, very broadly obcordate, basifixed, dehiscent
by two short lateral slits; pistil one; achene ca. 2 mm. long, mottled,
compressed, bearing a filiform style just below apex.

Infrequent, but sometimes locally abundant, on dry gravelly
slopes and ridges at altitudes of from 6000 to 9000 ft. Occurring in
the Montane Forest Climax in all the mountains from Kern County to
’ Riverside County. Kern Co.: Tehachapi Peak, Dudley 313 (St, UC,
US); top of Shepherds Peak, Bisses Station Tehachapi, Dudley 4106
(St). Ventura Co.: Mt. Pinos, Munz 7018 (Po), Rothrock 210, July 1875
(G, US, Yale), Dudley & Lamb 459] (Po, St), Peirson 3233 (FP, Po),
Abrams & McGregor 252 (St), Hall 6511 (St, UC); Alamos Mt., Hall
6705 (UC); Griffins, Hlmer 3814 (G, NY, St, US). Los Angeles Co.:
summit of Mt. Waterman, immature specimen, Peirson in ]92] (FP).
San Bernardino Co.: Fish Camp, Johnston 2880 (Po); Bear Valley,
Parish 3763 (UC, US); Grout Creek, Parish in 1894, No. 3115 (St, UC,
US); Holcomb Valley, Parish 1819 (G, St, UC, US); Upper Holcomb
Creek, Wilder 758 (Po.) Riverside Co.: Ridge east of Tahquitz Val-
ley, Jaeger 1043 (Po); Tahquitz Valley, Spencer 1702 (G).

8. Potentilla biennis Greene. Fl. Fran. 1:65.1891.

Potentilla biennis Greene. Rydb. Monog. 44, pl. 9, 1898. No. Am.
Fl, 22: 305. 1908. Wolf, Monog. Pot., 400.1908. Parish, Pl. World
20:218.1917. Tridophyllum bienne Greene, Leaflets 1:189. 1905. Po-
tentilla lateriflora Rydb., Bull. Club 23:261. 1896. Potentilla mille-
grana of Davidson, Muhlenbergia 4:67.1908 and Davidson & Moxley,
Fl. So. Calif., 176. 1923. Potentilla rivalis millegrana of Coville, Con.
U. S. Nat. Herb. 4:96.1893.

Annual or biennial; stems 1 to several, 2-5 dm. high, suberect,
finely glandular-pubescent, rather slender, strict, not much branched,
leafy to the very summit; stipules not over 1 cm. long, narrowly ovate,
entire or toothed, glandular-pubescent; leaves trifoliolate, dull green,
glandular-pubescent; lower petioles 2-6 cm. long, glandular-pubescent,
upper ones gradually reduced; leaflets cuneate-obovate, at least two-
thirds as long as wide, ca. 1-3 ecm. long, coarsely dentate; flowers soli-
tary in the axils of the upper leaves, grouped, however, to form leafy
racemes; pedicels slender, 5-20 mm. long, ascending; hypanthium
saucer-shaped, 3-4 mm. broad; sepals deltoid to ovate-oblong, becoming
3-4 mm. long; bractlets oblong to elliptical, ca. two-thirds length of
sepals; petals yellow, inconspicuous, obovate or spatulate, shorter
than sepals; stamens 10 on a disk slightly separated from base of
receptacle; filaments filiform; pistils numerous; style terminal, fusi-
form, thickened; achenes pallid.

On exposed banks along streams and lake shores from Inyo Co.
to the San Bernardino Mts., at altitudes ranging from 4000 to 7000
ft. Growing in the Pinon-cedar Association of the Woodland Climax
and at the lower altitudes in the Montane Forest Climax. Inyo Co.:
Panamint Canyon, Hall & Chandler 7008 (UC); Wood Canyon, Grape-
vine Mts., Coville & Funston 1763 (NY). Kern Co.: Vicinity of Ft.
Tejon, Abrams & McGregor 278 (St); Tehachapi Mts., Dudley 504 (NY,
UC, US); Tehachapi, Davidson in 1895 (D, UC, reported as mille-
grana); Water Canyon, Tehachapi Mts., Abrams & McGregor 483 (St,
US). Ventura Co.: Mt. Pinos, Munz 7006 (NY, Po), Elmer 3805 (G,
Mo, UC), Peirson 3236 (FP, Po). San Bernardino Co.: Upper Santa
Ana Canyon, Hall 7519 (UC), Peirson 4182 (FP),Bear Valley, Parish
1816 (FM), Jones in 1900 (Po), Davidson 2204 (D), Abrams 2878 (G.
Mo, NK), S. B. & W. F. Parish 1497 (FM, G, St, US).

" 9. Potentilla norvegica var. hirsuta (Michx.) Lehm., Pugill. 9:75.1851.

Potentilla norvegica var. hirsuta in Wolf, Monog. Potentilla, 404.
1908. Potentilla monspeliensis L., Sp. Pl., 499. 1753. Rydb., Monog.,
45, pl. 10. 1898. No. Am. Fl. 22:307. 1908.

Annual or biennial; with one to several stout, leafy, erect or sub-
erect, often reddish, sparsely hirsute stems, 2-6 dm. high, branching
above; stipules 1-3 cm. long, ovate, hirsute, usually toothed; leaves
palmately 3-foliolate. dark green above, lighter below, hirsute, not
glandular; lower ones on hirsute petioles 3-10 cm. long; uppermost
subsessile; leaflets 1-7 cm. long, obovate, less than two-thirds as wide
as long, with ovate teeth; uppermost leaves with oblanceolate leaflets;
flowers in a terminal leafy cyme, this frequently quite congested;
pedicels 4-20 mm. long, stiff, pubescent; hypanthium saucer-shaped,
becoming 6-8 mm. broad, hirsute; sepals erect, deltoid to ovate-oblong,
acute; bractlets oblong or elliptical; petals yellow, broadly obovate or
cuneate, about equaling sepals; stamens ca. 20, borne on edge of a
disk somewhat above base of receptacle; filaments filiform; pistils
numerous; style terminal, fusiform, thickened; achenes tan-colored.

Known in our range only from Cuyamaca Lake, San Diego Co.,
where it is occasional on moist banks at 4600 ft. alt., in the Montane
Forest Climax. San Diego Co.: Cuyamaca Lake, Munz & Harwood
7189 (NY, Po), Peirson 4829 (FP, Po).

‘10. Potentilla millegrana Engelm.; Lehm.' Delect. Sem. Hort. Hamb.
1849: 11. 1849.

Potentilla millegrana in Rydb., No. Am. FI. 22:305.1908. Wolf.
Monog. Potentilla, 399. 1908. Potentilla rivalis var. millegrana Wats.,
Proc. Am. Acad. 8:553. 1873. Bot. Calif., 1:178. 1876. Potentilla lewro-
carpa Rydb., in Britt & Brown, Ill. Fl. 2:212.1897. Rydb., Monog., 43
pl. 8.1898. Parish, Muhlenbergia 9:59. 1913.

Annual or biennial, diffusely branched from base; stems slender,
spreading, pubescent, 1-3 dm. long; stipules ovate to lanceolate, pubes-
cent, mostly entire, 3-10 mm. long; leaves trifoliolate, light green,
pubescent, not glandular; lower petioles 1-4 cm. long, pubescent; upper
reduced; leaflets 5-35 mm. long, cuneate-oblong, with few coarse teeth;
flowers axillary, associated to form a leafy, racemiform or dense
cymose terminal inflorescence; pedicels 5-30 mm. long, slender, pubes-
cent; hypanhtium saucer-shaped, 3-5 mm. broad; sepals deltoid-ovate
to ovate-oblong, abruptly acuminate, pubescent, erect, 2-3 mm. long;
bractlets oblong, nearly equaling petals, spreading; petals inconspicu-

ous, shorter than sepals, cblong-ovate, yellowish; stamens ca. 10, on
a disk slightly above the base of the receptacle; fllaments filiform;
pistils numerous; styles apical, fusiform, thickened; achenes tan-
colored. ‘

Moist grounds at low altitudes in the Desert Scrub Climax in the
southern and eastern parts of our range. To this species we refer
the following specimens: Bottom lands of Colorado River, Parish 8498
(St.) San Bernardino Co.: Needles, Jones 3842 (FM, NY, Po, UC, US).
Imperial Co.:Cameron Lake, 7. S. Brandegee in 190] (UC); Mountain
Springs, Mearns 3128 (St). Lower California: Seven Wells on Salton
River, Schoenfeldt 2882 (St); Unlucky Lagoon, Schoenfeldt 2917 (St).
A collection by Miss Eastwood (677) on the trail to Manzana Creek,
Zaca Lake Forest Reserve in the northwestern part of our region has
been referred here; it is a puzzling one and well out of the normal
range.

11. Potentilla gracilis Dougl.; Hook. Bot. Mag., pl. 2984. 1830.

Potentilla gracilis of Wats., Bot. Calif., 1:179. 1876. Hall, Univ.
Calif. Pub. Bot. 1:87.1902. Potentilla Parishii Rydb., No. Am. Fl. 22:
313.1908. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 176.1923. Potentilla
Hallii Rydb., Bull. Torrey Club 28:176. 1901. Rydb., No. Am. Fl. 22:314.
1908. Parish, Pl. World 20:218.1917. Davidson & Moxley, FI. So.
Calif., 176.1923. Potentilla lasia Rydb., No. Am. Fl. 22:314.1908. Parish
Pl. World 20:218.1917. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 176.1923.
Potentilla EHlmeri Rydb., No. Am. Fl., 22:315.1908. Davidson & Mox-
ley, Fl. So. Calif., 176.1923. Potentilla comosa Rydb., No. Am. FI.
22:316.1908. Parish, Pl. World 20:218.1917. Davidson & Moxley, FI.
So. Calif., 176. 1923. Potentilla Hassei Rydb., No. Am. Fl. 22:329. 1908.
Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 176. 1923. Potentilla gracilis var.
fastigiata of Wats., Bot. Calif., 1:179.1876. Hall, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot.
1:88.1902. Potentilla gracilis var. rigida of Wats., 1. c. and of Hall,
l. ec. Potentilla Nuttallii of Davidson, Erythea 2:64. 1894. Cat. Pls.
L. A. Co., 8. 1896. Muhlenbergia 4:67.1908.

Perennial, with short root; stems somewhat rigid; decumbent to
ascending to erect, finely pubescent to villous, not glandular, 1-5 dm.
high, branching only above; stipules of basal leaves 1-2 cm. long,
glabrous to villous, with free lanceolate, entire tips ca. 5 mm. long;
cauline stipules 1-2 cm. long, lanceolate to ovate, glabrous to villous,
entire or toothed; leaves palmate, mostly 5-foliolate, the uppermost
3-foliolate or simple; basal leaves several, 4-15 cm. long; petioles 1-12
em. long, usually villous-hirsute; leaflets 1-5 cm. long, often much
greener above than below, finely pubescent to hirsute or silky, oblance-
olate to obovate, finely dentate to flabelliform-dissected; cauline leaves
few, reduced, uppermost sessile and very small; flowers in more or
less loose, corymbose, terminal cymes; hypanthium saucer-shaped,
hairy, becoming 4-6 mm. broad; pedicels stiffish, 3-15 mm. long; sepals
oblong-lanceolate to ovate-deltoid, acuminate; bractlets oblong, shorter
than sepals; petals conspicuous, 5-7 mm. long, yellow, obcordate to
obovate-orbicular; stamens usually 20, borne on a disk close to base
of receptacle; filaments filiform; pistils numerous; style filiform,
terminal.

In and about meadows at from 4,500 to 8,000 ft. alt., usually com-
mon in all cur mountains in the Montane Forest Climax. Kern Co.:
Tehachapi Mts., Dudley 436 (NY, St, UC, US), Hasse & Davidson
1706 (D.). Ventura Co.: Mt. Pinos, Hlmer 4009, type collection of
P. Elmeri (G, Mo, NY, St. UC), Dudley & Lamb 4482 (Po, St); Head
of Piru Creek, Rothrock 243 (FM); Goodenough Meadow, Mt. Pinos,

Dudley & Lamb 4719 (St); East slope of Mt. Pinos, Hall 6419 (UC);
San Hmigdio Potreros, Mt. Pinos, Hall 6379 (UC); Frazier Mt., Hall
6613 (UC). Los Angeles Co.: San Antonio Mts., Hall 232 (UC); Big
Rock, Davidson in 1893 (D, St); Swartout, Munz 4665 (Po), Peirson
3165 (FP), Hall in 1899 (NY). San Bernardino Co.: Bear Valley
Jones in 1900 (Po), Parish 3252, type coll. of P. lasia (D, NY), Parish
1817 (FM, US), Abrams 2828 (G, Mo, NY, Po, St, US). Pierce in 1922
(Po), Edwards in 1917 (Po), Parish 3152, type coll. of P. comosa (NY);
Little Bear Valley, Chandler in 1897 (UC); Seven Oaks, Davidson
9237 (D); Hunsaker Flats, Munz & Johnston 2860 (Po, St); San Ber-
nardino Mts., W. C. Blasdale (UC), Parish 1685 (FM, St. US); Upper
Santa Ana Canyon, Hall 7539 (NY, UC); South Fork, Santa Ana
River, Peirson 1974 (FP), J. & H. W. Grinnell 252 (US); Mare Flats,
D. L. Orawford, July 6 (Po). Riverside Co.; Tahquitz Valley, Hall
806 (UC, US), Munz 5986 (Po), Hall 2356 (UC), F. Grinnell, Jr. (St);
Strawberry Valley, Hall 2296 (Mo, St, NY, UC, US); San Jacinto Mts.,
Hasse in 1892, type coll. P. Hassei (D, NY); Idyllwild, Spencer 227]
(Po), 1370 (G, NY), 1860 (Po), 2198 (G), 1371 (G,) Smith 3401 (D);
Thomas Valley, Hall 21/84 (UC). San Diego Co.: Palomar, Hall 1946
(UC), Peirson 2182 (FP); Doane Valley, Peirson 4805 (FP); Cuyamaca
Lake, Munz & Harwood 7203 (NY, Po), Spencer 878a (NY), 1184 (G),
Dunn in 1899 (UC), Abrams 3871 (G, Mo, NY, St, UC, US) Cuyamaca
Mts., Palmer 83 (FM, Mo); Laguna Mts., T. S. Brandegee in 1904
(UC), Orcutt in 1889 (Mo), Schoenfeldt 3576 (US); Smith Mt., Wc-
Clatchie in 1896 (NY); Descanso, Parish 4523, type of P. Parishii
(NY, St); Mts. EH. of San Diego, Parry in 1850 (NY); “San Diego,”
Palmer (US).

Throughout its range, Potentilla gracilis is a variable species and,
while our plants deviate somewhat from the typical form, which
came from the “banks of the Columbia River,” we can find no con-
stant differentiating characters. Rather extended study of the species
from the whole western United States has caused us to refer all our
Southern California material to gracilis proper, although plants from
within our region, exhibiting slight variations have been variously
named. P. Parishii Rydb. has been applied to slender plants of San
Diego Co., with leaves pubescent rather than tomentose beneath, green
above, and having the pubescence of the stems and petioles appressed.
P. Hallii Rydb. applies to similar plants of the San Bernardino Mts.,
but with the pubescence of the stems and petioles spreading, and with
many lanceolate teeth to the leaflets. If the teeth to the leaflets are
ovate and few, such plants have been called P. lasia Rydb. P. Elmeri
Rydb. applies to Ventura Co. plants with the leaflets rather deeply
cleft, green above and white-silky beneath and with pubescence of
the stems and petioles appressed. P. comosa Rydb. applies to plants
of San Bernardino Co., similarly deeply cleft, but with the stems and
petioles having a spreading pubescence. Low plants of the San Ja-
cinto Mts., with densely strigose stems and leaves are P. Hassei Rydb.
The varieties of P. gracilis, namely fastigiata and rigida of Wats. are
very ill defined. Fastigiata is characterized by its short compact cyme,
dense pubescence, and low habit. Rigida is tall, stout, and villous,
without tomentum. According to Watson the latter is the most com-
mon form in California.

12. Potentilla Wheeleri Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 11:148. 1876.

Low perennial, stems several to many, from short caudex, 5-20
em. long, spreading or prostrate, freely branching, sparsely pubescent
to silky-villous; lower stipules ca. 1 cm. long, villous, free portion
ca. 5 mm. long, lanceolate, long acuminate; cauline stipules 4-8 mm.

long, pubescent to villous, lanceolate to ovate, generally not toothed;
leaves subpalmate; basal leaves many, 1-8 cm. long; petioles 0.5-6
cm., silky-villous to glandular-villous; leaflets 5, silky-villous on both
surfaces to glandular-pubescent, cuneate to obovate, with few large
terminal broad teeth; stem leaves reduced, becoming trifoliolate or
even simple and sessile; flowers in bracteate cymes becoming loosely
branched in age; pedicels spreading or recurved, slender, pubescent,
4-16 mm. long; hypanthium saucer-shaped, becoming 4-5 mm. long,
strigose; sepals deltoid to ovate-oblong; bractlets oblong; petals yel-
low, obcordate, 4-5 mm. long, slightly exceeding sepals; stamens 20,
borne close to base of receptacle; filaments filiform; pistils numerous;
styles filiform.

Represented in our region by two varieties, which can be sepa-
rated as follows:

Leaves conspicuously silky, scarcely if at all glandular; stems

Ratherwrieidy sce. nse etase SO ATOR P. Wheeleri var. typica.
Leaves not conspicuously silky, rather green and glandular; stems
Very SlEN@er v2 86.5 es chae die ceo ome © sean P. Wheeleri var. rimicola.

12a. Potentilla Wheeleri var. typica var. nov.

Potentilla Wheeleri Wats., Proc. Am. Acad. 11:148. 1876. Bot.
Calif., 2:444. 1880. Rydb., Monog., 54, pl. 16. 1898. No. Am. FI.
22:327. 1908. Parish, Pl. World 20:218. 1917. Davidson & Moxley,
Fl. So. Calif., 176. 1923. Potentilla Whelleri var. viscidula Rydb.,
Bull. Torrey Club 23:429. 1896: Rydb., Monog., 55. 1898; Wolf, Monog.
Pot., 518. 1908 as to Calif. plants. Potentilla viscidula Rydb., No.
Am. Fl. 22:327. 1908 as to Calif. plants. Potentilla luteosericea Rydb.,
Monog., 101. 1908. Rydb., No. Am. FI. 22:339. 1908. Wolf, Monog.
Pot., 208. 1908.

Stems rather rigid; leaves conspicuously silky, slightly or not at
all glandular.

In Southern California known only from the San Bernardino Mts.,
and outside our range from the southern Sierra Nevada and the San
Pedro Martirs. At elevations of from 6,500 to 11,500 ft., occurring in
meadows and moist places of the Montane and Subalpine Forest
Climaxes, and in damp gravel about the summit of San Gorgonio Peak.
At this higher altitude it assumes a reduced form which is quite in-
distinguishable from impoverished plants of dry situations at lower
levels. Material studied: So. Calif., Parry & Lemmon 100 (FM).
San Bernardino County: Bear Valley, Leiberg 3409 (US), Harwood
4343 (Po). Abrams 2108 (St), Parish 3146 (Mo, St, UC, US), 3773
(G, UC), 2363 (FM, NY, UC), 4944 (NY, St), Abrams 2746 (Po, St,
G, NY, UC, US), Pierce in 1922 (Po), Hall 7559 (NY, UC), Jones in
1900 (P, Mo, US), Munz 5640 (Po), Peirson 4606 (FP, St), Parish 1498
(G, Mo, NY, St, US); Bluff Lake, Peirson 1978 (FP); Santa Ana
River, Peirson in 1922 (Po); So. Fork, Santa Ana River, Peirson 3]13
(FP); Dry Lake, Hall 7628 (UC), Crawford, July 5 (Po), Peirson 4279
(FP); Mt. San Gorgonio. Munz 6214 (NY, Po), Crawford 900 (Po),
Blasdale in 189] (UC), Grinnell 24 (UC), Lemmon (UC), Hall 7640
(NY), 7641 (UC), Peirson 1979 (FP), Peirson 4180 (FP), Burlew 3568
(NY), Abrams & McGregor 752 (NY, St, US), Wright in 1879 (G),
J. & H. W. Grinnell 274 (US). Lower California: San Pedro Martir.
T. S. Brandegee in 1893. type of luteosericea (NY, UC). Reported
from San Antonio Mts. by Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 176.
1923, but we have seen no material.

12b. Potentilla Wheeleri var. rimicola n. var.

Potentilla Wheeleri of Brandegee, Zoe 4:205. 1893, probably this.

Branches and pedicels very slender; herbage usually green, glan-
dular, with oily pubescence.

Known from the San Jacinto and San Pedro Martir Mts. It ap-
parently inhabits rock-crevices and, with us, occurs in the lower part
of the Subalpine Forest Climax at altitudes of 8,000 to 9,000 ft. Type:
Dark Canyon, San Jacinto Mts., at 7,900 ft. alt., Munz & Johnston 8764
(Pomona College Herbarium 43360). Other material from Riverside
Co.: Tahquitz Peak, fF. M. Reed 2529 (UC); Mt. San Jacinto, Kessler,
Sept. 1, 1921 (D). Lower California: San Pedro Martir Mts., 7. WN.
Brandegee in 1892 (UC), in 1893 (US).

13. Potentilla saxosa Lemmon; in Greene, Pittonia 1:171. 1888.

Horkelia saxosa Rydb., Monog., 155. 1898. Potentilla rosulata
Rydb., Bull. Torrey Club 26:542. 1899. No. Am. Fl. 22:336. 1908.
Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 177. 1923. Potentilla acuminata
Hall, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 1:86. 1902. Rydb., No. Am. Fl. 22:336.
1908. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 177. 1923.

Low caespitose perennial, usually with thick woody root and
caudex; stems few to several, leafy, slender, glandular-pubescent, 3-25
em. high; lower stipules 5-15 mm. long, densely glandular-pubescent, the
free tips lanceolate, 2-4 mm. long; cauline 3-10 mm. long, glandular-
pubescent, lanceolate to ovate, subentire; leaves thick to thin in tex-
ture, pinnate; basal ones several, 5-15 cm. long; petioles 1-9 em.,
finely to heavily glandular-pubescent, or almost oily viscid, 3-15 mm.
long, cuneate-obovate to orbicular, strongly toothed to flabellate-dis-
sected; cauline leaves reduced, commonly 3-5 foliolate, uppermost
unifoliolate and not greatly reduced; cymes leafy, few or many
flowered; pedicels filiform, spreading, becoming 8-15 mm. long; hypan-
thium plate-shaped, 2-4 mm. broad; sepals ovate or ovate-triangular,
acute, spreading, 2-3 mm. long; bractlets oblong, erect, 1.2-2 mm. long;
petals oblong, white to ochroleucous, not surpassing sepals; stamens
20 to 40, borne about base of receptacle; filaments filiform; pistils
10 or more; receptacle glabrous or villous at base, achene bearing
filiform-subulate style just below apex.

In dry rock-crevices in the lower portions of the Pinyon-cedar
Association, along the western borders of the desert at scattered sta-
tions from Inyo Co. to Lower California. Inyo Co.: So. of Bishop,
Heller 8297 (G); Lone Pine. Jones in 1897 (Po); Deep Spring Valley,
White Mts., Purpus 5813 (UC, US). San Bernardino Co.: Cactus
Flat, San Bernardino Mts., Peirson 4605 (FP, Po); Twenty-nine Palms,
Alwerson in 1898, type of P. rosulata (UC); Keyes Ranch, Little San
Bernardine Mts., Munz 453] (Po), Mune & Johnston 5248 (G, Po);
Desert Queen Mine, Jaeger 254 (Po), 446 (US); Garden of Gods, Little
San Bernardino Mts., Jaeger 429 (US). Riverside Co.: Chino Creek,
Hall 2605, type of P. acuminata (UC). San Diego Co.: Walkers
Ranch, near Jacumba, Abrams 3686 (G, St, NY). Lower California:
Cantillas Mts., Orcutt in 1883 (FM, G, UC); Sierras de Campo National,
Orcutt in 1883 (G); All Saints Bay, Orcutt in 1882 (G).

To P. saxosa we refer a rather variable aggregate, differing wide-
ly as to number of leaflets, depth of division in each leaflet, texture
of leaves, and shape of bracts. The plants that have been reterred to
the three species sarosa, acuminata and rosulata show such an in-
extricable maze of variations without geographic correlation, as to
make it quite evident that we are dealing with a highly variable
single species. If we follow Rydberg’s key (No. Am. FI. 22:299. 1908)
we would place in sarosa all the Lower California specimens cited
above, and the Lone Pine collection by Jones; while to rosulata

would go the other plants, except Hall’s type of acuminata, which is
apparently a shade plant. But in all these, the variations in the
several characters are not correlated and there are no clearly defined
segregates.

14. Potentilla multijuga Lehm., Ind. Sem. Hort. Bot. Hamb. 1849:6.
1849.

Potentilla multijuga Lehm. Rey. Pot. 29. pl., 7. 1856. Rydb. Monog.,
Pot., 110, pl., 48. 1898. Bull. Torrey Club 23:434. 1896. No. Am. Fl. 22:
346. 1908. Wolf, Monog. Pot., 490. 1908. Abrams, Fl. L. A., 179. 1917
and 198. 1904. Davidson & Moxley Fl. So. Calif., 177. 1923. Potentilla
plattensis of Davidson, Cat. Pls. L. A. Co., 8, 1896.

Perennial, with a taproot and almost no caudex; stems few,
erect, 3-7 dm. high, slightly silky-strigose, somewhat leafy; lower
stipules 2-2.5 cm. long, glabrous, with free lance-ovate tips 5-7 mm.
long; cauline stipules, ovate, entire or toothed, 5-20 mm. long; leaves
pinnate; basal leaves numerous, 1-3 dm. long; petioles 6-12 cm. long,
glabrate; leaflets 11-27, sparsely strigose to glabrate, 1-4 cm. long,
cuneate-obovate, with few coarse teeth above the middle; cauline
leaves much reduced, few foliolate to simple; flowers in loose strict
cymes; pedicels ascending, 10-30 mm. long; hypanthium 4-6 mm. broad,
very sparsely pubescent; sepals oblong-ovate, acute, glabrate; bract-
lets ovate or elliptical, spreading; petals conspicuous, yellow, broadly
obcordate, ca. 7 mm. long; stamens about 20, borne on disk close to
base of receptacle, pistils numerous; styles subterminal, filiform.

Definitely known from a single station in our region, in a marsh
west of Los Angeles, in the Coastal Sagebrush Association. Los. An-
geles Co.: Flats near Ballona, Hasse 4950, in 1890 (D, NY, US);
moist meadow near Los Angeles, Hasse in 1893 (NY); brackish
meadow, near Los Angeles, Hasse in 189] (G, Mo).

15. Potentilla Anserina L., Sp. Pl., 495. 1753.

Potentilla Anserina L. Fernald, Rhodora 11:8. 1909. Argentina
Anserina (lL). Rydb., Monog. Pot., 159. 1898. Rydb. No. Am. FI. 22:
353. 1908. Davidson & Moxley FI. So. Calif., 177 1923, in part. Ar-
gentina Anserina concolor (Ser.) Rydb. Monog., 160. 1898. Potentilla
Anserina var. concolor Ser. in DC. Prodr. 2:582. 1825. Parish, Pl.
World 20:218. 1917.

Low perennial with cluster of fascicled roots and a short caudex
bearing rosette of leaves and one or more pubescent stolons one to
several dm. iong; stipules of basal leaves 1-2 cm. long, with ovate to
lanceolate, free hyaline tips 4-8 mm. long; stipules on stolons silky,
ovate, lacerate into few sharp teeth; leaves pinnate, silvery-silky,
especially below, upper surface often much the greener and almost
glabrous; basal leaves spreading, 5-20 cm. long; petioles 1-5 cm. long,
spreading silky-villous; leaflets 9-31, with smaller subsidiary ones
interposed, 0.5-4 cm. long, oblong to oblong-lanceolate, deeply and
sharply serrate; leaves on stolons much reduced; peduncles axillary,
solitary, single flowered, about equaling leaves; hypanthium saucer-
shaped; sepals ovate or ovate-oblong, acute; bractlets oblong, about
equaling sepals; petals very conspicuous, obcordate, 8-12 mm. long,
yellow; stamens ca. 20, closely arranged about base of receptacle;
filaments subulate, somewhat dilated; pistils very numerous; styles
filiform, lateral; achenes very plump, corky, deeply dorsally grooved.

Known in our region only from the San Bernardino Mts., where
it grows in moist alkaline soil, about Bear and Baldwin Lakes, at
elevations of about 6,500 ft., in the Montane Forest Climax. San
Bernardino Co.: Bear Lake, Munz 5712 (Po); Baldwin Lake, Johnston
in 1924 (Po), Peirson 4593 (FP); San Bernardino Mts., Hall 1034

(UC); Bear Valley, Harwood 4337 (Po), Jones in 1900 (Po), Parish
1499 (Mo, St, US), Parish 3154 (Mo, US). The last four collections
named are silky-strigose above as well as below and belong to the
variety sericea Hayne (Fernald, Rhodora 11:8. 1909).

16. Potentilla pacifica Howell. Fl. N. W. Am. 1:179. 1898.

Potentilla pacifica Howell, Fernald, Rhodora 11:8. 1909. Ar-
gentina Anserina of Davidson, Cat. Pls. L. A. Co., 8. 1896. Davidson
& Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 177. 1923, in part. Of Abrams, Fl. L. A.,
199. 1904 and 180. 1917. Yates, 9th Rep. State Mineralogist of Calif.,
15. Greene, Pittonia 1:80 & 87. 1887. Brandegee Zoe 1:136. 1890.

Similar to Anserina, but with stolons, petioles, rachises and ped-
uncles glabrous or glabrate; leaves suberect, 0.3-5. dm. long, with
7-31 oblong, oblanceolate, or obovate leaflets, green above, white-
tomentose to glabrate beneath, the pubescence when present being
Opaque and dull and not lustrous nor sericeous; achenes less plump,
not corky nor grooved.

Apparently confined to coastal marshes where it may be locally
frequent, but has been seldom collected. In the Coastal Sagebrush
Association, San Luis Obispo Co.: San Luis Obispo, Jones in 1883
(Po); Pismo Beach, Peirson 1983 (FP); Arroyo Grande, Alice King
im 1895 (UC); Morro, Barber (UC). Ventura Co.: Oxnard, Davy
7807 (UC). Los Angeles Co.: Near Santa Monica, Barber 13] (UC);
Los Angeles Co., Grant 6313 (St); Los Angeles, High School collectors
in 1904 (Po); Ballona Creek, Mesmer, Abrams 1463 (St); Ballona,
Johnston 1336 (Po, St) Braunton 455 (St, UC, US); Playa del Rey,
Abrams 2519 (NY, Ph, St); Cienega near Los Angeles, Blake 853 (Ph);
Cienega, L. A. Co., Braunton 110 (US).

17. Potentilla Sibbaldi Hall. fil. in Ser. Mus. Helv. 1:51. 1818.

Sibbaldia procumbens L., Sp. Pl., 284. 1753. Munz, Bull. So.
Calif. Acad. 238:129. 1924. Not Potentilla procumbens Sibth. 1794.

Perennial, frequently matted, caespitose or with elongate, scaly
rootstocks; flowering stems not over 1 dm. high, strigose, few leaved;
lower stipules glabrate, ca. 1 cm. long, the free portion ovate, ca. 3-5
mm. long; cauline stipules 4-8 mm. long, ovate to lance-ovate, gla-
brate; leaves trifoliclate, appressed-pilose; lower ones 1-7 cm. long;
petioles 0.5-5 cm. long, strigosely pubescent; leaflets 1-2 cm. long,
cuneate, 3-5 toothed at apex; stem leaves similar but on shorter pet-
ioles; flowers borne in small congested, flat-topped cymes somewhat
projected above the foliage; pedicels 1-4 mm. long, stiffish; hypan-
thium deeply saucer-shaped, strigose, 2-3 mm. broad; sepals erect, ob- -
long or obovate, obtusish, becoming 3-4 mm. long; bractlets linear-
oblong, ca. 3 mm. long; petals yellowish, spatulate or obovate, shorter
than sepals; stamens 5, insertion on disk separated from receptacle;
filaments filiform; anthers obcordate, dehiscent by well developed
lateral slits; pistils 5-20; styles lateral, filiform.

Known in our range from a single collection in the Subalpine

Forest Climax of the San Bernardino Mts., at 9,000 ft. alt. San Ber-
nardino Co.: Foxesee Creek, Peirson 3492 (FP, Po).

18. Potentilla glandulosa Lindl., Bot. Reg. 19: pl. 1583. 1833.

Perennial; stems one to several, suberect, fairly coarse, 2-8 dm.
high, leafy, forking above, densely glandular- or viscid-villous, gen-
erally reddish; lower stipules adnate for 0.5-3 cm., free tip lanceolate
2-4 mm. long, glandular-pubescent; upper stipules free, ovate, 3-10

mm. long, often toothed; leaves pinnate, sparsely long-pubescent,
glandular, strongly bi-colored, being dark green above; lower ones
5-9 foliolate, 1-3 dm. long; petioles 1-15 cm. long, viscid-villous to
glandular-pubescent; leaflets 5-40 mm. long, obovate to rhombic, ser-
rate, often doubly so, teeth mucronate; terminal leaflets larger almost
orbicular; upper leaves 3-5 foliolate, somewhat reduced, short petioled
or sessile; flowers in an open cyme; pedicels 2-6 mm. long; hypan-
thium cup or saucer-shaped, becoming 4-8 mm. broad; sepals erect
or spreading, oblong-ovate to ovate, acute; bractlets oblong, obtuse,
usually conspicuous; petals conspicuous, yellow or cream colored
and conspicuously veined; stamens ca. 25, borne close about base of
receptacle; filaments filiform; pistils numerous; style suprabasal,
fusiform, verrucose.

Key to varieties of P. glandulosa.

Coarse, generally exceeding 3 dm. high; inflorescence conspicu-

ously leafy; of low altitudes........... P. glandulosa var. genuina.
Slender, generally less than 3 dm. high; inflorescence frequently
not leaty: of pine: belts se arose: P. glandulosa var. reflexa.

18a. Potentilla glandulosa var. genuina Wolf, Monog. Pot., 136. 1908.

Potentilla glandulosa Lindl., Bot. Reg., 19: pl. 1588. 1833. David-
son, Hrythea 2:30. 1894. Brewer & Wats., Bot. Calif., 1:178. 1876.
Davidson, Cat. Pls. L. A. Co., 8. 1896. List Pls. L. A. Co., 5. 1892.
McClatchie, Fl. Pasadena, 638. 1895. Drymocallis glandulosa (Uindl.)
Rydb., Monog., 198. pl. 107. 1898. No. Am. FI. 22:372. 1908. Abrams,
Fl. L. A., 204. 1904 and 180. 1917. Davidson & Moxley, FI. So. Calif.,
178. 1923. Millspaugh & Nuttall, Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 5:129. 1923.
Potentilla arguta var. glandulosa (Lindl.) Cockerell, W. Am. Sci.
5:11. 1888. Potentilla Wrangelliana Fisch. & Avé-Lall. Ind. Sem. Hort.
Petrop. 7:54. 1840. Drymocallis Wrangelliana (Fisch. & Avé-Lall.)
Rydb., Monog., 201. pl. 108. 1898. No. Am. Fl. 22:374. 1908. Parish,
Pl. World 20:218. 1917. Davidson & Moxley, Fi. So. Calif., 178, 1923.
Potentilla glandulosa var. Wrangelliana (Fisch. & Avé-Lall.) Wolf.
Monog. Pot., 137. 1908.

A fairly coarse plant, generally over 3 dm. high, with reddish
stems; inflorescence conspicuously leafy.

Frequent in cool shaded places in the Coastal Sagebrush and
Chaparral Associations, on low hills and in lower canyons of the
mountains. Usually associated with Quercus agrifolia and Q. chry-
solepis. Confined to the coastal drainage, where it is most com-
mon and characteristic below 4,000 ft. alt. Santa Barbara Co.: Loma
Alta, Parish 11036 (St); Lompoc, Swksdorf 177 (G); Carpenteria,
Brewer 260 (G, US); Santa Barbara, Hlmer 392] (Mo, NY, St, US),
Grant 5481 (St). Ventura Co.: Sulphur Mt. Spring, Sulphur Mts.,
Abrams & McGregor 54 (NY, St, US); Ojai, Peckham in 1866 (UC,
US), Hubby 9 (UC). Los Angeles Co.: No locality, Hasse 3752
(NY), Hasse in 1892 (NY), in 189] (Mo), Grant 2475 (NY); Topanga
Canyon, Santa Monica Mts., Munz & Harwood 3982 (Po); Griffith
Park, Los Angeles, Macbride & Payson 899 (G), Braunton 543 (US);
Los Angeles, Davidson. in 189] (St); Altadena, McClatchie in 1893
(NY); Arroyo Seco, Greata 313 (UU); Oak Knoll, Grant 325 (Mo, Ph),
Braunton 83 (US); Pasadena, Grant 6179 (St); Sturtevants Camp,
Grant 4468 (St); Hennigers Flats, Peirson 4276 (FP); Laurel Canyon,
Peirson 696 (FP); Sierra Madre, Nevin 930 (G); Turnbull Canyon,
Johnston 1894 (NY, Po, St); Puente Hills, Munz 2182 (Po); Live Oak
Canyon, Shaw in 1900 (Po); Lone Hill near San Dimas, Parish 19266
(G, UC), Munz, Street & Williams 2493 (Po); Claremont, Crawford
in 1915 (Po, US), Robinson in 1916 (Po). Orange Co.: Laguna
Beach, Johnston 1893 (NY, Po). San Bernardino Co.: San Bernar-

dino, Parish 4471 (G, NY, St, Mo), Parish 4777 (NY, St, US); Can-
yon Diablo, Parish in 1898 (NY), 11902 (UC), 4471 (FM, US, NY);
San Bernardino Mts., at 3,000 ft., Parish 6376 (UC); Foothills, San
Bernardino Mts., Parish 29] (St, US); Foothills San Bernardino Co.,
Parish in 1888 (FM); Waterman Canyon, Parish 1139] (Po, UC).
Riverside Co.: Temecula, S. B. & W. F. Parish 803 (G); Temecula
Canyon, Johnston 1873 (NY, Po); Hemet Valley, Munz & Johnston
5534 (Po); San Juan Road near Elsinore, Baer in 192] (Po), San
Diego Co.: San Luis Rey River, Orcutt in 1882 (FM); Pala Canyon,
Parish 4517 (NY); Fallbrook, Cleveland in 188] (UC), Hall 508 (UC);
Descanso, 7’. S. Brandegee in 1906 (UC), Spencer 2286 (G), Spencer
2287 (G); Mesa Grande, Spencer 1332 (G, Po); Julian, 7. S. Brande-
gee in 1894 (UC), Orcutt in 1889 (Mo);Spencer Valley, Abrams 3793
(G, Mo, St, NY); Cuyamaca Mts., Hall in 1899 (UC); Campbells Ranch,
Laguna, Mearns 3534 (St. US); Green Valley, near San Diego, Collins
& Kempton 142 (US); San Diego, Spencer 128 (G, UC, US); Alpine,
Mearns 3947 (US); Canyon de los Negros, 8S. B. & W. F. Parish 783
(US); San Miguel Mt., Chandler 5216 (NY, St); Campo, McGregor
2077 (St). Lower California: No. Low. Calif., Orcutt in 1885 (UC):
San Pedro Martir, 7. S. Brandegee in 1893 (UC).

Such plants as Abrams 3793, the Hall specimen from the Cuya-
macas, the Brandegee collections at Julian and in the San Pedro
Martir are from intermediate altitudes and are very difficult to place
definitely. They are quite intermediate between var. genwina and var.
reflexa.

Glandulosa and Wrangelliana are recognized as two _ distinct
species by Rydberg and as a species and variety by Wolf on the basis
of narrow sepals and bright yellow flowers for glandulosa, and broader
sepals and whitish flowers for Wrangelliana. The former, as figured in
Lindley’s plate does have narrow sepals and yellow flowers and is
based on material collected by Douglas in California. Material at
the Gray Herbarium collected by Douglas does not sustain these dis-
tinctions.

18b. Potentilla glandulosa var. reflexa Greene, Fl. Fran., 65. 1891.

Potentilla glandulosa var. reflexa Greene, Wolf, Monog., 138. 1908.
Potentilla reflera Greene, Pittonia 3:19. 1896. Drymocallis reflexa
(Greene) Rydb., Monog., 203, pl. 110. 1898. No. Am. Fl. 22:376. 1908.
Parish, Pl. World 20:218. 1917. Drymocallis viscida Parish, Bot.
' Gaz. 38:460. 1904. Rydb. No. Am. Fl. 22:375. 1908. Davidson &
Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 178. 1923. Parish, Pl. World 20:218. 1917.
Johnston, Pl. World, 22:105. 1919. Potentilla glandulosa var. nevaden-
sis of Hall, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 1:87. 1902. Potentilla glandulosa
monticola of Abrams, Fl. L. A., 200. 1904 and 178. 1917. Drymocallis
monticola of Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 178. 1923 and Parish,
Pl. World 20:218. 1917.

A rather slender plant, generally not exceeding 3 dm. in height,
with reddish stems, highly glandular; inflorescence scarcely leafy.

Frequent in half moist places in all our mountains from 5,000 to
8,500 ft. alt., in the Montane Forest Climax. Ventura Co.: North
Creek, Mt. Pinos, Hall 6464 (UC); Saw Mill Mt., Mt. Pinos, Hall
6524 (UC); Trail to Zaca Peak, Hastwood 59] (US); Side of Alamo
Peak, Mt. Pinos region, Dudley & Lamb 4650 (Po, St); Liebre Mts.,
Abrams & McGregor 371 (NY, St, US); Topatopa Mts., Abrams &
McGregor 95 (NY, St, US). Los Angeles Co.: Mt. Wilson, Abrams
2585 (Mo, Ph, NY, St); Acton, Hasse 6046 (NY); Prairie Fork, San

99
23

Gabriel River, Johnston 2072 (UC), 2068 (Po, St, UC); Browns Flats,
San Gabriel Mts., Johnston 1753 (NY, Po, St, UC). San Bernardino
Co.: Swartout Valley, San Gabriel Mts., Munz 4599 (NY, Po), Peirson
in 1922 (FP, Po); Icehouse Canyon, Parish 11946 (UC), Johnston in
1918 (Po), Coldwater Fork, Lytle Creek, Johnston 2062 (Po, St); Head
of San Antonio Canyon, Johnston 1410 (UC). San Bernardino Mts.,
Blasdale in 189] (UC), Parish 3163 (Mo, US); Little Green Valley,
San Bernardino Mts., G. R. Hall 7 (UC); Strawberry Peak, Parish
2364 (NY, UC); Snow Canyon, Mill Creek, Parish 5060 (NY, St, UC,
US); Mill Creek Canyon, Crawford, July 2 (Po); Camp Vivian, Grant
6347 (St); Deep Creek, Parish 5806 (NY); So. Fork, Santa Ana River,
Munz 6258 (Po), Hall.7516 (NY, Po, UC), J. & H. W. Grinnell 230
(US). Riverside Co.: San Jacinto Mts., Hall 719 (US); Strawberry
Valley, Hall 2204 (Mo, NY, St, UC, US), Hasse 5689 (NY), Hall 2039
(UC); Idyllwild, Spencer 2173 (Po), 2198 (Po), 1861 (Po), 1862 (Po);
North side of San Jacinto Mts., Hall 2546 (UC). San Diego Co.:
Palomar Mt., Chandler 5350 (NY), Parish 4406 (FM, Mo, NY, St, US);
Cuyamaca, Hitchcock in 1915 (US); 3 mi. so. of Cuyamaca Lake,
McGregor in 1918 (St); Laguna Mts., 7. S. Brandegee in 1904 (UC).

19. Potentilla Hanseni Greene, Pittonia 3:20. 1896.

Drymocallis Hanseni (Greene) Rydb., Monog., 200. 1898. No. Am.
Fl. 22:373. 1908. Parish, Pl. World 20:218. 1917. Davidson & Moxley,
Fl. So. Calif., 178. 1923. Potentilla lactea Greene, Pittonia 3:20. 1896.
Hall, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 1:88. 1902. Potentilla glandulosa lactea
Greene, Fl. Fran., 65. 1891. Potentilla glandulosa nevadensis Wats.,
Bot. Calif. 1:178. 1876. Drymocallis lactea (Greene) Rydb., No. Am.
Fl. 22:369. 1908. Johnston, Pl. World 22:105. 1919. Davidson &
Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 178. 1923. Potentilla rupestris var. americana
Wolf, Monog., 129. 1908.

Perennial; stems suberect, one to several, slender, light green,
glabrate or finely pubescent, inconspicuously if at all glandular,
branching above; stipules of lower leaves not generally exceeding 1
cm., pilose-pubescent, free tips ca. 3 mm. long, ovate to ovate-acumi-
nate; upper stipules reduced, ovate to lanceolate, frequently toothed;
leaves pinnate, sparsely pubescent and little glandular, light green,
not strongly bicolored; lower leaves 5-9 foliolate, 4-15 cm. long;
petioles 1-7 cm. long, glabrate or puberulent; leaflets obovate to almost
orbicular, 5-15 mm. long, often deeply and sharply serrate, terminal fre-
quently larger, obovate to suborbicular; upper leaves reduced, upper-
most trifoliolate; leaflets narrower and acuminate, almost lacking in
the loose cymose inflorescence; hypanthium saucer-shaped, silky, -
strigose, becoming 6 mm. broad; sepals erect, lanceolate or oblong-
lanceolate; bractlets small, lanceolate or linear; petals white, ochro-
leucous, or cream-colored, obovate, about equaling sepals; stamens Ca.
25, borne near base of receptacle; filaments filiform; pistils numerous;
styles suprabasal, fusiform, verrucose.

Frequent in So. Calif. from Mt. Pinos to San Jacinto Mts.; grow-
ing about. meadows and in fairly moist spots at from 5,000 to 9,000
ft. alt. in the Montane Forest Climax. Ventura Co.: Near Cuddys,
Mt. Pinos, Dudley & Lamb 4484 (Po. St); Griffins, Elmer 3978 (Mo.
NY, St, UC, US). Los Angeles Co:: Prairie Fork, San Gabriel
River, Johnston 2066 (Po, St, UC), Peirson 2678 (FP); Big Pines,
Swartout Valley, Hall 1572 (St), Peirson 5249 (FP, Po). San Ber-
nardino Co.: Meadows above Bear Valley, Hall 7562 (NY, UC);
Green Valley, Shaw & Illingsworth 206 (NY); Dry Lake, Hall 7613
(NY, UC); Little Bear Valley, Parish 10946 (St); Hunsaker Flats
Munz & Johnston 2859 (Po, St); Bluff Lake, Peirson 5250 (FP),
Riverside Co.: Tahquitz Meadow, Spencer 1372 (NY), Hall 2355 (Mo,

NY, St, UC, US), Munz 5987 (Po), Jaeger in 192] (Po); Long Valley,
Jaeger in 192] (Po); San Jacinto Mts., A. W. Anthony in 1895 (UC);
Tamarack Valley, Hall 2400 (UC).

20. Potentilla cuneifolia (Rydb.) Wolf. Monog., 139. 1908.

Drymocallis cuneifolia Rydb., Monog., 204. pl. 111. 1898. No.
Am. Fl. 22:376. 1908. Parish, Pl. World 20:218. 1917. Davidson &
Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 178. 1923.

Perennial; stems one to few, erect, slender, branching above, 1-4
dm. high, glabrate to sparsely glandular-villous, especially below;
lower stipules 0.5-1.5 cm. long, free tips 3-5 mm. long, ovate; upper
stipules smaller, ovate, mostly toothed; leaves pinnate, not bicolored,
glabrate to almost silky and glandular; lower leaves 5- to 11-foliolate,
3-20 cm. long; petioles 1-10 cm. glabrate to villous glandular; leaf-
lets 5-20 mm. long, cuneate-flabelliform, with coarse teeth mostly at
the apex; upper leaves 3-foliolate, reduced, sessile, almost lacking in
the loose corymbose cyme; hypanthium cupulate, becoming 4-5 mm.
broad; sepals ovate or deltoid ovate, erect; bractlets minute, oblong,
erect; petals yellow, erect, obovate, only a little exceeding sepals,
4-5 mm. long; stamens ca. 20, borne close about base of receptacle;
filaments filiform; pistils numerous; styles filiform, several times
length of achene.

A little known species, apparently confined to the desert slopes
of the mountains south of the Mohave Desert and known from the
very lower part of the Montane Forest Climax. Los Angeles Co.:
Mt. Islip, Peirson 2801 or 493a (Po, FP); South Fork, Rock Creek,
Peirson 493 (FP, Po). San Bernardino Co.: Green Lead Mine, San
Bernardino Mts., Parish 1818, type collection (FM, G, NY).

| bd

PFRINILNG

HAS BEEN OUR BUSINESS

SINCE 1880

Service and Quality Combined
with Just Prices is the secret
that has enabled this firm to do
business for 45 years.

McBride Pineme Ge

261 - 263 So. Los Angeles St.

FEET eee
25

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy.
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to the Secretary
4699 MARMION WAY,
Los, Angeles, Cal., U. S. A.

Publications of the

Southern California Academy of Sciences

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues to date are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February;
No. 2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5,
September-October; No. 6, November-December.

All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the
following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy
at the appended prices:

Vol. 1, No. 1. January, 159 (2 eee eee a ee Ck ee $1.00
= 1, “ 2. February, 9 Oi Se a ee 1.00
SB Yo . diwilhy, ALLS (2 epee cae as) tu ae ar eae 225
ee 4 ~ 38. March, HIE) () Sie ele pei ale Mee =e ls 15
$s My 6 IMI 1D 0) Sig eR 2 ek lS ae .25
a 6, © 2, dubz TLDS () (cesses Sea et cose noe .25
ie q,. ~ iL, damier, IEG 0 Seana aie is oe ile ee ee JUS
“ J “© il, demUATAy, BRS ADVI a I NO 15
2 Gy Bh Asieillay SIRS) Le ee BE sey ee ee Be 75
eee OMe 2 Qe ely: ES) ee oN ES ere oe ee Ne .15
eS 12, © ak Aenea, BLES eB ieee sear eee orn as aR at 50
ce 13, “ iL. deinmaAry, Ss i ee lar ee ee pe eet a 5s
CNR, SO ail ENA LCS ep Eames y gts Dae 505
eo i 6 i, Jamwerray 1 TS) ES) oR ae eRe ree 15
CS vals enemas DD ies OL OSG See eter lea ae 50
eC 16, “i. - dainiaray, TAU has einene se eet ay A we Ber are es 15
6 IG, ea ih, RAO aes een ee tee panei cies a 1.00
eam elnpie tas Mod -r Ehuilys SUA US Ree ee I ev ae eee UE 75
co 18, © 1 dame, TU Wg tae ee Ses EU rae ea 1.00
IG, 8 = Anouhy, TU) Ls ae Sate eres, ear eens iD
Co I9, S ik: Vemma, UL ON2 (cet eee natant nan scfm .25
eo 19), 8 4 O@r@loEic, TCA) een eral eae temo eis ep 25
oc PO OS ale Aol, SR) aR ae 2 Soe Saale ea oe 25
SC BY), © 4 ARUSUISE, A OID Rests ote eee at 7s Seen UR 25
eee (eens DCCEIMD ET. a, OAM re Wien wel ee te ee eee ae ee 25
co ol, 8 aL, IMigeein, ALS PAV Aree Bi na cree bed Ca 25
oi Be OCKOOEIR, SES peje SADA sees = Ve ree Sa AUTO RE 25
BR EL, Mle eelo, NS) 2A poe ea A ACRE Rs att eo ae ve 25
OO ADS en A bl ies D8 eee ae RN eee ALS tee .25
cc 28, Il, aE, O24 ites SMa a apie pe SUR 25
cc 88. Bs Meee ln, BE as NU Sa MON i a i ees Ss 25
oe 623, SB May, BG 2A, Hee Ree ont ue Ae ty eaee es 25
CB, A Away, gE AACN nee ch cee Sere Fee Ae Sa A Boy
MEM Ot a Dy Oe DECIMID eT a will 2 date cs hies et ere eee 25
= 20,5 6. November, IS Yas a eS le aes PN LN £25
mo Bl, JAA, TG PA ae ee Netra Men Aa ret ee NOE 25

Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary

Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum
Los Angeles, California.

bo
=

a ‘BULLETIN Oe Toe
- Southern California
Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

_ "Vol, xxIV. ~—- May-August, 1925. Pare. 2

CONTENTS

SomE New ee FROM THE PLIOCENE OF
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA - | - iM Z
: Carlton M. Gaon
Srupres tn Pactric Coast LEPIDOPTERA
Dr. John A. Comstock

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA. =

Dr. John A. Canstock
New Species oF MARINE Fosstz Mottusca
: | Leo G.. Hertlein
SOUTHERN CALirorNiA PLant Notes. III.
Philip A. Munz
A NEw PEcten FROM VENEZUELA
P, I, Aguerrevere

Issued August 17,1925;

Phe tia

3
4 ee
x
7 ’
Sire .
nal
i = My ue
ew
rae
*«%
* i
1
a
roth
ci 2
j a
‘ ¢
a
nate
‘
r 1
8
. ‘
' ,
, ?
y bye
* * +4
4
fi 5

BUTTERFLIES OF SOS PLATE XI.

es 7 ORANGE SIP oe oF “DESERT ORANGE GE TIP

A. cethura
TINTED DESERT ORANGE TIP.
A. cethura catierte :

_ PIMA ORANGE Tip) — ORANG 7
_ Anthocharts ae & ee PIMA ORAN ae

RA ORANGE TIP
i. thocharis Sava

REAKIRTS ORANGE TIP.
4. sara- -Pearkirti, & under

STELLAR ORANGE TIP
sara stella

co we SULA ORAN iE Tipe aS A. Sarva -Ste la
oa ee cele oan A sara~- lea Nea :

WRIGHTS ABERRANT —_ | — :
ORANGE TIP. ee F2) j : : cc A. sara - reahirti
A. CCaKITE WAGE ae —— oe Aberration.

aarti ii Tta

All figures slightly reduced.

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

= 8
OF ELERRS “ANDSDIRE GEORS
Dy eeeAVeNE DAI, Ac BRYAN. ost eas ee meee Nee Ce President
DMO ON ee (COMSTOCK 22a es de Vice-President
PRIMERS EM PROSE ie se ee 2nd Vice-President
PR OUN Ey Ae COMSTOCK 2s 1) SAE ae, Secretary
TRACE, Shy] ee TTS Sy ae er ne Sele ea Treasurer
Dr. WitiiAM A. BRYAN Gro. W. PARSONS
Dr. A. Davinson HERBERT J. GOUDGE
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Dr. FRANK CLARK
Wo. SPALDING IDS, 1k; lel, Swann
= 8
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. ARTHUR B. BENTON | Dr. D. L. TasKErR
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT Dre Exe ow
Me. R. F. Gross Mr. JAMEs A. LIGHTHIPE
THEODORE PAYNE :
= 8
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Wm. A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
BUQUOGICAL, SIC WOM
Drea Swirt Dr. WENDELL GREGG
Chairman Secretary
BORANICAT Si Cisi@n
Dr. A. DAvipson THEODORE PAYNE
Chairman Secretary

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. F. C. Crarx, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. S. J. KEEse

Dr. Joun A. Comstock Mr. GrEorGE PARSONS
GEOLOGIENE SEECRION
Mr. E. E. Hapiey Mr. GrorGE Parsons
Chairman Secretary

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Jomn A. Comstock, Dr. A. Davinson, Mr. GeorGe Parsons

i) a
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

' Mr. Wittiam A. Spatpinc, Chairman

Jomn A. Comstock, M.A., M.D., F.E.S. Mr. S. J. KEESE
ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., M.D.
=

OBRICE- OF Wok ACADEMY:

SouTHWEST MusEuM Los ANGELES, CAL.

Plate 1.

vEF 15 1925

LIBRARY)
NEW Yorn
BOTA NiCad

GARDEN

SOME NEW SPECIES FROM THE PLIOCENE
OF

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

WITH A FEW CHANGES IN NOMENCLATURE
By
CARLTON M. CARSON
Stanford University

Cantharus breaensis n. sp.

Plate I. Fig. 2

Shell thick, ventricose; spire moderately high with five rapidly
enlarging whorls; whorls rounded and shouldered above; suture dis-
tinct, forming a wavy collar on the whorl above; sculptured with
numerous fine, square-topped, spiral, ribs; interspaces wide, carrying
intercalaries, few above the shoulder but many below; axial sculpture
consists only of numerous fine incremental lines; aperture ovate;
pillar straight, carrying a single low, rounded, fold near the juncture
of the outer lip and columella; outer lip rather thin, inside concealed,
but another specimen shows it to be crenated within; canal open, re-
curved; external siphonal fasciole partially broken, but was apparently
heavy. Height of type 47 mm., diameter of type 31 mm., apical angle
about 67°.

Localities: —Mouth of Brea Canyon, Puente Hills, Los Angeles
Co., Calif. Fernando Formation, lower Pliocene. Collected by C. M.
Carson. Also from the Fernando Formation of the Camulos Sheet,
Los Angeles Co., Calif. Collected by L. C. Decius.

Common associates of this form at Brea Canyon are: Alectrion
fossatus Gould, Alectrion moranianus, Martin, Arca trilineata Conrad,
Cardium quadri genarium Conrad, Fusinus barbarensis Trask, Ostrea
veatchii Gabb, Pecten ashleyi Arnold, Pecten oweni Arnold, Pecten
etchegoini Anderson, and Turritella cooperi Carpenter.

Cantharus ashleyi n. sp.
Plate I Figs. 6 and 7

Shell slender; spire high, with six rapidly enlarging whorls, body
whorl rounded but not shouldered,. earlier whorls vertical and dis-
tinectly shouldered; suture distinct forming a wavy collar on the
earlier whorl; sculpture consisting of numerous fine, rounded, spiral,
ribs and narrow interspaces carrying, in some cases, fine intereal-
aries; axial sculpture consists of small nodes on the earliest three
whorls, 10 nodes to a whorl and a few incremental lines; aperture
pyriform; pillar slightly curved and smooth carrying a single high
rounded plait near junction of outer lip and columella; canal partly
broken off, outer lip rather thin, inside crenated. Height of type
51 mm., diameter of type 28 mm., apical angle 60°.

Localities: —Near the San Fernando Tunnel, Los Angeles Co.,
Calif., Fernando Formation, lower Pliocene. Collected by G. H. Ash-
ley. Another specimen from Gavin Canyon, Camulos Sheet, Los An-
geles Co., Calif., collected by C. M. Carson, shows the canal to be
open, slightly recurved and the external siphonal fasciole to be quite
heavy. Height of paratype 54 mm., diameter of paratype about 31
mm., apical angle 61°.

This species is named for G. H. Ashley, who collected the type
specimen.

Associates:—At the Gavin Canyon locality Alectrion moranianus
Martin, Dosinia ponderosa Gray, Macoma nasuta Conrad, Ostrea
veatchii Gabb, Turritella cooperi Carpenter and Pecten cerrosensis?
Gabb are commonly found.

Cantharus elsmerensis n. sp.
Plate I Fig. 4

Shell thin, spire rather low with five or six rapidly enlarging
whorls, whorl rounded and angulate above; suture distinet, forming a
wavy collar on the whorl above; sculptured with about thirty-six
narrow, square-topped, spiral, riblets of which eleven are above the
angle of the whorl; interspaces narrower than the riblets; toward the
base of the body whorl a few intercalaries appear; axial sculpture
consists of about ten small nodes on the upper two or three whorls,
becoming obsolete on the later whorls; a few fine incremental lines
are present; aperture pyriform; pillar somewhat curved carrying one
narrow horizontal fold near the junction of the outer lip and pillar;
outer lip internally crenated, canal short, open, slightly curved; ex-
ternal siphonal fasciole almost lacking. Height of type 37 mm., di-
ameter of type 23 mm., apical angle 72°.

Localities:—Holser Canyon, branch of Piru Valley, Ventura Co.,
Calif. Fernando Formation, lower Pliocene. Collected by C. M. Car-
son, Also from Hlsmere Canyon near the forks, Ventura Co., Calif.
Collected by R. B. Moran. This specimen minus the apex and part
of the canal measures 46 mm. in length, and 33 mm. in diameter.

Associated with this species at the Holser Canyon locality are
Amiantis callosa Carpenter; Arca camuloensis Osmont, Chione fernan-
doensis English, Ostrea veatchii Gabb, Pecten healeyi Arnold, Pecten
oweni Arnold, Turritella cooperi Carpenter and Fusinus barbarensis
Trask.

Solenosteira angelensis n, sp.
Plate I Figs. 3 and 5

Shell thick, ventricose, spire low with three rapidly enlarging
whorls and part of a fourth, apex broken; body whorl rounded and
angulate above; suture distinct; sculpture consisting of 22 rounded,
major, spiral, ribs with narrow interspaces usually carrying a thread-
like intercalary; axial sculpture consists of nodes on the angle of the
upper whorls, there being thirteen on the penultimate whorl, and none
on the last whorl where they are obsolete; incremental lines are
visible on the last whorl; aperture narrow and elongate; outer lip
thin, inside concealed, columella straight, smooth, callus thin, canal
open, rather wide and slightly curved, external siphonal fasciole very
feeble, umbilical pit very shallow or almost lacking. Height of type
36 mm., diameter of type 23 mm., apical angle 72°.

Locality: —Mouth of Brea Canyon, Puente Hills, Los Angeles Co.,
Calif. Fernando Formation, lower Pliocene. Collected by C. M. Car-
son. One specimen.

Associates:—Alectrion perpinguis Hinds, Arca multicostata Sow-
erby, Argobuccinum pacificum Dall, Bursa californica Hinds, giant
Conus, Pecten ashleyi Arnold, Pecten oweni Arnold, Pecten hastatus
Sowerby, and Thracia trapezoides Conrad are commonly found in the
Fernando Formation of the Puente Hills.

Cantharus fortis, Carpenter

Pisania fortis Carpenter... Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd Ser.
Vol. 17, April 1866. pp. 277, Cooper, 7th Ann. Rept. Cal. St.
Min, 1888, p. 260. Arnold Mem. Cal. Acad. Sci, Vol. 3, pp. 227

ool.

“Pp. testa P. insigni simili, sed solidiore; crassissima, sculptura
valde impressa; anfr. norm. v., parum rotundatis, suturis distinctis,
costis radiantibus t. juniore circ. XII., obtusis, parum expressis, postea
obsoletis; liris spiralibus validis, cebris (quarum t. juniore V., postea
X., in spira monstrantur), subaequalibus, anticis majoribus; canali
recurvata; lacuna unbilicali magna; labro intus crebrilirata; labio
conspicuo, spiraliter rugose lirato.

Hab.—Santa Barbara, Pleistocene Formation. (Jewett.)”

Cantharus fortis closely. resembles the living C. elegans Gray, but
differs from it in having finer and closer internal ribbing on the outer
lip, in having a greater tendency to develop intercalaries on the sur-
face, in being less nodose on the body whorl, and in having more, and
more prominent plaits on the columella.

Localities:—Santa Monica Canyon, Los Angeles Co., Calif., San
Diego Formation, lower upper Pliocene. Collected by D. Arnold.
Four miles west of Santa Barbara, Santa Barbara Co., Calif., Santa
Barbara Formation, upper Pliocene; Timber Canyon, Santa Paula,
Ventura Co., Calif., Ventura Formation, upper Pliocene, collected by
C. A. Waring. San Pedro, Los Angeles Co., Calif., upper San Pedro
Formation, upper Pleistocene.

Close study of this species and of the genera Pisania and Cantharus
has convinced the writer that Pisania fortis should be assigned to the
genus Cantharus.

Searlesia portolaensis Arnold.
Fusus portolaensis Arnold.
Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 34, pp, 345-390. Pl. 37, Fig. 8.

“Description—Shell attaining a length of at least 60 mm., fusiform,
moderately slender; apex acute, whorls 7 or more, very convex,
slightly compressed above near suture; nuclear whorls unknown; the
next four crossed by nine very broad, prominent, rounded varices ex-
tending from lower suture to upper revolving sutural ridges; inter-
space between varices deep and V-shaped; about 8 sharply defined,
rounded, revolving ribs (between each pair of which on the lower
whorls is often a small intercalary) occur on each whorl in addition
to the sutural rib which is more prominent than in the others; whole
surface crossed by numerous small incremental lines; body whorl
quite regularly convex, projected into a long, slightly outward-curving
pillar, varices obsolete, cr nearly so, on the body whorl, and also on
the penultimate whorl on the larger specimens, as in F. barbarensis
Trask; suture distinct, wavy. Aperture elongate-elliptical; outer lip
internally striate, inner lip smooth, gently concave; canal rather long,
narrow, curved outward toward anterior extremity.

Dimensions—Length, 62 mm., latitude, 31 mm., longitude of body
whorl, 44 mm., longitude aperture and canal, 34 mm., apical angle
about 49°.”

Horizon—Purisima formation and Fernando formation, lower Plio-
cene.

“Localities—Santa Cruz quadrangle, San Mateo County, locality
No. 6, on Sausal Creek, one-half mile southwest of Portola, also occurs
at about the same horizon at several localities in eastern Monterey
County and western Fresno County, type locality, U. S. G. S. No. 4665,
EKtchegoin (upper Miocene or lower Pliocene) formation, White Creek,
19 miles northwest of Coalinga, Fresno County.”

Also from Fugler’s Point, Asphalt Mine, Santa Maria, Santa Bar-
bara Co., Calif. Fernando Formation, lower Pliocene. Collected by
J. O. Lewis.

Careful comparison with the living Searlesia dira Reeve shows
this species to be of the same genus but different specifically. S. por-
tolaensis differs from S. dira in attaining somewhat greater size, in
being more nodose, in being slightly more ventricose, and in having
a much larger apical angle (47° as against 38°). SS. portolaensis re-
sembles Kellettia kelletii Forbes, but is more slender, has a shorter
canal, is smaller, and is much less nodose on the last whorl. Speci-
mens of S. portolaensis Arnold from the Fugler’s Point locality differ.
from those from the Purisima Formation in being somewhat nodose
on the penultimate and body whorls, but the difference was not con-
sidered specific.

Cantharus arnoldi Rivers.
Plate I Fig. 1

Chrysodomus arnoldi Rivers.
Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. Vol, 3, No. 5, 1904. Pg. 70.
Chrysodomus arnoldi Rivers, Arnold.
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 32, Pl. 50, Fig. 10.
Chrysodomus arnoldi Rivers, Arnold. U, S.
G. S. Bull. 309, Pl. 40, Fig, 10.

“Shell thick, robust, chalk white; elegantly fusiform; spire about
one-fifth of the whole; spire compressed; whorls about five; nucleus
and following whorl missing; the third and fourth whorls are sculp-
tured with rather wide transverse ridges; but on the fifth whorl the
ridges are nearly obsolete; sutures. roughly encrusted; body whorl
strongly shouldered, but not tabled; the sculpture consists of fine re-
volving flattened striae or ridges crossed at intervals by strong incre-
mental lines which perhaps in an unworn example might show varices;
in the fossil there appears faintly a cancellate pattern; all the whorls
bear an alternate series of fine revolving ridges which on the body
whorl gages two to a mm.; columella medium, twisted; channel open
but shallow; incrusted thickly interiorly; aperture pyriform; unbilicus
subperforate as in Pisania fortis Carp.

Dimensions: Long. 40 mm., Lat. 29 mm.
Geological formation, Pliocene. One specimen.
Locality: Crawfish George’s; San Pedro, Calif.”

This species was described but not figured by Prof. J. J. Rivers.
it was recognized and figured unaccompanied by the original descrip-
tion by R. Arnold and is now being refigured with the original descrip-
tion. Comparison of this species with the genus Cantharus shows it to
be a Cantharus. It has the fold on the columella usually found in
Cantharus.

Localities: —Elsmere Canyon, Los Angeles Co., Calif. Fernando
Formation, lower Pliocene. Holser Canyon near Piru Valley, Ventura
Co., Calif., Fernando Formation, lower Pliocene. Collected by C. M.
Carson.

Cantharus angulatus Arnold.

Pisania fortis var. angulata Arnold. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.”
Vol, 32, 1907. pp. 536. Pl. L. figs. 6 and 7.

“Description—Shell fusiform, short; spire elevated; apex subacute
to subangular, whorls angular, about three-fourths of the whorl being
below the angle; body whorl below the angle quite uniformly convex.
The surface sculpture varies considerably in individual specimens; in
the type the sculpture of the body whorl consists of ten equal sub-
equidistant rounded subrugose spiral ridges, each interspace being

ornamented by one less prominent but slightly more rugose revolving
line on each side of which still finer lines may often be distinguished;
above the angle are five revolving lines, less prominent than those
on the lower part of the whorl, but alternating in relative size in the
same manner as the latter. The penultimate and earlier whorls have
about eleven longitudinal waves or low ribs which become most prom-
inent on the angle of the whorls, forming more or less prominent
nodes. A prominent suturai riblet is developed on the posterior por-
tion of the whorl. Suture wavy, appressed, distinct. Aperture pyri-
form; outer lip unknown but probably denticulate. Unbilicus sub-
perforate.

Dimensions:—Longitude (restored), about 55 mm., latitude, 29
mm., body whorl, 43 mm., aperture, 30 mm., deflection, about 62°.

Notes:—This variety differs from the typical Pisania fortis Car-
penter, in being broader and in having prominently angulated whorls.
The revolving lines in the former are also usually weaker than in
the typical form.”

“Locality—Elsmere Canyon near Union Oil Company’s wells, 2%
miles southeast of Newhall, Los Angeles County, Calif.” Collected by
Ralph Arnold.

“Horizon—Middle Fernando Formation (lower Pliocene). Known
only from the type locality where several specimens were found.”

Examination of specimens of this form shows the inside of the
outer lip to be crenated as Arnold suggested, and also revealed sevy-
eral low folds on the anterior portion of the columella and also a
stronger fold on the columella near its junction with the outer lip,
as in Cantharus. This form differs from Cantharus fortis Carpenter, in
being more ventricose, less nodose, in having the major spiral ribs
closer together, and in having the intercalaries much finer. For these
reasons it has been raised to specific rank and assigned to the genus
Cantharus, Arnold’s varietal name being retained.

Locality—Calabasas Region, Los Angeles Co., Calif., Fernando
Formation, lower Pliocene.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE

(All figures approximately natural size).

Pg.
Howes Cancharis arilOldiyn Rive; Suse eee ee Gera 34
Hic 2.) Cantharus. breawensisiiny Spi... ee 31
JENTIES. B35 TSIOVS AAS, A OERSVS YOSHI) To, SO re 32
Sad ee OAMGM arse el STINE R ETSI ier Si) eee sees oe eee 32
Fig. 5. Solenosteira angelensis n. Sp.........2220222-2.2oo ooo eeeeeee eee eee 32
Ries 6.. \Cantharus: ashl@yis Ws (Spc. Fi oe 31
Hicsier Canthariuis: ashileiydl- may Svs scc csc ccesces ch ccssee sees ee ee 31

Photographs by Crandall of Palo Alto

Plate 2.

Mitoura siva 5iva

a
Mitoeura loki

PUK

The Southwest Museum has recently come into possession of a
remarkable library of Californiana through a bequest of the late
Judge Grant Jackson. This includes a set of the Bulletin, Southern
California Academy of Sciences, which is complete except for the
single issue of Volume 3, No. 8. It is earnestly hoped that some
reader of the Bulletin may be able to supply this number.

STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK

A New-Race of Mitoura siva Edw. in California

A number of years ago I took a small series of greenish Mitowra
in the juniper belt on the north-eastern slope of the Sierra Madre
Mountains, in Mint Canyon, which I thought at the time were M. loki
Skinner. A few of these were sent to Dr. Skinner who wrote me
that they were not his species, but were probably close to siva. I have
recently received, through the kindness of Dr. Barnes and Benjamin,
a series of M. siva from Arizona. An examination of these convinces
me that the Mint Canyon form is a connecting link between siva and
loki. My opinion is further borne out by Dr. Benjamin to whom [I
have submitted specimens. I therefore propose for this form the name.

Mitoura siva Edw. form juniperaria form noy.
Expanse: ¢ 15/16 inches; @ 1 inch.

6 Superior surface, primaries: ground color wood-brown, flushed
in the center of the wing with a lighter, more lustrous shade of brown
very much as in Siva.

Secondaries similarly colored, and practically the same as siva ex-
cept that both of the tails average only 2/3 the length of the last
named species.

Inferior Surface, primaries: ground color light brown powdered
with green in basal area and at apex. An extra-median interrupted
white band crosses the wing but is obsolescent in the posterior one-
third. This is shaded internally with a darker brown line. In all of
these particulars it does not differ from siva.

The characteristic markings are confined to the secondaries, which
are predominantly of a green color. A fine black marginal line oc-
curs as in siva. Internal to this is a bluish field (actually composed
of a mixture of black and white scales) which is widest near anal
angle, and tapers out as it approaches the costal angle. This blue
field is much more pronounced than in siva. A minute black ocellus
occurs in this field at a point where it would form a right angle
triangle with lines extended to the base of the tails. This point is
about one-fourth the area of the equivalent ocellus in siva. Internal
thereto are a few orange scales, but not an orange lunule as in the
species with which we are comparing it.

Internal to the blue field is an area of green which is widest at
the costal angle and tapers toward anal angle. This field is restricted
in siva and does not extend posterior to the aforementioned ocellus,
whereas in our species it extends nearly to the anal angle. Between
the blue and green fields are a series of black ovate spots, the largest
of which is anterior to the submedian vein. These are typically four
in number. A prominent recurved white band crosses the median
area. This begins, in our species, at a point about half way between
the costal angle and base, whereas in siva it originates about 1/3
internal to the costal angle: also it curves sharply inward toward
the disc in our species, whereas in siva it follows a fairly straight
course posteriorly. One fairly constant feature of siva is the W mark
in this line lateral to the disc. This is not prominent in juniperaria,
and ceases altogether in loki, as a reference to our plate will show.
The basal area in our species is usually a clear field of green, but
about one out of every four show a slight suggestion of the extra-
basal line which is so prominent a feature of loki. In all other respects
our species resembles siva.

@ much like ¢ except for the greater amount of the light lustrous
brown on superior surface of wings.

Types: Described from 37 males, 25 females, all taken at Mint
Canyon, Sierra Madre Mts., Cal. Fifty-three spec. April 14th to 30th,
1923. Nine spec. May 5 to 8, 1925.

This is the species that Mr. Karl Coolidge dealt with in his de-
scription of the early stages of Thecla loki in Entomol. News, Vol. 35,
No. 6, 1924. Undoubtedly the preliminary stages of all members of
the group including castalis and loki are very similar. :

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA—Continued
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK
GENUS ANTHOCHARIS Hubner.
The Marbles.

The Pima Orange-Tip (Anthocharis pima Edw.) is the handsomest
member of the genus occuring in our territory. It is a rare capture in
‘this state, being reported only from the territory adjacent to the Colo-
rado River. It is the characteristic orange-tip of our neighboring state
of Arizona, where the Indian tribe for which it was named is resident.
Like all the Anthocharids it is an early spring form, with February
and March as the favored months. Nothing is known of the early
stages. The insect is pictured on plate XI, figures 4, 5, and 6, shown
in this issue of the Bulletin.

The Sara Orange-Tip (Anthocharis sara Bdv.) is a somewhat vari-
able member of the genus, in consequence of which several forms
have been named. The early spring brood is charactrized by a heavier
green mottling of the underside, with an intensification of all black
markings. This was named reakirti by Edwards. (Plate XI, figures
10, 11, and 12.) A dimorphic female is not uncommonly taken, in
which a suffusion of deep yellow covers the upper surfaces of both
wings. This is known as stella. (Plate XI, figures 13 and 15.) Inter-
grades occur between this and the typical insect. In the higher moun-
tains a form, which has been designated julia, (Plate XI, figure 14),
is occasionally encounterd in which a light lemon yellow suffuses the
upper surfaces of the wings in the male, and the black markings are
much reduced, and tend toward a disappearance of the band which
separates the orange tip from the white field of the forewing. The
female of this form is practically indistinguishable from stella. The
author has distinguished an aberrant form which he has named for
Mr. W. S. Wright of San Diego, in which the black markings are
extremely heavy, practically obscuring the orange spot and causing a
striated appearance of the upper side of secondaries. (Plate XI, figure
16.) Mr. Jean Gunder has described a form in which the usual orange
tip is replaced by yellow. This was named sternitzki after Mr.-R. F.
Sternitzky of San Francisco.

The Sara Orange-Tip never fails to bring a thrill of delight to the
heart of the lepidopterist as it pursues its impetuous course through
our wooded canyons, or sports over the mustard-spangled foothills in
search of succulent Arabis or Raphanus on which to oviposit. The
warm days of early spring are certain to bring it forth in abundance,
but never to wander far from its chosen verdant haunts. It is found
throughout the entire state.

The colored plate in our last issue of the “Bulletin” was over-
printed Plate XI in error. It should have been designated Plate X.

NEW SPECIES OF MARINE FOSSIL MOLLUSCA
FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA

LEO G. HERTLEIN

New species of fossil mollusca in the Paleontological collections
of the Leland Stanford Junior University, from the Jurassic and
Tertiary of western North America, are described in this paper. The
writer wishes to acknowledge the kind help received from Dr. J. P.
Smith in the preparation of this paper; he also wishes to thank Mr.
KE. K. Jordan and Mr. C. H. Crickmay for help in the preparation of
the manuscript. Acknowledgement is also due Mr. B. L. Cunningham,
H. Hannibal, H. J. Hawley and A. W. Ambrose, for the collection of
the material described in this paper. The types and paratypes are
im the type Paleontological collection of the Leland Stanford Junior
University.

The new species described are:

Jurassic

Uptonia silviesi Hertlein, new species. Charmouthian, Middle Lower
Jurassic.

Miocene

Pecten (Pecten) hawleyi Hertlein, new species. Vaqueros, Lower
Miocene.

Pecten (Amusium) condoni Hertlein, new species. Montesano,
Miocene.

Buccinum jordani Hertlein, new species. Montesano, Miocene.

Chrysodomus hannibali Hertlein, new species. Montesano, Miocene.

Pecten (Chalamys) hodgei Hertlein, new species. Santa Margarita,
Upper Miocene.

Pliocene

Pecten (Pseudamusium) vancouverensis fernandoensis Hertlein,
new subspecies. Fernando, Lower Pliocene.

Uptonia silviesi Hertlein, new species
Plate 3, figures 1, 2, 5.

Shell of medium size, laterally compressed; whorls 5, slightly
convex on the ventral side and widely umbilicate; whorls higher than
wide; sides of whorl form a squarish shoulder at the ventral edge,
a slight groove present in the dorsal part of the whorl due to the
impression from the earlier whorl. Whorls ornamented by numerous,
closely spaced ribs which slope from the dorsal edge toward the ven-
tral edge and at the ventral margin of the whorl each rib surmounted
by a sharp node; venter almost smooth, though showing very slight
ribs. Septation unknown. Diameter of largest whorl approximately
150 mm.; height of largest whorl approximately 35 mm.; thickness
of largest whorl approximately 26 mm.

Type: No. 99 (lL. S. J. U. Type collection), from Loc. 27 (L. S.
J. U.), in dark red sandstone, section 7, T. 20 S, R. 30 E., Tim Dono-
van’s ranch near Silvies River, 18 miles north of Burns in Harney
County, Oregon; B. L. Cunningham collector. Age, Charmouthian.
Middle Lower Jurassic.

Associated fauna occurring with Uptonia silviesi Hertlein is:
Anatina sp., Gervillia sp., Pecten acutiplicatus Meek, Plewromya con-
centrica Meek, Pleuwromya depressa Meek, Pholadomya multilineata
Gabb, Pholadomya cf. nevadana Gabb, Pholadomya sp.

This is apparently the same fauna as found in the Hardgrave
sandstone of northern California. The presence of the genus Uptonia
in eastern Oregon appears to place the stratigraphic position of the
Hardgrave sandstone as middle Lias: In England the Genus Uptonia
is restricted to the Charmouthian Series by Buckman.

Pecten (Pecten) hawleyi Hertlein, new species
Plate 4, figures 4, 5.

Shell small, moderately thick, inequivalve. Right valve mod-
erately convex, the point of greatest convexity being about one-third
the distance from the apex to the ventral margin of the disk, the
umbos gently rounded to the plane of the ears; surface ornamented
by 17 to 18 prominent, sharply rounded ribs with nearly flat inter-
spaces, toward the posterior extremity the ribs become flattened, and
broader, and the interspaces broader proportionately; toward the
periphery of the disk the ribs become somewhat less elevated and the
sides of the ribs are more sloping to the flattened interspaces, in
addition the surface of the right valve is ornamented by closely
spaced, very fine, concentric lines, which are most prominent near
the periphery of the disk; ears ornamented by concentric lines of
growth, the anterior with a small byssal notch. Left valve slightly
convex, slightly depressed near the anterior and posterior dorsal
margins, ornamented by 16 to 17 very narrow, round ribs which expand
but slightly towards the periphery of the disk, and are separated by
interspaces wider than the ribs, the surface also sculptured by num-
erous fine, concentric growth lines which are more prominent than
those on the right valve; ears crossed by very fine lines of growth.
Height 32 mm.; length 34 mm.; apical angle of left valve approxi-
mately 125°.

Type: Left valve No. 19 (L. S. J. U. Type collection) from L. S.
J. U. Geol. Surv. Loc. 860, upper beds of the Vaqueros sandstones,
Santa Inez Mountains, Santa Barbara County, California; H. J. Haw-
ley collector, Vaqueros Miocene; Paratype: right valve No. 22 (L.
S. J. U. Type collection), same locality.

Pecten hawleyi Hertlein resembles P. sanctaecruzensis Arnold, but
the present species is smaller, has a greater number of ribs, and has
more prominent concentric sculpture on both valves than P. sanctae-
cruzensis.

At the type locality P. hawleyi Hertlein is associated with:
Pecten vanvlecki Arnold, Rapana -vaquerosensis Arnold, Turritella in-
ezana Conrad.

This species is named in honor of Mr. H. J. Hawley who collected
the type specimen.

Pecten (Patinopecten) kernensis Hertlein, new species
Plate 4, figure 3.

Shell large, slightly arched, moderately thick. Right valve orna
mented by about 22 to 24 fairly high, flattish topped, round edged,
radiating ribs of unequal size, separated by slightly rounded inter-
spaces which are narrower than the ribs, many of the interspaces
sculptured by a tiny midrib, whole surface ornamented by fine con-
centric lines of growth; anterior ear large, bearing a large byssal
notch, ear ornamented by about 4 or 5 radiating riblets crossed by
concentric lines of growth; posterior ear ornamented by about 6
radiating riblets crossed by concentric lines of growth. Height ap-
proximately 93 mm.; length approximatley 93 mm.; length of hinge
line 57 mm.; apical angle approximately 100°.

Type: Right valve, No. 128 (L. S. J. U. Type collection), from
Loc. 150 (L. 8. J. U.) Pyramid Hill, 3 miles northwest of mouth of
Kern River Canyon, Kern County, California; W. D. Kleinpell col-
lector. Monterey, Miocene.

Pecten kernensis differs from P. propatulus Conrad, and P. oregon-
ensis Howe, in the more numerous, unequal ribs, and less numerous,
coarser ribs on the posterior ear of the present species. From P. cau-
rinus Gould, P. kernensis is distinguished by the narrower ribs and
strongly sculptured ears.

A species very similar to or identical with P. kernensis has been
reported from the Miocene of Lincoln County, Oregon, by H. V. Howe.

Pecten (Amusium) condoni Hertlein, new species
Plate 4, figures 8, 9.

Shell of medium size, subcircular, equivalve, equilateral, some-
what compressed, of moderate thickness. Right valve ornamented
by about 16 smooth, faint, radiating ribs which broaden rapidly as the
shell becomes larger, at the ventral margin being about two or three
times as wide as the very slight interspaces; whole surface of shell
ornamented by concentric lines of growth, these in some specimens
quite pronounced and in others almost wholly lacking; ears small,
obliquely truncated, a very slight byssal notch present on the an-
terior ear, ears sculptured by numerous fine concentric lines of
growth. Left valve slightly more globose at the umbo, sculptured
much as right. Interior of valves ribbed. Height 73 mm.; length
73 mm.; hinge line approximately 25 mm. in length; apical angle ap-
proximately 105°.

This species is known to attain a size of 85 mm. in height and
90 mm. in length.

Type: No. 15 (lL. S. J. U. Type collection); Paratype: No. 18
(L. S. J. U. Type collection), from Loc. 148 (lL. S. J. U==N. P. 44), at
dam No. 35, West Wishkah River, Washington; H. Hannibal collector,
Montesano, Miocene.

Pecten condoni is different in appearance from any other Amusium
described from the West Coast Tertiary. The Amusiums are probably
of Oriental derivation and living species of Amusiwm are now found
in Oriental waters.

Pecten condoni Hertlein is associated with; Venerella oregonensis
Conrad.

This species is named in memory of Dr. Condon, professor of
Geology at the University of Oregon. The writer has adopted the
manuscript name ot Arnold and Hannibal.

Buccinum jordani Hertlein, new species

Plate 3, figure 3.

Shell large, robust, rather heavy, spire moderately elevated, api-
cal angle approximately 65°; whorls about 6, flattish, in nowise an-
gulate, separated by appressed sutures, sculptured by about 25 nar-
row, Slightly wavy, incised grooves; axial sculpture consisting of
lines of growth only; base evenly convex with sculpture similar to
that of whorls; a pronounced siphonal fasciole present; canal ap-
parently rather short; inner lip within bearing a thin callous. Height
approximately 75 mm.; width of body whorl 44 mm.

Type: No. 130 (lL. S. J. U. Type collection), from Loe. 152 (L.
S. J. U.) 8 miles up Sylvia Creek, Montesano, Washington; H. Hanni-
bal collector. Montesano, Miocene.

The broadly rounded whorls distinguish this from any other species
of Buccinum on the west coast.

Buccinum jordani occurs at the type locality associated with
Chrysodomus hannibali Hertlein.

This species is named in honor of Mr. B. K. Jordan.

Chrysodomus hannibali Hertlein, new species
Plate 3, figure 4.

Shell moderately large, with about 5 or 6 whorls, separated by
slightly channeled sutures; semitabulate spire, apical angle approxi-
mately 65°; body whorl with 4 angles each marked by a heavy en-
circling cord, on the whorls of the spire but two angles and two cords
are visible, in addition to the major cords the whorls are also sculp-
tured by numerous, low, flat-topped, spiral ridges, separated by sharply
incised lines, columella calloused and smooth. Height approximately
65 mm.; width of body whorl approximately 43 mm.

Type: No. 129 (L. S. J. U. Type collection); from Loc. 152 (lL.
S. J. U.) 8 miles up Sylvia Creek, Montesano, Washington; H. Hanni-
bal collector. Montesano, Miocene.

The body whorl with 4 angles each marked by a heavy encircling
cord distinguish this species from other Chrysodomes.

Chrysodomus hannibali occurs at the type locality with Buccinum
jordani Hertlein.

This species is named in honor of Mr. Harold Hannibal whose
work has added valuable information to the knowledge of west coast
stratigraphy.

Pecten (Chlamys) hodgei Hertlein, new species
Plate 4, figures 1, 2.

Shell of medium size, higher than long, slightly compressed,
equilateral. Right valve ornamented by over 19 radiating ribs which
are largely bifid and often have a small riblet on each side of the
large ribs, the ribs toward the margins, become finer, interspaces
somewhat rounded, showing very fine pitted surfaces, sculptured
by a small intercalary riblet, ribs and riblets bearing fine, scattered,
sharp, imbricating spines; sides of valve nearly straight, ventral mar-
gin regularly rounded; ears unequal, the anterior much larger than
the posterior, anterior ear ornamented by about 5 or 6 coarse, radiating
riblets which are crossed by concentric lines of growth, byssal
notch large; posterior ear small in proportion to the large anterior
ear, ornamented by about 9 small, radiating riblets which are crossed
by concentric lines of growth. The ornamentation of the left valve
consists of alternating large and small ribs but the ribbing is much
finer than on the right valve. Height 47 mm.; length 40 mm.;
diameter of right valve approximately 8 mm.; length of hinge line of
right valve 25 mm.; apical angle of right valve approximtaely 87°.

Type: Right valve No. 20 (L. S. J. U. Type collection); Para-
type: left valve No. 21 (L. S. J. U. Type collection), from Loc. F-6
(L. S. J. U. Geol. Surv.), Coalinga Region, Sec. 20, T. 19 S, R. 15 H,
California; F. P. Vickery and P. L. Henderson collectors. Santa Mar-
garita, Miocene.

Pecten hodgei appears to be closely related to P. halimensis
Makiyama from the Pliocene of Japan, but it differs in that it has
less numerous ribs which are more distinctly bifid, than in the species
described by Makiyama. From P. opuntia Dall, P. hodgei differs in
having the ribs bifid and arranged in pairs, rather than numerous,
closely but irregularly spaced, rounded, and not bifid; the margins
of P. opuntia are rounded and not straight as in the present species.
From P. jordani Arnold, P. hodgei differs in having more numerous, .
rounder ribs, which on the right valve become bifid much earlier in
the growth of the shell. From P. hericius Gould, P. hodgei differs in

having less numerous ribs, narrower, less high, and generally finer,
and the shell possesses straighter margins in the present species.
From P. egregius Nomland, P. hodgei is distinguished by having more
numerous ribs which are differently ornamented in the present species.

Pecten hodgei at the type locality is associated with Ostrea titan
Conrad, Pecten crassicardo Conrad, Pecten raymondi Clark.

This species is named in honor of Dr. a T. Hodge, professor of
Geology at the ECSU, of Oregon.

Pecten (Pseudamusium) vancouverensis fernandoensis Hertlein,
new subspecies

Plate 4, figures 6, 7.

Shell small, somewhat compressed, pearly. Right valve sculp-
tured by numerous submicroscopic radiating ribs which are crossed
by concentric lines forming crosshatched sculpture on the shell, at
each intersection a tiny node is developed; the anterior ear is well
developed and ornamented by about 5 or 6 radiating ribs crossed by
concentric lines of growth, posterior ear ornamented by radiating rib-
lets crossed by concentric lines of growth. Left valve with sculpture
similar to that of right, the ears of the left valve are well developed
and sculptured similar to that of the right valve. There are about 7 to
9 slight, concentric undulations which are more noticeable on the
interior casts of the valves than on the exterior of the valves. Height
16 mm.; length 14 mm.; diameter of left valve approximately 3 mm.;
length of hinge line of left valve approximately 10 mm.; apical
angle of left valve approximately 90°.

This species attains a size of 20 mm. in height and 20 mm. in
length.

Type: Left valve No. 16 (L. S. J. U. Tyve collection), from one-
fourth mile south of Taylor well No. 1, and one and one-half miles
north of Ventura (on Ventura River) California; A. W. Ambrose col-
lector, Fernando Pliocene; Paratype: Right valve, No. 17, (L. S. J.
U. Type collection) from Loc. 155 (L. S. J. U.) drill core from depth
of 2,800 feet, about 4,500 feet northwest of Signal Hill, 500 feet east
of Orange Avenue and 750 feet north of Willow Street, Long Beach,
California. Lower Fernando, Lower Pliocene.

Pecten vancouverensis fernandoensis Hertlein is distinguished from
P. vancouverensis Whiteaves, by more distinct crosshatched sculpture
and usually larger size. P vancouverensis fernandoensis is distin-
guished from P. vancouverensis sanjuanensis Clark, by finer sculpture
and larger size in the present species. P. vancouverensis fernandoen-
sis differs from P. pedroanus Trask, in its characteristic crosshatched
sculpture. P. vancouverensis fernandoensis differs from P. randolphi
var. tillamookensis Arnold, in that the present species has small nodes
developed at the intersection of the crosshatched sculpture, while the
variety described by Arnold has finer striae ornamentation on the
valves.

Leland Stanford Junior University.

Plate 3.

Fig. 1. Uptonia silviesi Hertlein, new species, approximately four-fifths natural
size; type, No. 99 (L. S. J. U. Type Coll.) from Loc. 27 (L. S. J. U.), dark red
sandstone, Section 7, T. 20 S., R. 30 E., Tim Donovan’s ranch near Silvies River, 18
miles north of Burns in Harney County, Oregon. Charmouthian, Middle Lower
Jurassic.

Fig. 2. Uptonia silviesi Hertlein, new species, approximately natural size;
ventral view of same specimen as Fig. 1.

Fig. 3. Buccinum jordani Hertlein, new species, approximately natural size;
type No. 130 (L. S. J. U. Type Coll.) from Loc. 152 (L. S. J. U.) 8 miles up Sylvia
Creek, Montesano, Washington; Montesano, Miocene.

Fig. 4. Chrysodomus hannibali Hertlein, new species, approximately natural
size; type No. 129 (L. S. J. U. Type Coll.) from Loc. 152 (L. S. J. U.), 8 miles up
Sylvia Creek, Montesano, Washington; Montesano, Miocene.

Fig. 5. Uptonia silviesi Hertlein, new species, approximately natural size; cross-
section of largest whorl of type specimen.

Plate 4.

Fig. 1. Pecten (Chlamys) hodgei Hertlein, new species, approximately five-
sixths natural size; paratype, left valve, No. 21 (L. S. J. U. Type Coll.) from Loc.
F-6 (L. S. J. U. Geol. Surv. Coalinga Region), Sec. 20, T. 19 S., R. 15 E., California;
Santa Margarita, Upper Miocene.

Fig. 2. Pecten (Chlamys) hodgei Hertlein, new species, approximately five-
sixths natural size; type, right valve No. 20 (L. S. J. U. Type Coll.) from same
Loc. as Fig. 1.

Fig. 3. Pecten (Patinopecten) kernensis Hertlein, new species, approximately
natural size; type, right valve, No. 128 (lL. S. J. U. Type Coll.) from Loe. 150
(L. S. J. U.), Pyramid Hill, 3 miles northwest of Mouth of Kern River Canyon,
Kern County, California; Monterey, Miocene.

Fig. 4. Pecten (Pecten) hawleyi Hertlein, new species, approximately natural
size; paratype, right valve, No. 22 (L. S. J. U. Type Coll.) from Loc. (L. S. J. U.
Geol. Surv. Loc. 860) upper beds of the Vaqueros sandstones, Santa Inez mountains,
Santa Barbara County, California; Vaqueros, Lower Miocene.

Fig. 5. Pecten (Pecten) hawleyi Hertlein, new species, approximately natural
size; type left valve, No. 19 (L. S. J. U. Type Coll.) from same Loc. as Fig. 4.

' Fig. 6. Pecten vancouverensis fernandonesis Hertlein, new subspecies, approxi-
mately five-sixths natural size; paratype, right valve, No. 17 (L. S. J. U. Type Coll.)
from drill core from depth of 2,800 feet, about 4,500 feet northwest of Signal Hill,
500 feet east of Orange Avenue and 750 feet north of Willow Street, Long Beach,
California; Fernando, Lower Pliocene.

Fig. 7. Pecten vancouverensis fernandoensis Hertlein, new subspecies, approxi-
mately five-sixths satural size; type, left valve, No. 16 (L. S. J. U. Type Coll.)
from Loc. 155 (L. S. J. U.) one-fourth miles south of Taylor well No. 1, and one
and one-half miles north of Ventura (on Ventura River), California; Fernando, Lower
Pliocene.

Fig. 8. Pecten (Amusium) condoni Hertlein, new species, approximately five-
sixths natural size; paratype, left valve, No. 18 (L. S. J. U. Type Coll.) from Loe.
148 (L. S. J. U.=N. P. 44) at dam No. 35 West Wishkah River, Washington,
Montesano, Miocene.

Fig. 9. Pecten (Amusium) condoni Hertlein, new species, approximately five-
sixths natural size; type, No. 15 (lL. S. J. U. Type Coll.) Loc. same as Fig. 8.
Montesano, Miocene.

Plate 3.

Plate 4.

ERG

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PLANT NOTES—III*
PHILIP A. MUNZ

Unless otherwise indicated all specimens cited in this paper are
in the Herbarium of Pomona College, Claremont, California.

4 Polystichum mohrioides (Bory) Presl, var. scopulinum (D. C.

Eaton) Fernald. Rhodora 26:89. 1924.

Polystichum scopulinum (D. C. Haton) Maxon. Fern. Bull. 8:29.
1900.

To the two stations given by Munz & Johnston (Am. Fern Jour.
12:102. 1922) can be added a third one: Bluff Lake, San Bernardino
Mts., Johnston, July 5, 1924, at 7,600 ft. alt.

Woodsia scopulina D. C. Haton. Can. Nat. II, 12:90. 1865.

On August 24, 1922 this fern was collected with W. oregana D. C.
Eaton about rocks and ledges at Dollar Lake, San Bernardino Mts., at
9,250 ft. alt., and, the two species not being distinguished, was dis-
tributed as oregana, Munz 6237, (Munz & Johnston, Am. Fern Jour.
12:74. 1922). This is the first collection of W. scopulina from Southern
California. In this connection it may be stated that the report of
W. oregana from near Rock Creek, San Gabriel Mts., (Davidson &
Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 15. 1923) is based on specimens, collected by Hasse
& Davidson in 1906, of Cystopteris fragilis (u.) Bernh., a species which
simulates Woodsia when it grows about rock-crevices on dry slopes,
but which can of course be distinguished by its hooded indusium.

Botrychium Lunaria (L.) Swartz. Schrad. Jour. Bot. 2:110. 1800.

Reported from the San Antonio Mts. by Munz & Johnston (Am.
Fern Jour. 12:119. 1922), where it grows in the Coldwater Fork of
Lytle Creek. This undoubted material of B. Lunaria was referred to
B. simplex E. Hitch. by Davidson & Moxley (FI. So. Calif., 14, 1923).
B. Lunaria can now also be reported from the San Bernardino Mts.:
South Fork of the Santa Ana River, at 7,500-8,500 ft. alt., Munz 6164a
(included with B. simplex in Munz 6164, Am. Fern Jour. 12:120. 1922);
Lost Creek, at 9,400 ft., Munz & Johnson 8568; and South Fork of Mis-
sion Creek, at 8,500 ft., Mune & Johnston 8545.

A new station for B. simplex in the same range is Bluff Lake, 7,500
{t., Johnston, July 5, 1924.

Selaginella asprella Maxon. Smithson. Mis. Col. 72:6. 1920.

Heretofore known from the San Gabriel, San Bernardino, and San
Jacinto Mts. (Munz & Johnston, Am. Fern Jour. 13:2. 1923). On
Sept. 7, 1923 it was collected at 5,600 ft. alt. on a dry rocky ridge of
Santiago Peak, Santa Ana Mts., Orange Co., Munz 7744: and on May
16, 1925 about rocks near the summit of Monument Peak, Laguna Mts.,
San Diego Co., at about the same elevation, Munz 9683.

Scirpus nanus Spreng. Pug. 1:4. 1815.

Jepson (FI. Calif., 199. 1922) writes: “California material has
been referred here (Cucamonga, acc. Pac. R. Rep. 4:152; Honey Lake
Valley, Davy 3290), but the specimens are too young for certain deter-
mination.” The occurrence in California is questioned also by Britton
(Abrams, Ill. Fl. Pac. States 1:270. 1923). A collection of undoubted
material was made at about 7,000 ft. alt. on the alkaline shore of Bald-
win Lake, San Bernardino Mts., Johnston, Sept. 1, 1924, which has been
identified by Fernald and Johnston at the Gray Herbarium.

*The second paper of this series appeared in the Bull. So. Calif. Acad.
23:127-132. 1924.

Carex brevipes W. Boott. in S. Wats. Bot. Calif. 2:246. 1880.

Reported from the San Antonio Mts. (Johnston, Pl. World 22:82.
1919, Mackenzie, Erythea 8:55. 1922 and in Jeps. Fl. Calif., 227. 1922).
Abundant also in the San Bernardino Mts. on dry slopes under pines:
Bluff Lake at 7,600 ft. alt., Johnston, July 5, 1924; seen but not col-
lected on dry slopes near Barton Flats, July 13,.1924 by Munz & John-
ston.

Chenopodium glaucum L. Sp. Pl. 220. 17538.

Common on alkaline flats along shore of Baldwin Lake in the
San Bernardino Mts., Johnston, July 5, 1924 and Sept. 2, 1924. The only
other report of the occurrence of this species in California that I have
been able to find in the literature is the Suisun Marshes (Greene, FI.
Fran., 167. 1895; Jeps., Fl. Calif., 431. 1914).

Lewisia brachycalyx Engelm., Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 7:400. 1868.

In addition to the well known stations in Bear Valley of the San
Bernardino Mts. (Robinson, Syn. Fl. 1, pt. 1:267. 1897; Jeps. Fl. Calif.,
479. 1914; Parish, Pl. World 20:212. 1917), this species can be recorded
from Cuyamaca Lake, San Diego Co., where two plants were collected on
May 11, 1924, Mune & McNeil 8128. On May 18, 1925 abundant ma-
terial with large purplish-veined flowers was collected by F. W. Peirson
and myself in moist open places on gentle slopes near the lake, Mwnz.
9760.

Lewisia nevadensis (Gray) Robinson, Syn. Fl. 1, pt. 1:268. 1897.
Lewisia bernardina Davidson. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 20:51. 1921.

As suggested by Robinson, 1. c., and Davidson, 1. ¢c., this species
is locally abundant in the San Bernardino Mts., growing in Bear Val-
ley about moist meadows with L. brachycalyx, as at “two miles east
of Bluff Lake,” 7,500 ft., Munz 5614, and Bluff Lake, Munz.8171. It
can be reported also from Mt. Pinos, Ventura Co., where a collection
was made in a cienega at 8,400 ft. alt., June 11, 1923, Munz 7022.

Arenaria saxosa Gray. Pl. Wright 2:18. 1853.

A single plant, Hall 7672, was collected in the South Fork Meadows
on the San Bernardino Mts. (Hall, Zoe 5:264. 1908, reported as 7673;
Jeps., Fl. Calif., 488. 1914). It is by no means an uncommon plant on
half-dry slopes in the canyons of the main San Bernardino range, as
witnessed by the following collections: So. Fork of Santa Ana River,
6,300 ft., Peirson in 1922, Mune 6152, and at 7,800 ft., Munz 6168; Lost
Creek, at 6,600 ft., Munz & Johnston 8557; ‘Vivian Creek, at 7,200 ft.,
Munz 7623.

Arenaria serpyllifolia L. Sp. Pl. 423. 1758.

Reported from Claremont by Parish (Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 17:64.
1918 and 19:16. 1920). Collected May 27, 1924 at Colby’s Ranch, San
Gabriel Mts., at 3,200 ft. alt., Peirson 4622, where it is abundant along
ditches.

Stellaria crispa C. & S. Linnaea 1:51. 1826.

Reported by Hall from Round Valley, San Jacinto Mts. (Univ.
Calif. Pub. Bot. 1:79. 1902), but according to Jepson (FI. Calif., 485.
1914), it occurs in California only in the Northern Coast Ranges.
The following collections have been checked with material at the Gray
Herbarium and are to be referred to 8. crispa: Fish Creek, San Ber-
nardino Mts., at 7,600 ft. in shade of willows in a cienega, Munz &
Johnston 8541; South Fork of the Santa Ana, in a wet meadow at
8,500 ft., Munz 6171; High Creek, at 9,100 ft. on wet banks, Munz
7595. In the San Jacinto Mts., Deer Springs, meadow at 8,200 ft.,
Munz & Johnston 8737; Tamarack Valley, near stream at 9,200 ft..

Jaeger 1041; Round Valley, base of trees in wet meadow, Munz 6394;
and Tahquitz Valley, Mrs. Wilder 239. While I have not seen the
specimens of S. borealis or its var. Bongardiana Fernald cited by Jep-
son, l. c., from Southern California and by Parish (Zoe 4:162. 1893 &
Pl. World 20:213. 1917), I suspect that they belong largely to the
same species as the plants which I am referring to S. crispa. What
material I have seen from our southern mountains certainly does not
check with Fernald’s description of S. borealis and the variety (Rho-
dora 16:150. 1914).

Lesquerella Kingii Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 23:251. 1888.

The distribution for this species as given by Payson (Ann. Mo.
Bot. Gard. 8:216. 1921) includes Telescope Peak, Panamint Mts. as
the only California locality. Material kindly determined by Payson as
belonging to this species was collected in flower at the east end of the
Bear Lake, San Bernardino Mts. on May 16, 1924, Peirson 4600, and
in fruit Johnston, July 6, 1924. This is undoubtedly the L. Palmeri
Wats. of Parish (Pl. World 21:220. 1918) and his Lesquerella sp.
(Pl. World 20:215. 1917).

Cleome serrulata Pursh. Fl. Am. Sept., 441. 1814.

Reported from Barstow by Parish (Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 14:15.
1915 and 19:19. 1920). A single plant was found April 20, 1924 in a
recently cleared field about one mile north of Claremont, Los Angeles
Co., Munz & Estes 8152.

Saxifraga arguta D. Don. Trans. Linn. Soc. 13:356. 1822.
Saxifraga punctata of authors generally, not S. punctata L.

Reported long ago from Dry Lake, San Bernardino Mts., at 9,000
ft. alt., Mrs. Wilder, June 1904 (Parish, Bot. Gaz. 38:460. 1904). Not
collected in Southern California again until the summer of 1924 when it
was found to be common locally on wet banks of Fish Creek, San Ber-
nardino Mts., at 8,200 ft. alt., Munz & Johnston 8490 and on Lost Creek,
7,500 ft., Mune & Johnston 8604.

Philadelphus pumilus Rydb. No. Am. Fl. 22:173. 1905.

Philadelphus serpyllifolius Gray of Hall, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 1:
83. 1902.

In the San Jacinto Mts. this plant has been known only from the
Round Valley side, Hall. l. c., & Jaeger 1015 (Pomona, Univ. Calif.,
Herb.). It occurs also in Dark Canyon on rocky ledges at 7,500 ft.
alt., Mune & Johnston 8738. The flowers are pure white, not ochroleu-
cous as claimed by Rydb, 1. ec.

Euonymus Parishii Trelease, Syn. Fl. 1 pt. 1:397. 1897 and Trans.
St. Louis Acad. 5:354. 1899.

This shrub has been known in the San Jacinto Mts., from a can-
yon “opening into Strawberry Valley from the east” at about 6,000
ft. alt. (Parish, Muhlenbergia 7:77. 1911; Hall, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot.
1:93. 1902). On May 18, 1924 it was collected on a springy hillside
in a small canyon north of Dark Canyon and about 18 miles from
Banning on the Banning-Idyllwild Road, Mune 8148. On July 27,
1924 it was found to be frequent along the stream in Dark Canyon from
5,300 to 6,500 ft., Mune & Johnston 8790. It is known also from several
collections in Palomar and Cuyamaca Mts., (Parish, l. ec. & Munz 9798).

Pyrola asarifolia Michx. Var. incarnata (Fisch.) Fernald. Rho-
dora 6:178. 1904.

The report of the occurrence of this species on Vivian Creek, San
Bernardino Mts. (Munz, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 23:129. 1924) can be
supplemented by that of three additional collections in the same range
but on the north side of San Gorgonio Peak rather than the south:
Fish Creek, at 7,600 ft., Munz & Johnston 8540, locally abundant in
shade of willows in wet meadow; Lost Creek, at 7,400 ft., Mune & John-
ston 8566, on mossy banks; and East Fork of Lost Creek at 9,300 ft.,
Munz & Johnston 8582, where common under willows. Pyrola minor
L. (Munz, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 23:130. 1924) was also collected among
the east fork of Lost Creek, at 9,000 to 9,200 ft., Munz & Johnston
8583, in a shaded canyon bottom.

Gilia maculata Parish. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 19:93. 1892.

Linanthus maculatus Milliken, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 2:55. 1904.

Two collections of this species have been known, both from near
Palm Springs (Agua Caliente): one by W. G. Wright in 1889 and one
by Mrs. Wilder (Parish, Muhlenbergia 3:124. 1907; neither of these col-
lections is represented at Pomona). On April 20, 1924 the species was
found in a sandy wash at Coyote Holes on the southern edge of the
Mohave Desert in the Little San Bernardino Mts., Munz 7941. The
small plants scarcely exceeded 3-4 cm. in length, were depressed, and
bore whitish flowers with pink inner markings.

Lappula echinata Gilibert. Fl. Lithuan. 1:25. 1781.
Collected as an adventive in a garden at Upland, Johnston, July
18, 1924. Not previously reported from the state.

y Plagiobothrys catalinensis (Gray) Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. 51. 546.
1916.

Plagiobothrys arizonicus var. catalinensis Gray, Synop. Fl. ed. 2, 2,
pt. 1:431. 1886.

Known previously only from Catalina Island (Johnston, Contr.
Gray Herb., N. S. 68:70. 1923). Collected April 10, 1923 on San Cle-
mente Island, Munz 6705, where it grew on gentle grassy slopes in the
center of the island. Determined by Johnston.

Plagiobothrys Jonesii Gray. Synop. Fl. ed. 2, 2, pt. 1:430. 1886.

Previously known only from collections in extreme eastern Cali-
fornia: near Needles, Jones in 1884, Munz & Harwood 3616; from
the Panamints (Coville, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 4:164. 1893); and
Inyo Co. (Brandegee, acc. to Johnston, in lit.). A considerable ex-
tension of range is therefore represented by a collection made in a
wash coming from the Newberry Mts., about seven miles east of
Daggett, San Bernardino Co., April 6, 1924, Munz & Keck 7850.

Mentha Pulegium L. Sp. Pl. 557. 1753.

This species has been known in the central and northern portions
of the state of California. It can now be reported from Mesa Grande,
San Diego Co., at 2,300 ft. alt., Mary F. Spencer 23538.

Monardella macrantha Gray. Proc. Am. Acad. 11:100. 1876.

At the time of Johnston’s paper on the San Antonio Mts. (Pl.
World 22:71-90, 105-122. 1919) this species was not known from the
range, though it had been reported from the more western part of
the San Gabriel Mts. (Grinnell, Lorquinia 2:13. 1917). It has now been
found near the head of Evey Canyon, a branch on the west side of
San Antonio Canyon, Johnston, Aug. 18, 1924. :

Artemisia tridentata subsp.* nova (Nelson) Hall & Clements,
Carneg. Inst. Pub. 326:137. 1923.

Artemisia nova Nelson. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 27:274. 1900.

Reported by Hall & Clements, 1. c., from Inyo Co. Collected at
head of Johnson Grade near Doble, San Bernardino Mts., where it is
common on open stony ridges at 6,800 ft. alt. and grows 1-2 ft. tall,
Johnston, Sept. 1, 1924.

*While I do not care to use the subspecies category instead of the
variety, I do so here and:in the next case, simply because this hardly
seems the place to make the necessary new combinations.

Aster frondosus (Nutt.) T. & G. Fl. No. Am. 2:165. 1841.
Brachyactis frondosa Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 8:647. 1873.

The first station to be reported from Southern California is Bald-
win Lake, San Bernardino Mts., where the species was collected May
15, 1924 on the moist alkaline shore, Peirson 4595; and by Johnston,
July 5, 1924.

\~ Chrysothamnus Parryi subsp. asper (Greene) Hall & Clements,
Carneg. Inst. Pub. 326:200. 1923.

Chrysothamnus asper Greene, Leaflets Bot. Obs. 1:80. 1904.

Reported by Hall and Clements from as far south as Alamo Mt.,
Ventura Co. Collected between Arrastre Flats and Saragosa Spring,
San Bernardino Mts., at 7,500 ft. alt., J. M. Johnston, Sept. 1, 1924.
It is there locally frequent under pines as a low lax spreading shrub,
0.5-1.5 ft. tall.

Erigeron lonchophyllus Hook., Fl. Bor. Am. 1:18. 1834.

J have found no reference to the occurrence of this species in
Southern California. The following collections can be reported, all
from the San Bernardino Mts.: Big Meadows, Hall 7592, in 1906
(Univ. Calif. Herb., distributed as H. divergens), Munz & Johnston
8509, at 7,000 ft., July 14, 1924, and Munz & Johnston 8656, at 7,100 ft.,
July 16, 1924; South Fork of Santa Ana River, at 7,600 ft., Aug. 22,
1922, Munz 6172.

Lygodesmia spinosa Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. N. S. 7:444. 1841.
Previously known in our region only from the San Gabriel Mts.,
(Munz, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 23:132. 1924). It grows also on the desert
slopes of the San Bernardino Mts., where it was collected at 7,000 ft.

alt., on a slope of Gold Mt. near Baldwin Lake, 7. M. Johnston, July
5, 1924.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW PECTEN

FROM VENEZUELA, S. A.
By P. I. AGUERREVERE
Stanford University

Pecten (Lyropecten) arnoldi, n. sp.

Description: Shell slightly broader than high, subequilateral,
subequivalve, medium thickness, submargins with fine, close, undulat-
ing growth lines; base rounded; sides slightly curving out near the
ends. Right valve slightly nodose in the first stages of growth; with
nine or ten broad flat ribs with three or four flat riblets; interspaces
slightly narrower than the ribs with one prominent riblet in the center
and a minor one on either side, the interspacial riblets being much
more prominent than those on the ribs; the whole surface is covered
with undulating concentric lines of growth which almost obliterate
all other sculpture near the periphery. Anterior ear less than one
and one tenth times as large as the posterior, with four radiating
riblets; the whole ear is covered with fine, close, growth lines be-
coming stronger towards the end; byssal notch not very prominent;
byssal area with concentric area of growth only. Posterior ear
squarish, somewhat rounded in the rear, with very faint or no riblets,
but with a stronger concentric sculpture than the anterior. Umbo
rather sharply pointed ending at the hinge line. Left valve re-
sembling the right except that it is slightly more nodose, the ribs
are narrower, and the interspaces are wider in proportion. The left
valve is slightly less arched than the right.

Dimensions of the type: altitude 210 mm.; longitude 218 mm.;
hinge line 115 mm.; diameter 95 mm.

Pecten nodosus Linnaeus of Margarita Island seems to be a descend-
ant of Pecten arnoldi. It retains the shape and the number of ribs, and
in a general way the sculpture of P. arnoldi but it is much more nodose.
The riblets of P. nodosus are more abundant and more prominent than
on P. arnoldi; however, the riblets in the interspaces are still only
three or four and are more prominent than those on the ribs. The
whole shell of P. nodosus has very fine and inconspicuous lines of
growth while P. arnoldi has very conspicuous growth lines. The an-
terior ear of P. nodosus still keeps the ribs found in P. arnoldi, but it
has besides a number of less prominent ones. The byssal area and
the posterior ear of P. nodosus have both radiating riblets and con-
centric lines, the former being more prominent than the latter; while
in P. arnoldi the riblets are very faint or do not exist at all.

Pecten arnoldi guerrevere. Type specimen. Right valve.
Slightly reduced.

Pecten subnodosus Sowerby of the Pacific Coast resembles P.
arnoldi in the general shape of the shell and the number of ribs;
however, the sculpture of P. swbnodosus consists of fine numerous rib-
lets equally distributed on the ribs and the interspaces, with few,
widely separated lines of growth. The byssal hinge and the an-
terior ear of P. swbnodosus are equally covered with many minor riblets:
while P. arnoldi has only concentric growth lines on the byssal area
and four riblets with concentric lines on the anterior ear. The pos-
terior ear of P. subnodosus has radiating riblets; that of P. arnoldi
has concentric sculpture. In its youth, P. swbnodosus resembles more
P. arnoldi than in its maturity; the interspacial riblets are then more
pronounced than those on the ribs; the anterior ear has only four
radiating riblets with concentric sculpture and the byssal area has only
concentric sculpture.

The type specimen of Pecten arnoldi was found 1 and % miles
east of the Castle of Cumana, State of Sucre, Venezuela, S. A.

This, the largest known species of Pecten, is very appropriately
named in honor of Ralph Arnold, in recognition of his contributions to
our knowledge of the Pecten group, and to the stratigraphy of the
Tertiary in California and Venezuela.

Horizon: probably Miocene.

P. I. AGUERREVERE
Stanford University.

FRINIING

HAS BEEN OUR BUSINESS
SINCE 1880

Service and Quality Combined
with Just Prices is the secret
that has enabled this firm to do
business for 45 years.

McBride Printing ore

261 - 263 So. Los Angeles St.

CTOEEELLLCEE CULO UCC LUCE
53
vo

FEET ETE

at
bd |

Inu Memoriam

William Henry Knight, one of the founders
and Past-President of the Southern California
Academy of Sciences, passed to the great
mystery May 12th, 1925. He was a veteran in
the cause of Science and Liberal Culture, a
painstaking student of Astronomy, with a
broad interest in every branch of knowledge,
a facile and lucid writer on many subjects of
vital interest. He was founder and for a num-
ber of years President of the Los Angeles
Astronomical Society. Before taking up his
residence in Southern California he was long
identified with the California Academy of
Science at San Francisco, and in that capacity
had the honor of naming Lake Tahoe and sug-
gesting to James Lick the bequest which
founded the Lick Observatory on Mount Ham-
ilton. Mr. Knight lived to the ripe age of
ninety years and maintained his mental ac-
tivity to the last, being scheduled for an ad-
dress before the Proximo Club within ten days
of the time if his demise as the result of an
automobile accident.

This momento is made and adopted by the
Southern California Academy of Sciences, and
ordered spread upon the minutes of the Acad-
emy in token of its high appreciation of Mr.
Knight’s beautiful life and character.

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy.
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to the Secretary
4699 MARMION WAY,
Los, Angeles, Cal., U. S. A.

Publications of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCHLLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2,
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No.

2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem-
ber-October; No. 6, November-December.

The 1925 issues to date are: Vol. XXIV, No. 1, January-April;
No. 2, May-August.

All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the
following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy

at the appended prices:

Vol. 1, No. 1. January,
ee 1, “ 2. February,
= 8 i, dwlby,
cs A ee Vlanehie
7 4, “ 5. May
BB, awby,

i 7, “ 1. January,
a So Al, aOR AY,
a 9, S Be» yuby

Aon aan) ae ose ABU hia

So UA Sle deiner,
S alpy 2 NS = dennEnay,
Soren LR Ne sees tiger tel AU Ni

A l4 aL, AeA
Phi AUS aie aah Paes A FBT
3G, il daimuEAy,
cl, Be Thy,

SS Ae gio pee Deiat ye
AS ak Ue NAA,
PAS Se Ae afl,

ce 1g, ke, Jay,
ae 1 Aa October
CPD, Sk, Ae,
SN), Ae NUS,
«20, “ 3. December,
Co mil 8 Al Mile ln,
ee 2 ee AO) CLODET:
ced 2h le arelis
Se DOs Gia cchteuO eealee NU a5

ee BS, IL, HanaleneAy,
CC BS OB IMIETEClA,
CR, SO Be Mla,

ee ey oe as ally
“23, “ 5. September,
“23, “ 6. November,
me IL, Aaa eY,
Me SB, MIA.

WOO 2 eae ce eae ea $1.00
LD Oe iae ee ats ea eee 1.00
US (2) 22s ee ace as ek 25
iO Oo See eee 75
ED Sigg ete ate nee eee 25
ANS Oi Stee fa eet oak ae 25
EES () Soy. ste 2 eo Se Eee ese eae 75
ED OAL OES aS eee oe eae 75
QAO sso Sd ae ie 75
OO I he aa aS re 75
EOFS Soe Mean ee oe ce ae eee 50
RISE Sieh ee ees es San ec 75
OMA EEE Seer at ate Rise 75
a Te LS yerces ampere eae Nee are es NES 2s 75
UNG BN it eee ea eter ae ct 50
HOUT ee eee es Se eS eee 75
DOU ers oan ek IE De ee 1.00
POS ees Ee eee 75
OE AS oem ee eee etn 1.00
DQ QUE te ioe IS 2 ee eee 75
92 OS ee ien Sele Me he ee need 25
BUS Use UE a baa UU 25
SO Oil ee er ee Pak ne 25
BUS a) ieee ee eee eee Se 25
A UA Bee ete oR A eat CG. 25
BS PA tate ear Ls 25
ENG 2 pie ea is Ws sae ae ore 25
ae eas ie iis ees ioe ele ae A ote
DS Pea eee terse em ee NUN 25
SOD Al Pret aba le x, Drees Spears 25
NG 2A cnet ee lee Sete 25
B12, ree WL REDS cea ace Oe 25
DUS ea ee ae Eats eta en ae es 25
9 (2) fis aN ce 2 Oe Sees Ieee 25
nS Si eee ee ye Uae a eR eas 25
S19 25 oe ter ta Sle eae st ae ee 25
ALD 215 eee eee ee te 25

The Academy is desirous of completing its files in certain issues
and will appreciate the donation of all numbers by members who have

no further use for back issues.
ing the above to:

Address all communications concern-

Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary

Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum
Los Angeles, California.

-B PLE TY N_ 6 ee THE

- Southern California
_ Academy of Sciences

“tos "ANGELES, CALIFORNIA -

“CONTENTS. :
: _ -Page
BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA = - Se GS 61

gn Cartas

Srupres | IN SF CRIC Coast LEPIDOPTERA
ze J. Av Comstock
ere Comaxpra NUDIFLORA - - - - - - 68
ees Dr. Anstruther Davidson :
Tue. Mrrrorotocy-or FiicHt CoNnpITIONs IN f
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA - - - - 69.
Dr. Ford A. ee erenter
|oTue Surussy } MALVASTRUMS OF SOUTHERN
CALIFORNIA (=> - - 81
Pradetake Bar! = tes

A New MALVASTRUM, CALIFORNIA = = = 88
Philip A. Munz

=
z

{
1
ON
Se)

.. Issued November 15, 1925,

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

=
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
IBA V BInTnTe Te AUNT Weg IS RAVAN ves ee Se ea President
DRA OEMS COMSTOCK — 2. ee ae Vice-President
WIPERS RINE EGR Se ee 2nd Vice-President
ID MMO ey” COMSTOCK te 1. Ue ee Secretary
AUR. Sig - Jigs JSS se a oA Oa Treasurer
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Gro. W. Parsons
Dr. WirtiaM A. BRYAN HERBERT J. GOUDGE
Dr. A. Davipson Dr. FRANK CLARK
Dr. Forp A. CARPENTER Dig. IX, JBL, Siavinea
WM. SPALDING
=
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. ArTHuR B. BENTON Dr. D. L. TASKER
Mr. B. R. BAUMGARDT ID, Ie Ce 1Loxey
Mr. R. F. Gross THEODORE PAYNE
a |
ASTRONOMICAL SECTION
Dr. Mars F. BAUMGARDT Wo. A. SPALDING
Chairman Secretary
BIOLOGICAL SECTION
Dig, IR. Jal, Saas Dr. WENDELL GREGG
Chairman Secretary
BOTANICAL SECTION
Dr. A. Davipson THEODORE PAYNE
Chairman Secretary

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. F. C. CLarxk, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. S. J. KEESE

Dr. Jonn A. Comstock Mr. GEorGE PARSONS
CHOLOGICNE SE CMON
Mr. E. E. Haprey Mr. GrorGe PARSONS
Chairman Secretary

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Dr. A. Davipson, Mr. GEorGE PARsSons

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Mr. WitiiAm A. SPALDING, Chairman

Joun A. Comstock, M.A., M.D., F.E.S. Mr. S. J. KEESE
ANSTRUTHER Davipson, C.M., M.D.
=

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
SoutHweEst MusEuM Los ANGELES, CAL.

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA

) a3
1s 2 ; MARGINED DOG-FACE
CALIFORNIA DOG FACE Fiamtiine lorm ‘2 eurydice bernardino.
in, : ;
| ae 6
> ® = - S44
\ 7 é ‘ y
ge 4 5 , a
BE CALIFORNIA DOG-FACE ai :
ROSEATE DOG FACE = Zeurydice F ZEEC CULL AICE interrelate foim

Z. caes@ria-rosa

, ‘ Z.eucydice anorphae
CLOUDED POG-FACE Z. eurydice @ CUcY
Z.eurydice emorphae. SOLE SESE: a Extreme form.

Z.caesonia &
Urdec Side.

SOUTHERN DOG- FACE

| SOUTHERN DOG-FAC
Zerere Caesoncd THE DOG-FACES Zerene caesenta F

“All figures slightly reduced.

| babar

PPE ANK AS

(3A Ligon
WAR DWT

BUTTERFLIES OF CALIFORNIA— (Continued)
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK
Genus CATOPSILIA. Hiibner

The Sulphurs

The CLOUDLESS SULPHUR is represented in California by a
race which we have called the SENNA SULPHUR (Catopsilia eubule
sennae Linn.) This brightly colored and agile butterfly is a familiar
sight as it dodges through the gardens of Southern California in search
of the Cassias on which its larvae feed. On account of its rapid flight
it is secured more readily by breeding.

The larvae may be taken feeding upon the leaves and blossoms
of the several species of Cassia which have been introduced as
ornamental shrubs in our parks and gardens,—and are also occasionally
found on clover.

It is interesting to note the changes of color assumed by the cater-
pillar, which takes on an orange shade when indulging in the bright
petals of the Cassia blossoms, and is a vivid green when feeding on
the leaves.

An albinic female of this butterfly is rarely met with. This form
was named pallida by Cockerell. Occasionally examples are found
which show only a partial tendency toward albinism. One such speci-
men is figured in our plate 13 (Fig. 4), but the engraver has un-
fortunately made the figure more yellow than in the actual specimen.
Plate 13 will be shown in the next issue of the Bulletin. It pictures
both sexes of this interesting butterfly. The Senna Sulphur is on
the wing from May to December, or until the first cold snap puts it
out of commission. It must produce several broods, to account for its
long season.

GENUS ZERENE Hubner.
The Dog-Faces

The California Dog-face (Zerene eurydice eurydice Bdv.) ranges
from Mendocino County in the north to our southern border. The
male of this species is one of our most beautiful butterflies. The
violet-rose suffusion occurring on the fore-wing, in certain lights is
difficult to portray, and must be seen in the lving specimen to be
fully appreciated. Several forms of this butterfly occur in California.
The Margined Dog-Face (Zerene eurydice bernardino Edw.) is limited
to the male sex, and is characterized by a black marginal band on the
secondaries. The Clouded Dog-Face (Zerene eurydice amorphae Hy.
Edw.) is a form of the female which shows a tendency toward the
markings of the common eastern species Z. caesonia. All intergrades
between this and the typical form occur, and occasionally specimens
are found with such a marked intensification of the dark border as
to be almost indistinguishable from Z. caesonia.

The food plant of the species is the falsa indigo or lead-plant
(Amorpha californica). It is double brooded, with captures recorded
from March to November.

Two aberrant forms of this butterfly have recently been described
by Mr. Jeane Gunder, and may be distinguished as follows:

The Pale Dog-Face (Zerene eurydice newcombi) is characterized
by a light yellow color in the place of the usual deep orange. It was
named for Mr. Hal Newcomb.

The Suffused Dog-Face (Zerene eurydice fanniae) named for Mrs.
Gunder, is an aberrant male in which a heavy black shading ob-
scures the cell and forward portion of the forewing, thus obliterating
the characteristic “dog-head.”

The Southern Dog-Face (Zerene caesonia stoll) is relatively rare
in California, and does not occur north of Los Angeles County. It
flies with the former species and undoubtedly has the same food plant.
In the eastern states, this butterfly produces a late fall brood which
is beautifully suffused on the underside with a rich pink or rose.
The Roseate Dog-Face (Zerene caesonia rosa, McNeill) has not been
reported for our state, possibly on account of the mild climate, but
a few specimens from Arizona show indications of this suffusion.

One of these specimens is figured on our plate XII (fig. 4). We
picture it in order that lepidopterists may be on the lookout for it
in our southern counties.

Plate XII, shown in this issue of the ‘Bulletin’ gives adequate
illustrations of our Dog-Faces, with most of the characteristic forms.

STUDIES IN PACIFIC COAST LEPIDOPTERA

(Continued )
DR. JOHN A. COMSTOCK

EIGHT NEW RACES, FORMS OR ABERRATIONS OF
CALIFORNIA BUTTERFLIES

Drs. Barnes and McDunnough, in their CONTRIBUTIONS, Vol.
3, No. 2, have pointed out the advisability of holding the name
eryngiui for the race of Caenonympha california, without ocelli, oecur-
ing in the vicinity of Soda Springs, Siskiyou County, California. They
have not, however, mentioned the fact that this race is seasonally
dimorphic as with C. california and galactinus.

Henry Edward’s original description of eryngii strongly indicates
that he is dealing with the summer form—which is “wanting the black
or dusky hairs at the base of the wings, the thorax and abdomen
being concolorous.” His comparison of the type with galactinus, iu
which the absence of this black powdering in the basal area is a con-
stant feature, further strengthens this opinion. His types were cal-
lected in August when the yellow form is predominant.

We are safe in presuming therefore that eryngii refers to the late
form, which leaves the white spring and early summer form without
a designation. We propose for this the name siskiyouensis, and record
it as follows:

Caenonympha california form siskiyouensis, form nov.

Expanse, ¢@ 11/8 inches. @ same.

4 Superior surface, primaries and secondaries, lustrous white,
even on the fringes, (which in typical california are usually darker
than the remainder of wing). A slight greyish powdering is noted
on the basal area of the primaries, but is less noticeable on second-
aries.

Inferior surface. Resembles typical california, the ground color
being white with a liberal maculation of brownish grey. There is,
however, a complete suppression of all ocelli. (One specimen shows
a slight hint of one or two points, as white dots, but not the true
ocellus with dark centers.) The dark band crossing the outer third
of the primary is slightly more crenated than in the typical form.

@ much the same as ¢@.

It must be noted that these forms emerge at a relatively later
period than is the case in the lowlands.

In other respects this form does not differ from typical california.

Types. ¢ holotype, Mt. Shasta, Calif., July 19, 1921. @ allotype,
Shasta Retreat, Siskiyou Co., Calif., June 1-7. Coll. Barnes. Para-
types Nos. 1 and 2, Siskiyou Co., Calif., July 28, 1923. Nos. 3, 4, and
5, Shasta Retreat, Siskiyou Co., Calif., June 8-15. Coll. Barnes. The
holotype and paratypes 1 and 2 in the collection of the Southwest
Museum. Allotype, and paratypes, 3 to 5 in the collection of Dr. William
Barnes.

Our color plate 18, figure 11 shows the superior surface of our
4 holotype, and fig. 12, paratype No. 2.

In CONTRIBUTIONS, Vol. 3, No. 2, Drs. Barnes and McDunnough
state that the type series of Argynnis purpurascens Hy. Edw. in the
American Museum contains a ¢ of a form'of hydaspe and 99 of zerene,
and they have appropriately restricted the type to the dark male from
Soda Springs, Siskiyou County, California.

Both hydaspe and zerene show these dark northern forms. It
seems to us inconsistent to apply the name purpurascens to torms of
two different species within a genus, and we therefore propose to
designate the purplish form of zerene as:

Argynnis zerene form conchyliatus form nov. naming it for the
purple shell from which the royal purple dyes were made in the
days of the Roman Empire.

Our figures 1 and 2 on color plate 25 give such accurate delinea-
tion of the under side of botk sexes of this form, that a lengthy
description is unnecessary. It is sufficient to state that the superior
surface in both sexes is scmewhat heavier marked than in the typical
examples, and the inferior surfaces are more deeply overlaid with
rich brown, in which a purplish sheen is detected. This purplish
color is more marked in the female.

The buff band internal to submarginal silver lunules on inferior
surface is markedly restricted. Both sexes are well silvered. Our
figure 1 shows the under surface of ¢ holotype, and figure 2 the same

aspect of 9 allotype.

Types. ¢ holotype, Mt. Shasta, Calif., July 19, 1921. 9 allotype,
Northern California, no date, collected by Cottle. Paratypes Nos. 1
to 4, @4 Shasta Co., Calif, June 4th to July 10th. Nos. 5 to 8,
Shasta Retreat, Siskiyou Co. Calif., June 16 to July 15, Coll. Barnes.
Paratypes Nos. 9 to 12, 99 Shasta and Humboldt Counties, Calif., July
5 to August 11, 1923. Nos. 13 to 16, Shasta Retreat, Siskiyou Co., Calif.,
July 1 to August 23. Coll. Barnes.

Holotype, allotype, and paratypes Nos. 1 to 4 and 9 to 12 in the
Southwest Museum Collection. Paratypes Nos. 5 to 8 and 13 to 16, in
the collection of Dr. William Barnes, Decatur, Il.

Dr. Oberthur’s publication of Boisduval’s types of Argynnis hy-
daspe (Etudes de Lepidopterologie Comparee, Fasc. IX, Part 2), con-
vineces us that these were collected in the Sierran foothills at some
point about midway of the species range within the state.

This species shows a tendency toward intensification of the dark
colors and a widening of the black bands, in the northern limits of
its range, the extreme of which finds expression in the form rhodope.

A reverse tendency is evidenced in its southern extension. We
are indebted to Mr. W. H. Ireland for a series of specimens from the
Greenhorn Mountains, which are the southernmost limit of its range.

These carry the ‘lightening’ to an extreme point, and give us a
form which is worthy of special designation. For this form we pro-
pose the name:

Argynnis hydaspe form viridicornis form nov.
Expanse, ¢ 2 1/16 inches. 9 2% inches.

g superior surface, much as in typical hydaspe but the dark mark-
ings are reduced in intensity. Two fine marginal lines are apparent
on primaries, which in the typical form tend to fuse as a wide mar-
ginal band. Internal to this is a row of seven lunules. In the typical
form these are usually fused, thus enclosing 6 ovals, a feature that
is particularly noticeable in Oberthur’s type figure 2,200. Internal
to this row of iunules is the usual row of six round spots. Medial
to this is the usual irregular crenated band, but in our form this is
reduced in width and is less indented than in the typical examples.
The bars crossing cell are also restricted in width. The medial half
of primaries is more nearly uniform in ground color with the re-
mainder of the wing than is the case with the typical form. On the
secondaries the principal difference lies in the reduction in width of
the irregular band crossing the middle area of the wing. This is
well brought out in our figure 4, color plate 25.

Inferior surface. This aspect of the butterfly is markedly dif-
ferent from the typical form, in the fact that the light buff shade is
much increased, and is extended inward on the primaries to the cell,
and also on the secondaries where it reaches the basal area.

The ovals and lunules (which in most of our Argynnids are sil-
vered) are increased in area, and are of the usual creamy-buff shade.

Our figure 6 shows the under-side of the holotype ¢, figure 8, the
same aspect of allotype 9, all shown on color plate 25, to be subse-
quently run in the “Bulletin.”

Types. Holotype ¢ Greenhorn Mountains, Calif., July, 1923, W.
H. Ireland. Allotype 9, same locality, date, and collector. 3 para-
types, all taken at the same place, on the same date, by Mr. Ireland.
Two of these will be deposited in the Barnes collection. The re-
mainder are in the collection of the Southwest Museum.

Mr. J. E. Cottle of San Francisco has loaned us an Argynnid which
seems so radically different from any other member of the genus
occurring in our state that I venture to describe it, notwithstanding
the fact that at present it is a unique example.

Argynnis cottlei sp. nov.

@ superior surface, primaries. Color and general markings some-
what as in hippolyta, but the dark spots and bands are relatively
heavier. Fringes cream, except at ends of nervules where they are
dark. The marginal lines, which in our examples of hippolyta are
double, show in this specimen as a wide single band. Internal to this
the usual row of 8 oval spots, creamy buff in color, shaded with black
lunules on their inner edges. Internal to this the usual buff field,
with 6 round dark spots superimposed on it. The usual dark crenated
line internal to this field is heavier than in hippolyta, as are also the
dark bands crossing the cell. The basal area is an even dark fer-
ruginous.

Secondaries. Fringes as on primaries. Marginal lines fused near
costa but separating into two narrow lines, which are clearly defined
in the posterior portion of wing. Internal to this the usual row of
7 oval spots, lighter in shade than the ground color, and relatively
larger than on other species. These are shaded internally by the
usual dark lunules. Internal to this a wide band of creamy buff,
darker in shade on its outer half, and crossed by the usual row of
small round spots. Internal to this a wide crenated dark band. A
heavy O in outer portion of cell. Basal area, dark ferruginous.

Inferior Surface. Somewhat resembling irene. All of the oval
spots large, and entirely without a trace of silver scaling. The usual

§4

crenated line across the center of primaries is wide and clearly de-
fined. On the secondaries, the usual row of submarginal spots is
destinctive, being formed of large ovals without a trace of the tri-
angular effect common to most of our Argynnids. The buff band
internal to these is narrow. The oval spots of the discal area are
large, and are shaded internally by narrow black lines as in irene.
Further description is unnecessary in view of the colored representa-
tion of this aspect of the species shown on our color plate 26, figure 2.

Thorax and abdomen, brown above, cream below.
Expanse. 1% inches.

Type. @ near Alturas, Modoc Co., Calif. No date given. In the
collection of Mr. J. K. Cottle, San Francisco.

This butterfly may prove to be an unsilvered aberrant form of
hippolyta but it seems so distinct in many particulars that I list it
for the present as a Separate species.

The handsome aberration of Argynnis zerene which I have shown
on color plate 26, figure 1, is so unique that I have ventured to name
it for the noble mountain on which it was found. This region has,
for some unknown reason, a profound effect on certain insects occurring
in it. This is well illustrated in the case of Pseudohazis eglanterina.
This beautiful moth is subject to some variation throughout its range,
but in no other region have I seen such a marked tendency to aberra-
tions as on Mt. Shasta. The majority of the specimens are heavily
suffused (form shastaensis Behr) but examples occur which are of
nearly a clear yellow. I have designated this specimen:—

Argynnis zerene ab. shastaensis aberr. nov.
Expanse. 2% inches.

6 Superior surface, primaries. Ground color a rich black. Fringes
black opposite nervules, with narrow buff areas between. Marginal
lines double but fused at nervules, enclosing 6 narrow elongate lines.
Several irregular buff spots are scattered over the basal and discal
areas. These are so clearly shown on our plate that no description
is necessary.

Secondaries. Fringes, and marginal bands as on primaries. In-
ternal thereto are six oval or irregular buff spots, largest at anal end.
Remainder of wing nearly a solid black, except along inner margin
where it is buff.

Inferior surface; primaries. Fringes, blackish-brown, except for a
narrow buff area between each nervule. Suggestion of a double mar-
ginal brown band with buff shading in the inter-nervular area. In-
ternal to this are 6 triangular or irregular creamy-buff spots on a
dark brown background, the largest near apex, and the posterior
paired. The fourth and fifth of these are shaded internally by elon-
gate sagittate spots. The usual crenated black line crossing the
middle of wing is so wide as to obscure most of this area. The cell
is nearly filled in its outer two-thirds by black scales, and a narrow black
line crosses the inner third, which is of a buff color.

Secondaries. Na trace of silvering occurs, and the spots which
usually bear this lustrous scaling are reduced in number and area.
Fringes and marginal lines as on primaries. Seven oval or irregular
submarginal cream colored spots, the first and last being mere points.
Internal to this there is almost no trace of the usual buff area, but
instead of this there is a rich, chocolate brown ground color. This
becomes darker in the discal area and gradually shades to a light
brown in the basal area. In the outer portion of the discal area, the
usual 7 spots are reduced in area, and only five are defined with any
degree of clarity. In the extra-basal area there are three spots, the
center one being largest. These are margined or internally shaded

with black. Three irregular dashes of light buff occur in the inner
basal area, the central one being about three times the area of the
others.

Thorax and abdomen, dark brown above, creamy buff below.
Type. .¢ Mt. Shasta, Siskiyou Co. July.
Collection. J. E. Cottle.

Another remarkable aberration secured by Mr. Cottle is worthy
of separate designation and I propose for it the following name.

Argynnis hydaspe ab. caliginosa aberr. nov.
Expanse. 2% inches.
6 Superior surface, primaries.

Ground color a rich black. Fringes black with a few brown scales
between nervules. Wide black marginal band, with a few dark brown
scales between nervules. Six small round submarginal ferruginous
spots on a black ground, and a slight powdering of brown scales
along costa near apex and base. Six black, round spots in a row
across limbal area, narrowly and irregularly margined with ferrugin-
ous, giving the appearance of ocelli. Discal areal almost completely
suffused with black, except for two quadrate light ferruginous spots
at end of disc, and a powdering of lighter scales below the first
submedian nervule. All of the nervules have a slight suggestion of
lighter scaling through the discal area. Outer half of cell black, an
elongate irregular spot centrally placed and narrowly edged with
black on its inner margin. Basal area dark ferruginous.

Secondaries. Fringes as on primaries, but with a larger number
of light scales. Double marginal black line fused at nervules. Seven
submarginal ovals, those nearest costa more clearly defined, and the
anal three reduced almost to narrow lines. Five or six round black
spots acoss limbal area, partly surrounded by ferruginous, and tend-
ing to fuse at several points with the black submarginal lunules.
Discal area solid black except for two poorly defined ferruginous
spots centrally placed. Basal area darker than on primaries.

This aspect of the butterfly is clearly depicted in our figure 3 of
plate 26.

Inferior surface, primaries.

Two narrow marginal black lines fused at nervules, and enclos-
ing 7 elongate brown dashes. Internal thereto 6 buff triangles, the
anterior being more clearly.defined. There is a large amount of
brown scaling throughout the apical area, and the light spots of the
upper surface carry through with a slight increase of area. Other-
wise the markings are much as on the superior surface, although
the black is not of quite so deep a shade.

Secondaries. The submarginal stripes are lost, being replaced
by a wide, brown band. Submarginal row of triangular spots buff,
those in the radial interspaces being more clearly defined. These are
margined wth blackish scales and a few of them are slightly invaded
with these same scales, giving a suggestion of blue. Internal to this
is a clear field of rich brown bordered on its discal edge by a row
of 6 or 7 buff ovals. Only the one distal to the end of the cell is
well defined and large. The others are suffused to a greater or less
extent by black scaling. All are margined with black, heaviest on
their basal edges. Internal to this is a field of rich brown, with
five buff spots super-imposed. Only the outer three of these are clearly
defined, and these are margined on their basal edges. with black.
There are a few irregularly placed scales of buff on the brown field of
the basal area. The costa are narrowly margined with black.

Type. ¢ Modoc Co. Calif. No date.
Collection. Mr. J. E. Cottle.

Dr. Holland in his “Butterfly Book” suggests that Argynnis atossa
may be an extreme variation of A. adiaste. We are confirmed in this
belief by the receipt of a small series of specimens from Mr. Victor
Clemence of Atascadero, Calif., of a form which is exactly intermediate
in every respect between atossa and adiaste. We propose for this the
name

Argynnis adiaste race clemencei race nov.

Expanse. ¢ 2 inches. 9 2% inches.

Ground color, in the ¢ a light fulvous, whereas atossa is a clear,
yellow brown and adiaste a rich, dark fulvous. 9 a shade lighter. Our
plate 28, figures 7 to 9 give such accurate delineation of this race that
a detailed description in unnecessary. All of the spots and lines are
disposed in a manner suggesting both atossa and adiaste. The mar-
ginal lines of primaries are double, but not heavily defined as in adiaste:
the submarginal lunules are clearly defined, but not with the intensity
of the last named species. The inferior surface, both as regards
ground color, and the intensity of spots, etec., is exactly intermediate
between the southern and northern races.

Holotype ¢, Atascadero, Calif., June 30, 1922. Victor L. Clemence.
(Figured as No. 7.)

Allotype 9 same date, locality and collector. (Fig. 9.)

Paratype No. 1. Same date, locality and collector. Fig. 8 under-
side. All figures shown on color plate 28.

I have collected in a number of localities in the coast range be-
tween Atascadero and the Tejon Mountains, and thus far have failed
to secure connecting examples between these geographic races. It is
possible that there remain, at the present time certain “islands” of
survival of what at one time was a Single species with an unbroken
range throughout the coastal mountains.

The following arrangement seems justifiable for this group:

Argynnis adiaste Behr.
(a) Geog. race clemencei Comst.
(b) Geog. race atossa Edw.

Modoc County in north-eastern California is a district seldom
visited by entomologists. The mountain ranges of this territory are
frequently separated from neighboring ranges by wide stretches of
desert or alkali flats. This would naturally tend to the production of
distinct species or races of such butterflies as are characteristically
alpine in habits. One such species has come to my attenton, which
I take pleasure in naming for my friend, Mr. Jeane Gunder.

Argynnis gunderi sp. nov.

Expanse. ¢ 1% inches. @ 1% inches.

6 Superior surface, primaries. Fringes buff. Narrow submar-
ginal line, thickened at junction with nervules. Internal to this a
row of black crescents, becoming obsolete toward the apex. The
usual row of 6 round spots crosses the limbal area. Fine dark scaling
on the nervules gives this area a barred appearance. The usual
crenated band crosses the outer part of discal area, but this is dis-
continuous at the nervules. An inverted capital P at outer end of
cell, and three wavy lines crossing its center. Olive scaling suffuses
the basal area. The ground color of both wings is a clear light buff.

Secondaries. Fringes and submarginal line as on primaries. In-
ternal to this the usual row of lunules. A row of five round spots
crosses the limbal area, the center one being smallest. The cre-
nated line of the primaries is continued on the secondaries in much
the same disjointed manner. An inverted C fills the outer portion of
cell. Basal area as on primaries.

Inferior surface. Both wings show a clear yellow buff ground
color which is of a lighter shade than in any other California Argynnid
except atossa. The spots are all richly silvered.

Primaries. Apex clear yellow buff except for the silver spots.
The submarginal crescents are reduced to 3 in the posterior portion;
likewise the round spots of the limbal area are reduced to 3 or 4.
The crenated line crossing the outer part of the discal area is re-
duced to 6 well defined quadrate spots. The dark markings in the
region of the cell carry through to the under side.

Secondaries. There is no trace of any black or brown shading on
this wing. A very delicate olive green scaling shows in relation to
some of the silver spots, particularly on the inner edges of the sub-
marginal row. The latter are triangular in form.

All of the above points are clearly brought out in our figures 4
to 6 of color plate 27, rendering further description unnecessary.

¢@ Much the same as ¢ except that the dark markings are a little
heavier, the ground color slightly richer, with the areas above the
silver spots showing lighter on the superior surface, a slight suf-
fusion of orange radiating from the basal area on under surface of
primaries, and a little heavier olive scaling on the under side of
secondaries.

Types: holotype g Modoc Co., Cal., June 3, 1924. Allotype 9
Modoc Co., Calif., July 7, 1924. Both coll. author. Paratype. Buck
Creek, Modoc Co., July 21, 1922. Coll. Jean Gunder.

Gunderi may prove to be a geographic race of snyderi, which it
somewhat resembles, but its smaller size, lighter ground color, and
particularly the clear yellow-buff on under surface will serve to dis-
tinguish it.

Certain authors have treated Argynnis atossa aS an unsilvered race
of A. semiramis. From long acquaintance with these two species, I
am convinced that atossa is a distinct species. It flies in a territory
centering in the Tehachapi Mountains, whereas semiramis occurs in
ranges to the south, such as the San Gabriel, San Bernardino and San
Jacinto. Further confirmation of this rests in the fact that occasional
specimens of atossa show various degrees of silvering, and these, even
when fully silvered, show no resemblance to semiramis. I am showing,
on plate 28, figure 6, one of these silvered examples, and propose for
it the name

Argynnis atossa form tejonica form nov.

This is typical atossa except for the fact that the spots on the
underside of both primaries and secondaries are silvered. These lus-
trous spots are disposed exactly as in other silvered members of the
genus. Our plate does not bring out this effect to the degree that we
would wish. It is extremely difficult in a four color plate to suggest
the effect of silver, since it is not a true color.

Type. Our example is a 9 and was taken by Mr. Jean Gunder in
the Tejon region (Collins Ranch) on August 12, 1923.

COMANDRA NUDIFLORA n. sp.
DR. A. DAVIDSON

Stems leafy, 2-3 dm. high; leaves pale-green. ovate or ovate
lanceolate, 2.5-3 cm. long, 12 mm. wide, sessile, paler beneath with
manifest midrib; umbels 5-6 flowered, corymbosely clustered at the
apex of the stem; flowers white, 5 mm. long; stamens without hairs
at the base; fruit globular 6 mm. in width; fruiting pedicels 2 mm.
long.

Type, 3604. Tehachapi Mts., Kern Co. Collected by Mrs. Wm.
W. Hutchinson, May, 1925.

In vegetative characters it resembles C. wmbellata but it has a
more upright habit. The distinguishing feature is the absence of hairs
on the stamens.

The Meteorology of Flight Condi-

tions in Southern California

= BY
FORD A. CARPENTER, Sc. D., LL. D.

There are four questions which nearly every member cf the
Academy would doubtless be interested in having discussed. Briefly
stated, they would probably be the following: First, “Is there a basis
of fact in the statement that flying weather in southern California
is the best in the United States?’’ Second, “Why is local weather de-
pendable for air-routes in and out of southern California?” Third,
“What is the present status of military aeronautics in California?”
and fourth, “What are some of the local problems confronting the
advance of commercial aviation?”

Comparison of California with weather conditions in the United
States—Climatic maps of the United States, as prepared by the
United States Weather Bureau office in New York City are of more
than passing interest. These: maps indicate the regions where the
various meteorological features reach their greatest intensity. The
main features are the geographical distribution of severe local storms,
the region of most persistent fogs, the states where the greatest ex-
tremes of temperature have been registered, the places recording the
greatest snowfall and the largest number of thunderstorms.

The most severe local storm known to meteorologists is the tor-
nado. It reaches its highest degree of intensity in the United States,
the region of occurrence includes Minnesota in the north, Alabama in
the east, Louisiana in the south and Oklahoma in the west. While
this most spectacular and terrific meteorological phenomenon is of
relative rarity and occurs in widely separated districts, the only re-
treat from its onslaughts is the “cyclone” cellar. Records show that
it is very doubtful if buildings can be constructed tornado-proof and
furthermore, predictions of the occurrence of tornadoes are not made
by the Weather Bureau because of the relatively insignificant size
of the whirlwind, and its extremely narrow path. Flight in tornadoes
would, of course, be courting sudden death. Fortunately, tornadoes
are a product of thunderstorms, and thunderstorm conditions are read-
ily charted and air-courses should be arranged to avoid the quadrant
of the atmospheric whirls where they invariably form. No matter
how well-found aircraft may be, it is believed that no airplane,
dirigible or balloon could survive if caught within the vicious whirl
of such highly destructve storms. Tornadoes take tremendous toll
in the aggregate as statistics prove. Two hundred lives and ten
million dollars per annum is the annual tribute paid in the United
States. In 1884, fifty-seven tornadoes in one day killed 1200 people,
injured 3000, and wrecked about thirty-five million dollars of property.
The reason tornadoes and similar windstorms are practically unknown
in southern California is chiefly because the growth of these violent
storms of spring and summer is prevented by theproximity of the cool
Pacific ocean, and also by the absence of large level stretches of heat-

*Tllustrated address, annual meeting of the Southern California Academy
of Science, City Club, Los Angeles. May 4, 1925. Illustrations by the Au-
thor unless otherwise credited.

radiating land. Since the beginning of weather observations more
than fifty years ago, there has never been loss of life in southern
California directly attributed to weather.

Other interesting weather data are charted on the map referred to,
such as: northern Montana having the coldest winters, the ther-
mometer having dropped to 63 degrees below zero; southeastern
Florida having the wettest summer climate with the maximum num-
ber of thunderstorms; the frequent fogs of the Atlantic coast, persist-
ent winds on the Great Lakes. The interview with the New York
Weather Bureau official in the “Popular Science Monthly” ends with
this quotation: ‘‘One of our states, California,—can boast that it har-
bors almost side by side the hottest spot on earth (Death Valley) the
pleasantest year-round climate (Southern California) and the heaviest
snowfall (Central California) in the country.”

THE AERIAL OCEAN: UPPER HIR SOUNUNGS

MEAN VERTICRL TEMPERATURE | 24]
GRADIENT CALIFORNIA SOUNDINGS

Fah renhe/+ PO ies

Balloon

Sounding

Prafon- 19/3 (Calivornsa)
United States

9
©
Mighest- I

anes -60° F]
NOVEMBER 5S, 19/3

a | eS)

AEauATR 133° Fw eroee 59H
Avalon —90°F: (hueusr 31913)

STHATOSHAERE

Belloch Aliplane
@ rial 1909 Np France 923

:
ral
9 |
A
2 |
al
Ls]
2 |
|
2 |
Les

sia] <a || S|

THOPOSPPHERE

Wirerat#t yecord 2/titvdes fe) a 8 0) eyo 3 70 *
Mountain climbing record. Saics 2

ree a: : ? < 2 e3!
Cloud altitedes (apzerximats<Cliome) Klmaspheric [ressure \Warter Vs

‘apor centigrade Temperature. d

Fig. 6.

A CROSS SECTION OF THE ATMOSPHERE

This diagram represents the approximate depths of the ‘‘troposphere”’
(the six-mile layer next to the earth) and the ‘‘stratosphere’’ (six miles
and higher above the earth) and the height to which aircraft have as-
cended and returned with records of barometric pressure, temperature,
relative humidity, ete. These ‘‘soundings’’ depict (a) the gradual decrease
in the height of the barometer with altitude, (b) the aridity of the upper
levels of the atmosphere which limit the formation of clouds generally to
the troposphere, and (c) the gradually increasing cold with ascent.

Southern California’s place in aerial investigation—To the long
list of record-making weather data might be added the results of the
1913 investigation of the upper air carried on in southern California
(See Fig. 6) in which the writer, then in charge of the Los Angeles
office of the United States Weather Bureau, was associated. The
records then made have not been equalled anywhere in the world

although much of the data secured has been verified at various places
on the globe. This particular work was carried on over the village
of Avalon, Santa Catalina Island, which is about 30 miles south of
Los Angeles (See Fig. 7). The accompanying diagramatic outline
(Fig. 6) is a cross-section of the aerial ocean showing the various

Ni “ --" =
-)
, oe Mosave
BS.
ae Seat Desert

GB
aver
sat hos
(Daw

Shan so
“9! ed
VS S.
Sheth “ we aS
P A C IFI C. garenna a SS
BEccs ROCKS SS Ic

SAN NICOLAS ))) SANTA CATALINA NAY

SNE

<= ‘y
. ;
APPROXILIATE ANNUAL CLOUDINESS »
The lines show the
Average per cent of
the time per year
when visibility is

lacking,or very poor.

Ie, We

CHART SHOWING APPROXIMATE CLOUDINESS AND
POSITION OF PRINCIPAL MOUNTAIN PASSES.

Visibility in air navigation is as important an element as in marine
navigation. Air-pilots have to be as weather-wise as sea-pilots. This
chart shows by dotted lines the percentage of the time when the sky is
overcast by clouds, rain, ete. It also shows by short, heavy lines, the
mountain passes through which airplanes and airships enter and leave
Los Angeles and San Diego. Low grades are as important in laying out
air-lines, as they are in planning railroads or highways. Gravity is no res-
pecter of vehicles.

record altitudes of free sounding and manned balloons, and airplanes,
with approximate heights of clouds in comparison with notable moun-
tain peaks. Profiles are also shown of the well-known decrease of
atmospheric pressure and humidity with altitude. It also shows in a
somewhat striking manner the relatively shallow covering of air
which surrounds the earth and the great rapidity with which the air
becomes colder with elevation above the earth’s surface. It is in-
teresting to note that within a few months of the time that the temper-
ature of 90 degrees below zero (August 3, 1913) was obtained at an
elevation of 11 miles above Santa Catalina Island, a temperature of
133 degrees below zero was obtained (Nov. 5, 1918) by a colleague
of the writer’s at the same altitude above Batavia at the equator. A
direct benefit. to aerial transportation was secured from these studies
in that it proved that extraordinarily high wind velocities at con-
siderable altitudes do not exist at least in this portion of the country,

(al

and that the wind velocity increased as the barometric pressure de-
creased. To this steady increase in wind velocity might be added the
inconsequential circumferential velocity of the earth on its axis,
which, at the equator would be about one mile per hour to every four
miles in altitude. Out of 23 meteorographs sent up during 1913 over
Avalon in free sounding balloons, 18 were recovered and the drift
of the balloons showed that the movement of the upper air was not
more than the usual rate of increase in wind velocity with altitude.
These and subsequent aerial investigations in southern California, of
which there have been many during the ensuing dozen years, point
conclusively to the fact that the lower air levels in this vicinity are
seldom disturbed by gusty or heavy winds, that the normal winds
are from different directions at varying altitudes (often being of a
reverse direction), that eastward flights are profitably made at rela-
tively high levels, and that westward journeys should be taken near
the earth’s surface. To these deductions should be added the informa-
tion that the air of southern California is but infrequently disturbed
by the great aerial eddies known as “highs” and “lows” that cross
the United States at higher altitudes with the regularity of “beads
on a string’ as one metecrologist happily pictures the drifing suc-
cession of these barometric pressure areas. Success in predicting
weather at present, depends entirely on the ability of the forecaster
to foretell the rate of movement and development. of these whirling
aerial eddies. These “lows” of the weather map often move east-
ward with the regularity and speed of transcontinental railroad
trains. They often have delays, run out of fuel (which in the case of
the “lows” is moisture), but, nevertheless often their course may
be plotted to a nicety as witness the international eliminating balloon
race which took place in April of this year. On the day before the
race the writer sent a meteorological synopsis for the benefit of the
contesting balloon pilots, complying with requests made several
months previous when lecturing at Akron. This telegram outlined the
weather controls and their effect and advised the course that won the
race making 600 miles in 30 hours. A balloon journey of 20 miles per
hour for 30 hours would be an impossibility over the Pacific states,
and record balloon flights for speed and distance will always be impos-
sible in southern California. There are windstorms in southern Cali-
fornia, but they are too infrequent to be of any assistance in record-
breaking air journeys. The “Santa Ana” wind occurs twice or three
times a year; this is a brisk, drying wind. The normal winds are of
two varieties: the land-and-sea and mountain-and-valley. These are
of daily occurrence, being atmospherically tidal in their character and
effect, and are caused by the unequal heating of the air over moun-
tain, valley and ocean.

Dependability of weather for air-routings—There is one weather
feature which gives the airmen greatest concern, as it does, in fact,
the seaman, that is, visibility. Fog and cloud often present spectacles
of esthetic beauty (See Fig. 8) but they are the great enemies of
pilots whether of air or sea. Fog is still the greatest danger to the
seaman although the seas have been sailed for thousands of years.
Aside from thunderstorms and kindred phenomena, fog, clouds and
mist, rain or snow are the chief bugbears of the air pilot. For several
years there have been carefully charted from data secured from the
Weather Bureau and the Mount Wilson astronomical observatory
the length of time fog, cloud or rain impeded vision, and the thick-
ness of this cover or “ceiling’ as air pilots term any cloud-cover.
The results for a normal year (See Fig. 9) show that during this
period there were three days when the sky was covered from sunrise
to sunset and that on two of these days the column of cloud was more

TRIG. fe
CHARACTERISTIC CLOUDS OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

Photographed by Ferdinand Ellerman

This photograph made from Mount Wilson, shows the prevailing cloud
types of southern California. The higher clouds, the cirrus and alto-stratus
will be noted in the upper portion of the picture, while the tops of the
cumulus clouds are just showing above the horizon. The stratus cloud is
festooning the pine-clad shoulders of the mountain in the foreground.
These billows of stratus cloud are the upper surfaces of the familiar velo
(Spanish ei vello) veil-cloud, which is the early morning and late even-
ing cloud of southern California.

than 6000 feet thick. In other words, the aviator would have to as-
eend higher than a mile in altitude to fly above such a “ceiling.”
This, however, occurred on but two of the 365 days. A further
study of this chart shows that while nearly all of the sunsets are clear,
one-quarter of the sunsets are cloudy. The “high fog,’ or velo cloud
(See Fig. 8) has a duration of about two or three hours of daylight
on the 60 days in the year that it occurs, this cloud lifting and disap-
pearing about 8:30 a. m. During the life of the velo cloud its thick-
ness averages about a thousand feet. The practical significance of the
data proffered by Figure 9 is that any schedule of air flights should be
arranged for their departure after 8 in the morning if they plan to
maintain time-table regularity. Going and returning flights may be
profitably ordered at different levels. The extensive Studies or the
Weather Bureau, the Air Service, and the research work of the de-
partment of meteorology and aeronautics of the Los Angeles Chamber
of Commerce show that the drift of the atmosphere is dependable at
different air levels. Studies of cloud movement show the varying
directions and velocity of the upper air. Often it will be observed that

te Ma ed

ee carer?

ETT EET ETE IPE eri ept rte?

WEATHER AND FLYING IN
JANUARY - JUNE ~~

: Eu WM LL LL WM WML) Ys YUM YU —————

WZ YUU I. UME MY a —

TUNE

FEBRUARY * VACHE ~ APRIL (AY
. x

r
2 : :

IGHT FLYING WEA’
for Every Ho

Blocks In
Rain, Mie

Compiled from U
By Pord Ashman Carp

4
oy

} JHWARY

TPAUARY - TUNE mn

A Ee > FLERUERY TIME

DAILY HEIGHT OF CLOUD-COV2R OVER SAN

At Hour of Approzi

Compile
U.

AVERAGE VISIBILIT

The upper diagram shows by heavy vertic
out an average year. The lower shaded portio
sunset hour. For example, during the period o
less or covered only on portions of the day. It
sunrises are clear during 297 days, the sunsets

The lower diagram depicts the height of th
the cloud observations. The horizontal lines re
thickness in intervals of one thousand feet. It
cloud-heights average less than fifteen hundred
value to the air pilot as he can fly above thes
quent cloudiness of 6,000 feet in thickness that

THERN CALIFORNIA

JULY- DECEMBER —=-+"«

|
LS Rie eee sre LLL.

reer ITVS TRannagnn MARRS ANGER OS tt Oe Erhy Serie th Sos SS PER Erp yy) eb rin oIO REE S Pb it br Lily Shi U spas Clot aod VGanAS ESAT SASS ARTA QSAR,

$ &
e

AGUS - H SEPTE/IBER § OCTOBER : NOVEMBER 4 QECE/IBER —_
if : i i "GHEE 1944

griods of
, or Fog.

ther Bureau Recorde
meujlting Meteorologist

TULY - DECEMBER ~

23 ™ SES BT TT z BSS OES Se BP 00 I ha <ors SYLsts CS Re ar a De I
TUY . AUGUST : SEPTEMBER : OCTOBER i NOVEMBER i QECENBER
t ‘ : i g [RHA oan
[ VALLSY,NEAR LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
ee EE ee

ximum Cloudinese,5 A.M.

the Records of
her Bureau
Observatory

.Consulting Meteorologist
4).
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

s the hours of cloudy weather day by day through-
he Sunrise line and the upper shaded portion is the
days there were 3863 days when the sky was cloud-
be observed in perusing this chart that while the
lear on 349 days.

d up to six thousand feet which was the limit of
t a cross-section of the air over a mile in vertical
e observed that the late spring, summer and autumn
m, thickness. This information is of great practical
lo’’ clouds. It is only during the relatively infre-
vel would be delayed.

these upper air currents are directly opposite to each other in neigh-
boring levels. This is of great advantage in planning air flights, for
the wind is aS much help or hindrance to fast-flying airplanes as it
is to the slower moving dirigibles, or wind-dependent balloons. There
are fewer ‘“holes-on-the-air,’ “aerial cataracts” or “air-fountains”
than in other regions of the United States because of the absence of
strong ascending or descending winds. Whenever air flows down the
side of a mountain range air pilots will, upon flying in the direction
of this current, experience the feeling of encountering an “air-pocket,”
or a “hole in the air.” This is because all aircraft, whether airpiane
or dirigible, thus loses suspension; the “lift” being dynamically taken
out of the craft. The same is true in encountering a column of
descending air, aS in a thunderstorm front. The only unfavorable
winds normally encountered in southern California are the “Santa
Ana” winds which are similar to the ‘“‘norther,” only unlike them they
occur on an average of less than three annually. These storms are
invariably heralded a day or two in advance by Weather Bureau
warnings.

Aeronautic activity in national defense training—For a decade
both the Army and Navy have maintained large and flourishing air-
training schools in southern California, and fatalities from adverse
weather conditions are practically unknown. Primary training in both
branches of the service has been generally centered here: advance
training is carried on in the Texas, Illinois, and Ohio air-fields. The
center of army and naval aerial work is on North Island, San Diego
Bay (Fig. 10) one of the most climatically perfect locations in the
world. Although the island was originally purchased for the aeronau-
tic work of the War Department, the Navy Department has gradually
taken to itself more and more of the territory until at present writing
the naval air service’s aeronautic research work there is unequalled
by any western military establishment. All manner of intricate flight
maneuvers such as Fig. 12 depicts are a matter of daily occurrence
over North Island by both the army and navy airplanes. Southern
California is fortunate in having notable airplane designers and excel-
lent factories for turning out ships of high class. The navy’s great
torpedo plane was designed and made by one of these factories which
concern also made the celebrated world air cruisers. There is no
better testing laboratory for air transportation equipment than this
region, for no other locality is so justly famous for climatic excel-
lencies. Investigation and research is carried on in southern Cali-
fornia day after’ day without interruption by changing weather con-
ditions. It has been stated by officers of the military establishments
that many times the number of air pilots were graduated at Ross
Field, near Los Angeles, during its active existence than would have
been possible in any other section of the United States. The neces-
sity of dependable and efficient aircraft for national defense has
been too clearly demonstrated to need any comment; it is only
pertinent to quote from an unprejudiced military authority who
recently said: “Whichever side loses control of the air will be as
a man with his eyes put out. Without airplanes it is impossble to
know the movements of the enemy or to fire long range guns with
accuracy.” This explains the feverish and intensive work in aero-
nautics which has characterized the navies of the world during the
past year. One has but to mention the equipping of all battleships
with airplanes for their defense, submarines with airplanes for
“eyes,” and more important than all, airplane carriers. The writer
was the War Department’s meteorologist during the historic bombing
of the ex-German battleships off the Virginia capes in the summer of
1921 and took part in this greatest of all peace-time maneuvers.
It was the ready destruction of these up-to-date battleships, cruisers,

Fig. 10.
THE ARMY AND NAVY AVIATION FIELD OF NORTH ISLAND,
SAN DIEGO

For the past ten years the United States government has used North
Island in San Diego bay as a flying field. It has no equal in the world
for this purpose and has been in continuous use by both branches of the
military service as well as commercial aviation. The photograph shows
characteristic Point Loma with the Pacific ocean in the distance, the
entrance to San Diego bay in the upper background and a nearer view
of the bay in the foreground. The buildings in the lower half of the
photograph are of the aviation establishment of the Navy, and in the
buildings in the middle left are those of the air service of the Army.

Fig. 11.
TYPES OF PLANES USED BY THE U. S. ARMY AND NAVY

Photographs by the U. S. Army and Navy Air Service

The upper photograph represents the flagship of the Round-the-World
air-cruisers at Clover Field, Santa Monica, California, from which station
the flight started March 17, and finished September 26, 1924. The airplanes
of the first aerial circumnavigation of the globe were designed and built
by Donald Douglass of Santa Monica.

The lower photograph shows the standard naval seaplane, one of the
F-5-L type, having two 400 h. p. Liberty motors, which is twice the horse-
power of the airplane in the upper part of this page. This particular type
of plane has been in use in carrying mail and passengers for the navy
department between the harbors of Los Angeles and San Diego for many
years.

destroyers and submarines in the vicinity of the other history-mak-
ing encounter of the “Monitor” and “Merrimac” that doubtless caused
the general acquiescence of the powers in limiting the number of
battleships. By a strange subtlety known only to diplomats, battle-
ships at that date only partially completed were later converted into
airplane carriers. The United States has one such converted battle-
ship which carries seventy-two airplanes and has an electric power
plant equal in watt-hours to the running of every light, furnishing
power to every factory, and street railway in a city of a million people.

What hinders advancement in commercial aviation?—Mr. Will
Hayes recently stated: “When we cease exploiting the military side
of aeronautics, and boost its business value, when we stop talking
about the killing power of the airplane in warfare and show how it can
be used to shorten time and thus prolong life, then and then only will
aeronautics take its rightful place in the commercial world.’ Public
attention and practical support can be secured by demonstrating the
safety and dependability of flight as a means of rapid transportation.
The last few years has fortunately seen a rapid decline of public
interest in stunts and stunt flying. The newspapers have done splen-
did service in giving space to civil aeronautics; perhaps in some in-
stances they have seemed to over stimulate the readers’ credulity.
Be that as it may, it is time for business men to see the advantage of
using the newest and speediest means of transportation of passengers
and express. There is no doubt about the flying qualities of the
models used by American airmen, or the airmanship of the American
aviator, whether military or civilian, as the marvelous performance
of the Air Service and the Air Mail have shown. Nowhere in all
the world has so long or so difficult an air route been so successfully
Maintained as that between New York and San Francisco: it is the
admiration of all nations. How can the public aid in making air
transportation commercially successful? This question has been
uppermost in the mind of the writer for nearly a score of years.
He has been engaged in flying for more than half that time, having
had the “controls” of all kinds of government-operated aircraft dur-
ing the past decade and his several hundred hours in the air have
been free from ail delays or inconveniences. So much for personai
observations and experiences. It is a well-strengthened opinion that
the public can give practical support to commercial aeronautics in five
ways: First, by considering air travel as a legitimate means of
transportation and not as an adventure, or for the thrills it may
cause. Second, by using properly accredited aerial transportation
companies when desiring quick carriage of themselves or valuable
freight. Third, by continually supporting all public measures which
have for their object the legitimate use of aircraft in business. Fourth,
by encouraging the setting aside of the public domain such as parks,
ete., for landing fields. Fifth, by recognizing the air mail as a well-
demonstrated means of rapid communication and forming the habit of
using it in correspondence. Nature has done everything to make
artificial flight in southern Californa safe and efficient. Local weath-
er is almost invariably an aid and not a menace and experiments and
demonstrations in aeronautics may usually rely upon the constancy
of ideal meteorological conditions.

UES:

NOS

Oe &
SN .

aS
<

“eS Se

cumulus
f a squad-

through velo clouds over San

is oO

g alto

fly

The lower photograph

ge shows fast-

ion

format
80

Photograph by the U. S. Navy
f 14,000 feet.

THE HIGHWAY OF THE AIR

ion o
lanes flying

+
u

aph at the top of this pa
irp

The photogr
clouds at an eleva
go bay.

ron of naval a

THE SHRUBBY MALVASTRUMS OF SOUTHERN
CALIFORNIA

FREDERICK HARL ESTES

INTRODUCTION

The shrubby Malvastrums of Southern California have been a
group of considerable difficulty to local botanists on account of their
perplexing variability, the lack of adequate keys and descriptions,
and the complex synonomy. Under the direction of Dr. Philip A. Munz
of Pomona College, I began in 1923 a study of the group. In the
winter of 1924-25, Dr. Munz, while working at the Gray Herbarium,
studied material and secured photographs of types. The present
paper represents the results of this work as well as of some field
study.

In citing specimens in the different herbaria, the following abbre-
viations indicated in parentheses are used: Pomona College Her-
barium (Po). Herbarium of F. W. Peirson of Pasadena (FP), and
University of California (UC). Our expression of thanks is due to
Mr. F. W. Peirson for the use of his excellent material, also to Dr.
W. A. Setchell of the University of California for the use of the
abundant material there, and to Dr. I. M. Johnston of the Gray Her-
barium for looking up material at Harvard.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

Calyx scurfy with very short stellate hairs; ultimate flowering branch-
lets slender, 1-2 mm. thick.

Leaves very firm in texture, almost leathery, often revolute; island
Ores STU ai CIR Z tees eras ose eerel sien cite ste capers Ris 1. M. nesioticum.

Leaves not revolute nor leathery; mainland species.

Calyx segments generally 2-3 mm. long; leaves scarcely if at all
bicolored, upper as well as lower surface with hoary stellate
tomentum; leaf-lobes mostly very obtuse; Santa Barbara

and Ventura Counties.....................4. M. Nuttall.

Calyx segments usually 4-5 mm. long; leaf-lobes pointed, upper
surface always greener and more sparsely pubescent.

Inflorescence a spicate raceme, scarcely branched; southern

Riverside and San Diego Counties....3a. M. fasciculatum.

Inflorescence branching and paniculate; Los Angeles to River-

side and San Bernardino Counties.......................

Nae RRO TERRE ee ES 3b. M. fasciculatum var. laxiflorum.

Calyx rather long-pubescent or hirsute; ultimate flowering branches

often thicker and more rigid, 2-2.5 mm. thick.
Bractlets about as long as the calyx, or if shorter, calyx having
hispid pubescence.

Lower leaf surface white-silky canescent with dense stellate to-

mentum, 'upper surface green; San Clemente Island........

4. M. clementinum.

Leaf surfaces much more nearly alike; mainland species.
Calyx pilose with long stellate tomentum; inflorescence some-
what glandular; leaves mostly 3-5 lobed or angled.
Calyx segments 7-12 mm. long; bractlets 7-16 mm. long; north-
ern San Diego County and Riverside and Orange Counties
LSE En Ma hy Arent Ley OAD RS: AW NEE crane) Shee O Sater ROL CUGKUTIEO 220 71Us

Calyx segments 3-7 mm. long; bractlets 4-6 mm. long; southern
San Diego County and northern Lower California.....
Pes Batt en ceraetee ty ERGs caer 5b. M. densiflorum var. viscidum.

Calyx with very thick stellate tomentum; inflorescence only
slightly if at all glandular; leaves more nearly round and
less angled and lobed; western end of the Mohave desert
SSeS NON TA PTE age re MoM RRS Nea eae HI NS SET O RT 6. M. gabrielense.

Bractlets markedly shorter than the calyx; calyx with soft pubes-
cence.

Calyx not obscured by its thick close stellate tomentum; segments
hardly equalling the tube; leaves rather thickish and gen-
erally large, with main veins on under surface very thick;
SaneHernandomvallleyaeeeaeecee poe ere 7. M. Davidsonit.

Calyx obscured by somewhat stellate tomentum; segments equalling
or slightly exceeding the tube; leaf-veins not conspicuously
thick; Kern and Ventura Counties along western edge of
the Mojave desert to San Bernardino County.............
ESP E CEPR EE SECEEG, EL OSCHOLC OLE Soe PRACT cao Oa 8. M. orbiculatum.

TREATMENT OF SPECIES

1. Malvastrum nesioticum Robinson. Synop. Fl., 1, pt. 1:312. 1897.

M. nesioticum Robins, in Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 233.
1923. Malacothamnus nesioticus (Robins.) Abrams, Bull. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. 6:419. 1910. Malvastrum Thurberi of Brandegee, Zoe 1:133. 1890
for Santa Cruz Island. Malvastrum Thurberi var. laxiflorum of Greene,
Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 2:392. 1887.

A much branched shrub; branches and stems canescent with a
minute stellate, somewhat rusty tomentum; ultimate branches slender,
2-3 mm. thick; leaves of very firm texture, somewhat pentagonal,
shallowly 3-5 lobed, when well developed deeply and narrowly cordate,
tip more or less obtuse, margin crenate or subentire and often re-
volute, blade 2-4 cm. long and 1.5-4 cm. broad, green above and ap-
pearing smooth, yet minutely stellate-pubescent, almost white be-
neath with dense short stellate pubescence; flowers in a rather rigid
ascending panicle, peduncles 2-3 cm. long, vesture as in stem; pedicels
1-2 cm. long; calyx campanulate, 5-8 mm. long, segments 2-3 mm.
long, and 3-5 mm. broad at base, obtusish, and covered with a minute
stellate canescent tomentum; bractlets only 1-2 mm. long, lanceolate
to lance-ovate; corolla probably pink, becoming rose-purple with age;
petals asymmetrically obovate and slightly clawed, 13-16 mm. long,
and 12-14 mm. broad; carpels 1.5-2 mm. high; seeds triangular, 0.8
mm. long, brown.

Known only from the Island of Santa Cruz, from which the fol-
lowing material has been seen: Brandegee in 1888 (UC); photograph
of tyne at the Gray Herbarium, H. L. Greene in 1885 (Po).

This species seems to be intermediate between M. Nuttallii and
M. fasciculatum var. laxiflorum, having the leaf outline of the former,
but with the upper surface green and nearly glabrous. Dr. Gray con-
sidered this plant as perhaps only an extreme form of the variable
M. fasciculatum, but no mainland species yet seen has such a de-
cidedly different foliage and such a rigid long-pediceled panicle.

2. Malvastrum Nuttallii (Abrams) Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif.,
233. 1923.

Malacothamnus Nuttallii Abrams, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6:417. 1910.

Shrub 2-3 m. high; branches erect or ascending, canescent with
_dense short-rayed pubescence, ultimate branches 2-3 mm. thick; leaves

more or less acutely 5-lobed, often cordate when well developed, tips
mostly obtuse, margin crenate-serrate, blade 2-3.5 cm. long, 1.5-3.5 cm.
broad, equally hoary on both surfaces with a close, soft, short-rayed
stellate pubescence; petioles 1-2 cm. long; flowers in a loose compound
inflorescence; pedicels 1-2 cm. long; vesture as in branches; calyx 6-8
mm. long, segments 2-3 mm. long, and 2-3 mm. broad at base, distinctly
pointed at tip, and covered with a minute stellate canescent pubes-
cence; bractlets only 1-2 mm. long, lanceolate; corolla probably pink,
or rose-purple with age; petals 1-2 cm. long, 8-12 mm. broad; carpels
stellate pubescent on the summit, obovate, 3 mm. high.

Apparently confined to the Upper Sonoran Zone of Santa Barbara
and Ventura Counties. Santa Barbara Co.; Gaviota Pass, Abrams
5030 (Po); Santa Ynez Mts., Elmer 3730 (Po). Ventura Co., Casitas
Pass, photograph of specimen in the Gray Herbarium, Abrams in 1908
(Po).

The inflorescence of this species resembles most closely that of
M. fasciculatum var. laxiflorum. but is distinguished by having both
leaf surfaces equally hoary and by the obtuse lobes.

3. Malvastrum fasciculatum (Nutt.) Greene, Fl. Fran. 108. 1891.

Tall shrub, usually 1-5 m. high, often large and arborescent,
with the woody base often 2 cm. or more thick; branches long, wand-
like, slender, racemose or amply racemose-paniculate above; bark
smooth, gray; stem canescently short-tomentose, almost scurfy; ulti-
mate branches 1-2 mm. thick, vesture as in stem; leaves shallowly or
acutely 3-5 lobed, mostly subcordate, crenate; tip either pointed or
rounded; blade varying from 2-8 cm. long, almost as broad, lower
surface rather densely canescent with short stellate hairs; upper sur-
face somewhat darker and less densely canescent; petioles 0.5-2 em.
long; flowers in spicate clusters or paniculately disposed on virgate,
nearly naked branches; peduncles sometimes 1 cm. long; calyx 6-8
mm. long; segments 4-5 mm. long and 2-3 mm. broad at base, more
or less obtuse and with or without a short point; bractlets 2-4 mm.
long, lanceolate; corolla pink, petals 10-15 mm. long, 8-10 mm. wide
and slightly clawed; carpels obovate-oval, 2-3 mm. high; seeds roughly
triangular, appearing minutely glandular.

3a. Malvastrum fasciculatum var. typicum nh. var.

Malva fasciculata Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. of N. Am. 1:225. 1838.
Malvastrum fasciculatum of Greene, Fl. Fran., 108, 1891, for material
from Southern Riverside and San Diego Counties; probably of Mills-
paugh & Nuttall, Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 5:173. 1923. Malvastrum Thur-
beri of Lyon, Bot. Gaz. 11:333. 1886, of Trask, Erythea 7:1438. 1899,
of Brandegee, Zoe 1:133. 1890, of Brewer & Wats., Bot. Calif., 1:85. 1876,
of Robinson in Gray, Synop. Fl. 1 pt. 1:312. 1897, and of Davidson &
Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 233. 1923, the last three references for plants
of San Diego and Riverside Counties.

Inflorescence a spicate raceme, scarcely branched.

Loeally fairly abundant on dry slopes and in dry washes of the
Upper Sonoran Zone. Occurring mostly at low altitudes in the coastal
drainage of San Diego County and Riverside County. Occasionally
reaching the edge of the desert, e. g¢., Hall 765 from Santa Rosa Mts.
Riverside Co.: Winchester, Hall 528 (UC); El Toro Peak in Santa
Rosa Range, Hall 765 (UC). San Diego Co.: Between Fallbrook and
San Luis Rey, Abrams 3348 (UC); near Bonsall, Mune & Harwood
8876 (Po, UC); Miramar to La Jolla, 7. S. Brandegee in 1908 (UC);
coast near La Jolla, Peirson 775 (FP); La Jolla, Clements in 1914
(UC); San Diego, K. Brandegee in 1906 (UC); San Diego, T. S. Bran-

degee 1626 (Po, UC); San Diego, L. Kendall in 1920 (Po); near San
Diego, Hall 3969 (UC); Point Loma, Mrs. Spencer 100 (Po, UC);
Balboa Park, San Diego, L. Street in 1917 (Po); photograph of type
material at the Gray Herbarium, Nuttall (Po).

Nuttall’s collection at the Gray Herbarium is labeled as coming
from Santa Barbara, but the label is no doubt in error, since all typi-
cal material is much more southern, and his specimen must have come
from San Diego, where he is known to have collected.

There is much material intermediate between this species and
its variety laxiflorwm coming largely from a region lying between
southern Riverside County and Los Angeles County. Many specimens
can scarcely be referred either to the species or the variety: Los
Angeles Co.: Topango Canyon road, M. Hitchcock 25 (Po); Griffith
Park, H. Braunton 541 (UC) and 220 (UC); Azusa, Abrams in 1902
(Po); San Antonio Wash, Peirson 109 (FP); San Gabriel Wash, John-
ston 982 (Po). San Bernardino Co.: Southern slope San Bernardino
Mts., Parish 7136 (UC). Riverside Co.: Wilder’s Canyon, Jurupa Hills,
Mrs. Wilder 35 (Po); Palm Springs, G@ B. Grant in 1906 (UC); EI-
sinore, Mrs. J. D. Abrams in 1901 (Po).

3b. Malvastrum fasciculatum var. laxiflorum (Gray) Munz & John-
ston, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 51:296. 1924.

Malvastrum Thurberi var. laxiflorwm Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 22:
291. 1887, Robinson in Gray, Synop. FI. I, pt. 1:312, 1897. Malvastrum
laxiflorum of Davidson & Moxiey, FI. So. Calif., 233. 1923. Malvastrum
fasciculatum of Davidson, List Pls. L. A. Co., 3. 1892. Erythea 4:68.
1896, Cat. Pls. L. A. Co., 5. 1896, and of Reed, Muhlenbergia 5:96. 1909,
and ot Abrams, Fl. L. A., 249. 1904 and 229. 1917. Malvastrum splen-
didum Kell., Proc, Calif. Acad. 1:65. 1855. Brewer & Wats., Bot. Calif.
1:85. 1876. Malacothamnus fasciculatus splendidus (Kell.) Abrams,
Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6:417. 1910. Malveopsis fasciculata (Nutt.) O.
Ktze., Rev. Gen. 1:72. 1891. Greene, Man. Bot. S. F. Bay, 66. 1894 for
plants of northern Riverside County to Los Angeles County. Malve-
opsis splendida (Kell.) Ktze., Rev. Gen. 1:72. 1891.

Inflorescence branching and paniculate.

Occurring in situations similar to the var. typicum, but of more
northern distribution, occurring from northern Riverside County and
Orange County to San Bernardino and Los Angeles Counties. Los
Angeles Co.: Santa Monica, State Survey 81 (UC); Los Angeles,
Davidson in 1892: (UC); Big Dalton, Peirson 114 (Po); Azusa, Abrams
1558 (Po); Claremont, Illingsworth in 1898 (Po), Baker 3346 (Po),
Walker in 1898 (Po). Orange County: Laguna, Peirson 4662 (FP);
Laguna, Munz 5748 (Po); Aliso Creek, Peirson 3398 (FP); Aliso
Canyon, Johnston in 1924 (Po). Riverside County: Riverside, Jaeger
1163 (Po.); Perris, Johnston in 1918 (Po.); Lakeview, Johnston in 1920
(Po); Temescal Canyon, Johnston 2024 (Po); San Jacinto, Spencer
2187 (Po). San Bernardino Co.: Colton, Johnston 2279 (Po); Lone
Pine Canyon, Pierce in 1923 (Po); San Bernardino, Parish 3804 (UC).

4. Malvastrum clementinum Munz & Johnston in Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club, 51:296. 1924.

A rounded tufted shrub with many ascendingly branched stems
7-10 dm. high; stems rather coarse, tomentose when young; leaves
angularly 3-lobed ocr orbicular or ovate, 3-5 cm. broad, base cordate,
margin irregularly crenate, upper surface green but with a very sparse
stellate tomentum, veiny; flowers many, subsessile and densely glom-
erate in the axils of the uppermost leaves and continuing out into an

elongate naked interrupted spike 1-2 dm. long; calyx 7mm. high,
loosely stellate-tomentose; calyx-lobes broadly lanceolate, acute,
enervose, 4 mm. long; bractlets filiform, well developed, nearly reach-
ing the tips of the calyx-lobes; corolla pink, in color suggesting that
of apple-blossoms; lobes oblong-obovate, about 13 mm. long; carpels
2.5-3 mm. high, 8-10, thin-walled, smooth, promptly deciduous, inner
edge excised, summit stellate-tomentose, sides and base glabrous; seeds
ovoid, 1.8 mm. long, short villous.

Known only from San Clemente Island, where it grows at the
base of rocky walls.in a deep canyon on the northeast side of the
island. San Clemente Island, Munz 6684 (Po); San Clemente Island,
Peirson 3458 (FP).

5. Malvastrum densiflorum Watson, Proce. Am. Acad., 17:368. 1882.

Hrect, 1-2 m. high, suffrutescent below; branches scurfy with
very short stellate tomentum, ultimate branches 2-4 mm. thick, and
scurfy; leaves roundish to distinctly 3-lobed, base seldom cordate,
roundish leaves irregularly dentate-crenate, lobed ones more nearly
serrate; blade 2-4 cm. long, 1.5-3.5 cm. broad, upper surface very
sparsely short-stellate, varying to somewhat more dense, lower sur-
face much the same; petioles 0.5-2 cm. long; flowers numerous in
sessile heads along the naked summit of the branches, distant or ap-
proximate in an interrupted spike; calyx 6-17 mm. long, hispidly hir-
sute with slender spreading hairs or seldom with a very thick tomen-
tum of stellate hairs, segments 4-12 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. broad at
base, lanceovate and attenuate-accuminate; bractlets 7-17 mm. long;
corolla rose-pink, petals 10-15 mm. long, slightly clawed; carpels 2
mm. high, seeds triangular, 1.5 mm. long, sparingly glandular-pubes-
cent.

5a. Malvastrum densiflorum var. typicum n. var.

Malvastrum densiflorum Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. 17:368. 1882.
Robinson in Gray, Synop. Fl. 1, pt. 1:310. 1897. Davidson & Moxley,
Fl. So. Calif., 233. 1923. Malvastrum fasciculatum “form” of Davidson,
Erythea 4:68. 1896.

Calyx segments 7-12 mm. long; bractlets 7-16 mm. long.

Dry slopes in the chaparral from the vicinity of Palm Springs,
Riverside County, west to Orange County, and south to northern San
Diego County. Riverside County: Santa Ana Mts., Munz 7099 (Po,
FP); photograph of type at the Gray Herbarium, Colorado Desert,
Wright 200 (Po); Temecula River, Peirson 2189 (Po, FP). San Diego
County: Cuyamaca Mts., Hall in 1899 (UC); Witch Creek, R. D. Alder-
son 418 (UC).

The more southern specimens generally have shorter and broader
calyx segments than does the type, which comes from the vicinity of
Palm Springs, and thereby approach the variety viscidum. A collec-
tion at Menifee, Riverside County, Wiss King in 1898 (UC), and one
at San Juan Capistrano, J. C. Nevin (UC) are quite intermediate. The
Nevin collection is cited by both Watson and Abrams in their descrip-
tions. The characters given by Abrams for viscidum, i.e. glandular
condition, ete., do not hold.

5b. Malvastrum densiflorum var. viscidum (Abrams) noy. comb.
Malvastrum viscidum Abrams, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 34:264. 1907.
Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 23838. 1928.
Calyx segments 38-7 mm. long; bractlets 4-6 mm. long.
85

Southern San Diego County and northern Lower California. Habit
and habitat similar to that of variety typicum. San Diego Co.: pho-
tograph of part of the type collection at Gray Herbarium, Harvey’s
Ranch, near El Nido, Abrams 3528 (Po); Ramona, 7. S. Brandegee in
1894 (UC); Ramona, K. Brandegee in 1903 (UC); San Diego County
(without locality), R. D. Alderson in 1893 (UC); Dulzura Grade,
Munz 9470 (Po). Lower Calif.: 17 miles southeast of Tecate, Munz
9506 (Po).

This plant becomes a slender open shrub, 6-8 ft. high, but when
burned over, throws up a second growth which blooms when still quite
herbaceous.

6. Malvastrum gabrielense Munz & Johnston, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
52:223. 1925.

Erectly branched shrub ca. 2 m. high; branches rather slender,
virgate, with a dense close stellate pubescence; leaves scattered,
firm, shorter than the internodes, 2-4 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 cm. broad, ob-
scurely 5-lobed, coarsely and irregularly serrate-dentate, stellate-pubes-
cent, pale green, beneath somewhat lighter and prominently veined,
apex broadly acute, base somewhat cordate; petiole densely stellate,
5-15 mm. long; stipules subulate, 8-9 mm. long, early deciduous;
flowers in few-flowered glomerules in the upper axils; pedicels 0-3
mm. long; bractlets subulate, 7-12 mm. long, shorter or longer than
the calyx; calyx 10-12 mm. high, loosely stellate pubescent, simply
tomentose inside; calyx-lobes lance-ovate, ca. 8 mm. long, 3 mm. broad,
strongly acuminate, enervous; petals pink, 16-18 mm. long, 8-9 mm.
wide, strongly oblique-asymmetrical, sessile, rounded above; styles
ca. 8 mm. long; style-lobes glabrous, slightly thickened at the summit,
2-3 mm. long, ca. 10; stamens ca. 50, glabrous except at the very
base; connective prolonged as a subulate appendage which about
equals the length of the anther-sacs; ovary stellate pubescent; mature
fruit unknown. ;

Occurring about the western end of the Mojave Desert from Mt.
Pinos to the San Gabriel Mts. Ventura County: Seymour Creek,
Mt. Pinos region, Peirson 3248 (FP). Los Angeles County: Ravenna,
K. Brandegee (UC); type, Arraster, Peirson 774 (Po, FP).

7. Malvastrum Davidsonii Robinson, in Gray, Synop. FI. 1, pt., 1:
312. 1897.

Malvastrum Davidsonii of Abrams, Fl. L. A., 249. 1904 and 229.
1923. Davidson & Moxley, Fl. So. Calif., 233. 1923. Malvastrum splen-
didum of Davidson, Erythea 4:68. 1896; Cat. Pls. L. A. Co., 5. 1896.
Malacothamnus Davidsonii (Robinson) Greene, Leaflets 1:208. 1906.
Abrams, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6:418. 1910.

Tall arborescent shrub 2-5 m. high, with relatively few coarse
branches, ultimate branchlets 2-7 mm. thick, very scurfy with thick stel-
late tomentum; leaves thickish, somewhat rugose, with very heavy veins
below, generally rather large; blades 2.5-5 cm. long, almost as broad,
all cordate, tip often very obtuse, sometimes pointed, 5-angled or
shallowly 5-lobed, varying to 3-lobed, irregularly dentate, both sur-
faces covered with a copious loose stellate tomentum; petioles 0.5-1.5
cm. long; flowers numerous, clustered in, or shortly racemose from
the upper axils and also forming dense rather stiff sub-spicate ter-
minal inflorescences; peduncles 1-4 cm. long, pedicels 0.5-1 em. long, both
having same vesture as the branches; calyx 5-8 mm. long, segments
2-4 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide at base, canescent-tomentose, and with
or without more naked mucronate tips; corolla pink or rose; petals
asymmetrical, 6-12 mm. long; carpels 2 mm. high, 10-11; seeds 1.5
mm. long, triangular, brown or black.

Apparently a shrub of dry sandy and stony washes in the San
Fernando Valley and vicinity. Los Angeles County: photograph of
type at the Gray Herbarium, San Fernando, Davidson in 1895 (Po);
Pacoima Wash near San Fernando, Ff. Grinnell Jr. in 1917 (Po); Pa-
coima Wash, 2 mi. southeast of San Fernando, Munz 9405 (Po). A
specimen from Ojai, Ventura County, Peckham in 1866 (UC), is not
typical and only fragmentary, but probably belongs here.

8. Malvastrum orbiculatum Greene, Fl. Fran., 109. 1891.

Malvastrum orbiculatum Greene, Robinson in Gray, Synop. Fl. 1,
pt. 1:313. 1897. Abrams. Fl. L. A., 229. 1917. Davidson & Moxley, FI.
So. Calif., 233. 1923. Malvastrum Fremontii var. orbiculatum (Greene)
Johnston, Pl. World 22:109. 1919. Malvastrum Fremontii of Davidson,
list Pls. L. A., Co., 3. 1892. Cat. Pls. L. A. Co., 5. 1896. Erythea 4:69.
1896; of Abrams, Fl. L. A., 248. 1904; of Robinson in Gray, Synop.
Fl. 1, pt. 1:312. 1897 for “San Bernardino Co.”; of Davidson & Moxley,
Fl. So. Calif., 238. 1923. Malvastrum Davidsonii of Robinson in Gray,
Synop. Fl. 1, pt. 1:312. 1897 for “Antelope Valley” ana “‘Bear Valley”:
of Parish, Pl. World 20:222. 1917. Malacothamnus orbiculatus Greene,
Leaflets 1:208. 1906. Abrams, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6:418. 1910.
Malveopsis Fremonti of Davidson, Erythea 2:63. 1894.

Suffrutescent, the stout, erect, and simple branches 1-2 m. high,
whole plant densely tomentose with stellate hairs; ultimate branches
2-4 mm. thick; upper leaves mostly 3-5 lobed, coarsely crenate, but
often orbicular, blade 2.5-4 cm. long, base mostly sub-cordate, tip very
obtuse, both surfaces rather densely tomentose with stellate hairs and
with rather fine veins; flowers many, nearly sessile and densely
glomerate in the axils of the upper leaves and at almost leafless
subterminal nodes, however, sometimes borne on peduncles 2-8 cm.
long; calyx 8-10 mm. long, segments 3-7 mm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, tip
triangular to lanceolate, covered and almost obscured by very dense
spreading stellate hairs or very scurfy with dense shorter hairs; bract-
lets 46 mm. long, lanceolate; corolla rose-color; petals 10-12 mm.
long, asymmetrically obovate and slightly clawed; carpels 2mm.
high; seeds flat to triangular, 1-1.5 mm. long, red-brown.

Dry slopes of the mountains bordering the Mohave Desert from
the Tehachapi Mts. to the San Bernardino Mts.; apparently in the
Upper Sonoran Zone. Type locality, Tehachapi Mts., Kern County.
Ventura Co.: Mt. Frazier, Hlmer 3895 (Po, UC). Los Angeles Co.:
Swartout Valley, San Antonio Mts., Munz 7723 (Po); Prairie Fork of
San Gabriel River, Johnston 1673 (Po, UC); Mint Canyon, Peirson 2672
(Po, FP); Rock Creek, San Gabriel Mts., Peirson 502 (FP); Oak Grove
Canyon, Liebre Mts., Abrams & McGregor 405 (Po). San Bernardino
Co.: Johnson’s Grade, San Bernardino Mts., Peirson 5153 (FP) and
Johnston in 1924 (Po); Little Rock, Peirson 68 (FP); north side of
San Bernardino Mts., Parish in 1886 (UC).

A NEW MALVASTRUM, CALIFORNIA
PHILIP A. MUNZ*

In connection with the preparation of the paper on Southern
California Malvastrums by Mr. BHstes, considerable material from
outside Southern California was studied. Three collections from San
Luis Obispo County or Monterey County were seen which do not seem
to belong to any described species so far as I can learn. I take
pleasure in dedicating this new species to Professor Marcus H. Jones,
whose extensive collecting in California, as well as other parts of the
West, merits such recognition.

Malvastrum Jonesii n. sp.

Shrub, apparently erectly branched; branches rather slender and
numerous, with short dense soft stellate-tomentum, ultimate branches
1.5-3 mm. thick; leaves rather close, firm, longer than internodes;
petioles 1-2 cm. long, soft stellate-pubescent; blades suborbicular, ob-
securely 3- to 5-lobed, coarsely and irregularly crenate-dentate, closely
velvety pubescent above and below, pale green, not rugose, scarcely
bicolored, 1.0-2.5 cm. long, equally wide; apex obtuse, rounded; base
searcely, if at all cordate; stipules subulate, 4-5 mm. long, early de-
ciduous; flowers solitary or 2 to several in upper axils; pedicels 2-7
mm. long; bractlets subulate, 3-4 mm. long, shorter than calyx, dense-
ly stellate-pubescent; calyx 8-9 mm. high, loosely stellate-tomentose
without, more simply tomentose within; calyx-lobes triangular ovate,
ca. 5 mm. long, 3-3.5 mm. broad, acute, enervous; petals apparently
pink, 12-14 mm. long, 11-15 mm. wide, oblique-asymmetrical, subsessile,
rounded above, styles 6-7 mm. long; style-lobes minutely pubescent,
slightly thickened at summit, 3-4 mm. long, ca, 12; stamens ca. 50,
quite glabrous; connective not prolonged; ovary glabrous; mature
fruit not seen.

San Luis Obispo Co.: Paso Robles, M. HE. Jones 223, June 26, 1902,
(Type, Pomona College Herbarium, No. 60429). San Luis Obispo Co?
or Monterey Co?: Santa Lucia Mts., Barber in 1901 (Po); Santa
Lucia Mts. above Nascimiento River, Brewer 554 (UC).

In the tomentose pubescence of the triangular-ovate calyx-lobes, ia
the rounded leaves and short bractlets, the proposed species suggests
M. Fremontii, M. Davidsonii, and M. orbiculatum. But the combination
of characters of uniformly small. leaves with very soft velvety pubes-

cence, the slender branches and less conspicuously tomentose calyx set
it quite apart.

*Pomona College, Claremont, Calif.

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California.
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members of the Academy.
(Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to the Secretary
4699 MARMION WAY,
Los, Angeles, Cal., U. S. A.

Publications of the

Southern California Academy of Sciences

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station—1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2
August; Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No.
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No.
2, March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, Septem-
ber-October; No. 6, November-December.

The 1925 issues to date are: Vol. XXIV, No. 1, January-April;
No. 2, May-August.

All of the above are now out of print, with the exception of the
following, which may be secured from the Secretary of the Academy
at the appended prices:

Vol. 1, No. 1. January, DS 0) pee a ee cS ee Nee oe ES $1.00
* 1 se ee hebruanys 9 OO ists ae ea Ue re ge 1.00
5 B ~~ Wo diwlhy, DD OD Nhe Gis Slee at ade eee .25
- 4, “ 3. March, NG 0) tte te aS eee aa .75
% 4 iene elie: 19 0 Hgea eRe AOE eu. clei ares 225
1 GH 8 2, duly, BLES) 0) (eee a tai = eens Fone Oo 25
He UW 2 le Dennen, TUES (cee eo SC INGA eae .15
‘ 9, “ 1. January, AO AI Oars eee eel eel UN eae 5
* ye Se duly MIO Sei rel ees Ue ae eae 05)
So al) a racer deli 1 La Es Lee oe ee evar ge en .75
oO 1 ~ ilo diemwaray, AQ TU Ie see 2 ie: 0) tas ee 50
Se 13, % Nh. Uaimmenay ASIA ates Heh Se ke ee .15
ue] Linu weit eel ADO IS QUIEAS Se Got es ee ares SS
oo te alee Jyanuvenys OTS ete SEN Lh aye ae eee aD
— I 2 A dw, OG sas eee ere ree 50
2 AS, = ilo denen Ay, AS 7 eae ee toa ce Soe er ies ea a(li5)
OS AR saz fib Nie nh EY (ete eee eee Cn ee UT et 1.00
se Te PSAs cee ee 2 ris LOU Ste Sts eee eee eee 75
e 18, ~ ilo denne, nA IS ieee ae eee Ca Ee .. 1.00
Se ASE ee 2 Sys ETE LLG ects ue ec Senn Once eee 75
So i9, © al dJemiEaAy DIS AN ep se etn ee eee NN as Aen Peek 2 .25
<2 198 4 October: G2 (ieee ee Se Se po pms 25
GAD, 2 ak Aoi, 7 Wega ei ea renege yom Sam pO 25
Bo WD, AES, WG 2 eile wees te le aM 25
«20, “ 3. December, WO al rs pa ee ee ee ee ar .25
GB PN. - Pal, Mela, ELAS VA Borsa eae! Sart eS c ozye bt 25
oe Op O) CLOD ETS 1 Bs yA cee OR Ae on ee eplen lad, 25
2 we, SS Wileneelay, 2 Sea Ine Seek alae ae ee LDF
Ce ay oe) Page alolhye a LS AS eects Cary ert et 25
oC Oe Se ale Maine, DS 2 apne Maem ane emis Sa Sawe nels A 2D
co RR BNP lo, UO Q45 eyes Se Te
BB OB, IMEI, TD 2) Aah see eee ital oe Nees SaeRRE SMe 25
PB, Se hy, i I A ee er ie eae Pecan acta Ce 25
tn P2Gy ee eet aes A SVOV OLR SNOAU OKeU eam ied AS 24 be ee ne oo tee eee 25
ooh Miptersy sien OL (oom IN(Ony naa OKeI Es ALG AAC oe as a .25
SM Sl, anole, LEQ 2 ASS Se ot eae .25
OL IIE OS PAS gees Pity oer eine nL Oo 25

Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Secretary

Southern California Academy of Sciences, Southwest Museum
Los Angeles, California.

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences

INDEX, VOL. XXIV

Anthocharis CeLhuina eee Ame Vienit ham pile ivi enes eens 50
uy caliente .. 4 Meteorology of Flight Con-

ee sf deserti _.... 4 ditions in California 69
us OM morrisoni... 4 Mitoura siva juniperaria 37
mS lanceolata = _...-........ 4 Monardella micrantha 50
ss Dias ee Se Gx IEC BHFINONGN eee 51
e SANG A eh oie oo eee ote oe 38 % COnd Oni eee 41
/NTEGING WHE), (SFO SE, 9 tecseee eee 48 te hawileyin oc eee 40
s serpyllifolia —....._.. 48 ss hod Geir tse ee eee 43
Argynnis apacheana hermosa... 3 Kennensis: )22 2 ree 40

atossa tejonica _........ 68 * vancouverensis
ue adiaste clemencei -_.67 fermandoensis .......................... 43
sf Cottle «es 64 Philadelphus pumilus 49
= hydaspe viridicornis 64 Plagiobothrys catalinensis 50
a eS caliginosa 66 JOUVE 50

es Qunderil. ee 67 Polystichum mobhrioides
sf zerene conchyliatus 63 SCOP UU Ta a eee 47
s es shastaensis ...65 Potentillas of S. Cal... 5
Artemesia nOvo _.........--...-... 50 Potentilla ANS Ci: 20
NSPE OMG OSa) ese 51 argyrocoma ............... 13
Botrychium lunaria ___.............. 47 ss biennis; 2.2.45. 14
Buccinum jordani .-................-...... 41 e Bolanderi= 10
Caenonympha californica sis- s Callidapeces 2 6 eee 13
KyOUCNSIS © 225 2k 12 . cuneata 4. eee 9
Cantharis angulatus —_._............ 34 S CUMICLO) ia 25
= ashe yi) see 31 * Clevelandi _............. 12
“s UTSTN OW Gi ee ae 34 a glandulosa ____......... 21
iy breaensis —_................ 31 w oe reflexa __.23
> elmerensis ............-.---- 32 os FEAPEVOMING) cc cedeseceeeeceonseosce 16
is OTES ees aE ke 33 ss Elianseni meee 24
Carex brevipes ..........---------------.-+- 48 s millegrana .........-......- 15
Chenopodium glaucum _.............. 48 ss POODU ETO, oc eccoecenneneee ee 20
Chrysodomus hannibali -............. 42 norvegica hirsuta _..15
Chrysothamnus asper —_................ 51 ss Pacifica kes 21
Cleome serratula —_.....--2. 49 S IP ArT yAlaee os eee ee 11
Comandra nudiflora _.._.-.............. 68 4 santalinoides —......... 13
Danaus bernice kerri .................. 3 Ss SaxO Saiyan. nee 19
Dog-face butterflies —................ 61 os Sibbaldia 21
Erigeron lonchophyllus .............. 51 Ss (HAWSDCEEG, — ssceemennneneecees see 12
Euonymus Parishii —................... 49 B Wheeleri .|.........----........ iL)
Eurymus behri canescens ._.._... 3 oA eS rimicola __.18
Gubiapmaculatar ce 50 of Wilders cena 8
Lappula echinata ......................50 Pyrola asarifolia —-....-... 49
Lesquerella Kingi _......... eet 49 ee iN Canna tae 49
Lewisia brachycalyx .................. ANS) SERS, GREW: Se acest 49
sf nevadensis _.............-... AS SONOS TEMNE) apna este soccer 47
Lygodesmia spinosa __................ 51 Searlesia portolaensis —............. 33
Malvastrums OfiSh Cali... 81 Selaginella asprella _................ 7
clementinum __...... 84 Solenosteira angelensis -............ 32
e Davidsoni —.............. SB Sudlleimiey Gmspie pe ea ee 48
2 densiflorum —_____...... 85 Uptonia silviesi -....................... 39
= viscidum 85 Woodsia scopulina —................... 47
c fasciculatum _._... QomEZELeNemCACSONI amen 62
- “ laxiflorum 84 es Gly GL GO mer ere 61
‘i Jonesii -................... 88 ss ss amorphae ........ 61
“ gabrielense _..... 86 ss cs bernardino _....61
ce orbiculatum _.......... 87 ss ss fanniae (S22— 61
ts INubtalli) ee ee 82 os se newcombi ........ 61
ss nesioticum _........... 82 i TOS Sp etecee cere ee aneae ecamennescas 62

New species and varieties listed in bold face.

a
agit

“a
no)

ola Leer Neon labee il

eg t : ¥ > : 5 Podilar ge

Reprints. Contributors of articles accepted for publication in the
Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return galley
proof.to the editor. They may be ordered through the editor at the
' following rates, from the McBride Printing Co., Los Angeles, Cal.,
the contributor paying for all his reprints.

PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS

| 4pp | Spp. Tapp] 16pp. i 20pp. | 24pp.| 28pp. | 32pp.

50. aopies re 75|$ 5.75|$ 8.50|$10.25/$11. 75|$13.50|$16.00|$17.60
100 ect 50} 7.50) 10.75|-12.75| 15.00} 17.25} 20.25} 21.50
150 “ -|.5.25|. 9.25} 13.00} 15.25] 18. 351 21: 00) 24.50} 26.00
200 — >“ \ | 6.00) 11.00? 15.25] 17.75! 21.50} 24.75| 28.75] 30.50
Ms 2 MAG Fol 75| 17.50| 20.25] 24.75]. 28.50} 33.00] 35.00
300 ae ses 14, 50| 19, 75| 22. 75) 28.00} 32.25] 87.25] 39.50

Givers “50 for $2. 00. Additional covers, 116¢ each.

MOUELuunonuconeonnnnocossuasesnecaczuuscaaesssaancanageeasessncnucneeneersnseennnin

PRINTI NG

HAS BEEN OUR BUSINESS
SINCE. 1880

Service.and Quality Combined
with Just Prices is the secret
that has enabled this firm to do
business for 45 years...

McBride Printing C0.

261 - 263 So. Los Angeles St.

MIM

PUTO CCLLL COLELLO LECCE
POTTER:

AAA
3 5185 00296 8335

Male $.; ae Rey 4

th Peh bd
tebhreett sb

re
fa

rested
Led Ay

Une poh be e
bsbttenvel’

inphoh:

tate th

+h “Geeigees
Nn ido tat
Arties Hu

oo ea,
cute atiey hSutiiche ry
seer sie

ee fk iia? beets ‘
hs

adh boli ARA D Ve Hina ers

foe ictetey

e eeceateneleevedh aime nidy 4) ait hid thi diabbeas

sie tiene tema acti ait a

rte bie

i we
Bi, iehees

i’ if "
apt Heel aa
ethane i
‘5 Matas tareatette
bins or
+

¥ rin
Sialwyr sess wasn
peeshior gard
Ladors pias
hice
essa

Taman
Wy eg

y Linea derhan da)
: ; 4 Friern J § ae ait i ibe
a H “ Sava na bed Lay

Nits

eres pee

Eig

: f if rian

ear iudseraia tay etit
iu setts

dda
4 ian

Habe ain
‘ined + eh fist w stat
ayy Abad m

sf at
AE hey:

SUN tee Dy
Helle th pay,

He
ae

HE his6
reethree

WIRE Ciiyaid At eit ein
Hinaeeniiee

fn ret Hout
ea raltenaReteatae rh aedeeni
Wi oh aeb nati

HELE
wh ae Rae b
aad

Whe

mpl
Pi he

ea
tf deneish ahh

i
te Aeatae te
piiet

“iba

sae

WED Vals,
hee

sta etatte} :

teed shod)
rey ay

Saleen

ces

#\) i OA Es oo ly
pide

rer is
Pathe
elt aataee
that ante ats
ERE Re rey, mp rye
ras fit oe
iD ttesee

Af Pha #4
nies eile.
medel by: ‘i,

MAT Spr
Ragee tt
ik

Ea Oath tos cay Ui tay
sich) deenriatt tiene
iy
eet f pati
ike yea eck

at FI sienna

eRe divlyuniey

fit
eee

me
aria Tih
Settee 7 Asati ibehar ls
hd!
*

AES

4109 thay
watt xfer hy

HR Se heey, vi hg
Bae Keds

babe Lab laln
Basque Tardy

fils thai ia a)

Wshe yy

set
ee ih

rene rit

Saute

MEY bein
beeen haves

y
+ he ti aes

tithe
taht

aa cea

Hm Gets wh)

+
AS 5 blag
Nevin

Sree da eid

dohboend Hrdeds,
bed h bas (ON Ve bedeat
FREES Oe He dig.
ahas

rhe €
Mobs
bb HEhS
pis Nou

Hie? og ese ths
Rion ven ferhrenal
Iheatisrinaeertyte ¥
a ha a
pO Ape y, be
miseraifarte royal i
OTT Aes Hietes
pees

it
patente

ck reatbeie
ee

Ave

Laos ot
perasel itera

Ah bf tanh 4 |
neath Laken Hf He Aids ‘

ret sort bites.

tebe ee

ae
Pits riety i.
Rie

baatahiby
ffs he ina
skesairisie Ween ieaty +

y
Hide ire, wep
“ee

Shy
Kat

a Ci

+ 08 Ge ie
faite te lets fe
Heit igh ia

are

see enut iplonetin

rere) eas

+5
abet AW einta hij

Hho

eae
el

recon)
c iMate Bibicnnt

‘ He
aie ihe ‘

#4)

O50

Se Maby aka,

ebay a
Creat Fi

a TRPPA Be

Heth eg
TS Ab Bra derl@,
TLS sine
Ve phe
Hi fhiedees
fi

meet fete
ne
ib tenet hd
i]

ete
hy atin qe
t
Hit ohiae Etter nd Moen
aebdesiaty
Tory
Sets 13
“He AN a Ri
U Feat itd PRY Bef
Mivithpdactar

ed Me i tice

' tite Paris
COVE H oh Maen

Hebb (ds eet iiy

i Prbebe sree,

fore

att in
afte t Sue 32
paaaas
ks,

ire
me r
rhyasy sat ethene We de
iif ay ,

My Heber Hatt
Mat iosts the
alae

ml hie Fits ged,
tee

ake

tet
rin Hoh ieee

AY ABS)
ou

Mere Ria
he

i tslhihp
Tyrrtes

Pts
aitotalech

rie h

ihe Past ut,
Ih) Des

bay spent
isha teiefabedtata nt §
1;

eae 4

re
nasi ates,
Uveay Sues

rot wet hh rrent
Grted

{Pea ete:
1Ob Poh aniae ‘
: Habitats ith
AEVEA Ae

wae

tie thie
Hideo ri peat,
i

high
4)

Hel sWibereas
Hel AVG b

bee tae Lf
eels

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences"

See other formats